THE REGISTER Cornell University 1908-1909 ITHACA, NEW YORK PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVBRSITY MAY, 1909. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE CALENDAR FOUNDATION AND ENDO\\'MENT BOARD OF TRUSTEES DEPARTMENTS AND FACULTIES OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION AND CLASSIFICATION RESIDENCE AND GRADUATION SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES GRADUATE DEPARTMENT THB COLLBGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES THE COLLEGE OF LAW THE MEDICAL COLLEGE THE NEW YORK STATE VETERINARY COLLEGE THE COLLEGB OF AGRICULTURE THE COLLEGE OF ARCHITECTURE v V111 xu 2 .. 241 255 337 350 401 THE COLLEGE OF CIVIL ENGINEERING THE SIBLEY COLLEGE 4I 5 447 488 THE SUMMER SESSION THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY THE SAGE CHAPEL AND BARNES HALL THE CORNEI"L INFIRMARY 564 571 574 THE ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION THE ASSOCIATE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF CLASS SECRETARIES 576 578 587 590 THE FORTIETH ANNUAL COMMENCEMENT LIST OF FELLOWS AND SCHOLARS. CATALOGUB OF STUDBNTS SUMMARIES INDEX INDEX OF OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION 603 608 74J 746 753 ~======~============================.-- 1908. 11------·--· - - - I~-------------- OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER 8 M T 41" T ~ 8 --I--- - S II T W T • - 8 --1---_:-- S 14 T W T .. S . 1231234567 12345 4 fj ., 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 111213 14 8 7 8 9 10 l11Z 1112 13 14151617 151617 18192021 1314151617 181918 19 2223 24 22 23 2425 2627 28 2021 222324 20 26 26 26.27 28 29 30 31 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 2121 . . . JANUARY 1 2 MAY SEPTEMBER 128 4 3 4 C. 6 71 8 9 2 3 4 5 678 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 101112 13 14\15 16 910 1112 131415 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 1718192021 2223 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 19202122232425 24 252627 28j'29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2627282930 . 1 31 ~~~~~--II--~~~~~-I 6 7 8 9 10 1112 3 4 5 6 7 8 14 15 16 17 1819,'20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 1112 13 14 15 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 2021 22 272829 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 . 31 1 NOVEMBER MARCH JULY 7 8 910111~13 ; FEBRUARY 1 2 31 4 51 6 -----~-----~----t 3031 JUNB 1 2 3 4 5 OCTOBER 1 2 9 16 23 30 I 1: 21 3 1234~6 1 2 3 4 5\ 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 8 910111~\13 14 15 16 17 18 191120 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 141516171819120 21 22 2324 25 26127 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 26 26 27 28293031 I 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2829 30 APRIL l AUG UST DECEMBER 123 4 4 [) 6 7 1 1 1 1 1 5 6 7 8 9 1011 111213 14 ]51617 151617i18 192021 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1819 2021 22 23 24 2223 24,252627 28 19 2021 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 2829 30 19 1 0. JANUARY ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ gil ~ ~ ~ t FEBRUARY MARCH 12345 12345 1 2 3 4 5 678 6 7 8 0 10 1112 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 9 10111213 14 15 13141516171819 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20212223242526 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3031 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2728 3031 . . . . . . . . . . .. ... ....... . CALENDAR. FIRST TERM-I908-I909· Sept. 21 Monday Entrance examinations begin. Sept. 29 Tuesday Sept. Wednesday ~ l ACADEMIC YEAR BEGINS. Matriculation ot New students. University Scholarship examinations begin. of new students. 30 MATRICULATION Sept. 3 0 Wednesday j REGISTRATION of students in the Medical College in New York City of matriculated students. Oct. Oct. I Thursday Friday REGISTRATION 2 ~ _~ INSTRUCTION begins in all departments of the University at Ithaca. The President's annual address to the students at 12 :00 M . Nov 26 Thursday THANKSGIVING DAY Dec. I Tuesday j The latest date for announcing subjects of 1 Theses for Ad vanced Degrees. Dec. 3 Th ursda y Dec. 23 Wednesday Jan. 6 Wednesday , Registration in the College of Agriculture for Winter Courses. The Christmas recess beging. Work resumed. Jan. Jan. Jan. 8 Friday I I The Ninety-four Memorial Prize Competition. FOUNDBR'S DAY Monday 27 Wednesday First term closes. vi THE CALENDAR. SECOND TERM-1908-1909. Jan. 30 Saturday Feb. 22 REGISTRATION for second term. WASHINGTON' S BIRTHDAY. Winter Courses in Agriculture end. { The latest date for presenting Woodford Orations. Easter recess begins. Work resumed. { The latest date for receiving applications for Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships. Musical Festival. Musical Festival. { The latest date for presenting Theses for Advanced Degrees. Musical Festival. The Woodford Prize Competition. The Eighty-six Memorial Prize Competition. DECORATION DAY {COMMENCEMENT of Medical College in New York City Baccalaureate sermon. College Board Entrance Examinations. Class Day {Alumni Day and Annual Meeting of the Trustees. FORTy-FIRST ANNUAL COMMENCEMENT, SUMMER SESSION-1909. Monday Feb. 24 Wednesday Apr Apr 1 Thursday 3 Saturday Apr 13 Tuesday Apr I.~ Thursday Apr. 29 Thursday Apr 30 Friday May I Saturday May 7 Friday May 28 Friday May 30 Sunday June 9 Wednesday June 13 Sunday June 14-June 19 June 15 Tuesday J une 16 Wednesday June 17 Thursday July 5 Monday Aug. 13 Friday Summer Session begins. Summer Session ends. iTHE CALENDAR. vii FIRST TERM-I909-I9IO. Sept. 20 Monday Entrance examinations begin. ACADEMIC YBAR BEGINS. Sept. 28 Tuesday { Matriculation of New students. University Scholarship examinations begin. of students in the Medical College in New York City of new students. Sept. 29 Wednesday ~ Sept. 29 Wednesday Sept. 30 Thursday Oct. I Friday S REGISTRATION MATRICULATION REGISTRATION of matriculated students. ~ { INSTRUCTION begins in all departments of the University at Ithaca. President's annual address to the students at 12 :00 M. Nov Dec. Dec. I Thursday Wednesday Thursday THANKSGIVING DAY The latest date for announcing subjects of Theses of Advanced Degrees. 2 1 Wlnter Courses. Work resumed. j Regi~tration in the College of Agriculture for Dec. 23 Thursday Jan. 5 Wednesday 7 Friday II The Christmas recess begins. Jan. Jan. Jan. Jan. The Ninety-four Memorial Prize Competi tiOD FOUNDER'S DAY. Tuesday 26 Wednesday 29 Saturday First term closes. REGISTRATION for second term. FOUNDATION AND ENDOWMENT. Cornell University was incorporated by the legislature of the State of New York on the 27th of April, 1865, and opened on the 7th of October, 1868. The existence of the University is due to the combined wisdom and bounty of the United States, the State of New York and Ezra Cornel1. By an act of Congress, approved July 2,1862, it was provided that there should be granted to the several states public lands, "thirty thousand acres for each senator and representative of congress,"from the sale of which there should be established a perpetual fund "the interest of which shall be inviolably appropriated,by each state which may take and claim the benefit of this act, to the endowment, support and maintenance of at least one college, where the leading object shall be, without excluding other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanic arts, in such manner as the legislatures of the states may respectively prescribe,in order to promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pursuits and professions in life." The act forbade the use of any portion of the aforesaid fund, or of the interest thereon, for the purchase, erection or maintenance of any building or buildings; but the several states claiming and taking the benefit of the provisions of the act were required, by legislative assent previously given, "to provide, within five years at least, not less than one college" for carrying out the purposes of the act. The share of the State of New York was nine hundred and ninety thousand acres. The scrip was delivered to the comptroller, who was authorized, by the act passed May 5, 1863, to receive it and with the approval and concurrence of other state officers to dispose of the whole or any portion of it for cash, or for stocks of the United States or of the states, or some other safe stocks yielding not less than five per cent. Under this act eight thousand acres were sold at eightythree cents and sixty-eight thousand acres at eighty-five cents producing together sixty-four thousand four hundred and forty dollars. But as other states were offering tlleir scrip at a much lower rate, sales suon ceased. Furthermore there was the greatest uncertainty in regard to the disposition which the legislature might ultimately make of the fund that was expected to accrue from the sale of the land scrip. Meantime Ezra Cornell was dreaming of a project which he had • FOUNDATION AND ENDOWMENT IX . come to formulate in the memorable words; "I would found an institution where any person can find instruction in any study" By a union of his own resources with the proceeds of the land grant he saw a way to the realization of his purpose. This union was effected by the act of April 27, 1865, establishing Cornell University, and appropriating to it the proceeds of the sale of the public lands granted by congress to the State of New York; and the founder's broad conception of a university was reconciled with the narrower purpose of the act of congress donating public lands to the states establishing colleges for the benefit of agriculture and the mechanic arts, by providing in the charter that "such other branches of science and knowledge may be embraced in the plan of instruction and investigation pertaining to the university, as the trustees may deem useful and proper" In the same liberal spirit it was provided in regard to the board of trustees, that "at no time shall a majority of the board be of one religious sect or of no religious sect"; in regard to professors and other officers, that "persons of every religious denomination, or of no religious denomination shall be equally eligible to all offices and appointments,", and in regard "to students, that the university should admit them "at the lowest rate of expense consistent with its welfare and efficiency," and more particularly that it should "annually receive students, one from each assembly district of the state free of any tuition fee in consideration of their superior ability, and as a reward for superior scholarship in the academies and public schools of this state." Ezra Cornell's direct donation to the university was five hundred thousand dollars, two hundred acres of land with useful buildings, and several smaller gifts for special purposes. His largest contribution, however, came in the shape of profits eventually made by the university on the land scrip which he purchased from the state. Of the New York scrip no further sales had been made by the comptroller prior to the autumn of 1865, when Ezra Cornell purchased one hundred thousand acres for fifty thousand dollars upon condition that all the profits which should accrue from the sale of land should be paid to Cornell University By act of the legislature passed April 10, 1866, the state had authorized the comptroller to sell the scrip remaining unsold, that isto say, scrip for eight hundred and thirteen thousand nine hundred and twenty acres, to the trustees of Conlell University at a price of not less than thirty cents per acre; and in case the trustees should not agree to make the purchase, the legislature had further authorized the sale "to any person or persons," on the terms above named, provided that proper security should be given x FOUNDATION AND ENDOWMENT. that "the whole net avails and profits from the sale of scrip" should be paid over and devoted to the purpose of Cornell University The trustees were not in condition to make the purchase. After some delay Mr, Cornell agreed to take the scrip at thirty cents an acre, with an addition of thirty cents if he should realize that sum on the sale of th~ land. making the followin~ stipulation in a letter to the comptroller regarding any profits that might accrue in excess of the purchase money: "1 shall most cheerfully accept your views so far as to consent to place the entire profits to be derived from the sale of the lands to be located with the college land scrip in the treasury of the state, if the state will receive the money as a separate fund from that which may be derived from the sale of the scrip, and will keep it permanently invested, and appropriate the proceeds from the income thereof annually to the Cornell University, subject to the direction of the trustees thereof for the general purposes of said institution, and not to hold it subject to the restrictions which the act of congress places upon the funds derived from the sale of college land scrip, or as a donation from the government of the United States, but as a donation from Ezra Cornell to the Cornell University" The terms proposed by Mr. Cornell were accepted, and the agree, ment with the state was made August 4, 1866. The sixth paragraph of the agreement distinguishes clearly between the "College Land Scrip Fund"-being the receipts from the state's sale of the land scrip--and the "Cornell Endowment Fund," which was to be constituted by the profits made by Mr Cornell in the management of the lands and by its other gifts to the University Mr. Cornell sold scrip for three hundred and eighty-one thousand nine hundred and twenty acres, at prices varyin2 from eighty-five cents to one dollar per acre, the total receipts being three hundred and fifty-seven thousand seven hundred and forty-eight dollars and sixty-one cents. With the remainin2 scrip for five hundred and thirty-two thousand acres he located five hundred and twelve thousand three hundred and forty .. three and sixty-five hundredth acres; and of the land thus located he sold one hundred and eleven thousand and forty-six and eighty-six hundredths acres for four hundred and seventy thousand three hundred and iixty-four dollars and eighty-eight cents. The remdue of the land he carried until October, I874, when a new agreement was made, with the consont of the proper state officers, in virtue of which "tlae Cornell University" was to ta.ke the place and &SSutne the duties a-nd obliiations of Ezra Cornell, in his contracts wittl til1'e sta:te, of NO\1ember, 186 S, and August, 1866, accepting from FOUNDATION AND ENDOWMENT Xl . him a conveyance of his entire interest, and all his rights under such contracts, and of all the lands located by him with college scrip, and paying at once in cash to the comptroller the full amount of Comell'~ bond to the state, principal and interest, and henceforward assuming the burden of the care, management, and sale of such lands." The university thus took the place of Ezra Cornell in his contracts with the state; but subsequently the legislature by an act passed May 18, 1880, directed the comptroller, upon the request of Cornell University, to assign, transfer, pay and deliver to the latter "all money, security, stocks, bonds and contracts, constituting a part of or relating to the fund known as the Cornell Endowment Fund, now held by the state for the use of said university," and a short time thereafter such transfer was made. From the lands handed over by Mr, Cornell-four hundred and one thousand two hundred and ninety-six and seventy-nine hundredths acres-the Board of Trustees, through the agency of their Land Committee (of which Henry W Sage was long chairman), have already realized a net return of about four million eight hundred dollars. The absolute ownership by the university of the Cornell Endowment Fund, was on May 19, 1890, established by the decision of the Supreme Court of the United States, affirming a decision of the New York Court of Appeals. The College Land Scrip Fund amounts to six hundred and eightyeight thousand five hundred and seventy-six dollars and twelve cents. By chapter 78 of the laws of 1895 it was turned into the treasury of the state and a certificate of indebtedness for an interest thereupon of five per cent. annually was issued to Cornell University by the State, confonnably to the conditions of the act of congress of July 2, I862, under which the donation of public land was made. The original charter of Cornell University set limits to the amount of property it could hold, but by an act passed May 12, 1882, the clause in the charter restricting the holdings of the university was amended so as to remove every limitation, the precise language of the amendment being as follows: "The corporation hereby created ['Cornell University'] may takB and hold real and personal property to such an amount as may be or become necessary tor #hB proper conduct and support of the several dspfJ.ftments of education heretofore established or hereaft8r to be established by its board of trustees, and such property, real and personal, as has been or may hereafter b. given to said corporation by gift, grant, devise, or bequ.est in trust or otherwise for tlie uses and purposes permitted by its charter, and in cases of t;usts so created the several trust estales shall be kept distinct, and the interest or income s~ZI be faithfully applied to the purposes of suoh trust in acoordance with the provisicns of the act or instrum~m by which the respective t,usls were created." BOARD OF TRUSTEES. The PRESIDBNT of the University, The GOVERNOR of New York State, The LIEUTENANT-GovERNoR of N Y State, The SPBAKER of the Assembly, The STATE COMMISSIONER of Education, The COMMISSIONER of Agriculture, The=PREsIDENT of the State Agricultural Soc., The LIBRARIAN of the Cornell Library, CHARLES EZRA CORNELL, A.B., LL.B., *WALTER CRAIG KERR, B.M.E., *C. SIDNEY SHEPARD, A.B., LL.B., *HIRAM W SIBLEY, Ph.D., LL.B., *RUTH PUTNAM, B.Lit., *HENRY WOODWARD SACKETT, A.B., *STEWART L. WOODFORD, LL.D., JOHN HENRY BARR, M.M.E., HENRY RUBENS ICKELHEIMER, B.L., ROBERT TUTTLE MORRIS, M.D., HENRY B. LORD, ANDREW D. WHITE, LL.D., IJ.H.D., D.C.L., ANDREW CARNEGIE, LL.D., GEORGE C. BOLDT, CHARLES H. BLOOD, Ph.B. LL.B., FRANK H HISCOCK, A.B., JAMES HARVEY EDWARDS, C.E., ----JARED T NEWMAN, 1 r~ j ~ 1-" ~ f ~ (B.)I (B.) (B.) (A.)2 (A.) (B-) (B.) (A.) (B.) (A~) • Ithaca Albany Albany Albany Albany Albany Albany Ithaca Ithaca New York New Haven Rochester New York New York New York Syracuse New York New York Ithaca Ithaca Pittsburg, Pa. New York Ithaca Syracuse Passaic, N J Ithaca Ithaca Ithaca Chicago Ithaca New York New York Ithaca Walton Buffalo Fayetteville (B_) (B.) (B.) (B.) (A_) (B) (A.) (B.) (B.) (B.) (A.) (B.) (A.) (B) (B.) (B.) CHARLES E. TREMAN, B.L., ROBERT H. TREMAN, B.M.E., WILLIAM H. FRENCH, MYNDERSE VAN CLEEF, B.S., HENRY HERMAN WESTINGHOUSE, EMERSON McMILLIN ROGER B. WILLIAMS, A.M., ALBERT HENRY SEWELL, B.S., HARRY L. TAYLOR, A.B., LL.B., FRANK E. DAWLEY, EMMONS L. WILLIAMS, CHARLES D. BOSTWICK, A.B., LL.B., (B_) (A.) (A.) (B.) (G.)] ------.---~-- ·Term of office (5 years) expires in 1909: the next group of six in 1910, etc.,etc., (I) B." elected by Board. (2) A _, elected oy Alumni. (3) G., elected by the New York ~t.te Granre for Igo8-1909. Secretary- Treasur" Assistant Sec.- Treas. --- BOARD OF TRUSTEES. I EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES. The The PRESIDENT of the University, LIBRARIAN of the Cornell Library, CHARLES H. BLOOD, B. LORD, CHARLES E. TREMAN, ROBERT H. TREMAN, HENRY MVNDERSE VAN CLEEF, ANDREW CHARLBS EZRA CORNELL, JARED T NBWMAN, ROGER D- WHITE, B. WILLIAMS. EMMONS L. WILLIAMS, BOSTWICK, • CHARLES D- Secretary. A ssistant Secretary. STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES. Committee on Buildings. R. H. TREMAN, the PRESIDENT, the TREASURER, R. B. WILLIA~IS. Committee on Grounds. c. H. BLOOD, the PRESIDENT, C. E. TREMAN Finance Committee. R~ B. WILLIAMS, H. B. LORD, the PRESIDENT, M. VAN CLgBF, R. H. TREMAN Comn1,ittee on A ppropr·£at-ions. The PRESIDENT, I-I. B. LORD, J l' NEWMAN. Auditing Committ.e. H. B. LORD, C. E. 'TRRMAN. DEPARTMENTS AND FACULTmS. UNIVERSITY --Cornell University comprehends the following departments, to-wit the Graduate Department, the College of Arts and Sciences, the College of Law, the Medical College, the New York State Veterinary College, the New York State College of Agriculture, the College of Architecture, the College of Civil Engineering, the Sibley College of Mechanical Engineering and Mechanic Arts. The New York State College of Agriculture and the New York State Veterinary College are administrated by Cornell University, and their work is organically connected with that of the University 2 THE FACULTIEs.-The Faculties of Cornell University are (a) a General Faculty, designated the University Faculty; and (b) Special Faculties as follows the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, the Faculty of Law, the Faculty of Civil Engineering, the Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, the Faculty of Architecture, the Faculty of Agriculture, the Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, and the Medical Faculty 3. THE UNIVESRITY FAcuLTy--The University Faculty consists of the President, who is ex-officio the presiding officer, and the Professors and Assistant Professors of the University. including the Professors and Assistant Professors of the New York State Veterinary College and of the New York State College of Agriculture, the Librarian, the Assistant Librarians, the Registrar, and the Secretary of the University It is the function of the University Faculty to con_ sider questions which concern more than one Special Faculty, questions of University policy, and questions relating to the administration of the discipline of the University The Graduate Department is under the immediate charge of the University Faculty 4. THE SPECIAL F ACULTIEs.-Each Special Faculty is composed of the President, who is ex-officio, the presiding officer, and all Professors, Assistant Professors, and Instructors who teach in the department or departments under the charge of that Faculty; but Instructors shall not have the right to vote. SUbject to the right of revision by the University Faculty on all matters affecting general University policy, it is the duty of each special Faculty to detennine the entrance requirements for its own students; to prescribe and define courses of study for them; to determine the requirements for such degrees as are offered to students under its jurisdiction, to enact and enforce rules for the education of its students; and to recomment to the Trustees such candidates for degrees as may have completed the requirements. I. THB OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION. THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY. [Arranged in groups in the order of seniority of appointment.] JACOB GOULD SCHURMAN, A.M., D.Sc., LL.D., PRESIDENT, 41 East A venue THOMAS FREDERICK CRANE, A.M., Litt.D., Dean of the University Faculty, and Professor of the Romance Languages and Literatures, 9 Central Avenue GOLDWIN SMITH, D.C.L., LL.D., Professor of English History, Emeritus, Toronto, Canada THE REV CHARLES BABCOCK, A.M., Professor of Architecture Emeritus, 1 Sage Avenue HIRAM CORSON, A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Professor of En~lish Literature, Emeritus, Cascad~lla Cottage ISAAC PHILLIPS ROBERTS, M.Agr., Professor of Agriculture, Emeritus, Palo Alto, Calif THE REV CHARLES MELLEN TYLER, A.M., D.D., Sage Professor of the History and Philosophy of Religion and of Christian Ethics, Emeritus, The Oaks AUSTIN FLINT, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Physiology, Emeritus, lI8 East 19th Street, New York City JAMES MORGAN HART, A.M., l·-U.D., Litt.D., Professor of the English I.language and Literature, Emeritus, 1 Reservoir Avenue GEORGE WILLIAM JONES, A.M., Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus. I I3 Stewart A venue JAMES LAW, F.R.C.V.S., Professor of Principles and Practice of Veterinary Medicine, Emeritus, The Circle SIMON HENRY GAGE, B.S., Professor of Histology and Embryology, Emeritus, 4 South Avenue BURT GREEN WILDER B.S., M.D., Professor of Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology, 60 CascadiZla Place JOHN HENRY COMSTOCK, B.S., Professor of Entomology and General Invertebrate Zoology, 43 East Avenue WATERMAN THOMAS HEWETT, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of the German Language and Literature, Cornell Heights EDWARD LEAMINGTON NICHOLS, B.S., Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Physics, 5 South Avenue LIBERTY HYDE BAILEY, M.S., LL.D-, Director of the New York State College of Agriculture, and Professor of Rural Economy, Sage Place JEREMIAH WHIPPLE JENKS, A.M., Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Political Economy and Politics, 2 South Avenue LUCIEN AUGUSTUS WAIT, A.B., Professor of Mathematics, t Rock16dg. 4 OFFICERS OF IRVING PORTER CHURCH, C.E., Professor of Applied Mechanics and Hydraulics, 9 South Avenue GEORGE LINCOLN BURR, A.B., LL.D., Litt.D., Professor of Medireval History, I I Central A venue CHARLES EDWIN BENNETT, A.B., LL.D., Professor of Latin, I Grove Place ROLLA CLINTON CARPENTER, M.S., C.E., M.M.E., Professor of Experimental Engineering, 125 Eddy Street CHARLES LEE CRANDALL, C.E., B.C.E., M.C.E., Professor of Railway Engineering and Geodesy. 408 Hector Street JAMES EDWIN CREIGHTON, A.B., Ph.D., LL.D., Sage Professor of Logic and Metaphysics, The Circle EDWARD BRADFORD TITCHENER, D.Sc., Ph.D., LL.D., Sage Professor of Psychology, Cornell Heights WILLIAM ALBERT FINCH, A.B., Professor of Law, Cascadilla Place GEORGE FRAN"CIS ATKINSON, Ph.B., Professor of Botany with special reference to Comparative Morphology and Mycology, Laurelwood, Cornell He~ghts RALPH STOCKMAN TARR, B.S., Professor of Physical Geographv. 1 East Av~nue EDWIN HA~ILIN "'''OODRUFF, LL.B., Professor of Law, 401 ATorth Aurora Street VERANUS ALVA ~fOORE, B.S., M.D., Director of the New York State Veterinary College and Professor of Comparative and Veterinary Pathology and Bacteriology, and of Meat Inspection, 914 East State Street WALTER LONG WILLIAI\fS, Professor of Principles and Practice of Veterinary Surgery, Zootechny. Obstetrics, and J urisprudence, 1 15 Valentine Place NATHANIEL SCHMIDT, A.M., Professor of the Semitic Lan· guages and Literatures, 109 Valentine Place GEORGE PRENTICE BRISTOL, A.M., Professor of Greek, 5 Grove Place WALTER FRANCIS WILLCOX, LL.B., Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Political Economy and Statistics, [~4.bsent on Leave-Second Tertn] CHARLES DEGARMO, Ph.D., Professor of the Science and Art of Education, 80 9 East State Street WILLIAM MECKLENBURG POLK, ?\1.D., LL.D., Director of the Cornell University MedicalCollege and Professor of Gynrecolozy. 7 East 36th Street, New York City LEWIS ATTERBURY STIMSON, A.B.,M.D., LL.D., Professor of Surgery, 277 Lexington Aventte, New York City RUDOLPH AUGUST WITTHAUS, A.M., 1I.D., Professor of Chemistry, Physics and Toxicology. 55 West 33d Street, New York City WILLI~M GILMAN THOMPSON, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Medicine, 34 East 31st Street, Nrw York Cit" INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION 5 lTEORGE WOOLSEY, A.B., M.D., Professor of Anatomy, 117 East 36th Street, New York City JAMES CLIFTON EDGAR, Ph.B., A.M., M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Clinical Midwifery, 28 West 56th Street, New York City FREDERICK GWYER M.D. Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery, ' 1jO East 38th Street, New York City IRVING SAMUEL HAYNES, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Practical Anatomy, I 125 Madiso1~ Avenue, New York City ALEXANDER LAMBERT, A.B., Ph.B., ~1.D., Professor of Clinical 36 East 31st Street, New }"ork City Medicine, CHARLES EDWARD NAMMACK, Ph.B., 1I.D., LL.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, 42 East 29th Street, New York C~ity GEORGE THOMSON ELLIOTT, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Dermatology, 36 East 35th Street, New York City CHARLES STEDMAN BULL, A-IvI., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Ophthalmology, 47 West 36th Street, New York City JOSEPH EDCIL WINTERS, ~1.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Department of Pediatrics, 25 West 37th, Street, Ne1.v York City NEWTON MELMAN SHi\FFER, M.D., Professor of Clinical Snrg-ery, Department of Orthopredics, 28 East 38th Street, New York City CHARLES LOOMIS DANA, A.M., M.D , LL.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Department of Neurology, 53 West 53 d Street, New York City CHARLES HUNTOON KNIGHT, A.1I., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology, 120 West 57th Street, Ne71J York C'ity FREDERIC KAMMERER, l\f.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, 51 East 66th Street, New York City FREDERIC SHEPARD DENNIS, A.B., M.D., F.R.C.S., Eng_, Professor of Clinical Surgery t [Ahsent all- Leave] SAMUEL ALEXANDER, A.M., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Diseases of the Genito-Urinary Sy~tenl. 68 West 55th Street, New York City JAMES EWING, A.M., M.D., Professor of Pathology, 25 6 West 57th Street, New York Clty HENRY SYLVESTER JACOBY, C.E., Professor of Bridge Engineering, 7 Reservoir Avenue LOUIS MUNROE DENNIS, Ph.B., B.S., Professor of Inorganic Chemistry, 722 University Avenue HERBERT WADE HIBBARD, A.B., A.1\'I., ~I.E., Professor of 1Iechanica! Engineering of Railways, Cor11,ell Heights ALEX~~DER BRYAN JOHNSON, Ph.B., M.D., Professor oJ C11n1cal Surgery, 12 East 58th Street, New York City 6 OFFICERS OF PERCIVAL R BOLTON, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, 43 West 4 8th Street, New York City WARREN COLEMAN, A.B., A.M., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, 58 West 55th Street, New York Cit')' LEWIS ..A,.TTERBURY CONNER, Ph.B., M.D., ProfessorofClinical Medicine, 53 East 49th Street, New York City JOSEP!-! ELLIS TREVOR, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Thermodynamics, The Circle JOI-IN CRAIG, I\I.S. in Agr., Professor of Horticulture, 3 East A venue JOHN ROBERT SITLINGTON STERRETT, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Greek and Head of the Department, Ithaca CHARLES HENRY fIULL, Ph.D., Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences, and Professor of American History, 413 East Buffalo Street FRANK ALBERT FETTER, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Political Economy and Finance, Cornell Heights FR.i\NI{ IRVINE, B.S., LL.B., Professor of Practice and Procedure in the College of Law and Dean of the Law Faculty and Director of the College of Law, 802 East Seneca Street HENRY HIRAM WING, M.S. in Agr" Professor of Animal Husbandry, 3 Reservoir Avenue PIERRE AUGUSTINE FISH, D.Se., D.V.M., Professor of Veterinary Comparative Physiology and Phannacology, 915 East State Strl1et WILLIAl\{ RIDGELY ORNDORFF, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Organic and Physiological Chemistry, 108 Cascadilla Place WILDER DWIGHT BANCROFT, }\.B.,Ph.D .• Professor of Physical Chemistry, 7 East A venue ERNEST GEORGE MERRITT, M.E., Professor of Physics, 39 East A venue GRANT SHERMAN HOPKINS, D.Sc., D.V.M., Professor of Veterinary Anatomy and Anatomical Methods, 125 Dryden Road HENRY SHALER WILLIA~IS, Ph.D., Professor of Geology and Director of the Geological Museum, Cayuga Heights CI-IARLES VAN PATTEN YOUNG, A.B., Professor of Physical Culture and Director of the Gymnasium, I 12 Lake Street ALBERT WILLIAM SMITH, B.M.E., M.l\f.E., Director of Sibley College and Professor of Power Engineering, 15 East Avenue ABRAM TUCKER KERR, B.S., M.D . , Professor of Anatomy, Secretary of Medical College at Ithaca, 61 Wait Avenue FREDERICK WHITING, A.M., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Otology, 19 West 47th Street, New York City DEXTER SIMPSON KIMBALL, A.B., Professor of Machine Design and Construction, 23 East Avenu8 INSTRUCTION AND ADIVIINISTRATION 7 JAMES McMAHON, A.M., Professor of Mathematics, 7 Central A venue JOHN HENRY TANNER, B.S., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics, Cornell Heights WILLIAM LINCOLN DREW, B.S., LL.B., Professor of Law, 13 East Avenue FREDERICK BEDELL, Ph.D., Professor of Applied Electricity, Cornell Heights BERTRAM HENRY BUXTON, A.B., M.D., Professor of Experimental Pathology, I West IOIst Street, New York City ADOLPH MEYER, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Department of Psychopathology, 35 Mt. Morris Park, West, New York City CLARENCE AUGUSTINE MARTIN, Professor of Architecture and Director of the College of Architecture, Edgecliff RALPH CHARLES HENRY CATTERALL, Ph.D., Professor of Mpdem European History, 5 Central Avenue HENRY HUTCHINSON NORRIS, M.E., Professor of Electrical Engineering, 103 College Avenue GEORGE ROBERT McDER~IOTT, Professor of Naval Architecture, 216 University Place FRANK THILLY, A.M., Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Philosophy, 9 East A venue EUGENE ELWIN HASKELL, B.C.E., C.E., Director of the College of Civil Engineering and Professor of Experimental Hydraulics, The C;ircle THOMAS LYTTLETON LYON, B.S. in Agr., Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Agronomy in the Federal Experimental Station, 5 Reservoir A venue , JEAN HEBRARD, A.D.G., Professor of Design in the College of Architecture, 5 East Avenue WILLARD WINFIELD ROWLEE, B.L., D.Sc., Professor of Botany with special reference to Comparative Histology and Systematic Botany, I I East Avenue CHARLES LANGDON GIBSON, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, 8 East 58th Street, New York City HEINRICH RIES, Ph.D., Professor of Economic Geology, 49 Thursto1f, A venue HERBERT JOHN WEBBER, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Plant Breeding in the Federal Experimental Station, 817 East State Street WILLIAM ALEXANDER HAMl\10ND, A.M., Ph.D., Sage Professor of Ancient Philosophy and Secretary of the University }4'aculty, 29 East Avenue HERMAN DIEDERICI-IS, 1f.E., Professor of Experimental Engineering, 610 Stewart Avenue Extension ERNEST ALBEE, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy, 143 Cascadilla Place 8 OF-'FICERS OF HOLLIS ELLSWORTH DANN, Mus.D-, Professor of Music. 507 East Seneca Street WILLIAM NICHOLS BARNARD, Professor of Steam Engineering, 7 South Avenue THOMAS WOOD HASTINGS, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Pathology, 43 East 5 8th Street, New York City BENJAMIN MINGE DUGGAR, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology, 5 East A venue JOHN LEMUEL STONE, B.Agr., Professor of Fann Practice, 91 Wait A venue JAMES EDWARD RICE, B.S. in Agr , Professor of Poultry Husbandry, 92 Wait A venue ALFRED HAYES, JR., A.B., A.M., LL.B., Professor of Law, 47 Fall Creek Drive MARTIN WRIGHT SAMPSON, B.A., M.A., Acting Professor of English Literature, 808 East Seneca Street GEORGE E WOODBERRY, Litt.D., LL.D., Acting Professor of English Literature, Ithaca Hotel BENJAMIN FREEMAN KINGSBURY, Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Histology and Embryology, 610 East Buffalo Street ERVIN LOUIS PHILLIPS, A.B., Professor of Military Science and Tactics, 203 Linden A venue SUTHERLAND SIMPSON, D.Sc., M.D., Professor of Physiology, 120 Oak A venue HENRY NEELY OGDEN, C.E., Professor of Sanitary Engineering, 614 University Avenue VLADIMIR KARAPETOFF, C.E., Professor of Experimental Engineering with special reference to Electrical Engineering, 607 East State Street DAVID ALBERT MOLITOR, B.S. in C.E., C.E., Professor of Topographic and Geodetic Engineering, 208 Dryden Road DENNIE HA1IMOND UDALL, B.S.A., D.V.M., Acting Professor of the Principles and Practice of Veterinary Medicine, 116 West Seneca Street ROBERT ANTHONY HATCHER, Ph.G., M.D., Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medica, 414 East 26th Street, New York City GEORGE SYLVANUS 1\10LER, A.B., B.M.E., Assistant Professor of Physics, 408 University Avenue HERBERT CHARLES ELMER, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of I.Ja tin, I I 3 Oak Avenue GILBERT DENNISON HARRIS, Ph.B., Assistant Professor of Palreontology and Stratigraphic Geology, 307 Stewart Avenue ADAM CAPEN GILL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mineralogy and Petography, 124 Wyckoff Avenue FREDERICI{ CLARKE PRESCOTT, A.B., Assistant Professor of the English Language and Literature, 2 Grove Place INSTRlJCTION AND ADA1INISTRATION 9 OLAF MARTINIUS BRAUNER, Assistant Professor of Drawing and Painting in the College of Architecture, 88 Wait Avenue EVERETT WARD OLMSTED, Ph.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the Romance Languages, 73 0 University Avenue IVIN SICKELS, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry a1!d Physics, 139th Street and Convent Avenue, New York C1,ty MARK VERNON SLINGERLAND, B.S. in Agr., Assistant Professor of Economic Entomology, 109 Summit Avenue WILLIAM STRUNK, JR., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the English Language and Literature, I07 Lake Stree' CHARLES LOVE DURHAM, M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Latin, 7 South Avenue EMILE MONNIN CHAMOT, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sanitary Chemistry and Toxicology, [Absent on Leave-Second Term] JOHN AUGUSTUS HARTWELL, Pl1.B., M.D., Assistallt Professor of Physiology, 50 East 53d Street, New York City ISAAC MADISON BENTLY, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology, 127 l-lighland Avenue HENRY AUGUSTUS SILL, A.M., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ancient History, 118 Eddy Street CLARK SUTHERLAND NORTHUP, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the English Language and Literature, 107 College Place JOHN THOMAS PARSON, Assistant Professor of Drawing in the College of Civil Engineering, Cornell Heights ALBERT CHARLES PHELPS, B.S., :rvI.Arch., Assistant Professor of Architecture, Edgecliff, Cornell Heights JOHN IRWIN HUTCHINSON, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 30 Thurston Avenue, Cornell Heights VIRGIL SNYDER, A.M., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 214 University Avenue GEORGE WALTER CAVANAUGH, B.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry in its relations with Agriculture, Willard Avenue JOHN SANFORD SHEARER, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics, 608 East Seneca Street ERNEST BLAKER, B.S., Pl1.D., Assistant Professor of Physics, 402 Oak Avenue GUY MONTROSE "\VHIPPLE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the Science and Art of Education, j1 Thurston A/venue OTHON GOEPP GUERLAC, Licencie es lettres, Assistant Professor of Romance Languages, 3 Fountain, Place OSCAR AUGUSTUS JOHANNSEN, B.S., A.M., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, Cornell Heights JAMES ALBERT WINANS, A.M., LL.B., Assistant Professor of Oratory and Debate, Edgeclift vVay ALBERT BERNHARDT FAUST, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Gennan, Willard Avenue, University Place 10 OFFICERS OF PRED ASA BARNES, C.E., M.e.E., Assistant Professor of Railroad Engineering and Surveying, 324 College Avenue CLARENCE FLOYD HIRSHFELD, B.S., M.M.E., Assistant Professor of Power Engineering, 712 East Seneca Street WILLIAM BENJAMIN FITE, Ph.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics, I27 Eddy Street GEORGE NIEMAN LAUMAN, B.S.A., Assistant Professor of Rural Economy, 132 Cascadilla Place HOWARD DRYSDALE HESS, M.E., Assistant Professor of Machine Design, --7 South Avenue ERNEST WILLIAM SCHODER, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Experimental Hydraulics, 4IO East Yates Street 3EORGE STANLEY MACOMBER, M.E. (E.), Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering, Kelvin Place, Cornell Heigltts PAUL RUSSEL POPE, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German, Cayuga Heights ARTHUR WESLEY BROWNE, l\{.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry, 957 East State Street HUGH DANIEL REED, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology, 108 Brandon Place EDWIN WALTER KEMMERER, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Economy, Fall Creek Drive HERBERT RICE WHETZEL, A.B., A.M., Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology in the New York State College of Agriculture, Forest Home ALEXANDER DYER MAcGILLIVRAY, Ph.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology and General Invertebrate Zoology, Agricultural College WILLIAM ALBERT RILEY, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology and Secretary of the College of Agriculture, 107 Brandon Place LANE COOPER, A.M., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English, Fall Creek Drive LEWIS ANDREW DARLING, B.M.E., E. in M.E., Assistant Professor of Machine Design, 53 Thurston Avenue JAMES GEORGE NEEDHAM, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Limnology, 6 Thurston Avenu.e ORA MINER LELAND, B.S. (C.E.), Assistant Professor of Astronomy a'nd Geodesy, 127 Cascadilla Place GEORGE FREDERICK WARREN, JR., B.S.C., B.S.A., M.S. in Agr , Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Farm Crops, Forest Home WILLIAM ALONZO STOCKING, B.S.A., M.S. in Agr., Assistant Professor of Dairy Bacteriology, 37 East Avenue ELMER OTTERBEIN FIPPIN, B.S. in Agr., Assistant Professor of Soils, 406 Oak A venue LOWELL BYRNS JUDSON, A.B., B.S., Assistant Professor of Horticulture, Cornell Heights INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION II MILES ALBION POND, Ph.B., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, Forest Home DONALD DERICKSON, C.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, 804 East State Street FRANCIS JOSEPH SEERY, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering, -' I I3 Dryden Road EDGAR HARPER WOOD, M.M.E.,Assistant Professor of Machine Design, 406 West Mill Street CHARLES SCOON WILSON, A.B., M.S. in Agr., Assistant Professor of Pomology, Forest Home Drive MERRITT I-IARPER, B.Sc., M.S., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry, 37 East Avenue BRYANT FLEMING, B.,S.A., Assistant Professor of Rural Art, 515 Stewart A venue CHARLES HENRY TUCK, A.B., Assistant Professor of Extension Teaching, College of Agriculture WILLIAM CHARLES BAKER, B.S.A., Assistant Professor of Drawing in New York State College of Agriculture, Forest Home CHARLES ALBERT PUBLOW, Assistant Professor of Dairy Industry in the New York State College of Agriculture, , 1 IS Stewart Avenue SAMUEL HOWARD BURNETT, A.B., M.S., D-V.M., Assistant Professor of Comparative Veterinary Pathology, 410 University Avenue WILL MILLER SA WDON, B.S. in M.E., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering, 1018 East State Street WALTER STEBBINS FORD, M.E., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering, 108 Brandon Place SAMUEL LATIMER BOOTHROYD, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Topographic and Geodetic Engineering, Forest Home ERNEST WILLIAM RETTGER, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Applied Mechanics, 134 College Avenue SIDNEY GONZALES GEORGE, C.E., .Assistant Professor of Applied ~lechanics, 110 East Marshall Street CHARLES LEOPOI..tD WALKER, C.E., Assistant Professor of Applied Mechanics, 804 East Seneca Street KENNETH BERTRAND TURNER, C.E., }\VI.C.E., Assistant Professor of Hydraulics, 125 Quarry Street CALVIN DODGE ALBERT, M.E., Assistant Professor of ~Iachine Design, 319 Eddy Street JAMES ADRIAN BIZZELL, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soil Investigations in the Federal Experimental Station, 108 Brandon Place PAUL J WHITE, A.B., A.M., M.S. in Agr., Assistant Professor of Farm Crops, 132 College Avenue CLARENCE ARTHUR ROGERS, B.S.A., !\tI.S. in Agr., Assistant Professor of Poultry I-Iusbandry, Barnes Hall 12 OFFICERS OF JAMES CHEW JOHNSTON, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology, I06 E"ast 62d Street, N6'W York Cit)' OTTO HENRY SCHULTZE, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathological Anatomy, 50 West 45th Street, New York City JEREMIAH SWEETSER FERGUSON, B.S., M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Histology, • 330 West 28th Street, New York City WILLIAi\1 JAMES ELSER, M.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology, 201 East 15th Street, New York City ANDREW HUNTER, M.A., B.Sc., M.B" Ch.B., Assistant Professor of Biochetnistry, ,. f)I5 East State Street JULIAN PLEASANT BRETZ, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of American History, 68 Thttrston Avenue EUGENE BAKER, B.S" M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics and Practice of Medicine, 108 West Seneca Street MARTIN BUEL TINKER. B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery, Cornell Heights GEORGE WILLIAM HARRIS, Ph.B., Librarian, 3 Grove Place ANDREW CURTIS WHITE, Ph.D., Assistant Librarian in charge of Classification and Reader in Greek, 424 Dryden Road WILLARD I-IENRY AUSTEN, Assistant Librarian in charge of the Reference Library, Antbleside, University Place DAVID FLETCHER HOY, M.S., Registrar, Cornell Heights JOSEPH PORTER HARRIS, A.B., Secretary of the University and University Publisher, 3I Thurston Avenue Standing Committees-University Faculty. Com1nittee on Admissio1~ by Certificate.-The Dean, Professors E. W Ollnsted (1912), A. B. Faust (1912), G. P Bristol (1911), J H. Tanner (191 I); C. L. Durham (19 10), J. S. Shearer (1910), G L. Burr (19°9), F C. Prescott (1909) Com111,ittee on Gradu.ate Work and Advanced Degrees.-The Dean, Professors C. E. Bennett (1912); G F Atkinson (1912); E. L. Nichols (1911), }. E. Creighton (1911), L. H. Bailey (1910), A. W Smith (1910), C. H. Hull (19°9); L. M. Dennis (1909) Comntittee on Student Affairs.-The Dean, Professors W W Rowlee (1912), B. L. Phillips (1912); c. V P Young (1911), E. H. Woodruff (191 I), L. M. Dennis (1910); R. C. H. Catterall (1910); H. Diederichs (19°9), H. N Ogden (1909) Committee on Undergraduate Scholarships.-The Dean, Professors I. P Church (1912), R. S. Tarr (1912), J McMahon (19 11 ), C. E. Bennett (191 I), vV T Hewett (1910), J R. S. Sterrett (19IO), F A. Fetter (19°9), E. l\1erritt (1909) C0l1't1n-iltee on University Policy--The President, the Dean of the University Faculty, Deans Smith, HuH, Irvine, Law, I-Iasl{ell, Bailey, Martin and Professor Kerr, Register and Announcement of Courses.-Tlle President, the Dean. The Deans of the Special Faculties, the Registrar. INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION EXC'us6s~from 13 Physical Training.-The Dean, the Commandant, the Professor of Physical Culture, Miss Canfield. EDWARD LOUGHBOROUGH KEYES, JR., A.B., Ph.D., M.D., Lecturer on Surgery, 109 East 34th Street, New York City CHARLES NICHOLL BANCKER CAMAC, A.B., M.D., Lecturer on and Instructor in Medicine, 108 East 65th Street, New York City MAX GUSTAV SCHLAPP, M.D., Lecturer on Pathology and Instructor in the Histology and Pathology of the Nervous System, 43 East 78th Street, N ew York City JOHN MeGA W WOODBURY, A.B., l\I.D .• Lecturer on Municipal Sanitation, 272 Madison Avenue, New York City FRED LEE ACKERl\IAN, B.Arch., Lecturer in Design in the College of Architecture, 68 B Sheldon Court Instructors. HIRAM SAMUEL GUTSEL~ B.P., A.M., Instructor in Freehand Drawing and Modeling in L;ollege of Architecture, 301 College Avenue ELIAS JUDAH DURAND, A.B., D.Sc., Instructor in Botany and Assistant Curator of the Cryptogamic Herbarium, 120 Oak A venue ELLEN BRAINARD CANFIELD, Instructor in Sage College in charge of Gymnasium for women, Cascadilla Place \VILLIAM FLETCHER STONE, Ph.B., M.D., Instructor in and Demonstrator of Anatomy, 401 West End Avenue, New York City GEORGE DEMPSTER HAMLEN, A.M .• M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics, 50 Ce11,tral Park West, New York City LOUIS WARNER RIGGS, A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry and Physics, 214 Central Avenue, Flushing JOHN ROGERS, A.B., Ph.B., M.D., Instructor in Clinical Surgery and Secretary to the Medical Faculty in New York City, , 102 East 30th Street, New York City CHARLES CLIFFORD BARROWS, A.M., lVI.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Gynecology, 63 East 56th Street, New York City GEORGE GRAY WARD, JR., M.D., Instructor in Surgery, Department of Gynecology, 77 West 50th Street, New York City JOSEPH FRAENKEL,M.D.,Clinical Instructor in Neurology and Lecturer on Clinical Medicine, Department of Neurology, 46 East 75th Street, New York City JAMES EDWARD NEWCOMB, A.B., l\f.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology, 118 West 69th Street, New York City' BENJAMIN TROWBRIDGE TILTON, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery t 121 Eas' 38th St,.,~" N trW York City 14 OFlt[CERS OF PATRICK HENRY FITZHUGH, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Orthopredics, 128 East 34th Street, New York Cit'} ARCHIBALD EZEKIEL ISAACS, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, 240 East Broadway, New York Cit'} WILLIAM SHANNON, A.B., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Department of Pediatrics, 130 West 81st Street, New York City EUGENE PLUMB ANDREWS, A.B., Instructor in Archreology and Curator of the Museum of Casts, 214 Prospect Street CHARLES GEORGE LEWIS WOLF, B.A., C.M., M.D., Instructor in Physiological Chemistry, 235 West 45th Street, New York City BENTON SULLIVAN MONROE, Ph.D., Instructor in English, 531 East State Street ROBERT GRIGG REESE, Ph.G., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Ophthalmology, I47 West 57th Street, New York City GUSTAVE SEELIGMAN, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics. 53 East 72d Street, Now York City WALTER ADAMS DUNCKEL, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medi317 West 83d Street, New York City cine, MONTGOMERY HUNT SICARD, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis, 15 East 48th Street, New York City FREDERICK DIAMOND COLSON, B.L., LL.B., Instructor in Procedure in the College of Law, 7I I East Seneca Street ARTHUR LYNN ANDREWS, M.L., Ph.D., Instructor in English, 112 Sears Street ROBERT LEE SHIP!\IAN, B.E., M.E., M.M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 215 Dryden Road GEORGE EUGENE DODGE, M.D., B B., Instructor in Clinical Surgery, 43 West 4 8th Street, New York City FREDERICK LOVE KEAYS, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis, 200 West 56th Street, New York City FRANCIS C EDGERTON, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Genito-Urinary Diseases, 60 West 58th Street, New York City ISADORE LEON HILL, A.B., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics, 616 Madison Avenue, New York City ALBURTUS ADAIR MOORE, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics, 52 East 3 1 st Street, New York City LEWIS LEAMING FORMAN, Ph.D., Instructor in Greek, 504 University AvetJ,U6 WILLIAM A DOWNES, M.D., Instructor in SurgeryJ 37 West 7 1st Street, New York City ISRAEL STRAUSS, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Embxyology, 108 West 87th Streel, New York Cit')' 'fHEODORE B BARRINGER, JR., B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine and Clinical Medicine, 34 West 84th Str"" New York City INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION IS JOHN PRESCOTT GRANT, M.D., C.M., Instructor in Operative Surgery, 278 Mill Street, Poughkeepsie JAMES MORLEY HITZROT, A.B., M.D., Instructvr in Surgery, 126 East 37th Street, New York City JAMES RAMSAY HUNT, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine, Department of Neurology, 112 West 55th Street, New York City GEORGE BIRMINGHAM McAULIFFE, A.B., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Otology, 52 East 76th Street, New York City WALTER LINDSAY NILES, M.D., Instructor in Medicine and in Physical Diagnosis, 55 East 76th Street, New York City EDWARD GODFREY COX, A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in English, 519 East State Street JOSEPH QUINCY ADAMS, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in English, 127 Highland Avenue JOHN HERBERT CLAIBORNE, M.D.,Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Ophthalmology, 34 W·est 3 6th Street, N euJ York City JOHN TAINSH WILLIAMS, Instructor in Machine Desi~n, 145 Cascad1lla Place RALPH CUTHBERT SNOWDON, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Chemistry, I I I Catherine Street NATHANIEL READ NORTON, Ph.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine, 113 East 70th Street, New York City GEORGE HUGHES KIRBY, B.S., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Department of Psychopathology, Pathological Institute, Ward's Island, New York City JOHN JOSEPH NUTT, B.L., ~I.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Orthopedics, Broadway and 69th Street, N E., f~iew York Cit,)' HALLDOR HERMANNSSON, Instructor in Scandinavian Languages and Amanuensis Icelandic Collection in Library, 2 I I Eddy Street HERBERT GROVE DORSEY, B.S., M.S., Instructor in Physics, 404 Oak A venue CLARENCE ALBERT PIERCE, B.S., M.S., Instructor in Physics, 3IB North Aurora Street EUGENE CASSON CRITTENDEN, A.B., Instructor of Physics 804 East Seneca Street THOMAS G DELBRIDGE, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry, 105 North Aurora Street GEORGE BURR UPTON, M.E., M.M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, I I Central Avenue ALBERT EDWARD WELLS, Superintendent of Shops, 105 Va18ntine Place MELVIN DRESBACH, M.S., M.D., Instructor in Physiology and Assistant to Medical Examiner, Jot) Mitchell Street 16 OFFICERS OF BOYD COE DENNISON, M.E., M. M. E., Instructor in Electrical Engineering, Cornell Heights CHARLES HOMER TOWER, B.S., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 103 Quarry Street IRVING COLES PETTIT, M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 804 East Seneca Street CHAUNCEY WILLIAM W~~GGONER, B.S. in E.E., A.M., Instructor in Physics, 319 Eddy Street PERCY HODGE, A.B., B.S., Ph.D, Instructor in Civil Engineering, 130 Blair Street LE ROY BROUN, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Departof Gynecology, 70 West 82nd Streett New York Cit, HAROLD CAPRON BAILEY, M.D., Instructor in PhannacoloEY. 122 East 34th Street, New York Cit'V ARTHUR GORDON, A.B., A.M., Instructor in French, 711 East Seneca Street FRANCIS ROBERT SHARPE, B.A., Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics, 213 Mitchell Street WALTER BUCKINGHAM CARVER, Ph.B., Ph.D., Instructor in l\{athematics, 204 Linden Avenue GORRELL ROBERT WHITE, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry, 130 Dryden Road GEORGE RAY CHAMBERLAIN, M.E. (E.), Instructor in Freehand Drawing in the College of Architecture, 1 I Central Aventte JOSEPH HENRY HATHAWAY, A.B., A.M., M.D., Instructor in Medical Anatomy and Medical Examiner at the Gymnasium, 137 Cascadilla Place ROSWELL CLIFTON GIBBS, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Physics, 210 Mitchell Street FLOYD KARKER RICHTMEYER, A.B., Instructor in Physics, I08 Linden Avenue WILLIAM EDWARD HOGAN, M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 302 College Avenue FRANK A BURR, M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 426 East Buffalo Street ARTHUR RANUM, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics, 91 Wait A venue HOWARD WAIT RILEY, M.E. (E.), In~tructor in Farm Mechanics, 1 I I Ferris Place 11ELVERN FRANCIS THOMAS, B.S. (M.E.), Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 105 DeWitt Place FRED HUTTON KROGER, B.S., M.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering, 8 OSbOT14-e Block CARL HENRY IBERSHOFF, B.L., Instructor in German, 408 r1niversity Avenue DAVID CLINTON GILLESPIE, A.B., A.M., Ph D., Instructor in Mathematics, 1200ak..Avenue INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION 17 ANSON MUNSON HOLCOMB, Instructor in Experimental Engineering, I03 Quarry Street HANS J{jRGEN SCHWARTZ, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Dermatology, 44 East 3 1st Street, New York City RALPH CHAPMAN RODGERS, M.E., A.M., Instructor in Physics, 6 South A venue JOHN FREDERICK HOWARD DOUGLASS, B.S., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 301 College Avenue HUGHES DAYTON, Ph.B.,M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis, 200 West 57th Street, New York City ROBERT PHINNEY LAY, M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, I 20 Falls Street WILFORD MURRAY WILSON, M.D., Instructor in Meteorology, 2I2 University Avenue HERMANN DAVIDSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in German, 120 Oak A venue SMILEY BLANTON, B.S., Instructor in Oratory, Edgecliff Way, Cornell Heights ALEXANDER M DRUMMOND, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Oratory and Debate, 119 Dryden Road CLYDE FIRMAN CRAIG, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in ~1athematics, 310 East Mill Street FREDERICK WILLIAM OWENS, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics, 37 West Ave1~ue, Cornell Heights OSCAR DIEDRICH VON ENGELN, A.B., Instructor in Physical Geography, 125 Highland Place JEAN MARIUS GELAS, Instructor in Fencing, 206 Li1tde11, Avenue WESLEY MANNING BALDWIN, A.B., Instructor in Anatomy, 804 East Seneca Street HENRY LIVINGSTON FREEMAN, B.S., E.E., Instructor in Machine Design, 201 Oak Avenue FRANK GIRARD TAPPAN, A.B., M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 122 Falls Street LOUIS FREDERICK BLUME, E.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 10 3 Quarry Street FRANK CARLTON LORING, B.S., A.M., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 107 Brandon Place EDMUND HOWARD HOLLANDS, Ph.B., A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy, 109 Cascadilla Place CHARLES EDWARD STUART WEBSTER, JR., B.A., l\f.D., Instructor in Clinical Therapeutics, 749 Madison Avenu,e, Ne'W York Cit,y WILLIAM JOSEPH JONES, JR., M.D., Instructor in Materia Medica, 138 West I18th, New York City ALBERT CHARLES GEYSER, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Radiography and Radiotherapy, IS8 West 76th Street, N6W York Cit'V 18 OFFICERS OF LESLIE DAVID HAYES, B.S.p Instructor in Machine Design, 400 Stewart It venue ENOCH FRANCIS GARNER, M.E.,Instructor in Machine Design. 306 Eddy Street EVAN JOHN MAcILRAITH, M.E., Instructor in Machine Design, 302 Mitchell Street CLARENCE WALTER HAM, B.M.E., Instructor in Machine Design, 5 I 9 East State Street VICTOR RAYMOND GAGE, M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering. 105 North Aurora Street HAROLD ELLIS ROSS, B.S.A., Instructor in Dairy Industry, 2 I I Dryden Road ALGERNON CHARLES IRWIN, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 129 College Avenue WILLIAM EUGENE PIPER, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 804 East Seneca Street ROSS GILMORE MARVIN. A.B., Instructor in Civil Engineering, [Absent on Leave] LATTA VANDERION EDWARDS, B.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 405 North Aurora Street DALTON MOOMAW, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 112 Stewart Avenue LEONARD ALEXANDER LAWRENCE, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 444 North Tioga Street FREDERICK DUANE SHEFFIELD, A.B., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 120 Oak Avenue PAUL HALLADAY UNDERWOOD, C.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 312 College Avenue JOHN CLARENCE McCURDY, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering, Forest Home SCOTT BARRETT LILLY, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 502 University Avenue SIDNEY LOFTUS CHAFFEE, Ph.B., B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 201 Oak Avenue FRANK HERBERT DUNBAR, B.S. in M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 1 I4 Eddy Street MIGUEL VENTURA, A_B., Instructor in Romance Languages, 711 East Seneca Street HARRY WESTFALL REDFIELD, B.S., Instructor in Chemistry, Filt,.ation Plant GUSTAV ERNST FREDRICK LUNDELL, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry, 2 19 Linden A venue GEORGE WALTER TAILBY, JR., B.S.A., Stockman and Instructor in Animal Husbandry, 9 Reservoir Avenue WALTER G KRUM, Superintendent in the Poultry Department, 204 Utiiversity Avenue EDWARD R MINNS, B.S. in Agr., Assistant Farm Mana~er and Instructor in Farm Practice, College of Agrscultur, INSTRUCTiON AND ADMINISTRATION 19 HARRY BATES BROWN, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Botany, Forest Home SAMUEL ~IILBANK, Instructor in Therapeutics, 154 West 48 th Street, New York City GEORGE...L.ROLLAND McDERMOTT, M.E., Instructor in Power Engineering, 216 University Place FRED A MOLBY, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Physics, I I I Valentine Place GEORGE WILLIAM NASMYTH, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Physics, lIO Highland Place ALBERT ALEXANDER SOMERVILLE, B.S., Instructor in Physics, 804 East Seneca Street ORIN TUGMAN, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Physics, 111 North A urora Street FRED FLOYD SHETTERLY, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry, 205 Eddy Street CHARLES ARTHUR STEWART, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Geology, 134 College Avenue \VILLIAM ATWOOD HILTON, B.S., Ph.D., Instructor in Histology and Embryology, 108 Brandon Place JACOB PARSONS SCHAEFFER, M.E., M.D., Instructor in Medical Anatomy, 307 S"tewart Avenue ROBERT ERLE BACKUS, Instructor in Architecture. y ~1. C A Building WILLIAM CARGILL CAPRON. Instructor in Machine Design, 400 Stewarl A venue WALTER LISTON HEAD, Foreman of Forge Shop, Fores' Home GEORGE DYER CONLEE, M.E., M.M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 402 Eddy Street MILLARD CLAYTON ERNSBERGER, A.B., M.E., Instructor in Power Engineering, II0 Cook Street JAMES NATHAN FROST, D-V.M., Instructor in Veterinary Clinical Surgery, 117 East A venue ALBERT HAZEN VvRIGHT, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology, 804 East Seneca Street LEWIS KNUDSON, B.S. in Agr., Instructor in Plant Physiology in New York State College of Agriculture, 804 East Seneca Street DONALD REDDICK, A.B., Instructor in Plant Physiology in New York State College of Agriculture, 804 East Sensca Street GEORGE ARTHUR CRABB, B.Sc. in Agr., Instructor in Soils in New York State College of Agriculture, Cornell Heights LEON DEXTER BATCHELOR, B.S., Instructor in Horticulture in New York State College of Agriculture, 804 East Seneca StroBt ELMER SETH SAVAGE, B.S. in Agr., Instructor in Animal Husbandry in New York State College of Agriculture, 606 N ortll Aurora Str••' , 20 OFFICERS OF JOHN BAUER, Ph.D., Instructor in Economics J 325 Dryden Road. WILLIS TILLMAN SPIVEY, B.S. in C.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 508 University Avenue MORTIMER WARREN, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Clinical Pathology, 34 East 28th Street, New York City LESLIE JAMES MEACHAM, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Department of Neurology, 616 Madison Avenue, New York City WILLIAM DAVID TYRRELL, M.D., Clinica.l Instructor in Medicine, Department of Pediatrics, 132 West 47th Street. New York City EWING TAYLOR, A.B., M.D., Instructor in I-listology, 1 st Avenue and 28th Street, New York City CHARLES RUPERT STOCKARD, B.S., M.S .• Ph.D .• Instructor in Comparative I\forphology, New York City LEOPOLD JACHES, M.D., LL.B., Instructor in Microphotography, 52 East 118th Str6et, New York City PHILIP ANDERSON SHAFFER, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Experimental Pathology, 414 East 26th Street, New York City ARTHUR S ARMSTRONG, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, 142 East 27th Street, New York City FRANCIS RODERICK HOLBROOK, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, 140 "'est 80th Street, New York City ARCHIBALD EASTWOOD CHACE, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Materia Medica, 242 Broadway, Tarrytown GEORGE WILLIA!\1 LEWIS, M.E., Instructor in Machine Design, 805 East State Street ROBERTSON MATTHEWS, M.E., Instructor in Power Engineering, 230 Pleasant Street JOHN FLOYD STEVENS, B.A., M.E., Instructor in Machine 302 Mitchell Street Design, ARMIN GEORGE KESSLER, M.E., Instructor in Power Engineering, 805 East State Street CHARLES CLEVELAND HEDGES, B.S., A.B., Instructor in Chemistry in the New York State College of Agrjculture, 519 East State Street CHARLES FREDERICK CLARK, B.S., Instructor in Plant Breeding in the New York State College of Agriculture, ForBst Ho1'M EDWARD SEWALL GUTHRIE, B.S.A., Instructor in Dairy Industry, 921 East Seats Str,et ALEXANDER DAWES DU BOIS, B.S., Insturctor in Electrical Engineering, 21 3 College Avenue FRANK GIBBS ANDERSON, M.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 712 East Buffalo St""t INSTRUCTION AND ADMINIS1"RATION 21 ROLAND PARKER DAVIS, S.B., M.C.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 217 Mitchell St,.e~t WILLIAM BOUCK CORNELL, M.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering, 508 Stewart Avenfte EDWARD KIRKE SOPER, A.B., Instructor in Economic Geology, 528 Stewart Avenue ROBERT D SCHROCK, A.B., Instructor in Physiology and Pharmacology, Forest Home Drive CONY STURGIS, A.B., Instructor in Ronlance Languages, 404 Stewart A venue GEORGE BURNAP, B.S., Instructor in Rural Art, 92 Wait A venue MILTON PRA..TT JONES, B.S. in Agr., Instructor in Extension Teaching, Barnes Hall HER~1:ANN STEPHENSON, M.E., Instructor in Experimental Engineering, 117 East Buffalo Street RUFUS DANIEL SMITH, A.B., Instructor in Political Economy and Statistics, 811 East State Street ELMER JAMES BAILEY. Ph.B., Ph.M., A.M., Instructor in English, 114 Eddy Street CHARLES TRACY STAGG, LL.B., Instructor in the College of Law, 118 Hudson Street IRVING PERRINE, A.B., Instructor in Geology, 210 College Aven'ue CHARL·ES FRANCIS TUCKER BROOKE, A.B., A.l\f., B.A., 107 College Place B. Litt., Instructor in English, FLOYD ROBINS WRIGHT, A.B., ~1.D., Instructor jn Bacteriology in Veterinary College and Demonstrator of Anatomy, 127 East Sell£ca Street Assistants. FRED CLARKSON FOWLER, 1fechanician in the Department of Physics, 504 North Aurora Street ROBERT SHORE, Assistant to the Professor of Botany and Head Gardener, 5 Garden Avenue JAMES EUGENE VANDERHOEF, Foreman in Foundry, 707 North Aurora Street ROBERT EUGENE VANDERHOEF, Assistant in Foundry, [Absent on Leave] WILLIAM FREDERIC I-IE.l~D, Assistant in Forge Shop, Forest HO'lne ROBERT MORRIS DALEY, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Department of Neurology, 43 East 27th Street, New York City GEORGE WALTER TAILBY, li'orelnan of the Farm, 9 Reservoir A venue CHARLES EDWARD HUNN. Gardener, 3 Garden Avenue 22 OFFICERS OF Pat~ern Shop, 301 East Yates RAYMER EGBERT SEAMON, Assistant in SIr." JOHN FOX CONNORS, M.D., Demonstrator of AnatomYA .~ --1~.~ 224 West 79th Stree', New Ycwk City HUGH CHARLES TROY, B.S. in Agr., Assistant in Milk Testing, Winter School of Agriculture, 426 East Seneca Stree' WEBSTER EVERETT GRIFFITH, Assistant in Butter Making, Winter School of Agriculture, Ithaca ANNA BOTSFORD COMSTOCI{, B.S., Lecturer on Nature Study, Extension Teaching in the New York State College of Agriculture, 43 East A venue ALICE GERTRUDE McCLOSKEY, A.B., Assistant Supervisor in Extension Department in the N ew York State College of Agriculture, 101 Cascadilla Place MARTHA VAN RENSSELAER, Lecturer in Home Economics and Supervisor of Farmers' Wives Reading Course in the New York State College of Agriculture, 811 East State Street CHARLES AMBROSE MACK, A.B., M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology, 313 West 46th Street, New York City SAMUEL MORLEY EVANS, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Department of Pediatrics, 115 East 39th Street, New York City FRANKLIN T BURKE, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology, 206 West 95th Street, New York City EDGAR WARREN GREGORY, Assistant Mechanician, Sibley College, 202 First Street GEORGE WASHINGTON RACE, Mechanician in Sibley College, 213 South Cayuga Street WALTER CLARK MONTGOMERY, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology, 253 West 84th Street, New York City BURTON JAMES LEE, Ph.B., M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy, 138 East 73d Street, New York Cuy EARLE CONNER, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Otology, 20 West 60th Street, New York City JOSEPH S WHEELWRIGHT, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Physiology, 50 East 53a Street, New York City JOHN CUTLER TORREY, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant in Experimen- tal Pathology in the Loomis Laboratory and Lecturer on Hygiene, 414 East 26th Street, New York City PERRY SCHOONMAKER, l\l.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery. Department of Larnygology and Rhinology, 161 WBst 126ih Street, New York City HENRY THOMAS LEE, M.D., Assistant in Pathology, 64 West 46~h Str'6~J New York Ci~y INSTRUCTION AND ADl\1.I~VISTRATIOl\T 23 St,.e~t CLINTON BYRON BURKE, Foreman of Pattern Shop, 118 Utica FRANK ALBERT LYNHAM, Assistant in Machine Shop, 607 North Cayuga Stre~t THOMAS ALVIN NEAL, B.S.,M.D., Assistant in Gross Pathology, 153 West 46th Street, New York City RICHARD WElL, A.B., A.M., M.D., Assistant in Experimental Pathology, 163 West 86th Street, New York City HARVEY LYON AYRES, Superintendent of Dairy Manufactures, jiorest}{~e HENRY MORTIMORE ARCHER, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, 72 West82dStreet,New York City JOHN WILLIAMS COE, Ph.B., M.D., Assistant in Clinical Pathology, 6~1 Park Avenue, New York Citv FRANK McELROY HUNTOON, M.D., Assistant in Bacteriology, 72Q Prospect Avenue, Bronx, New York City NATHAN SELLECK ROBERTS, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Otology, 315 ltVest 94th Street, New York City FRANK WADE ROBERTSON, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Department of Neurology, 411 West End Ave1~ue, New York City ALEXANDER SHIRI.~EY LEVERTY, M.D . , Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Department of Neurology, I228 Madison Avenue, New York City GEORGE ALFRED CULLIGAN, Mechanician in Experimental Electrical Engineering, -' I I Cascadilla Street JAMES ALONZO BUSH, Assistant Mechanician in Experimental Engineering, Forest Home HOWARD STANLEY BUSH, Assistant in Pattern Shop, 108 East Marshall Street BURDE·TTE NEWTON HOWE, Assistant in Machine Shop, 415 West Green Street JOHN ALEXANDER BLACK, A.B., Assistant in Biochemistry, 710 East State Street LUDWIG REINHOLD GEISSLER, B.Lit., Assistant in Psychology, 312 College Avenue SEWARD ERDMAN, A.B., M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy, 939 Madison Avenue, New York City BERT RAYMOND HOOBLER, B.S., A.M., M.D., Assistant in Clinical Pathology, 122 East 34th Street, New York City VICTOR CORSE THORNE, Ph.B., LL.B., M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Genito-Urinary Diseases, 65 West 54th Stre,t, New York City HOWARD WELCH, A.B., B.S.A., .L\ssistant in Veterinary Physiology, I Garden A venue CJFFICERS OF WILLIS DAVID STEVENS, Mechanician in Physics, 206 Mechanic StreIt CHARLES HERBERT VAN AUKEN, Assistant in Animal Husbandry, I 14 Cascadilla Place CYRUS RICHARD CROSBY, A.B., Experimental Entomologist in the Federal Experimental Station, I52 Cascadilla Place CHARLES NORRIS, Ph.B., M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy, 44 West 44th Street, NeuJ York City EMIL OSTERBERG, Assistant in Chemistry, 28th Street and 1St Avenue, New York City RICHARD RUTHERFORD BLEWS, A.B., Assistant in Ancient History, 110 College Place JOHN FRANCIS COWAN, A.B., Assistant in Physiology, 1st Avenue and 28th Street, New York City JOHN ANDERSON WILKINSON, B.Sc., Assistant in Chemistry, 21 [) Linden A venue WILLIAM RALPH OURAND, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, 102 West Avenue GEORGE FREDERICK ZOOK, A.B., A.M., Assistant in Modem European History, 310 College Aventte WILLIAM HENRY PYLE, A.B., Assistant in Psychology, 70 Thurston Avenue SIDNEY LONGMAN GALPIN, A.B., Assistant in Dynamic Geology, 134 College A venue HENRY LLOYD HUPE,Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, 202 Williams Street STANHOPE ECCLESTON BLUNT, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, 102 West Avenue EDWARD HENRY CUMPSTON , Jr., Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, 523 East Buffalo Str.et CARL BRYANT HENNING, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, 603 East Seneca Street CLARENCE J HUMPHREY, A.B., B.Sc., Assistant in Botany, 404 Eddy Street GEORGE W KUNZ, Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Otology, 174 East 64th Street, New York City TOYOHIKO CAMPBELL TAKAMI, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Diseases of the Genito-Urinary System, 182 High Street, Brooklyn DOUGLAS SYMMERS, l\1.D., Assistant in Pathology, 44 vVest 25th Street, New York City HORATIO BURT WILLIAMS, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Physiology, 102 West 81st Street, New York City JAMES CHESTER BRADLEY, A.B., M.S., Assistant in Entomology in New York State College of Agriculture, 804 East Seneca Street • INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION 25 ALLAN FERGUSON, B.A., Assistant in Cheese Making, 31 Th'urston Avenue MINNIE JENKINS, B.S. in Agr., Assistant in Dairy Bacteriology, I I I Oak Avenue ADA E GEORGIA, Assistant in Nature Study, 1 14 West Seneca Street WILLIAM DAVID CRAIG, Assistant in Machine Design, 130 Linden Avenue LUTHER BYNUM LOCKHART, Ph.B., Assistant in Chemistry, 804 East Seneca Street WILLIAM HUTCHENS BOYNTON, D.V.M., Assistant in Veterjnary Bacteriology, 208 Farm Street EDWIN FREDERICK RATI-IJEN, A. B., A. M., Assistant in Chemistry, 121 Maple Avet£ue WILLIAM HENRY SHIDELER, A. B., Assistant in Medical Physiology and Pharmacology, R. F D. 2, Ithaca JAMES BELDEN GERE, M.D., Assistant in Pathology and Histology of the Nervous System, 15 West 67th Street, Ne'W York City JOHN HAROLD RICHARDS, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Pathology, 164 West 79th Street, New York City FREDERICK MARSHALL PAUL. A.B., M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy, 562 High Street, Newark. N ] JOHN BENJAMIN HILL~ Assistant in Botany, 105 Catherine Street EDWARD JACOB PETRY, B.S. in Agr., Assistant in Botany, Barnes Hall DAVID SHEPARD PRATT, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry. 202 Willrom Street FLORA ROSE, B.S., Lecturer on Home Economics, 81 I East State Street CLINTON D CASS,Mechanician in the College of Civil Engineering' 619 Utica Street GEORGE FREDERICK ROGALSKY, A.B., Assistant in Modern European History, Barnes Hall ALFRED HENRY RAHE, Assistant in Experimental Pathology, 414 East 26th Street, New York City CLARA NIXON, Assistant in PoulJ;_ry Husbandry, Wyckoff Cottage, Cornell Heights HENRY JACKSON MOORE, Gardener in the Horticultural Department, Forcing Houses 'fHOMAS WHITNEY BENSON WELSH, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, I I I Osmun Place RUFUS FORD, Jr" A.B., A.M., Assistant in Chemistry, 221 Eddy Street ROSS PETER ANDERSON, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, 123 L1.nn Street OFFICERS OF LEROY HOOPER, Assistant in Pattern Shop, 804 North Cayuga Stren MARSHALL BAXTER CUMMINGS, B.S. in Agr., M.S., in Hort., Assistant in Horticulture, I26 Catherine Street ROBERT ANDERSON COOKE, A.B., A.M., M.D., Assistant in Physiology, 107 West 55th Street, New York City WILLETS WILSON, Ph.G., M.D., Assistant in Medical Pharmacology, 122 East Seneca Street JESSE WOODHULL WELLS, Assistant in Physical Culture, 99 Cascadilla Place HENRY NORTH FREAR, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, 209 Eddy Street BURTON JUDSON LEMON, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, 209 Eddy Street EDSON HOYT NICHOLS, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, 2 I 9 Eddy Street JAMES HERBERT SCOTT, M.E., Assistant in Chemistry, 217 Mitchell Street DANIEL MILLER, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, 7IS East Buffalo Street HENRY PHELPS GAGE, A.B., Assistant in Physics, 4 South Avenue SILAS PALMER BEEBE, B.S., Ph.D .• Assistant in Experimental Pathology, 12 Elm Place, Flushing FREDERIC CORSS CHURCH, Assistant in Mediaeval History, 134 Colleg, A'Ven~ FREDERICK ALDRICH CLEVELAND, A.B., Assistant in Modem European History, 61 Wait AvenW? HENRY WHEELER MARTIN, A.B., Assistant in American History and Assistant in Oratory, 134 College Avenue JOHN AUGUSTUS LAPP, Ph.B., Assistant in Politics, 407 Eddy Street JOHN ROSCOE TURNER, B.S., M.S., Assistant in Economics, 105 Utica St,.,n THOMAS GI.JENN DURKAN, A.B., Assistant in Economics, 110 Osmun Plac, ALEXANDER SARKIS GALADJIKIAN, A.B., Assistant in Physics, 2 Cascadilla Place LAURENCE PUMPELLY, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant in Chemistry, 7I I East SOn8ca Street MAJOR EDWARD HOLMES, B.S., A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, 217 Mitch.ll Sir,., INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION 27 ARTHUR EARL HOULEHAN, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, Forest Hom.e HARRY MORTON FITZPATRICK, Assistant in Botany, • Forest Home WILLIAM MOORE, A.B., Assistant in Botany, Forest Home DANIEL WELLS HALLOCK, Assistant in Physical Geography, 303 Eddy Street HARRY RAI.lPH STANDIFORD, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, Hill Crest CHARLES WALTON FITCH, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, I I I Osmun Place CHARLES ABNER LYERLY, Jr" Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, 711 East Buffalo Street CLEMENT EDWARD CHASE, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, 60.3 East Seneca Street BLAINE BUTLER RAMEY, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, 205 Dryden Road FRANCIS SMITH MARLOW, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics, 102 West Avenue JAMES EDWIN CUFF. Assistant in Physical Culture, 125 College A venue EBBA ELIZABETH ALl\1GREN, M.D., Medical Examiner, Sage College Gymnasium, Sage CHESTER HILL WATERS, B.S., Assistant in Histology and Embryology, rI2 Stewart Avenue GRANDON DUMARS GATES, Assistant in Maclline Design, 208 Stewart Avenue IRA BUCHANAN, Demonstrator in Veterinary Anatomy, I07 2nd Street CHARLES J MILLER, Demonstrator in Veterinary Anatomy, 44I North Aurora Street FRANK SIDNEY WOOD, Demonstrator in Veterinary Physiology and Pharmacology, 107 2nd Street FRANK EDWIN McCLELLAND, Demonstrator in Veterinary Physiology and Pharmacology, 110 West Mill Street LEONARD HASEMAN, A.B., A.M., Assistant in Entomology in New York State College of Agriculture, Forest Home MORTIER FRANKLIN BARRUS, B.A., Assistant in Plant Physiology in New York State College of Agriculture, Agronomy Building ALFRED JAMES LOTKA, B.Sc., Assistant in Physics, 108 Catherine Street OFFICERS OF FRANCIS RAYMOND NITCHIE, A.B., Assistant in Physics, 210 Stewart Avenm FORTUNE THERSILE RICHARD PERRIN, B. L.,B. Math., Assistant in Physics, • Forest Home ELLSWORTH ELIOT, M.D., Lecturer on Surgery, New York City CARL GOODWIN BURDICK, M.D., Assistant in Anatomy, 120 East 34th Street, New York City WATERS FIELD BURROWS, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Anatomy, 133 West 118th Street, New York City CHARLES EVERETT FARR, B.A., M.D., Assistant in Anatomy, 203 West 54th Street, New York City EDWARD HAND, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Department of Pediatrics, 175 East 79th Street, New York City JAMES JOSEPH MAC SHERRY, Assistant in Boxing, 123 Quarry Street EARL SUNDERVILLE, Assistant in Veterinary Anatomy, 401 Eddy Street ROBERT LEE COCHRAN, Assistant in Machine Design, 115 College Avenue JAMES OSCAR MORGAN, B.Agr., M.S. in Agr., Assistant in Soil Investigation in the Federal Experimental Station, 12() Linden Avenue HAROLD JOEL CONN, Ph.B., Assistant in Soil Investigation in the Federal Experilnental Station, 408 University Avenue I-IERBEllT TEETER, Superintendent of Plant Breeding Work in the Federal Experimental Station, R~servoir Avenue FREI)ERICK JOHN PRITCHARD, B.S., Assistant in Plant Breeding in the Federal Experimental Station, 530 East State Street EUGENE PETER HUMBERT, B.S.A., M.S. in Agr., Assistant in Plant Breeding in the Federal Experimental Station, 105 Quarry Street HARRY HOUSER LOVE, B.S., M.A., Assistant in Plant Breeding in Federal Experimental Station, IOS Catherine Street MERRIS MICKEY McCOOL,B.S., in Agr., Assistant in Plant Physiology 121 Cascadilla Avenue LEWIS JOSEPHUS CROSS, Assistant in Agricultural Chemistry, 123 Linn Street HA WLEY OTIS TAYLOR, Assistant in Physics, D Cascadilla Place THEODORE FLETCHER l\fEAD, A.B., As~istant in Histology and Embryology, 208 Stewart Avenue INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION 29 ALDIS ADELBERT JOHNSON, B.Ph., Assistant in Physiology and Pharmacology, 207 Linden Avenue WALTER CHRISTOPHER O'CONNELL, Assistant in Wrestling, I 23 Street WARD BROWN SMITH, Assistant in Machine Shop, 110 Queen Street HORACE WADSWORTH GILLETT, A. B., Assistant in Chemistry, 131 Blair Street JOHN CLEVELAND COTHRAN, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, 109 College Avenue CHARLES HAMILTON WILLIAMS, A.B., B.S. in Ed., Assistant in Philosophy, 323 Pleasant Street ROBERT JONES SPENCER, Assistant in Economics, 21 Wyckoff Avenue ROBERT EARLE COULSON, Assistant in Political Economy and Finance, 6 South A venue MORRIS KUSH, Assistant in Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology, 106 Brandon Place WALTER EVERETT HOPPER, A.B., Assistant in Geology, 707 East Stat6 Street ARTHUR JOHN WILSON, B.S., M.S., Assistant in Chemistry, 309 Eddy Street JOHN GAUB, B.Sc., Assistant in Chemistry, 126 Linden AVe1tUe ALVIN CHARLES KRAFT, Assistant in Chemistry, 125 Dryden Road SIDNEY WINTERS SHATTUCK, Assistant in Chemistry, 201 College Avenue EDGAR REGINALD CROFTS, Assistant in Physical Culture, 401 Eddy Street HOMER NELSON SIMPSON, Assistant in Physical Geography, 115 College A venue CHARLES ALBERT BROOKS, Assistant in Forge Shop, Forest H01ne HUGH BROOKS McWHORTER, M.E., Assistant in Foundry, 422 North Cayuga Street TOM BRUCE HYDE, M.E., Assistant in Physics, 406 Ste7.vart A Ve11-Ue MATHER FRANCIS THURSTON, Assistant in Physics, 105 DeWitt Place JAMES HOWARD SNOOK, D-V.M., Assistant in Veterinary Clinical Medicine and Surgery, 209 College Avenue ELSIE SAMETH, Assistant in the Sage College Gymnasium, Sage HUBER SCHULL, Assistant in Poultry Husbandry, 43I East Seneca Street HERBERT BACHELLER, Assistant in Poultry Husbandry, 220 Cobb Street Qua,.,." 30 OFFICERS OF WALTER S LYON, Assistant in Poultry Husbandry, Route 2, I thaco FREDERICK JOHN BIELE, Assistant in GeoloJITt 208 Williams Street ANNA CLEGG STRYKE, A.B., Assistant in Entomology in New York State College of Agricul ture, 111 Oak A 'Venue HOMER JAY PIERCE, Assistant in Machine Design, 202 Eddy Street WALTER McHENRY, V.M.D., Assistant in Veterinary Pathology and Bacteriology, 413 North Tioga Street IJA WRENCE CONNELLY, Assistant in Boxing, 123 Quarry Street RASMUS S SABY, B.A., l\1.A., Assistant in Politics, 1 13 Eddy Street ALLAN H GILBERT, Assistant in Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology, 301 College Avenue SIDNEY GODFREY R UBINOW, Assistant in Physical Culture, 113 Osmun Place EDWIN CHARLES MAYER, Assistant in Physics, I 16 Osn~un Place EDWARD THOMAS TURNER, Assistant in Physics, 400 Stewart A venue WILLIA~1 JUDSON MARSH, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry, 107 College Place SPECIAL LECTURES. 19 0 7- 19 08 . Besides the instruction regularly given by the resident officers of the University, a large number of lectures are delivered by nonresident lecturers on special subjects of importance. For t.his branch of instruction the services of eminent specialists are sought, and the number of lectures given by each lecturer varies according to the nature of the subject treated. GEORGE E. WOODBERRY, Litt.D., LL.D., Bever~y. Mass Twenty lectures on Genius, Marlowe, Sidney, Byron, Camoens, Gray, Wordsworth, Tennyson, Fitzgerald, Pater, Rosetti, Blake, Coleridge, ~filton, Lucretius, Tasso, Shelley LOUIS MADELIN, Paris, France Madame Roland and the Girondins. HUGH BLACK, M.A., Edinburgh, Scotland Religion as Experience. Galesburg, Ills. CLARK E. CARR, Abraham Lincoln. EUGENE H. PORTER, M.D., Albany The Work of a State Department of Health~ JOHN BARRETT, Washington, D.C South America. INSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION 31 OTHER OFFICERS. EMMONS LEVI WILLIAMS, Treasurer, 608 East State Str6.t CHARLES DIBBLE BOSTWICK, A.B .. LL.B., Assistant Treas80 3 East Seneca Street urer, HORACE MACK, A.B., Assistant to the Treasurer in the Land Office, 111 Ferris Place THOMAS TREE, Assistant to the Treasurer, 1001 North Aurora Street WILLIAM C DEAN, Superintendent of Steam Heatin_g and Water Service, 1307 North Cayuga Street RUD BRYANT HAYES, M.E., Superintendent of tbe Electric Service, 965 East State Street GEORGE FRANKLIN FOOTE, Business Manager of Sage College, Sage College LOUISE ROPES LOOMIS, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Warden of Sage Sage College, College, HARRIET SUTHERLAND, Superintendent of the Cornell Infirmary , Cornell Infirmary EDWARD SPRIGG, Superintendent of Buildings, 114 Queen Street JAMES THORN WILLSON, Managin~ Clerk of the Medical College. 477 F~rst Aven1te, New York City JESSIE PICKARD ANDRESEN, Assistant Secretary and Stenographer, Medical College, 171 West 81st Street, New York City WALTER RAYMOND SHEPHERD, Bookkeeper, 477 First Avenue, New York City PATRICK CONWAY, Director of the University Band, Jamieson-lVlcKinney Block UNIVERSITY PREACHERS. 190 7-1908. (On the Dean Sage Preachership Foundation.) RT REV ETHELBERT TALBOT, D.D., South. Bethlehen", Pa. New York City JOHN R. MOTT Princeto1~, N ] THE REV HENRY VAN DYKE, D.D., THB THE REV THE REV THE REV THE RBV THE REV THE REV WORTH M. TIPPY EDWARD JUDSON, ·D.D., M. W STRYKER, D.D., FRANCIS G. PEABODY, D.D., RUSH RHEES, D.D., W F McDOWELl" D.D., Bishop, Cleveland, Ohio New York City Clinton Cambridge, Mass. Rochester Chicago, Ills. 32 PREACHERS. THE REV. JAMES S. RIGGS, D.D., Aubur" THE RBv LYMAN ABBOTT, D.D., New York Cit, THE REV WILLIAM ELLIOTT GRIFFIS, D.D., Ithaca THE REV HUGH BLACK, M.A., Edinburgh, Scotland THE REV J W A. STEWART, D.D., Rochester THE RT. REV THOMAS F GAILOR, S.T.D., Memphis, Tenn. THE REV CHARLES A. DINSMORE, D.D., Waterbury, Conn. THE REV SAMUEL S. MARQUIS, D.D. Detroit, Mich. THE REV W W FENN, Cambridge, Mass. THE REV GEORGE WILLIAM KNOX, D.D., New York City THE REV HENRY M. SANDERS, D.D., New York Cit" THB R'Ev A. C. McGIFFERT, D.D., New York City THB REV GEORGE HODGES, D.D.~ Cambridge, Mass. THE REV LEIGHTON WILLIAMS, New York City THE REV JOSEPH H. TWICHELL, Hartford, Conn. THE REV WILLIAM A. QUAYLE, D.D., Bishop., Chicago, Ills. THE REV ROBERT COLLYER, New York City THE REV GEORGE HILL, D.D., Nottingham, England THE REV JAMES G. K. McCLURE, D.D., Chicago, Ills . . ADMISSION AND CLASSIFICATION. Every applicant for admission to Cornell University must file at the Registrar's office either a certificate of his good moral character, or, in case he has previously attended some other college or university without graduating from it, a certificate of his honorable dismissal by that institution. No applicant will be received as a student or even permitted to take any entrance examination at the University until he has complied with the above requirement. Applications for admission are entertained from four classes of applicants (a) from persons who desire to begin, in some college of the University, a regular course of study leading to the degree conferred by that college; (b) from students who, having already attended some institution of collegiate rank, desire advanced standing in a regular course in some college of Cornell U ni versi ty; (c) frotn special students, not candidates for any degree; (d) from graduate students. The conditions of admission for these four classes of persons are separately described on pages 33,60,61,64. A. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMEN. Persons who desire to begin as freshmen a course leading to a degree in some college of the University must be at least sixteen years of age, or if wonlen seventeen. In the College of Law the minimum age is eighteen years. Every such applicant for admission must show, either by passing examinations at the University (see pp. 36-55), or by presenting an acceptable certificate of IljS preparation (see pp. 55-59), that he possesses a satisfactory knowledge of such subjects as are required for admission to the college in which he plans to pursue his studies. ENTRANCE SUBJECTS. The subjects which may be offered for admission to the Ul1iversity are 1 English 3 units No candidate seriously deficient in English will be admitted to the University 2 a and b. Greek Grammar and Xenophon 2 units 2 C and d. Greek Composition and Homer 1 unit 3 a and b. Latin Grammar and Caesar 2 units 34 3 c and d. 3e. 4a . 4 a and b. ADMISSION AND CLASSIFICATION Latin Composition and Cicero • I unit Virgil I unit Elementary German 2 units Advanced German I unit Elementary French 2 units sa. I unit 5 a and b. Advanced French Elelnentary Spanish 2 units 6a. I unit 6 a and b. Advanced Spanish Ancient History* U unit or I unit 7 8. Modern History,* (from 814 A.D=) ~ unit or I unit Alnerican History* (inc. Civ Gov) ~ unit or I unit 9· 10. English History* ~ unit or I unit Elelnentary Alegbra l\ I unit I I 12 I~lenlentary Algebra B X unit Advanced Algebra ~ unit ( 3· Plane Geometry I unit 14 Solid Geometr y X unit 15 16. Plane Trigonometry 75 unit Physics I unit I 7 Chelnistry I unit 18. Botany I unit Zoology (Vertebrate, Invertebrate) I unit 2C. 2 I Biologyt (Zoology, Botany) I unit Physiography I unit 22 Drawing ~ unit or I unit In the foregoing list a "unit" means the equivalent of five prepared recitations a week for one year of study, or not less than one hundred and fifty recitations; two hours of laboratory work are considered equivalent to one hour of prepared work. T • An applicant may not count more than 2 1/:2 units of history. tBiology may not be counted if either Botany (I unit) or Zoology (I unit) has been offered. ENTRANCE SUBJECTS. REQUIREMENTS OF THE SEVERAL COLLEGES. 35 The subjects from the above list required by the several colleges from applicants for admission to the Freshnlan class are indicated in the following table SUBJECTS AND UNITS REQUIRED BY TI-1E SEVERAL COLLEGES.4 ARTS AND AGRICUL- ARCHITEC- CIVIL SlBI.. EY SCIENCES LAW TURE TURE ENGINEERING COLLEGE English, 3 Foreign English. 3 Foreign English, 3 Eng1ish, 3 French,3 or German, 3 History 1 English, 3 French, 3 or German, 3 History, 1 Plane Geometry, 1 Elementary Algebra A, 1 English,3 French, 3 or German, 3 History, 1 Plane Geometry, 1 Elementary Algebra A, 1 French,3 or Languages, 4 Languages, 4- German, 3 History, 1 History 1 History, 1 Plane Plane Geometry, 1 Geometry- 1 Elementary Algebra A, 1 Elementary Algebra A, 1 Plane Plane Geometry, 1 Geometry 1 Elementary Algebra A, 1 Elemen 1 ary Algebra A, 1 Elementary Elementary Elementary Algebra B, !~2 Algebra B, !"'2 Algebra B, ~~ Solid Geometry /2 1/ Solid Geometry, Advanced Algebra, J~ ~:! Solid Geometry Advanced Algebra, y; }-; I - Advanced Algebra, J'; -Elective, 5 TOTAL, Plane TrigPlane TrigPlane Trigonometry, U onometry, ~2 onometry, U Elective, 6 TOTAL, Elective, 5 TOTAL,15 : Electi ve, 4 TOTAL, tElective, 4 TOTAL, tElective, 4 TOTAL, 15 15 15 15 15 *The requirements for admission to the New York State Veterinary Colleges are given under Veterinary College, and those for the Medical College under Medical College. tIt is strongly recommended that at least three of these four elective units be tIered in language and history. ~ ADJ.vl1SS1cIN AN fJ CLASSIFICATION Consult also, for further details and for the alternative entrance reqtlirements (avaiJable in 1909 only) the statements under the head of the College of Arts and Sciences (p. 93), the College of Law, the New York State College of Agriculture, the College of Architecture, the College of Civil Engineering, and the Sibley college of Mechanical Engineering· and the Mechanic Arts. As evidence that they have satisfactorily pursued the subjects required for admission, candidates tnay take the entrance examintions given by Cornell University (see next section), or may for all or any part of their subjects present certificates accepted by the University as equivalent (see pr· 55-59.) For privileges extended to candidates presenting on admis'sion more than the required amount of entrance subjects, see pp. 59-60. CORNELL UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS. Examinations in all subjects required for admission to the ITniversity are held at Ithaca and in New }rork City, in September, at the beginning of the first term (in 1909, September 20-24.) Permits to take these examinations must be secured from the Registrar at Ithaca or from the Secretary of the Cornell Medical College in New York City The pennits should be obtained at least twenty-four hours before the date of the examination to be taken. They will be sent by mail upon application. The results of the exalninations may be ascertained from the Registrar No examination nf candidates for admission will be held by the University at any other times or places; but the examinations of the College Entrance Board, held in Ithaca and elsewhere in June, are accepted as if they were held by the lTniversity, see pp. 56-58 The exact dates and hours for University entrance exatninations may be ascertained frotn the Registrar, who will also send specimen copies of examination papers on application. Candidates tnayeither take in the same year the entrance examinations in all the subjects for which they do not receive credit on certificate, or they may divide their examinations between two succeSSl ve years. Students deficient in an~y of the subjects required for admission, who may in spite of such deficiencies be admitted to any college by the faculty concenled, 'Jtnust make up all deficiencies within one year, and they may not remove them by attending University instruction in the subjects, but must take the necessary instruction outside the University l~NTRAI'/C'E E ..\All'fI N~4 TIONS. 37 SUBJECT-MATTER OF THE ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS. I. English (3 units). The exalnination, which will consist of the writing of compositions on assigned subjects, is designed to test the candidate's training in written expression. The examiner will consider particularly the following essentials. spelling, punctuation, and use of capital letters; grammatical correctness; idiomatic use of words; and structure of sentences and paragraphs. The subjects for the examination will be taken mainly from the books adopted by the Conference on Uniform Entrance Requirements in English, as given below One or two subjects, however, will usually be taken from the candidate's general knowledge and experience. The examination will be divided into two parts (corresponding to English A and B of the College Entrance Examination Board) (i) One hour devoted to writing short paragraphs on subjects taken from the books marked .l..A,.., (ii.) Two hours devoted to writing longer compositions on subjects taken from the books marked B, and on general topics. The candidate is not expected to have a minute knowledge of the subject-matter of the books set for entrance; and he may not offer mere kno,vledge of the books as a substitute for the ability to write good Englis~. His aim should be to acquire through his reading the power to express his own thought. He is expected, ho,vever, to have such general knowledge of the books and their important parts as would COllle from fresh and thoughtful reading, and to use this lcnowledge readily in the examination. The candidate is urged to read of the books marked A not merely the ten offered for examination but the entire list, and in general not to be satisfied with the bare requirement but to read as widely as possible. in standard English literature. The books for 1909, 1910, and 19I I are as follows. A. Group I (two to be selected) Shakespeare's As You Like It, Henry V, Julius Caesar, The Merchant of Venice, Twelfth l\ight. Group II. (one to be selected) Bacon's Essays; Bunyan's The Pilgrim's Progress, Part I, The Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spectator; Franklin's Autobiography Group III. (one to be selected) Chaucer's Prologue; Spenser's Faerie Queene, (selections); Pope's The Rape of the Lock; Goldsmith's The Deserted Village; 38 ADl\fISSIUiV AND CLASSIFICATION Palgrave's Golden Treasury (First Series), Books II. and III., with especial attention to Dryden, Collins, Gray, Cowper, and Burns. Group IV (two to be selected)Goldsmith's The Vicar of Wakefield, Scott's Ivanhoe; Scott's Quentin Durward, Hawthorne's The House of the Seven Gables; Thackeray's Henry Esmond, Mrs. Gaskell's Cranford, Dickens's A Tale of Two Cities; George Eliot's Silas Marner; Blackmore's Lorna Doone. Group V (two to be selected) Irving's Sketch Book; Lamb's Essays of Elia, De Quincey's Joan of Arc, and The English Mail Coach, Carlyle's Heroes and Hero 'Vorship; Emerson's Essays (selected); Ruskin's Sesame and Lilies. Group VI. (two to be selected) Coleridge's The Ancient Mariner; Scott's The Lady of the Lake; Byron's Mazeppa and The Prisoner of Chillon, Palgrave's Golden Treasury (First Series), Book IV, with especial attention to Wordsworth, Keats, and Shelley; Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome; Poe's Poems; Lowell's The Vision of Sir Launfal, Arnold's Sohrab and Rustum, Longfellow's The Courtship of Miles Standish, Tennyson's Gareth and Lynette, Lancelot and Elaine, and The Passing of Arthur; Browning's Cavalier Tunes, The Lost Leader, How They Brought the Good News from Ghent to Aix, Evelyn Hope, Home Thoughts from Abroad, Home Thoughts from the Sea, Incident of the French Camp, The Boy and the Angel, One Word More, Herve Riel, Pheidippides. B. Shakespeare's Macbeth, Milton's Lycidas, Comus, L'Allegro, and II Penseroso; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, or Washington's Farewell Address and Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration, Macaulay's Life of Johnson, or Carlyle's Essay on Bums . • 2. Greek (2 Units or 3 Units). Candidates are examined in the entrance requirements adopted by the College Entrance Examination Board. These are: 2a and b. GREEK GRAMMAR AND XENOPHON (2 Units) 2a. GREEK GRAMMAR. The inflections of nouns and verbs; the principles of the syntax of nouns and of verbs; the structure of sentences in general with particular regard to relative and conditional sentences, and to indirect discourse; versification so far as applied to the dactylic hexameter, The examination will be based on the first two books of the Anabasis. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS 2b. 2C XENOPHON 39 The first four books of the Anabasis. GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION AND and d. ELEMENTARY HOMER (I Unit) 2C and d. ELEMENTARY GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION AND HOMER (I Unit) ELEMENTARY GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION The examination will be based on the first two books of the Anabasis, and will consist principally of detached sentences to test the candidate's knowledge of grammatical construction. 2d. HOMER The first three books of the Iliad (omitting II, 494-end) 2C. 3. Latin (2, 3, or 4 Units). Candidates are examined in the entrance requirements adopted by the College Entrance Examination Board. 1'hese are 3a and b. LATIN GRAMMAR AND CAESAR (2 Units) 3a. LATIN GRAMMAR The inflections; the simpler rules for composition and derivation of words, syntax of cases and the verb, structure of sentences in general, with particular regard to relative and conditional sentences, indirect discourse, and the subjunctive; so much prosody as relates to accent, versification in general, and the dactylic hexameter 3h. CAESAR Any four books of the Gallic War, preferably the first four 3C and d. ELEMENTARY LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION AND CICERO (I Unit) 3c. ELEMENTARY LATIN PROSE CO~lPOSITION Translati,on into Latin of detached sentences and- very easy continuous prose based upon Caesar and Cicero. 3d. CICERO Any six orations from the following list,but preferably the first six mentioned _ The four orations against Catiline, Archias, The Manilian Law, Marcellus, Roscius, Milo, Sestius, Ligarius, the fourteenth Philippic. 3e. VIRGIL (I Unit) The first six books of the £1teid. German (2 Units or 3 Units). The examination in Advanced Gertnal1, covers the examinatioH if" the elementary requirement in that subject. 4. 40 4a. ADMISSION AND CLASSIFICATION ELEMENTARY GERMAN (2 Units.)-(i) The examination will require an accurate knowledge of the principles of grammar and especially of the declension of articles, adjectives, pronouns, and nouns; the conjugation of verbs, with the principal parts of all strong verbs; the prepositions and the cases which they govern; the uses of n10dal auxiliaries; the elementary rules of syntax and word order. The proficiency of the applicant will be tested by questions on the above topics and by the translation into German of simple English sentences and stories. (ii) Translation of passages of easy prose, narrative and dramatic. It is believed that the requisite facility can be acquired by reading not less than two hundred duodecimo pages of simple German. The translation in character and variety should equal that contained in Hewett's German Reader It is also advised that at least five familiar German poems sllould be conlmitted to memory Practice in pronunciation, in writing German from dictation, and in the use of simple German phrases in the class room is recommended. 4a and b. ADVANCED GERMAN (3 UNITS) -(Equivalent to Intermediate Gennan of the College Entrance Examination Board.) (i) Advanced grammar. In addition to a thorough knowledge of the elements of word fonnation, including the force of prefixes and suffixes, and common synonyms, the candidate must be familiar with the essentials of German Syntax, the construction of sentences, and particularly with the uses of the subjunctive and infinitive moods. The proficiency of the applicant will be tested by questions on these topics,and by the translation into Gennan of easy connected English prose. (ii) Translation of passages from representative German authors. It is believed that the requisite facility can be acquired by reading, in addition to tIle amount mentioned under elementary Gern1an, at least five hundred pages (a total, with, elementary requirement, of seven hundred pages) of classical and contemporary prose and poetry It is recommended that not less than one-half of this reading be selected from the works of Lessing, Schiller, and Goethe. The course of instruction for Gennan 2 in the Announcement of Courses for 1908-1909 fairly represents this requirelnent. An exalnination in pronunciation and the writing of German from dictation may be included. The candidate should acquire the ability to follow a recitation conducted in German and to answer in that language questions asked by the instructor ENTRANCE EXAMINATIOJ.VS. . 41 5. French (2 Units or 3 Units). The examination in Advanced French covers the examination in the elementary requirernent in that subject. The attention of teachers preparing students in French is called to the valuable report of the "Committee of Twelve" of the Modern Language Association of America, published by D- C. Heath & Co., Boston. sa. ELEMENTARY FRENCH (2 UNITS) .-(i) The translation at sight of ordinary nineteenth century prose. It is important that the passages set be rendered into clear and idiomatic English. It is believed that the power of translating at sight ordinary nineteenth century prose can be acquired by reading not less than four hundred duodecimo pages from the works of at least three different authors. Not more than one-half of this amount ought to be from works of fiction. This number of pages is to include not only prepared work, but all sight reading done in class. (ii) The translation from English into French of sentences or of a short connected passage, to test the candidate's familiarity with elementary grammar, Elementary grammar is understood to include the conjugation of regular verbs, of the more frequent irregular verbs, such as aller, envoyer, tenir, pouvoir, voir, vouloir, dire, savoir, faire, and those belonging to the classes represented by ouvrir, dormir, cannaitre, conduire, and craindre; the forms and positions of personal pronouns, the uses of other pronouns and of possessive, demonstrative, and interrogative adjectives; the inflection of nouns and adjectives far gender and number, except rare cases; the uses of articles, and the partitive constructions. Pronunciation should be carefully taught and pupils be trained to some extent to understand spoken French. The writing of French from dictation is recommended as a useful exercise. sa and b. ADVANCED FRENCH (3 U NITS) (Equivalent to Intermediate French of the College Entrance Examination Board) (i) The translation at sight of standard French. It is important that the passages set be rendered into clear and idiomatic English. It is believed that tIle necessary proficiency in translation at sight can be acquired by reading, in addition to the elementary work, not less than six hundred duodecimo pages (a total, with the elementa1)T requirement of, 1,000 pages) of prose and verse from the writings of at least four standard authors. A considerable part of the amount read should be carefully translated into idiomatic English. (ii) The translation into French of a connected passage of English prose. Candidates will be expected to show a thorough knowledge of 42 accidence, and familiarity with the essentials of French syntax, especially the uses of tenses, moods, prepositions, and conjunctions. Careful attention should be paid to pronunciation and the use of spoken French. For examination no specific authors or works are designated. An examination in pronunciation and the writing of French from dictation will be included. 6. Spanish (2 Units or 3 Units). The examination 1·n Advanced Spanish covers the examination in the ele1nentary requiren~e1tt in that subject. 6a. ELEMENTARY SPANISH (2 UNITS.)-(i) The rudiments of grammar, including the conjugation of the regular and the more common irregular verbs, the inflection of nouns, adjectives and pronouns, and the elementary rules of syntax. (ii) Exercises containing illustrations of the principles of grammar. (iii) The reading and accurate rendering into good English of from 200 to 250 duodecimo pages of graduated texts, with translation into Spanish of easy variations of the sentences read. (iv) Careful drill in pronunciation and writing Spanish from dictation. Suitable texts for the elementary work are Morattn's El Sf de las Nilias, Caballero's La Familia de A1vareda, Alarc6n's El Capitan Venerw, and \Talera's E1 Pajaro verde. 6a and b. ADV ANCED SPANISH (3 UNITS) --(i) The reading in addition to the elenlentary work, of from 400 to 500 pages of modern prose from different authors (a total, with the elementary requirenlent, of 600 to 750 pages) (ii) Practice in translating Spanish into English, and English variations of the text into Spanish. (iii) Continued study of the elements of grammar and syntax. (iv) Mastery of all but the rare irregular verb forms and of the simpler uses of the modes and tenses. (v) Writing of Spanish from dictation and memorizing of easy short poems. Suitable texts for the advanced work are Gald6s's Dona Perfecta, Valera's Pepita Jimenez, Alarc6n's E1 Final de Norma, Valdes's Jose and Padre Isla's version of Gil Bias. 7- 10• History (U Unit to 2U Units). The examinations in history will be so framed as to require comparison and the use of judgment on the pupil's part, rather than the mere use of memory The examinations will presuppose the use of good text-books, collateral reading and practice in written work. ENTRANCE E.,XAMINATIONS. 43 Geographical knowledge will be tested by requiring the location of places and movements on an outline map, or otherwise. For a full year of study at five recitations a week (or for two years at not less than three recitations a week) successfully devoted to either of the following fields of history a full unit of credit will be given. If but half of one of these fields has been covered, or but half this time spent, a half-unit of credit will be given. 7. Ancient History (U Unit to I Unit). Ancient history, with special attention to Greek and Roman history, but including also the outlines of ancient oriental history and of early medieval history to the death of Charles the Great (814 A. n.) 8. Modern History (~ Unit to I Unit). Medieval and modem European history, from the death of Charles the Great to the present time. American History and Civil Government (~ Unit to I Unit). American history, from the European discovery of the new world, with especial attention in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, to the British Empire in America. After the Revolution, the history and civil government of the United States only need be studied. 10. 9. English History (~ Unit to I Unit). English history, from the advent of the English in Britain, in the fifth century, to our own day Mathematics (2 to 4 Units). The requirements in mathematics are based largely upon those of the College Entrance Examination Board. Of the preparatory work in mathernatics two things are specially demanded. (1) That it shall have developed in the student a certain degree of mathematical maturity, and familiarized him with the subject matter and methods of mathematical work, (2). That it shall have furnished him with those specific facts, an accurate and ready knowledge of which is indispensable in the prosecution of various professional studies. 11-16. 44 ADMISSION AND CIJA.SSIFICATION The first of these demands is fairly well satisfied in the case of students who have conscientiously performed the mathematical work required for a Regents' diploma or for a diploma from one of our better high schools. A careful review of this part of the student's work, given immediately before entering the University, would give him a broader and more comprehensive knowledge, would make clear to hitn the reasons for many things which he did not understand when he first went over thenl, and would equip him with better and more rapid methods of work. On the otller hand, most students who fail in their University mathematics fail because they are poorly equipped in tIle second requirement above mentioned. For example they cannot perform the ordinary operations of algebra either rapidly or accurately, they do not know the theory of quadratic equations, they are lost among trigonometric formulas, and they blunder when they use logarithms. Instead of spending their time and energy upon their new work, they nlust spend much of it in studying up those things with which they ought to be familiar, and, thus handicapped, they cannot keep up the pace set by men who are properly prepared, and they cannot do the work that must be done to fit them for the professional work that follows. It is not sufficient that the student should once have known his preparatory mathematics; he must know them at the tinte when he begins his work here. It seems absolutely essential, tl1erefore, that these subjects be very carefully reviewed just prior to entrance. A knowledge of the metric system of weights and measures is assumed in all the examinations in mathematics. II. Elementary Algebra A (I Unit). A thorough knowledge of the four fundamental operations with rational expressions; factoring, including the determination of the highest common factor and the solution of equations, by factoring; fractions, including complex fractions, and an elementary treatnlent of ratio and proportion, the binomial theorem for positive integral exponent (without proof), and radicals, including the extraction of the square root of polynomials and of numbers. Also the solution of equations of the first degree (numerical 8nd literal, integral and fractional) involving one or more unknovvn nun1bers; easy quadratic equations, solved bot11 by factoring and by completing the square; and Sil11ple cases of sin1ultaneous equations one of which is quadratic. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS. 45 Emphasis should be laid, throughout the course, upon translating verbally stated problems into equations, solving these, and interpreting the results. 12. Elementary Algebra B (~ Unit). The highest common factor by division, surds and imaginary numbers, including the square root of binomial surds and the cube root of polynomials and of numbers; the theory of quadratic equations, including maxilnum and minimum, the solution of equations and problems (in one or more unknown nUlnbers) which can be made to depend upon quadratics, the theory of exponents; the proof of the binomial theorem for positive integral exponents; graphical representation, and solution of equations; and ratio, proportion variation, and the progressions. 13. Advanced Algebra (~ Unit). As much as is contained in the better text-books on this subject, including in particular· (i) A somewhat more extended treatment (together with a thorough review) of the more important topics included in Elementary Algebra, for example, complex fractions, highest common factor, fractional and negative exponents, radicals, the theory' of quadratic equations (including maximum and minimum, and simultaneous quadratic equations), ratio, proportion, the progressions, and the binomial theorem for positive integral exponents. (ii) Permutations and combinations, inequalities, tnathematical induction, irrational and complex numbers, with graphical representation of sums and differences of the latter, elementary treatment of determinants, including the use of minors and the solution of linear equations, undetermined coefficients, partial fractions, logarithnls (not including logarithmic series), elen1entary tests for the convergence of infinite series, and series of differences, including interpolation. Also the solution of numerical equations of higher degree, and so much of the theory of equations, with graphical methods, as is necessary for their treatment, including Descartes's rule of signs and flomer's method, but not Sturm's functions or multiple roots. Special attention should also be paid to applications under each topic, and emphasis should be laid upon accuracy and precision. ADMISSION AND CLASSIFICATION 14. Plane Geometry (I Unit). The usual theorems and constructions contained in the best textbooks on this subject, including the general properties of plane rectilinea.r figures, the circle and tIle measurement of angles, similar polygons, areas, regular polygons and the measurement of the circle. Also the solution of original exercises, including loci problems, and the mensuration of lines and plane surfaces. 15. Solid Geometry (~ Unit). The usual theorenls and constructions contained in the best textbooks on this subject, including the relations of planes and lines in space, the properties and measurement of prisms, pyramids, cylinders, and cones; the sphere and the spherical triangle. Also the solution of original exercises, including loci problems, and the tnensuration of surfaces and solids. 16. Plane Trigonometry (~ Unit). The definitions and relations of the six trigonometric functions as ratios; circular lneasurement of angles; proofs of the principal fortnulas, especially those for the sine, cosine, and tangent of the sum or difference of any two angles whatever, and of double angles and half angles, also the product expressions for the sum of two sines or of two cosines, etc., the transformation of trigonometric expressions by means of these formulas, the use of inverse functions, and the solution of right and oblique triangles, together with simple applications. 17. Physics (I Unit). Students offering physics for entrance must show an acquaintance with the more important phenomena and with the principles involved in the explanation of them. They must, in addition to a year's worl{ with the text-book, have completed a year of laboratory practice and must be prepared to work simple numerical problems upon the laws of falling bodies; upon the pendulum, upon properties of liquids and gases, including the determination of density; upon therlnometry and calorimetry, including specific heats and heats of fusion and liquefaction, upon the relations of current and electromotive force and resistance; upon velocity, wave length, and resonance in sound, upon refractive indices, focal lengths, and the size and position of ilnages in optics. The student nlust understand and be able to use the metric systen1 in nleasUretnent and conlputation" ENTRANCE EXA~~lINATION.5. 47 The laboratory work offered must be chiefly quantitative in character, and must consist of at least forty exercises or experiments of the character given in Nichols's "Outlines of Physics," or other works similar to this in grade and method. The laboratory work prescribed above must have been performed by the student individually, in evidence whereof he Inust present his laboratory note book at the time of examination. He must, moreover, be prepared to describe intelligently the method pursued and the results obtained in the experiments which he has performed. A note book containing the student's own record of his laboratory experiments written up in the laboratory at the time the experiments were performed should be submitted at the time of the examination. To every note book presented there must be attached a statement signed by the teacher similar in form to that given below "I hereby certify that the accompanying note book is the original record of the Experiments performed by in the Physical Laboratory of the School." With this note book the applicant should submit a card giving the nature and extent of the course in physics that he has pursued. These cards may be obtained from the Department of Physics upon application. The note book will be returned to the candidate upon application at any time within one year after the examination. IS. Chemistry (I Unit). Students offering chemistry for entrance should have completed a course substantially equivalent to that outlined in the Report of the College Ent_rance Examination Board. This course comprises "The chief physical and chemical characteristics, the preparatiGn and the recognition of the following elements and their chief compounds Oxygen, hydrogen" carbo1'!, 11 itrogen, chlorine, bromine, iodine, fluorine, sulphur, phosphorus, silicon, potassium, sodi lf1'11, calcium, magnesium, zinc, copper, mercury, silver, aluminum, lead, tin, iron, manganese, chromium. "More detailed study should be confined to the italicized clCl1zents (as such) and to.a restricted list of compounds, sllch as water, hydrochloric acid, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, nitric acid, ammonia, sulphur dioxide, sulphuric acid, hydrogen sulphide, sodium hydroxide. "Attention should be given to the atmosphere (constitution and relation to animal and vegetable life), flames, acids, bases, salts, oxi- AD!-.lISSION AND CLASSIFICATION dation and reduction, crystallization, manufacturing processes, metallurgy, familiar substances (illuminating gas, explosives, baking powder, mortar, glass, steel, common alloys, porcelain, soap) "Combining proportions by weight and volutne; calc-ulations founded on these and Boyle's and Charles's laws; s)rmbols and nomenclature (with careful avoidance of special stress, since these are non-essential) atomic theory, atomic weights and valency in a very elen1entary way; nascent state; natural grouping of the elements; solution (solvents and solubility of gases, liquids and solids, saturation), strength (= activity) of acids and bases; Gonservation and dissipation of energy; chemical energy (very elementary), electrolysis. Chemical terms should be defined and explained, and the pupil should be able to illustrate and apply the ideas they embody The tlleoretical topics are not intended to form separate subjects of study, but are to be taught only so far as is necessary for the correlation and explanation of the experimental facts. "I t is recomlnended that the candidate's preparation in chemistry should include a. Individual laboratory work, comprising at least forty exercises. By this is meant that the experimental work actually performed by the student in the laboratory must amount to not less than ninetyactual hours. If these hours are spent in sessions of three consecutive forty-five lninute periods or exercises, then forty such periods or exercises constitute the minimum requirement for the laboratory work. In no case will credentials be accepted when the laboratory work all10unts to less than ninet)T hours of actual laboratory practice. It is advised that careful attention be given to the quality of the note bool{ record. The note book must show that the student is able to interpret chemical phenomena correctly A mere statement of observations and perfunctory conclusions is to be avoided. b. Instruction b)T lecture-table demonstrations, to be used mainly as a basis for questioning upon the general principles involved in the pupil's laboratory investigations. c. The study of at least one standard text-book, to the end that the pupil may gain a comprehensive and connected view of the most important facts and laws of elementary chemistry" The course quoted above includes also the subjects of ionization, nlass action, and equilibrium. It is, however, undesirable to accord these topics more than mere mention in the elementary course. Moreover, the instruction should not be extended to cover the ele- ENTRANCE EXitl\llIN.t41~IUNS. 49 Inents of qualitative analysis, for the time usually at the disposal of the teacher for the presentation of elementary inorganic chemistry is no more than suffic~ent to cover the subject properly The text-book: used should be similar in scope and treatment to the "Elementary Chemistry" by Clarke and Dennis, and the laboratory work offered should be substantially equivalent to that given in the laboratory manual by the same authors. A note book containing the student's o\vn record of his laboratory experiments, written up in the laboratory at the time the experiments were performed should be submitted at the time of the examinations. To every note book presented there must be attached a statement signed by the teacher, similar in fonn to that given below: "I hereby certify that the accompanying note book is the original record of the Experiments performed by in the Chemical Laboratory of the School." With this note book the applicant should submit a card giving the nature and extent of the course in chemistry that he has pursued. These cards may be obtained from the Department of Chemistry upon application. The note books will be returned to the candidate upon application at any time within one year after the examination. 19. Botany (I Unit). The student should aim to acquire a knowledge of the general laws and fundamental principles of plant nutrition, assimilation, growth, etc., as exemplified by plants chosen from the different groups, as well as of the general comparative morphology and the broader relationship of plants. The following synopsis will suggest the topics and methods of study· Study protoplasm in plants representing different groups, as spirogyra, mucor, nitella, and in the tissues of some of the higher plants, in order to demonstrate that this substance, tll0ugh occurring in widely different plants, is fundamentally the same, and reacts in a similar manner to treatn1ent with certain simple reagents. Study absorption and osmos in plant cells, etnploying such plants as spirogyra, mucor, the cells of some higher plant as the beet, and in the root hairs of a seedling plant, test the effect of salt solutions in plasmolyzing the cells of these plants, then the restoration of turges- 50 ADMISSION AND CLASSIFICATION. cence in the same cells, and the movement of the protaplasmic membrane to demonstrate the part it plays in the process of absorption in plants. Study nutrition by comparison of soil and water culture in seedlings; study also root pressure; turgidity in plant parts and cell masses; transpiration, the path of movement of liquids in higher plants, and the general structure correlated with these processes; study nutrition of parasites (carnation rust, dodder), of mushroom. Study the movement of gases in carbon assimilation as shown by spirogyra, vaucheria, elodea, etc., in respiration as shown in germinating seeds; study forms of chlorophyll bodies and the formation of starch, noting the parts of the plant where these processes take place and using for comparison, spirogyra, zygnema, vaucheria, oedogonium, liverworts like riccia, marchantia, cephalozia, mosses like funaria, mnium, and a few of the higher plants, including lemna. Study growth of seedlings with reference to increase in length and diameter, direction of growth, irritability shown by movement of parts in response to stimuli. (The topics as above arranged, as far as possible represent progression of function, and the study of the lower plants throws great light on the processes in the higher forms, and at the same time familiarizes the student with a few of these lower fonns.) Study general nl0rphology, reproduction and fruiting in the different groups. Examples are suggested as follows. Among the alga~,--spirogyra, vaucheria, oedogonium, coleochete; among the fung-i,-mucor, saprolegnia, puccinia (wheat rust), one of the crysipheac (powdery mildews), mushrooms; among the liverworts, --riccia, lnarcl1antia, cephalozia among the mosses,-funaria, lnnium, or polytrichum, among fern plants,-a fern, equisetum, selaginella, isoetes, among gymnosperms,-one of the pines; among angiospenns,-one of the monocotyledons and a dicotyledon. (In this study it will be found useful in dealing with the lower plants to use the same plant as often as possible for the different topics, since fet\yer new names will be introduced and the student can concentrate the Inind upon processes and structures. The plants suggested are chosen for a purpose since they represent progression of fonn and structure. The student should study all the stages suggested from the actual material, using text books only as aids)In the algae, liverworts, mosses, and ferns the organs of reproduction can usually be easily studied by beginners if material is preserved at the proper stages in advance; or it may be grown as wanted. In the higher plants the study of the reproductive organs , ENTR~4.NCE EXAMINATIONS. 51 is attended with difficulty Here and in other difficult topics the studies should be supplemented by demonstrations on the part of the teacher, and by collateral reading. Study the special morphology of the higher plants by careful examination of types in the families of angiosperms. The following are suggested,-ranunculaceae, cruciferae, leguminosae, rosaceae, umbelliferae, compositae, labiatae, cupuliferae, salicaceae, liliaceae, araceae, cyperaceae, geraniaceae, orchidaceae. As a part of the examination, careful notes and drawings must be presented as evidence that the work on the several topics outlined above has been faithfully and successfully accomplished. Those who wish to prepare an herbarium in addition, may present the same as partial evidence, but weight will be given to this only when the herbarium is prepared with a view of illustrating some definite problem either of relationship or of ecological study, as plant distribution in relation to soil, topography of the country, plant formations, etc. Zoology (I Unit). The examination in Zoology will consist of two parts. (i) INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY -The candidate must have devoted the equivalent of five periods a week for at least one-half year to the study of invertebrate zoology; and the greater part of this work must have been laboratory practice in the observation of living forms and in dissection. His laboratory notes and drawings, endorsed by the teacher, will be required at the time of the examination as evidence of the nature of this part of the work. This laboratory practice should include a study of at least thirteen of the forms named in the following list amreba, paramrecium, hydra, sea-anemone, star-fish, sea-urchin, earth-worm, cray-fish, lobster, spider, millipede, centipede, locust (grasshopper), dragon-fly, squash-bug, butterfly, bumblebee, clam, snail, and squid. (ii) VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY -To meet the requiren~ent there should be submitted drawings and notes in evidence of the dissection of the viscera of forms representing groups as follows Mammal(dog, cat, monkey, rabbit, rat, or opossum), bird (common fowl pigeon, or other convenient form), reptiles (serpent and either a turtle or an alligator), Batrachians (salamander, toad or frog, and a tadpole), "Fishes" (sturgeon, amia, or gar; cat-fish, sucker, carp, or other soft-rayed fish, bass, perch, or other spiny-rayed fish, shark, or ray; lamprey or hag; launcelet (amphioxus), and a simple tunicate, i. e., boltenia or molgula.) 20. ADlYIISSION AND CLASSIFICATION Particular attention should be pail! to the brain the heart and the respiratory apparatus. The muscles of the arm and leg should be dissected upon a mamn1al, a bird, and a reptile, and the differences pointed out. There must be prepared a skeleton (which need not be mounted) of a mammal, bird or fisll, and skulls of at least five other vertebrates. (In preparing these remember that the hyoid goes with the skull.) The skulls, with proper labels, must be submitted at the examination. Two mammals should be compared in respect to their habits, food, mode of locolnotion, etc., likewise two birds, two reptiles, two amphibians, and two "fishes." Besides the practical work above indicated, the student must gain from lectures, or from text-books designed for high schools or colleges, a comprehensive knowledge of the members of the classes or groups represented by the forms studied as described above. This knowledge must include their geographical distribution, habits and relation to human beings, whether beneficial or injurious, directly or indirectly; the relations of the young to the parent in respect to oviparity and viviparity and the exceptions to the general rules; the form and structure of the red blood corpuscles and the exceptions to the general rules. In case some point of information in his note book is derived franl a text-book or a cyclopedia, he should give an exact reference to the source of information. 21. Biology (I Unit). Students offering Biology for entrance should have devoted at least five periods a week to the subject for one year. Not less than one-half of the time should have been spent in laboratory and field work. The requirements proposed are provisional and essentially those of the New York State Syllabus. The arrangement of topics is not intended to indicate the order and method of study PLANTS.-A study of the organism from the functional standpoint is eminently desirable. That is, the study should be centered about the relation of the plant, as a whole, to the soil, air, light and other plants, covering the following topics. roots, stems, leaves, flowers, fruits, seeds and seedlings, the external appearance and internal structure of the parts, the interdependence and relation of parts, food and growth. ANIMALS.-As in plants, the functional phase in animals should r;. be emphasized. in a study of the following forms: a protozoan (pref- ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS. 53 erably paramoecium), a crustacean (preferably a crayfish), an insect (grasshopper), and a frog (or toad.) The study of the unicellular organisms should include form of animal, the cell body, nucleus, locomotion and organs of locomotion, food and methods of feeding, growth, contractile vacuole, reproduction, and the cell as a structural and physiological unit. The study of the multicellular organisms should include general form of the animal, parts or divisions of the body, number, function and relation of appendages to parts of the body, nature, position, function and relation of the skeleton to the different divisions of the body, respiration, sight, hearing, food, growth, and reproduction. In connection with the frog there should be a very elementary study of the structure and function of the internal organs and a microscopical study of some one organ to show the cellular structure of the body The division of labor between organs in the multicellular animals should be pointed out and cOll1pared with unicellular forms. HU~IAN PHYSIOLOGY AND HYGIENE.-Simple chemical and physical experiments illustrating the various physiologic processes of the human body A general survey of the principles of digestion and absorption, the blood and circulation (including the organs), general functions of muscles and skeleton, respiration, the skin, kidneys, parts and functions of the nervous system (in a very elementary way), special senses, sanitation, diseases and care of different organs of the body,care of wounds,disinfection,and immunity A note book covering the work of the entire year must be kept. It should contain carefully labelled drawings of the forms and structures studied by the pupil in the laboratory Simple outline drawings are desired. Notes made up of a mere description of drawings or experiments will not be accepted. They must be a logical exposition of observations or experiments and the conclusions drawn therefrom. The note book must be submitted at the time of the examination. To every note book presented there must be attached a statement signed b)T the teacher, similar in form to that given below "1 hereby certify that the accolnpanying note book is the original record of the Experiments perforn1ed by in the Biological Laboratory of the School." With this note book the applicant sl10uld submit a teac}ler's statement giving the nature and extent of the course in biology that he has pursued. The note books will be returned to the candidate upon application at any time within one year after the examination. 54 ADMISSION AND CLASSIFICATION 22. Physiography (1 Unit). The ground covered in the examination on the text-book work is essentially that outlined by the College Entrance Examination Board, the principal topics being the earth as a planet, the ocean, the atmosphere and the lands, as treated in the more modern, standard text-books on Physical Geography, such as the Tarr, Gilbert and Brigham, Davis, and Dryer books. Some work with books of reference is also expected. The examination will test the student on this point; but a certification of the amount qf such work done, signed by the teacher, will be taken as evidence and be c6nsidered a part of the examination. It is not desirable to give a definite list of such books, for the best results will come from the use of different books in the different schools. In general it may be said, however, that books or papers relating to the physiography of the region where the study is carried on, or those relating to phenolnena illustrated in that region, should by all means be included. For example, a student studying at Niagara Falls should have done some reading on the physiography of ~iagara, or a student in New York City, on that of the Hudson River If the student is in a glaciated region, he should read more about glaciers than is contained in his text-book; and a student in the Appalachian region should read something further about mountains. The standard text-books give ample references to suitable books and papers on general topics; the teacher will doubtless be familiar with the literature on the physiography of his home district. It will be useless to take the examination unless two periods a week for the entire year have been devoted to laboratory and field work. The laboratory work should be divided between the study of the atmosphere and the study of the land. The student should be familiar with weather maps and topographic maps, and be able to interpret them. He should be able to tell what physiographic forms are represented on typical maps. Work with models, such as the Davis and the Curtis models, is of high importance.. The student should do enough field work to understand the physiography of the region where he studies. It is not possible to give a further, more definite outline of laboratory work. Much depends upon the location of the school. Most of the text-books give valuable suggestions or outlines; there is a brief list of exercises in the Syllabus of the College Entrance Examination Board, and there is a more complete set of suggestions in the Regents' Syllabus for the Schools of New York State. CERTIFICATES IN LIEU OF EXAMINATIONS. 55 A record of the laboratory and field work should be carefully kept in a note book, either one of the special forms now sold by publishers, or an ordinary note book. This must be submitted by the candidate as a part of the examination, and there must be a statement a ttached to it signed by the teacher in a form similar to the following· "I hereby certify that the accompanying note book is the original record of laboratory and field work performed by in the Physical Geography Laboratory of the School." The note book will be returned to the candidate, upon application any time within one year of the examination. 23. Drawing (72 Unit or I Unit) . The entrance requirement in drawing includes simple, plane and solid geometrical figures, simple still life and groups or pieces of machinery, and a fair knov/ledge of the rules of perspective and light and shade as applied in freehand sketching. The preparation may also include the drawing of simple pieces of architectural ornament, decoration, and simple plant forms, etc. This requirement represents about 300 hours of actual work for the credit of I unit, or about I SO hours for the half unit. Candidates taking the examination ll1Ust present samples of their work, and a teacher's statetnent showing tirne and proficiency CERTIFICATES IN LIEU OF EXAMINATIONS. Certificates issued (1) by the College Entrance Examination Board, (2) by the Department of Education of the State of New York, (3) by certain public and private schools in and out of the State, are accepted in lieu of the University Entrance Examinations under the following general and special provisions. General Provisions. All diplomas, certificates and statements offered in lieu of University Entrance Examinations should be sent by mail to the Registrar of Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, as early as possible in the summer before the applicant intends to enter, and, to insure consideration, should reach him at least by the first of September Students who have tried the University Entrance Examination or the College Entrance Board Examination in any subject and failed to pass are not entitled to entrance credit in that subject, either on Regents' credentials or school certificate, unless subsequent to the AD]j1ISS[()N AN [) CLASSII/ICA 1"[()N. failure the subject has been pursued in class and the full requirement satisfied. Admission on Regents' credentials or school certificate is in all eases provisional. If a student, after admission to the University, fails in any subject dependent upon an entrance subject for which such credentials or certificates have been accepted, credit for that entrance subject may be cancelled. Application for credit in all subjects for which credit is desired, must be made at the time of the admission of the applicant, and not be postponed to any later date in his course, and no certificate will be considered after the end of the first tenn. Regents' certificates and school certificates are accepted for the subjects of Physics, Chemistry, Botany, Zoology, Biology, and Physiography, only on condition that the applicant shall send to the Department his note book, with teacher's statenlent attached, and his study card, as described in the account of the University entrance examinations in these subjects, pp. 47, 49, 5 I , 53, 55, above. The note books should be addressed to the Department of Physics (or Chemistry, or Physical Geography, according to the suhject), or (for Biology) to Professor H. D. Reed-Cornell Universi ty, Ithaca, N \r Charges should be prepaid. The note books will be returned to the candidate upon application at any time within one year Information regarding the requirements of the College Entrance Examination Board as to note books may be obtained from the Secretary of the College Entrance Examination Board, Post Office Sub-station 84, New York, N Y Special Provisions regarding College Entrance Board Certificates. Certificates offered by the College Entrance Board as a result of the examinations held by the Board upon the various entrance subjects will be accepted for admission to Cornell University as follows. Cornell University Entrance Subject. Eq ui valent Co )lege Board Entrance Subject. English. 2a. Greek Grammar 2b. Xenophon. I a, b. English. a,1. b. a, 11. Greek Grammar Xenophon, Anabasis, Book I-IV Elementary Prose Composition. 2d. Homer 3a. Latin Grammar 2C. c. a,1. Elementary Prose Composition. Honier, Iliad, Books I-III. Latin Gramnlar. CERTIF~ICATES IN LIEU OF EXAMINATIONS. 57 3b. Caesar. 3c. Elementary Prose Composition. 3d. Cicero. 3e. Virgil. 4a. Elementary German. 4a and h. Advanced German. sa. Elementary }i""rench. sa and b. Advanced French. 6a. Elementary Spanish. 6a and b. Advanced Spanish. 7 Ancient History (to 814 A.D.) a. Ancient History 8. Modern History(from 814 A.D.) b. Medieval and Modern History c. English History 9. English History d. American History and (~i viI 10. American Hist. (including Government. Civil Government) a. Elementary Algebra, i. II Elementary Algebra, A. a. Elementary Algebra, ii. 12.. Elementary Algebra, B. b. Advanced Algebra. 13. Advanced Algebra. c. Plane Geometry 14. Plane Geometry d. Solid Geon1.etry IS. Solid Geometry 16. Plane Trigonometry f. Plane Trigonometry Physics. 17 Physics. 18. Chemistry Chemistry Botany 19. Botany 20. Zoology Zoology 2 I Biology Geography 22. Physiography 23. Drawing. Drawing. The examinations of the College Entrance Board will be held at Ithaca, and at various other places, June 14-19, 1909. A list of places will be published about March I, 1909, by the Secretary of the Board. Requests that the examinations be held at particular points, to receive proper consideration, should be transmitted to him not later than February I, 19°9. The examination fee at points in the United States and Canada is five dollars, at points outside of the United States and Canada fifteen dollars, for each candidate examined. Each candidate desiring to take the examinations of the Board must make application to its Secretary upon a blank to be obtained b. Caesar-Gallic War, Books I-IV a, 11. Elementary Prose Composition. c. Cicero-6 orations. d. Virgil-Aeneid, Books I-VI a. Elementary German. b. Intermediate Gernlan. a. Elementary French. b. Intermediate French. Spanish. 58 ADMISSION AND CLASSIFICATION. gratis from him. Applications for examinations at points in the United States on or east of the Mississippi River must reach the Secretary of the Board not later than Monday, May 31, 1909; at other points in the United States or in Canada not later than Monday, May 24, 1909, at points outside of the United States and Canada not later than May 1 I, 1909. Applications received later than the prescribed dates will be accepted when it is possible to arrange for the examination of the candidates, but only upon payment of five dollars in addition to the usual exaHtination tee Candidates filing belated applications do so at their own risk. For all further particulars address the Secretary of College Entrance Examination Board, Post Office, Sub-Station No. 84, New -'{ork City Special Provisions regarding Regents' Credentials. 'fhe certificates and pass cards issued by the Department of Education of the State of New York are accepted (if the mark be at least 75) in place of University Entrance Examinations in all the subjects required for entrance which are covered by such credentials, including, upon the recolnmendation of the University Departments concerned, the subjects of Physics, Chemistry, Botany, Physiography and Zoology But, in these subjects a statement from the teacher must be submitted by the holder of the credentials, showing in detail the time occupied by the school course, the text-books used, and the degree of proficiency attained. The applicant's note book must also be sent, as explained on pages 47,49,51,53,55. Regents' credentials in English will be accepted in lieu of the University Entrance Examination in 1910 only in case the applicant offers the full four years of the Syllabus of 1905. But in 1908 apd 1909 candidates may offer for entrance English a satisfactory credential covering three of the following five subjects of the Syllabus of 1900 1st year English, 2nd year English, 3rd year English, 4 th year English, English Reading; for one or more of these years, however, in 1908 and 1909 may be substituted an equivalent number of years of the Syllabus of 19 0 5. For the present, Regents' certificates for Elementary and Inter.. mediate Algebra will be accepted in satisfaction of the entrance requirements of Elementary Algebra A and Elementary Algebra B. A Regents' diploma will admit to the University only when the subjects satisfy the entrance to the college concerned. But the SURI~LUS ENTRANCE CREDI1~ 59 Arts College Entrance Diploma and the Science College Entrance Diploma issued by the Department of Education of the State of New York are accepted in lieu of all examinations for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences, and the College of Law The Equivalent Academic Diploma and "Equivalent" sixty count (old style) academic certificate will not be considered except for admission to the College of Law; they will satisfy in full the requirements for admission to the three years' course in that College in 1909 but in 1910 and thereafter, see under College of Law The veterinary Student's Certificate issued by the Department of education of the State of New York admits to the New York State Veterinary College. Special Provisions Regarding School Certificates. Certificates of work done in public and private schools, in or out of the state, may be accepted in lieu of examinations for subjects covered by the certificates, but only on condition that the applicant has completed a full course of the school, and has been duly graduated after at least one year in the school, and the University authorities are satisfied regarding the standing of the school. The application for the admission of a student by certificate must be made by the principal of a school and not by the candidate himself. The application from the principal must be accompanied by full and specific information with regard to the completeness and thoroughness of the studies and courses in which instruction is given. In case a catalogue or circular is published, a copy thereof should also be furnished. Subjects in which an examination has been passed for admission to the school, may be included in the certificate, but in all cases the full information called for by the blank s~ould be given. The University does not engage in advance to accept the certificates of any school, and the previous acceptance of such certificates merely raises the presumption that similar certificates may be accepted again, but does not establish a permanent right to such acceptance. Certificates from schools whose students prove to be imperfectly fitted with ultimately not be considered. SURPLUS ENTRANCE CREDIT. Applicants for admission as freshmen who pass examinations or present acceptable certificates in more subjects than are required by 60 ADMISSION AND CLASSIFIC'A1-'/ON the college to which they are admitted, may receive surplus entrance credit for such subjects. Certain of the requirements set by the several colleges for their degrees may be satisfied by this surplus entrance credit, in accordance with the following general provisions and with the special provision enumerated in this Register under the several colleges. Entrance credit in physics, chemistry, physiography or biology does not carry with it University credit in any course in those subjects. Credit toward a University degree for work done in elementary physics, chemistry, physiography or biology in institutions other than those of collegiate rank will be given only to such students as pass successfully an examination set by the Department. The examination will cover substantially the same ground as the University course in the subject and may not be taken unless application for admission to the exanlination is received by the Department at least one week before the examination, and permission to enter the examination has been obtained from the Department. Such application must be accompanied, as explained on pp. 47.49. 5 I, 53, 55 by the student's note book in the subject and by a card, signed by his teacher, giving the nature and extent of the course that the student has pursued. 'fhese examinations will be held in September on the date set for the entranC'e ex~n1inations in the same subjects. B. ADIVIISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING. A student who, having already attended some college or university, desires advanced standing in a regular course in some college of Cornell Uni,rersity, should consult the directions given in tliis Register under the college in question, and should forward to the Registrar of Cornell University, at as early a date as possible, an official certificate, from the college or university already attended, of (I) his honorable dismissal, (2) his entrance examinations in detail, (3) his terms of attendance and of the amount of work which he has completed, and (4) a detailed statement of the courses pursued, for which he desires credit at Cornell. He should send also a catalogue of the institution, writing on it his name and marking the entrance requirements, which he has satisfied and each subject which he has completed. ADi'Vl1SS10N Qp-' SPECiAL STUDENTS. 61 c. ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS. Persons of the requisite age may be admitted as special students, without examination, provided they give evidence of ability to do creditably special work in the University, are recommended to the Faculty concerned by the professor in charge of the Department of study in which they desire to take a large part of their work, and have not previously been admitted to the University, nor, having applied for admission, been rejected. The recommendation of a special student is referred to a committee for provisional acceptance before final ratification by the Faculty concerned. Such students may graduate in any of the courses, on condition of passing all the required examinations, including those for adn1ission. They are not permitted to make up deficiencies in entrance subjects by attending university instruction in those subjects, but are required to take the necessary instruction outside of the University Special students are subject to the same regulations in regard to examinations and number of hours as students in the other courses. Candidates for admission as special students should obtain application blanks from the Dean of the college to which they wish to be admitted. Special students in the College of Arts and Sciences are admitted at the age of twenty-three years. Special students in the College of Law are admitted at the age of twenty years. Special students in the College of Agriculture are admitted at the age of eighteen years. Special students in the College of Architecture and Sibley College are admitted at the age of t\venty-one years. Special students in Sibley College will be expected to work vlith regular classes whenever practicable, and to pursue a regular mechanic arts course, such as is considered by the Director to be suitable for artisans and other optional students, not candidates for a degree. The College of Civil Engineering adlnits as special students, persons of the age of twenty-one who are graduates of other institutions and who intend to pursue advanced work without being candidates for a degree. D. ADMISSION OF GRADUATE STUDENTS. Applications for admission to the Graduate Department are to be addressed to the Dean of the University Faculty See page 78 . 62 RESIDE4\TCE ANI) GR,llDL'ATIUN RESIDENCE AND GRADUATION. REGISTRATION EACH TERM. At the beginning of every term each student must obtain a Certificate of Registration from the Registrar of the University, and no student, after being once admitted to the University, will be allowed to register after the close of the Registration Day, except by special permission of the Faculty concerned. REGISTRATION OF STUDENTS. Students in all undergraduate courses register for the work in each college at the Dean's office at the time prescribed by their college. No credit will be allowed for work not so registered. Changes in registration will not be allowed except by special per111ission of the Faculty concerned. CREDIT One University hour of credit is one lecture or recitation each week for a period of a half-year term. In all COtlrSes, two and a half hours of laboratory work, and, in the technical courses, three hours of drafting or shop work, are regarded as the equivalent of one recitation or lecture. The pass mark is 60 or over A mark of 4 I to 59 inclusive is a condition. Below 4 I a failure. PAYMENTS TO THE UNIVERSITY. Annual Tuition Fees. (FOR FREE TUITION SEE PAGE 63.) College. Graduate Department (General) Graduate Department (Architecture) Graduate Department (Technical) College of Arts and Sciences College of Law Medical College Veterinary College f For free } College of Agriculture see page 63 Regulars. $100 Specials. 100 100 $ 12 5 12 5 ISO 100 100 1. 12 5 12 5 PAYMENTS TO THE UNIVERSITY. 63 Specials. 12S 15 0 ISO College. College of Architecture College of Civil Engineering Sibley College Regulars. 12 5 ISO ISO Students upon registering become liable for the tuition fees for the term. The $100 tuition is payable $55 at beginning of first term and $45 at beginning of second term, the $125, $70 and $55, the $15 0 , $85 and $65, in the Medical College in New York City, the entire fee is paid at the beginning of the year. The tuition of any student withdrawing within twenty days after the first registration day for reasons satisfactory to the Treasurer and Registrar, may be returned and the charge cancelled. An)! student who withdraws from the University for reasons satisfactory to the Treasurer and Registrar, on or before November 15th or March 15th, may have refunded one-half of the tuition fee for the current term. Students registering after December 1St shall pay for the balance of the first term two-thirds of the tuition fee for the first term. Students registering after April 1St shall pay for the balance of the second term two-thirds of the tuition fee for the second term. Tuition is free to the students with State Scholarships; to New York State students in the State Veterinary College; to students pursuing the prescribed course in Agriculture and intending to complete that course; and to special and graduate students in Agriculture taking at least two-thirds of their entire work in the College of Agriculture. Any student who has received free tuition under the above regulations and who desires to change to a course for which tuition is charged, must first pay to the Treasurer of the University the tuition fees for the full time spent in the free tuition course. Other Fees. A matriculation fee of $5 is charged all students on entering the University Every registered student at Ithaca is charged an Infirmary fee of $2.00 per term, payable within twenty days from the first registration day of the term. For this purpose the sl10rt winter courses is regarded as one tenn. In return for the Infirmary fee, any sick student is admitted to the Infirmary, or in the case of contagious RESIDENCE AND GRADUATION disease which under present rules cannot be there cared for, to the Ithaca City Hospital, if receivable under its rules, and is given without further charge a bed in a ward, board and ordinary nursing for a period not exceeding two weeks in anyone academic year Extra charges are to be made for private rooms, special foods and special nurses. If a sick student, who has not received two weeks' service in the year, is refused admittance to either the Infirmary or City Hospital by reason of lack of accommodation, he is entitled to a refund of the fee paid for the year The foregoing does not apply to the Summer Session where regular charge shall be collected for Infirmary service rendered. Each student who is required or allowed to use the Gymnasium or Armory is charged a fee of $2 per term, which said fee entitles him to the use of a locker Students taking work in Sibley College are charged $10 per halfyear for material used in shops and Sibley College Laboratories. A fee of $7 50 per half-year, to cover cost of materials used, is required of all students in Agriculture, except those in the first two years of the regular course. A fee of $IO to cover expenses of graduation, degree, etc., is charged to each person taking the baccalaureate degree. This fee must be paid at least ten days before Commencement. The amount will be refunded should the degree not be conferred. The fee charged for an advanced degree is $20, and it must in all cases be paid at least ten days before Commencement. The amount will be refunded should the degree not be conferred. Tuition for one full year at least must be paid before the master's degree is conferred, and tuition for three full years at least must be paid before the degree of doctor of philosophy is conferred, unless one or more years of graduate study at another university have been accepted. This rule does not apply to. graduate students in Agriculture. Every person taking laboratory work or practicums in chemistry, physics, zoology, botany or entomology, must deposit wit~ the Treasurer, security for the materials to be used in the laboratory or in the practicums. Supplies in the chemical and physical departments are furnished at New York City list prices. Students residing in University buildings must pay their room bills one-half year in advance. All the members of the University are held responsible for any injury done by them to its property GRADUATION. EXPENSES. The expenses of text-books, instruments, etc., varies from $25 to $75 per annum. The cost of living in Ithaca, including board, room, fuel and lights, varies from $4 to $10 per week. By the formation of clubs, students are sometimes able to reduce their expenses to $3.50 per week for room and board, and occasionally to even less than that amount. A fair estimate of the yearly expenses is from $300 to $500, but much depends on the personal tastes of the student. "There are no dormitories for men students, and only Sage College and Sage Cottage for women students. In engaging rooms parents and students are urged to examine the sanitary conditions and particularly to insist that satisfactory and sufficient fire escapes are provided where needed. The cost for board in Sage College and Cottage is $4.25 per week. Rent of furnished rooms, fuel and lights, in Sage College and Sage Cottage, which are exclusively for womel1" varies from $225 to $300 per year Both buildings are warmed by steam, lighted by electricity, and in most cases, the sleeping apartment is separated from the study The Warden of Sage College has jurisdiction over all women students in the University, and women students are not permitted to board and lodge in houses in which men also board and lodge, unless for special reason this rule be waived by the Warden . Letters of inquiry in regard to board and rooms at the Sage College and the Cottage should be addressed to Mr G F Foote, Business Manager of Sage College, Ithaca, N Y GRADUATION. The First Degree. The degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Bachelor of Science in Agriculture, Doctor of Veterinary Medicine, Doctor of Medicine, Bachelor of Architecture and the corresponding degrees of Civil Engineer and Mechanical Engineer, are conferred after the sat.. isfactory completion of the respective courses. The single degree of Bachelor of Arts will be conferred on students in the College of Arts and Sciences. All these courses, except the courses in Law and Veterinary Medicine, require four years for their completion, except in special cases as stated elsewhere under college concerned. 66 RES~ILJENCE AND GRADUATION. The courses in Law and Veterinary Medicine require three years each for their completion. Advanced Degrees. The advanced degrees of Doctor of Philosophy, Master of Arts, Master of Science in Agriculture, 1vlaster of Science in Architecture. Master of Civil Engineering, and Master of Mechanical Engineering are conferred by the Graduate Departnlent. See pages 81 and 83 , SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES. STATE SCI-IOLARSHIPS. Under the law of the State the Commissioner of Education is empowered to award annually a number of free scholarships in Cornell University equal to the number of Assembly districts in the State. These scholarships entitle the holder to free tuition for four years. For particulars in regard to t.he Scholarships, application should be made to the Commissioner of Education at Albany, N Y Holders of State Scholarships are notified that failure to register' before the close of registration day of each term involves the severance of their connection with the University and consequently the forfeiture of their scholarships. The President of the University is required by law to send immediate notice -of such vacancies to the Commissioner of Education and the Commissioner fills vacancies forthwith. The law provides that "any State student who shall make it appear to the satisfaction of the President of the University that he requires leave of absence for the purpose of earning funds with which to defray his living expenses while in attendance, may, in the discretion of the President, be granted such leave of absence, and may be allowed a period not exceeding six years from the commencement thereof for the completion of his, course at said University" Under this provision of the charter, the President of the University will, for the purposes indicated therein, grant leave of absence after an applicant has been regularly admitted to the University The Scholarship will then be kept good; but will not be extended for more than .fouT years from its date, unless application is made after at least one year from the time of entrance, in case of applicants who have acquitted themselves creditably in the University during this period. Those holding scholarships are therefore advised, if possible, to enter the University at once, and to postpone asking for leave of absence until after one year in the University l1as been con1pleted. UNIVERSITY UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS. Pursuant to the action of the Trustees there will annually be thrown open to competition for all members of the freshman or first 68 S'CHOLARSHIPS AND PRiZES year class who registered in courses leading to first degrees, at a special examination held at Ithaca at the beginning of the freshman year eighteen scholarships of the annual value of $200 each. Students of high ability from the State of New York will have the additional advantage of being able to secure State Scholarships, as there is nothing in the University statutes to prevent a student from holding both a State Scholarship and a University Scholarship. The nanle of every successful competitor for these scholarships is inserted in the annual Register of the University, together with the name of the school at which the competitor was fitted for college, and the name of the principal of the school, and these names remain in the Register so long as the scholarship is retained. The statute in regard to scholarships is as follows 1 Thirty-six undergraduate scholarships, each of the annual value of $200, have been established by the University 2. These Scholarships are named as follows The Cornell Scholarships, the Lord Scholarships, the McGraw Scholarships, the Sage Scholarships, the Sibley Scholarships, the President White Scholarships, the Horace Greeley Scholarships, The John Stanton Gould Scholarships, the Stewart L. Woodford Scholarships. 3 These Scholarships are given for the first two years of any course on the basis of excellence in special examinations held at the beginning of the freshman year 4. Recipients of the above scholarships must be free from entrance conditions. 5. No scholarship will be awarded to any candidate who is reported markedly deficient in any subject in which he is examined, and the right is reserved to fill fewer than eighteen scholarships in the absence of a sufficient number of duly qualified candidates. These scholarships will be awarded on the basis of examinatiofls in three of the six groups mentioned below [(a) and (b), however, may not be taken by the same candidate. and every candidate must take either (b) or (c) or (d) ] (a) Algebra through quadratic equations and plane geometry (b) Solid geometry, advanced algebra, plane trigonometry (c) Greek. (d). Latin. (e) French. (f) German. The above examinations cover substantially the same ground as the entrance examinations in the respective subjects. See pages 38. 39,4 0 ,4 1 ,44,45 and 46. UNIVERSITY UNDERGRADUATE SCI-lOLA RSHIPS. 69 6. The holder of a University Undergraduate Scholarship shall forfeit the right to the same in ca5e said scholar shall during incumbency change the course registered in at the time of receiving the award unless the records of entrance examinations shall show that, at the time of the holder's adnlission to the University, all the sub• jects required for admission to the course last chosen were passed, and all candidates must state before the scholarships are awarded what course they intend to pursue. 7 All persons shall be debarred from the competition for these Scholarships, who shall11ave participated in any previous competition for the same or shall have been in the previous year or years registered as a student in this University or in any other University or College. 8. These Scholarships will be forfeited at any time in case twothirds of the Faculty present at any meeting, notice having been given at the meeting immediately before, shall decide that the holders have been guilty of negligence, or failure to maintain a high standard of scholarship, or of conduct of any kind that is unbeconling students holding such Scholarships. 9. Whenever any of these Scholarships shall for any reason become vacant, the vacancy shall be filled as the Faculty may determIne. 10. The moneys due on these Scholarships are paid at the office of the Treasurer of the University in two equal payments. on the 15th of February and the 15th of June, upon the certificate of the chairman of the Scholarship Committee that the record of the holder is satisfactory The Frank William Padgham Scholarship. The Frank William Padgham Scholarship was founded in 1892 by Amos Padgham of Syracuse, NY., in memory of his son, Frank William Padgham, a graduate of Sibley College of the class of 1888, and entitles the holder to free tuition and fees in the regular course in the Sibley College of Mechanical Engineering. It cannot consequently be held in connection with a New York State Scholarship. The scholarship will be awarded to the ca11didate, who has had his preparatory education wholly or in part in the public schools of Syracuse, NY., and having been admitted to the regular course in Sibley College of ~1:ecl1anical Engineering shall pass the best examination in a competitive examination of studies selected from those required for admission to the Sibley College of Mechanical Engineering. These su bj ects are I A,dvanced Mathematics, 2 Advanced German, 3. Advanced French, 4. Physics,S. Chemistry' Of these five subjects the candi- SCHOIJ ..4RSHIPS AND PRIZES date must take three, including Advanced Mathematics, and one modern language. The examination for the Padgham Scholarship is held at the same time as the University Undergraduate Scholarship examinations, but is a special exanlination and the candidate must declare his intention to enter the Padgham Scholarship examination and state· his qualifications therefor, to the Registrar, who will issue the usual pennit to enter the Scholarship examination. The Alumnae Scholarship is an undergraduate scholarship of $100 for the present University year, and a like sum for each year hereafter so long as the sum is raised by the Associate Alumnae by annual SUbscription. The scholarship is to be given under the following conditions It shall be awarded to a self-supporting wonlan who has already spent at least one year in the University as a student. 2 The basi~ of award shall be excellence of scholarship as shown by the University records, and a need of financial aid. 3. The nomination of the scholarship shall be made by a c01l1mittee of the Alumnae, WIl0, after consultation with the Dean of the University Faculty and the Registrar as to the standing of the applicants, shall decide as to which one of thenl will be most benefited by the financial aid of the scholarship. 4. The approval of said nomination by the President of the University shall constitute an appointment. The Boardman Senior Law Scholarship. A senior law scholarship of the value of one hundred dollars, the gift of Judge Douglass Boardl11an, the first Dean of the College, is awarded annuallY by the Faculty of Law in June to the Junior who during the preceding two years, has, in the judgment of the Faculty,done the n10st satisfactory work in the College of Law It is available during the Senior year and is payable in the same way as otller University Scholarships. State Grange Scholarships in Agricultllre. At its annual meeting, held February, 1908, the New Yorl{ State Grange adopted a resolution whereby $300 is to be given to members of the Order in the fornl of six scholarships in the winter courses in agriculture in Cornell University The scholarships are each of a value of $so, to be awarded to men or women ~rho attain the highest standing in competitive examination. The candidate should apply to the Master of the Pomona Grange in his home county, or to the Deputy in counties that have no Pomona. I The Roberts Scholarship Fund, a gift of Dr Charles H. Roberts, of Oalces, Ulster Connt)r, NY., October J7, 1906, provides for five PRIZES. scholarships, each tenable for one year As expressed by the founder, the purpose of these scholarships is to furnish financial assistance to students in the College of Agriculture who are of good moral character, who show native ability, tact and application, and who are in need of such assistance, and especially those who come from rural districts. The aV/ard is made after the end of the first term of each year Application blanks and copies of the regulations may be had at the office of the Secretary of the College of Agriculture. All applications must be on the official blanks which, with all other information, must be filed before February I. The value of each scholarship is $240.00. The Buffalo Alumni Association Scholarship of the value of $200 is awarded annually by the Cornell Alumni Association of Buffalo to the student judged by a committee of the association to be the Inost worthy of aid. The recipient lnust be a resident of Erie or Niagara County who has been at least one year in some University, who is registered in a four-year course, who has a creditable record for scholarship, and who is wholly or partly self-supporting. Cornell University is not in any way responsible for the award or payment of this scholarship. PRIZES. (A special pamphlet on Prizes may be obtained from the Registrar) The Woodford Prize, founded by the Hon. Stewart Lyndon Woodford and consisting of a gold medal of the value of one hundred dollars, will be given annually for the best English oration, both matter and manner being taken into account. The '86 Memorial Prize is an undergraduate prize in declamation to be awarded at a public contest held in May of each year. being the incolne of a sum of money left as a memorial by the class of 1886, and amounting to eighty-six dollars annually The '94 Memorial Prize is an undergraduate prize in debate to be awarded at a public contest held in January of each year, being the income of a fund established by the class of 1894 and amounting to about twenty-five dollars annually The Shakespeare Prize. 'l'he Shal{espeare Prize, founded in 1887 by Mrs. Alfred Smith Barnes, of Brooklyn, consists of about fifty dollars, being the annual income from her gift of Oflp, thousand dollars. The Guilford Essay Prize, founded in 1902 by the late James B. Guilford, to promote "a high standard of excellence in English prose SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES. composition," consists of about $150, being the annual income from his bequest of about $3,000. The French Prize, founded in 1902, by Professor Hiram Corson, in memory of his wife, Mrs. Caroline Rollin Corson, consists of a gold medal of the value of fifty dollars, to be awarded annually for the best competitive essay on a subject in French Literature or Philology In accordance with the wish of the founder, the prize is never to be . . given 111 money The Browning Prize. The Browning Prize, founded in 1902 by Professor Hiram Corson, consists of a gold medal of the value of fifty dollars, to be awarded annually for the best competitive essay on Robert Browning. In accordance with the wish of the founder, the prize is never given in money Prizes in German. An annual prize of one hundred dollars for three years has been offered by an eminent scholar interested in German literature, for the best essay upon the works of some representative German author. The Prize for 1908-1909 will be awarded for the best critical study of the various English translations of Goethe's :Faust. The Luana L. Messenger Memorial Prize. This prizfi of $50 was established by Mr Hiram J Messenger, '80, as a memorial to his mother, and is awarded annually to the student writing the essay giving evidence of the best research and most fruitful thought in the field of human progress or the evolution of civilization during some period in human history or during human history as a whole. The Sherman-Bennett Prize was founded in 1905 from a fund bequeathed for that purpose to William J Bryan of Lincoln, Nebraska, by Mr Philo Sherman Bennett of New Haven, Connecticut. The prize consists of the income of $400, and is to be awarded annually for "the best essay discussing the principles of free government." The John Metcalf Polk Memorial Prizes. 1'hese prizes, established by Dean W M. Polk, are awarded annually to students in the Medical College. The Horace K. White Prizes. These prizes, established by Horace K. White, Esq., of Syracuse, are awarded annually to the most meritorious students in the graduating class of the New York State Veterinary College, as follows To the first in merit, fifteen dollars, to the second in merit, ten dollars. Sibley Prizes in Mechanic Arts. Under the gift of the late Hon. Hiram Sibley, made in 1884, the sum of one hundred dollars will be PRIZES, 73 annually awarded to those students in the Sibley College who shall, in the opinion of the Faculty of that institution, show the greatest merit in Sibley College work. The Fuertes Medals, founded by Professor E. A. Fuertes and consisting of two gold medals, each of the value of one-half the amount of the income provided by the endowment fund. The Sands Memorial Medal, founded by the family of the late Charles Goodwin Sands of the class of '90, is awarded to students of Architecture for all designs of exceptional merit presented in the regular competitions. The Brown Memorial Medal to be awarded to students in Architecture was founded by Mr John Hartness Brown in memory of his brother Clifton Beckwith Brown, of the -class of 1900, who wa~ l{illed on the field of battle at San Juan Hill. The Central N. Y. Chapter A. I. A. Prize is a prize of twenty dollars given annually by the Central New York Chapter of the American Institute of Architects to the winner of first place in special competition in senior design. GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. Courses appropriate for graduate students and leading to advanced degrees are provided in the various departments, as indicated in the list of courses of instruction, and in the description of the departments and colleges. An inspection of these courses will show that the amount of instruction offered is greatly in excess of the amount of which any person can take advantage while an undergraduate student. Many of the courses are open to undergraduates who have prepared thelnselves by tal{ing the necessary preliminary electives, but a large nunlber of courses are specially adapted to the wants of graduate students. No sharp line of demarcation separates the two classes, but in all cases the necessary prerequisite work must have been taken. In nearly or quite every branch of study the advanced courses of lectures and the seminaries and laboratories afford abundant opportunities for carrying on profitable work of a high grade during two or tl1ree years after the baccalaureate degree has been taken. The facilities thus afforded comn1end themselves specially to graduates of those colleges elsewhere wl1ich do not offer a large range of electives during the undergraduate course. LABORATORY AND SEMINARY FACILITIES. In the graduate work the ainl is to surround the student with an atmosphere of earnest devotion to the cause of the advancement of l~nowledge, and to exeite a truly scholarly spirit. The greater part of such work is carried on in the numerous well-equipped laboratories and seminaries, in vlhich the student, with the aid and under the intimate personal guidance and direction of the professor, is encouraged in the prosecution of original investigation of an advanced nature. Graduate students have access to the alcoves of the library, as well as to the special collections in the seminary roon1S, and thus have exceptional opportunities for prosecuting advanced work. The great library building, with its rich collections, affords an attractive and inspiring environment. FELLOWSHIPS AND GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS. Applications for fellowships and graduate scholarships should contain a full statement of the branches of study which the candidate FELLOWSHIPS AND GRADUATE SCHOIJlARSlIIPS. 75 intends to carryon. if appointed, and if any literary or scientific work has been produced which could be put in evidence, specimens should accompany the.4.application. Those candidates who are graduates of other colleges or universities should submit recomlnendations from the instructors best acquainted with their ability and attainments in the special subjects which they desire to pursue. It should be borne in mind by such applicants that information cannot be too exact or detailed in the case of students not personally known to the appointing body '-rhe Statute in regard to Fellowships ard Graduate Scholarships is as follows: I There have been established at this University the follo\ving Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships (a) Eight University Fellowships. denolninated respectively. the Cornell }i'ellowship, the McGraw Fellowship, the Sage Fellowship, the Schuyler Fellowship, the Sibley Fellowship, the Boldwin Smi th Fellowship, the President White Fellowship; and the Erastus Brooks Fellowship. (b) Five University Ji"'ellowships. The above thirteen University Fellowships have been assigned to the following Departments or groups of Departments Mathematics, C.hemistry, Physics, Civil Engineering, Neurology and Physiology and Vertebrate Zoology (including Anatomicall\1ethods and I-Iun1Ctn Anatomy and Microscopy, Histology and Embryology) \vith Invertebrate Zoology and Entomology, Botany and Geology and Physical Geography. Architecture, Agriculture and I-Iorticulture and Veteril1ary Science, English, Gerlnanic Languages, Romance Languages, one each, Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, two. (c) Two President White Fellowships, denominated first, the President White Fellowship of Modern History; second, the President White Fellowship of Political and Social Science. (d). Three Susan Linn Sage Fellowships in Philosophy (e) Two Fellowships in Political Economy. (f) Two Fellowships in Greek and Latin. (g) One Fellowship in American History rfhe President White Fellowships in History and in Political and Social Science have an annual value of $600 each, the others llave an annual value of $500 each. (h) Six Graduate Scholarships in the Susan Linn Sage School of Philosophy, each of the annual value of $300. GRADUATE DEPARTMENT. (i) Ten Graduate Scholarships, each of the annual value of $300, have been assigned to the following Departments or groups of Departlnents Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Civil Engineering, Latin and Greek, Archreology and Comparative Philology, Neurology and Physiology and Vertebrate Zoology (including Anatomical Methods and Human Anatomy and Microscopy, Histology and Embryology), with Invertebrate Zoology and Entomology, Botany and Geology and Physical Geography, English History, one each. (j). The Oliver Graduate Scholarship in Mathematics, founded November, 1896, in memory of Professor James Edward Oliver, has an annual value of $300 and is awarded under the same conditions as other graduate scholarships. 2 All candidates for Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships must be graduates of this University, or of some other institution having equivalent courses of instruction, and must be of high character and marked ability in some important department of study 3 Fellows and Graduate Scholars will be selected by the University Faculty on the recommendation of the department in which the applicants desire to carry on the principal part of their work. 4. All applications must be filed with the Registrar on or before the 15th of April of the collegiate year preceding .,.!J.e one for which the application is nlade. Blank forms for application may be obtained from the Registrar 5. The term of each Fellowship and Graduate Scholarship is one year; but the term may be extended to two years, providing the extension does not increase the number of Fellows and Graduate Scholars beyond that named in paragraph I of this act. 6. The moneys due on Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships are paid at the office of the Treasurer of the University in two equal payments, on the 15th of January and the 1st of June. 7 In view of the fact that practical University instruction ",ill be of use in training said Fellows and Scholars for future usefulness, each holder of a Fellowship or Graduate Scholarship shall be liable to render service to the University in the work of instruction or examination to the extent of four hours per week through the collegiate year The distribution and assignment of this service shall be determined by the head of the department in which the Fellow or Scholar is doing the principal work. It is expected that the President White Fellows in History and Political Science will do a large part of the study in the President White Library, and to this end it is required that, except when, with the consent of the Librarian of the Univer- FELLOWSHIPS AIVD GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS. 77 sity, they are excused or assigned to other duties by the Professors of History and Political Science, said Fellows shall be in attendance in the Library not less than four hours each per day 8. No person shall hold at one time more than one Fellowship or Graduate Scholarship, except in the case hereafter specified under paragraph 12 of this statute, and any Fellow or Scholar may be dispossessed of the income of the Fellowship or Graduate scholarship by action of the University Faculty, if: guilty of any offense, or of any course of conduct, which in the opinion of said Faculty shall render the holder unworthy of retaining such Fellowship or Graduate Scholarship; but final action in such cases by the Faculty shall be l1Y ballot, and shall require a two-thirds vote. 9. Vacancies in Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships that occur after October 1St, in order to be filled, shall require a three-fourths vote of the Faculty present. 10. All persons elected to Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships are required, upon accepting their appointments, to file a bond of the face value of such Fellowship or Graduate Scholarship (with two sureties to be approved by the Treasurer), to pay the University in case of their resignation before the expiration of the time for which they were appointed, any sums which they may have received. 11. In all cases where Fellowships and Graduate Scholarships are not awarded, or when frotn any cause the income of one or more Fellowships or Graduate Scholarships may cease to be paid, or when the aggregate sum paid shall be less than the atnount contenlplated by this act, the surplus thus accruing shall be added to the principal of the loan fund for needy and meritorious students. 12. Either or both of the President White Fellowships in History and Political Science may, in the discretion of the University Faculty, be made a Traveling Fellowship for the purpose of study and investigation, the holder thereof making from time to time to said Faculty such reports of progress as may be required. In the case of a student of very exceptional ability and promise in the fields of either of these Fellowships, the two Fellowships may. in the discretion of said Faculty, for the sake of enabling very thorough research, be combined for a single year into one. .. Special Fellowships in Architecture. tecture. See under College of Archi- Honorary Fellowships. A class of Fellowships termed Honorary Fellowships were established in 1898. These Fellowships are open only to persons already GRADUATE DEPAR1'MENT. holding the Doctor's degree. I-I()lder~; of such Fellowships are to receive no elnolurnents and are not t:) be charged tuition. 'fhese Fellowships are to be conferred only upon persons actually in attendance at the University Admission. Graduates in the several courses of this University, or of other institutions in which the requirements for the baccalaureate degree are substantially equivalent, may upon the recommendation of the C01l1111ittee on Graduate Work and Advanced Degrees, be admitted tu the graduate departlnent. Such applicants may further be admitted to candidacy for the:,.... Master's and Dcotor's Degree on recomnlendation of the same committee, in case the previous course of study and preparation in the major and minor subjects to be pursued, is accepted as adequate by the depart.ments concerned. Graduate students who are not candidates for a degree, as well as those who are, are required to work under the direction of a special C0111Illittee of the University Faculty, appointed for the purpose of supervising and directing tl1cir work. Tuition fees, except in Agriculture, are charged in all cases, including candidacy for degrees in absentia Applications for adtnission to the graduate department are to be addressed primarily to the Dean of the University Faculty Full details should be forwarded of the candidate's previous course of study, the degree desired, and the special preparation already had in the nlajor and minor subjects to be pursued. TI1e applicant would naturally communicate also with the professors in whose departments he intends to study, as they must ultimately approve of his application. In acting upon an application for graduate work, the first question to be decided is whether the degree already taken by the applicant is substantially the equivalent of one of the degrees given at this University, so that the applicant may be admitted to the graduate department. Full information upon this point is therefore required, including a general statement of the character of the course pursued, with special reference to the amount of mathelnatics and languages. Blank forms of application may be obtained from the Dean of the University Faculty After this point has been decided, the second question is whether the applicant is qualified to enter upon advanced work in the special departments of study in which the advanced degree is desired. In ADVANCED DEGREES. 79 order to decide this question, a specific and detailed statement is to be made of the previous course of study and preparation in the major and minor subjects to be pursued. This statement is then submitted to the departnlents concerned for approval. Official evidence of all the above statements mtlst ultimately be presented. After the status of the applicant is determined by the general committee, he is then put under the supervision of the special conlnlittee conducting the work which he desires to pursue. The special committee is made up of the professors in charge of the work in the major and minor subjects. Is has been decided by the faculty that instructors are not eligible for membership on the special comn1ittees nor on the cOlnnlittees conducting examinations. The chairman of the special comnlittee, after consultation with the other members of the committee, is assulned to represent their views of action, and to be the regular channel of communication between candidates and the general committee, conveying or endorsing, for instance, petitions from candidates, and forwarding recommendations for changes in the announcements of major and minor subjects, or additions suggested to the membership of the special committee itself, either for the guidance of the work of candidates or to complete the number of exaffilners. The function of the general con1mittee is to decide matters of precedent or procedure or policy, securing faculty action wl1ere necessary, and to be the channel of communication between the special committee and the University Faculty Advanced Degrees. Courses of graduate study leading to advanced degrees are provided in the following departments Semitic Languages, Classical Archreology and History of Art, Comparative Plulology, Greek, Latin, Germanic Languages, Romance Languages, English, Philosophy, Science and Art of Education, History and Political Science, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Botany, Entomology and General Invertebrate Zoology, Physiology and Vertebrate Zoology and Neurology, Anatomical Methods and I-Iuman Anatomy, Microscopy and Histology and Embryology, Geology and Palen otology and Mineralogy and Physical Geography, Agriculture, Horticulture, Veterinary Science, Architecture, Civil Engineering, including Bridge, Railroad, Sanitary, Hydraulic and Geodetic Engineering, and in Mechanical Engineering, including Electrical, Steam and 80 GRADUATE DEPARTAIENT Marine Engineering, Naval Architecture, and Railway Mechanical Engineering. Candidates for advanced degrees must present themselves for examination in one major and two minor subjects (except for the Master's degree for which one major and one minor are required), which must have been determined upon, with the approval of a committee of the University Faculty, as early as October 15 of the year in which the degree is expected to be given, if i~ be the Master's degree, or of the year preceding that in which the degree is expected to be given, if it be the Doctor's degree. The above date is the limit for the acceptance of applications and for the selection of. majors and minors, in the case of applicants who desire to receive credit for attendance during the whole of the academic year then entered upon. The work of candidates for advanced degrees in the general course must be devoted to those subjects (one major and one or two minors) which may be comprised within the limits of one department of instruction, or n1ay extend to two or three, with the provision, however,that,except in case of special permission to the contrary granted by the University Faculty, the subjects shall be so related to one another as to imply a definite aim on the part of the student. The subject of the thesis required must be filed with the Registrar, with the written approval of the special committee in cl1arge of the work of the candidate, and be announced to the University Faculty as early as December I of the year in which the degree is expected to be given, and the paper in its completed form must be presented to the special committee as early as May I Theses accepted are to be bound and delivered to the Registrar on or before the Friday preceding Commencement. The degree of Master is intended to represent a year of faithful work of an advanced character performed by a student who has previously taken a degree fully equivalent to that which is given in this University at the completion of four years of undergraduate work. The degree of Doctor is intended to represent not a specified amount of work covering a specified time, but long study and high attainment in a special field, proved in the first place, by the presentation of a thesis which displays the power of independent investigation, and in the second place, by passing corresponding examinations upon the ground covered by the three subjects chosen at the beginning of the candidacy and approved by the University Faculty Successful candidates for the degree of Master must deposit one bound copy of the thesis in tne University Library ADllANCED DEGREES. 81 Successful candidates for the degree of Doctor nlust print their theses and deposit fifty copies in the University Library In the title page of each of these copies shall appear the statement that the thesis was presented to the University Faculty of Cornell University for the degree in question and the name of the author must be given in full, and if the thesis is a reprint, the place and date of original publication must also be given. Unless the printed copies be previously deposited in the University Library, a type-written copy of the thesis must be bound and delivered to the Registrar on or before, the Friday preceding the Commencement at which the degree is conferred. The type-written copy is to become the permanent property of the University A text-book, presumably written and published without reference to the degree for which it was presented, will not be accepted in lieu of a thesis. The final examinations for these degrees nlay be both oral and written, and in the non-technical courses are to be in charge of a COlTImittee of not less than three members, except for the Master's degree where two members may suffice. These examinations occur in the second week before Commencement, except in the case of candidates who take their examination in a year subsequent to that in which the required amount of resident study was completed. In case of necessity, the examinations may be held during the week next preceding that now fixed for holding them. In the final examination for advanced degrees, the examination of the thesis shall regularly precede the further examination of the candidate. In the case of students who take the examination in the . year subsequent to that in which the required amount of study has been completed, the special committee is authorized to arrange such examinations at any time during the U ni versity year; provided -that two week's notice be given to the chairman of the general committee. The special requirements for these degrees are as follows t/Ii The Master's Degree. Hereafter, in place of the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Phi-· losophy, Master of Letters, and Master of Science, the one degree of Master of Arts is to be conferred. See pages 00 and 00. The degree of Master of Arts is conferred on graduates of a four year course in any college of this University, and on graduates of other universities and colleges whose requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts are equal to tho~e of this University upon the following conditions GRADUATE DEPAR1 MENT. In order to become a candidate the applicant must have pursued a course of study equivalent to that required for graduation in this University in the College of Arts and Sciences. Graduates of a four year course in any college of this University,may, under the usual rules become candidates for the degree of Master of Arts. The candidate is expected to spend at least one year at the University pursuing a course of study marked out by the University Faculty He must present a thesis and pass the requisite special final examinations. Before the degree is conferred one copy of the thesis must be bound and deposited in the U·niversit)T library Candidates for the Master's Degree whose major subject is in a department under the direction of the College of Agriculture, the College of Architecture, the College of Civil Engineering, or of Sibley College, are required to register for the corresponding Master's Degree, that is, M. S. in Agr., M.S. in Arch., M.C.E., or M.M.E. -The degree of Master of Science in }\.rchitecture is to be conferred as heretofore on those who have taken the corresponding baccalaureate degree here, or at some other college or university where the requirements for the said baccalaureate degree are equal to those of this University, in case the candidate has spent a least one year at the University, pursuing an accepted course of study, and has passed the required special final examination as above. The degree of Master of Civil Engineering, Master of Mecllanical Engineering, or Master of Science in Agriculture is conferred, after at least one year of resident study, on candidates who have received the corresponding first degree, upon presenting a satisfactory thesis and passing the required special final examination as above. In special cases graduates of this University, on the recommendation of the special committee that would have charge of their work, may, by vote of the University Faculty in each case, become candidates for the degree of M.C.E.,~{.M.E., and M.S. in Agr., after two years of professional practice and study in absentia. Candidates for degrees in absentia are to appear in person at the University to be examined, and to receive the diploma at Commencement. The time spent in study for the Master's degree, whether the degree be taken or not, may be counted in the time required for the Doctor's degree, provided the special committee in charge of the work approve, certifying the work done as suitable to such Doctor's degree. 4 A DV ANCED DEGREES. The Degree of Doctor of PhilosophyHereafter, in place of tlle degrees of Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Science, the one degree of Doctor of Philosophy is to be conferred. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is conferred on graduates of a four year course in any college of this University, and on graduates of other universities and colleges whose requirements for tIle degree of Bachelor of Arts are equal to those of this University, upon the following conditions I In order to become a candidate, the applicant must have pursued a course of study substantially equivalent to that required for graduation in this University in the College of Arts and Sciences. Graduates of a four year course in any college of tllis University may under the usual rules becorne candidates for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy 2. The candidate is expected to spend at least tllree years at the University, pursuing a course of study marked out by the University ,li"'aculty Graduate work in a university elsewhere may, by a special vote of th~ University Faculty, be accepted, but at least one year's residence at this University is in all cases required. • 3. He must present a thesis of such a character as shall display power of original and independent investigation, and must pass the requisite special final examinations. Before the degree is conferred a bound type-written copy of the thesis must be deposited in the U niversity Library, unless the required number of printed copies be already deposited. .The diploma for the degree shall be withheld until the required number of copies be so deposited. (See also pages 80 and 81-) The work of grad'Uate students is expected to be in large rneasure independent of the regular courses of instruction. The special announcement of each department a11d college will, however, indicate the courses which are available as a basis for graduate work. COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. FACULTY. JACOB GOULD SCHURMAN, A.M., D.Sc., LL.D., President. CHARLES HENRY HULL, Ph.D., Dean and Professor of Ameri~ can History tJ GOLDWIN SMITH, D.C.L., LL.D., Professor of English History, Elneritus. HIRAM CORSON, A.M., LL.D., Litt.D., Professor of English I ..iterature,JEmeritus . • THE REV CHARLES MELLEN TYLER, A.M., D.D., Sage Professor of the History and Philosophy of Religion and of Christian Ethics, Enleritus. ~ JAMES MORGAN HART, A.M., J U.D., Litt.D., Professor of the English Language and Literature, Emeritus. ,,' GEORGE WILLIAM JONES, A.M., Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus . •_j SIMON HENRY GAGE, B.S., Professor of Histology and Embryology,fEmeritus. ~ BURT GREEN WILDER, B.S., M.D., Professor of Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology v THOMAS FREDERICK CRANE, A.M., Litt.n., D~an of the University Faculty, and Professor of the Romance Languages and Literatures. JOHN HENRY COMSTOCK, B.S., Professot of Entomology and General Invertebrate Zoology .J WATERMAN THOMAS HEWETT, A.11., Ph.D., Professor of the German Language and Literature. .. EDWARD LEAMINGTON NICHOLS, B.S., Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Physics. -) JEREMIAH WHIPPLE JENKS, .i\.M., Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Political Economy and Politics. LUCIEN AUGUSTUS WAIT, A.B., Professor of Mathematics. ~ GEORGE LINCOLN BURR, A.B., LL.D., Litt.D., Professor of Mediaeval History " CHARLES EDWIN BENNETT, A.B., l,itt.D., Professor of Latin . .,. , JAMES EDWIN CREIGHTON, A.B., Ph.D., LL.D., Sage Profes .. sor of Logic and Metaph)7Sics. ~ EDWARD BRADFORD TITCHENER, D.Se., Ph.D., LL.D., Sage Professor of Psychology J FACULTY. 85 FRANCIS ATKINSON, Ph.B., Professor of Botany with special reference to Comparative Morphology and Mycology ~ RALPH STOCKMAN TARR, B.S., Professor of Physical Geography ~ NATHANIEL SCHMIDT, A.M., Professor of the Semitic Languages and Literatures. GEORGE PRENTICE BRISTOL, A.M., Professor of Greek. '4' WALTER FRANCIS WILLCOX, LL.B., Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Political Econolny and Statistics. ~ CHARLES DE GARMO, Ph.D., Professor of the Science and Art of Education. ~ LOUIS MUNROE DENNIS, Ph.B., B.S., Professor of Inorganic Chemistry JOSEPH ELLIS TREVOR, Ph.D., Professor of Thermodynamics. -.J JOHN ROBERT SITLINGTON STERRETT, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Greek. ~ FRANK ALBERT FETTER, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Political Economy and Finance. ,~! WILLIAM RIDGELY ORNDORFF, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of , Organic and Physiological Chemistry ~ WILDER DWIGHT BANCROFT, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Physical Chemistry "ERNEST MERRITT, M.E., Pro~essor of Phy·sics. " HENRY SHALER WILLIAMS, Ph.D., Professor of Geology and Director of the Geological Museum. ~ CHARLES VAN PATTEN YOUNG, A.B., Professor of Physical Culture and Director of the Gymnasium. " JAMES McMAHON, A.M., Professor of Mathematics . . J JOHN HENRY TANNER, B.S., Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. - FRE'DERICK BEDELL, Ph.D., Professor of Applied Electricity RALPH CHARLES HENRY CATTERALL, Ph.D., Professor of Modern European History ",WILLARD WINFIELD ROWLEE, B.L., D.Sc., Professor of Botany with special reference to Comparative Histology and Systematic .Botany " FRANK THILLY, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy HEINRICH RIES, Ph.D., Professor of Economic Geology ~ WILLIAM ALEXANDER HAMMOND, A.M., Ph.D., Sage Professor of Ancient Philosophy, and Secretary of the University Faculty "" ERNEST ALBEE, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy ~i J J GEORGE .1 86 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIEi\7CES'. ./ r HOLLIS ELLSWORTH DANN, lVlus. D., Professor of Music. -' MARrrIN WI{IGHT SAMPSON, B.A., M.A., Acting Professor of English Literature. '-, GEORGE EDWARD WOODBERRY, A.B., Litt.D., LL.D., Acting Professor of English Literature. " BENJAMIN ~'REEMAN KINGSBURY, Ph.D., M.D .. Professor of Histology and Embryology "EI{VIN LOUIS PHILLIPS, A.B., Professor of Military Science and 'factics. " SUTHERLAND SIMPSON, D.Se., M.D., Professor of Physiology GEORGE SYLVANUS MOI~ER, A.B., B.M.E., Assistant Professor of Physics. HERBERT CHARLES ELMER, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Latin. GILBERT DENNISON HARRIS, Ph.B., Assistant Professor of Paleontology and Stratigraphic Geology ADAM CAPEN GILL, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography FREDERICK CLARK PRESCOTT, A.B., Assistant Professor of the English Language and Literature, and Secretary of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences. EVERETT WARD OLMSTED, Ph.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the Romance Languages. WILLIAIvI STRUNK, Jr., A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the English Language and Literature. CHARLES LOVE DURHAM, M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Latin. EMILE MONNIN CHAMOT, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sanitary Chemistry and Toxicology ISAAC l\1ADISON BENTLEY, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology HENRY AUGUST SILL, Ph.D .• Assistant Professor of Ancient History CLARK SUTHERLAND NORTHUP, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the English Language and Literature. JOHN IRWIN HUTCHINSON, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. VIRGIL SNYDER, A.M., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of 1vlathema . . L tics. 'GEORGE WALTER CAVANAUGH, B.S., Assistant Professor of ~, Chemistry in its Relations to Agriculture. J FACUL7'} . j ',' ~'I' ~ ) JOHN SANDFORD SHEARER, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor '} of Physics. LERNEST BLAKER, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. GUY MONTROSE WHIPPLE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the Science and Art of Education. OTHON GOEPP GUERLAC, Licencie es Lettres, Assistant Professor of French. JAMES ALBERT WINANS, A.M., Assistant Professor of Oratory and Debate. ALBERT BERNHARDT FAUST, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German. ~<:' WILLIAM BENJAMIN FITE, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. PAUL RUSSELL POPE, A.B., Ph.D., A.ssistant Professor of German. ARTHUR WESLEY BROWNE, M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry H-UGH' DANIEL REED, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology EDWIN WALTER KEMMERER, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Profes- .. ~­ sor of Political Economy ALEXANDER DYER MAcGILLIVRAY, Ph.D. t Assistant Professor of Entomology and General Invertebrate Zoology WILLIAM ALBERT RILEY, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology . LANE COOPER, A.B., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. JAMES GEORGE NEEDHAM, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Limnology ORA MINER LELAND, B.S. (C.E.), Assistant Professor of Astronomy ANDREW HUNTER, M.A., B.Sc., Assistant Pr.ofessor of Biochemistry ELIAS JUDAH DURAND, A.B., D.Sc., Instnlctor in Botany and Assistant Curator of the Cryptogamic Herbariu~. BLfJEN BRAINARD CANFIELD, Instructor in Sage College in charge of the Gymnasiuln for women. EUGENE PLUMB ANDREWS, A.B., Instructor in Archaeology and Curator of the Museum of Casts. BENTON SULLIVAN MONROE, A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in English. ARTHUR LYNN ANDREWS, M.L., Ph.D., Instructor in English. LPUI~"·LEAMING· -FORMAN, Ph.D., Instructor in Greek. ~ -"i. ., L.iI A- ..; · t t ".( tl(':'~ \J 88 il}~1 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIEl\lCES. (i}~ ~ .... ; t'Y\'-- Ph.B., Ph.D., Instructor in French. EDWARD GODFREY COX, A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in English. JOSEPH QUINCY ADAMS, JR., A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in English. RALPH CUTHBERT SNOWDON, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry HALLDOR HERMANNSSON, Instructor in Scandinavian Languages. HERBERT GROVE DORSEY, B.S., M.S., Instructor in Physics. CLARENCE ALBERT PIERCE, B.S., M.S., Instructor in Physics. EUGENE CARSON CRITTENDEN, A.B., Instructor in Physics. THOMAS G DELBRIDGE, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry CHAUNCEY WILLIAMS WAGGONER, B.S. in E.E., A.M., Instructor in Physics. PERCY HODGE, A.B., B.S., Ph.D., Instructor in Physics. ARTHUR GORDON, A.B., A.M., Instructor in French. FRANCIS ROBERT SHARPE, B.A., Ph.D., Instructor in Mathe" matics. WALTER BUCKINGHAM CARVER, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. GORRELL ROBERT WHITR, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry HENRY LEIGHTON, A.B., Instructor in Geology PETER IRVING WOLD, B.S., E.E., Instructor in Physics. ROSWELL CLIFTON GIBBS, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Physics. FLOYD PARKER RICHTMYER, A.B., Instructor in Physics. ARTHUR RANUM, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. CARL HENRY IBERSHOFF, B.L., Instructor in German. DAVID CLINTON GILLESPIE, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. RALPH CHAPMAN RODGERS, M.E., A.M., Instructor in PhyStCS. GU~E-a.-M~ Y, . WILFORD MURRY WILSON, Instructor in Meteorology HERMANN DAVIDSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in German. SMILEY BLANTON, B.S., Instructor in Oratory ALEXANDER M DRUMMOND, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Oratory and Debate. CLYDE FIRMAN CRAIG, A.B.,Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. FREDERICK WILLIAM OWENS, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics. CLAUDE WILBUR EDGERTON, B. Sc., Instructor in Botany OSCAR DIEDRICH VON ENGELN, A.B., Instructor in Physical Geography JEAN MARIUS Gl!LAS, Instructor in Fencing. FACULTY 89 EDMUND HOWARD HOLLANDS, Ph.B., A.M., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy MIGUEL VENTURA, A.B., Instructor in Romance Languages. HARRY WESTFALL REDFIELD, B.S., Instructor in Chemistry GUSTAV ERNST FREDERICK LUNDELL, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry HARRY BATES BROWN, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Botany FRANK H HANKINS, Ph.D., Instructor in Political Economy and Statistics. CHARLES FREDERICK TUCKER BROOKE, B.A., B.Litt., Instructor in English. FRED A MOLBY, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Physics. GEORGE WILLIAM NASl\IYTH, A.Bot A.M., Instructor In Physics. ALBERT ALEXANDER SOMERVILLE, B.S., Instructor in Physics. ORIN TUGMAN, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Physics. FRED FLOYD SHETTERLY, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry CHARLES ARTHUR STEWART, Instructor in Geology WILLIAM ATWOOD HILTON, B.S., Ph.D., Instructor in Histology and Embryology ALBERT HAZEN WRIGHT, A.B., A.M., Instructor in Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology JOHN BAUER, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Economics. ASSIST ANTS. FRED CLARKSON FOWLER, Mechanician in the Departlnent of Physics. ROBERT SHORE, Assistant to the Professor of Botany and Head Gardener ANDREW CURTIS WHITE, Ph.D., Reader in Greek. MORTIMER JAY BROWN, B.Sc., Assistant in Chemistry JOHN ALEXANDER BLACK, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry LUDWIG REINHOLD GEISSLER, B.L., Assistant in Psychology WILLIS DAVID STEPHENS, Mechanician in Physics. HAROLD BARNES UNDERWOOD, M.E., Assistant in Chemis- try RICHARD RUTHERFORD BLEWS, A.B., Assistant in Ancient History JOHN ANDERSON WILKINSON, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry 90 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. i\\\ WILLIAM RALPH aURAND, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics. CHARLES SUMNER GWINN, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry GEORGE FREDERICK ZOOK, A.B., A.M., Assistant in Modern European History RUFUS DANIEL SMITH, A.B., ASiistant in Political Economy and Finance. WILLIAM HENRY PYI.JE, A.B. Assistant in Psychology CLAYTON LOUIS JENKS, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry SIDNEY LONGMAN GALPIN, A.B., Assistant in Dynalnic Geology HENRY LLOYD RUPE, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics. STANHOPE ECCLESTON BLUNT, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics. EDWARD HENRY CUMPSTON, Jr., Assistant in Military Science and Tactics. CARL BRYANT HENNING, Assistant in ~{ilitary Science and Tactics. PHILIP BARLOW HOGE, Assistant in Physical Culture. ALFRED HARRISON JONES, A.B., Assistant in Philosopby CLARENCE JOHN HUMPHREY, A.B., B.Sc., Assistant in Botany LUTHER BYNUM LOCKHART, Ph.B., Assistant in Chemistry EDWIN FREDERICK RA'fHJEN, A.B., A.M., Assistant in Chemistry JOHN BENJAMIN HILL, Assistant in Botany. EDWARD ~JACOB PETRY, B.S., in Agr., Assistant in Botany. DAVID SHEPARD PRATT, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry GEORGE FREDERICK ROGALSKY, A.B., Assistant in Modern European History THOMAS WHITNEY BENSON WELSH, A.B., i\ssistant in Chemistry RUFUS FORD, Jr., A.B., A.M., Assistant in Chemistry ROSS PETER ANDERSON, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry WARD BENJAMIN WIIITE, A.B., Assistant in Chelnistry JESSE WOODHULL WELLS, Assistant in Physical Culture. I-IENRY NORTH FREAR, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry BURTON JUDSON LEMON, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry EDSON HOYT NICHOLS, A.B., Assistant in Chetnistry JAMES HERBERT SCOTT, M.E., Assistant in Cl1emi~try DANIEL MILLER, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry HENRY PHELPS GAGE, A.B., Assistant in Physics. t • FACULTY, . ~\ FREDERIC CORSS CHURCH, Assistant in Mediaeval History FREDERICK ALDRICI-I CI"EVELAND, A.B., Assistant in Modern European History HENRY WHEELER MARTIN, A.B., Assistant in American History JOHN A UGUSTUS LAPP, Ph.B., Assistant in Politics. J R TURNER, Assistant in Economics. THOMAS GLENN DURKAN, A.B., Assistant in Economics. CARL WILLIAM PARKER, A.B., Assistant in Economics. ALEXANDER SARKIS GALADJII{IAN, A.B., Assistant 1n Physics. JJA URENCE PUlvIPEI"L Y, Ph .D., Assistant in Chemistry MAJOR EDWARD HOLMES, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry A E HOULEHAN, Assistant in Chemistry HENRY FITZPATRICK, Assistant in Botany WILLIAM MOORE, A.B., Assistant in Botany DANIEL WELLS Hl\LLOCK, Assistant in Physical Geography HARRY RALPH STANDIFORD, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics. CHARLES WALTON FITCH, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics. CHARLES ABNER IJYERLY, Jr., Assistant in Military Science and Tactics. CLEMENT EDWARD CHASE, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics. BLAINE BUTLER RAMEY, Assistant in Military Science and Tactics. FRANCIS SMITH MARLOW, Assistant in ~fi1itary Science and Tactics. LAWRENCE RICHARDSON, Jr., i\ssistant in Physical Culture. JAMES EDWIN CUFF, Assistant in Physical Culture. EBBA ELIZABETI-I ALMGREN, M.D , Medical Examiner, Sage College Gymnasium. CHESTER H WATERS. Assistant in Histology and Enlbryology ALFRED J LOTKi\., Assistant in Physics. FRANCIS RAYMOND NITCHIE, A.B., Assistant in Physics. F R PERRIN, Assjstant in Physics. EDWARD JOHN O'CONNELL, Assistant in Wrestling. JAMES JOSEPH MACSHERRY, Assistant in Boxing. MICHAEL ANDREW LANE, B.S., Assistant in Histology and Embryology HAWLEY~~OTIS TAYLOR, Assistant in Physics. 92 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES: SPECIAL LECTURERS. Besides the instruction regularly given by the resident officers of the University, a large number of lectures are delivered by non-resident lecturers on special suhjects of importance. For this branch of instruction the services ot eminent specialists are sought, and the number of lectures given by each lecturer varies according to the nature of the subject treated. WILLIAM BATESON, Cambridge, England Inheritance of Color in Animals and Plants. OTTO PFLEIDERER, Berlin, Germany The Religious and Ecclesiastical Conditions, and The Principal Tendencies of Theology and Philosophy in Germany at the Present Day LUCIA AMES MEAD, Boston, Mass. Nation~l Defense. JAMES FITZMAURICE-KELLY, London, E1tgla1td Modern Spanish Literature. BARTON WARREN EVERMANN, Washington, D.C The Golden Trout. THOMAS D BERGEN, A.B-, Ithaca, New York Popular Songs of Naples. ADOLF MEYER, M.D., New York City Mental Hygiene and Ethical Development. W MAX MULLER, Philadelphia, Pa. The Ancient Egyptians. WILLIAM ARCHER, LOl1don, England The Elizabethan Play House. CHARLES ERNEST FAY, Tufts College The Scenery of Mountains. New York Cit,}' GEORGE BRINTON McCLELLAN, Political Tendencies of the Day ALFRED HOLT STONE, Greenville, Miss. Sectionalism and the Race Problenl. EDWARD IDE, New York Cit)' Government Investigation and Regulation of Life Insurance. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION AlVD GRADUATION. Admission. Applicants for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences as freshmen. must be at least sixteen years of age, or if women, seventeen years. They must satisfy the entrance requirements of the College either by passing the University Entrance Examinations in the required subjects, as explained on pages 33-35, or by presenting acceptable certificates in lieu of examination, as· explained on pages 55-60. The regular entrance requirements are at least fifteen units of the Entrance Subjects enumerated on page 33-35, including three units in English, at least four units in foreign languages, at least one unit in history, one unit in Elementary Algebra A, and one unit in Plane Geometry _ In the year, 1909, but not thereafter, the following alternative requirements may still be offered, comprising thirteen units (or in one case thirteen and one-half units), made up of anyone of the three following groups Group A (13 units) Engli3h (3 units), History (I unit), Plane Geometry (I unit), Elementary Algebra A (I unit), Latin (4 units), Greek (3 units) Group B (13 units) English (3 units), History (I unit), Plane Geometry (I unit), Elementary Algebra A (I unit), Latin (4 units), and either French (3 units), or German (3 units), or Spanish (3 units) Group C (13 or 13U units) English (3 units), History (I unit), Plane Geometry (I unit), Elementary Algebra A (I unit), two of the modern foreign languages(3 units of each), and either Physics( 1 unit), or Chemistry (I unit), or Botany (I unit), or Physiography (I unit), or Zoology (I unit), or "Advanced Mathematics" (I~ units), comprising the following Advanced Algebra (U unit), Solid Geometry (~unit), Plane Trigonometry (% unit) Students admitted to the College of Arts and Sciences without atisfying the specific subjects in the above groups, but with full equivalent must make up such deficiency during the freshman year by attending the !University instruction in such subjects if given. The credit thus obtained will be counted toward entrance and not toward graduation. ~For admission of students to advanced standing, see p. 60; of special students, and of graduate students, see p. 61. 94 C()LLEGE OF ART~S AI\'D SCIENCES. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS. Terms and Hours. I The requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts are residence for eight terms l , and in addition to the prescribed work in the departments of Physical Culture and of Military Science and Tactics, the completion of one httndred and twenty hours of work under the rules governing the choice of studies. 2 In case a student has received surplus entrance credit (see • pages 59-60), there will be deducted from the one hundred and twenty hours required for graduation, so many hours as the amount of his surplus entrance credit may warra.nt, and a student of whom not more than one hundred and eight hours are thus required for graduation will be considered as l1aving completed one term of residence. 3. A student who has satisfied the entranC(i requirements of this College, and has afterwards completed in two or more summer sessions of Cornell University at least twelve hours of work in courses approved by the departments concerned, may be regarded as having thus satisfied one term of residence. Under no circumstances shall work done in summer sessions be accepted as the equivalent of more than one term. 4. A student admitted to the College of Arts and Sciences from another college of Cornell U ni versity or from any other institution of collegiate rank shall be regarded as having completed the number of terms and of hours to which his records entitle him, and will receive all the privileges of students who have completed the same number of terms and hours by residence in the College. In order, however, to obtain the degree of Bachelor of Arts he must llave been in residence at least two terms in the Co11ege of Arts and Sciences, and in that College only 5. A student must register for at least twelve hours each term. A student registering for the first time may register and receive credit for a maximum of eighteen hours for the term. A student whose marks average 8S or more in any term may register and receive credit for a maximum of twenty hours for the following term. A student whose marks average between 85 and 65 in any term may register and receive credit for a maximum of eighteen hours for the following term. A student whose marks average 6S or less in any term tnay register and receive credit for a maximum of 16 hours for the following term. IThe academic year is divided into two terms. REQUIREMENTS FOR TI-IE DEGREE OF B. A. 95 6. If the head of a department in the College of Arts and Sciences certifies that a course in another college is essential to the prosecu . . tion by a student of courses offered in his department, the student may, upon approval by the Faculty, be allowed to elect such course. But any student who avails himself of the foregoing privilege shall have the number of hours that he may take in any other college under the provisions of paragraph 7 correspondingly reduced, and under no circumstances will he be allowed to take more than thirty hours under the provisions of this paragraph. 7 A student who has satisfied at least six terms of residence, no one of them under the provisions of paragraphs 2 or 3, and who has a credit of at least ninety hours, may, with the permission of the faculties concerned, be registered both in the College of Arts and Sci~nces and also in any other college of Cornell University Choice of Studies. 8. Students registering in the College of Arts and Sciences for the first time must hand in their study-cards with list of cotlrSes for the term at the Dean's office on or before the third day of instruction. 9. Two weeks before the end of each term students must hand in their study-cards with list of courses for the next term at the Dean's office. 10. Students may make changes in their list of courses only during the first ten days of instruction and with the approval of the Dean. Students required by paragraph 5 to reduce their registration must during the first ten days of instruction notify the Dean which eourse they wish to discontinue. 1 I. After the first ten days of the ternl no student shall have the right to withdraw from any course in which he is registered, unless l1e shall previously obtain the authorization of the Dean to withdraw from the course on the ground of ill--health or other reason beyond the student's control. 12. Before a student may be registered as a Junior he n1ust have completed sixty hours of work which shall include in English and History six hours, in one or nlore languages other than English six hours, in Philosophy and Mathenlatics six hours, and in Physics, and Chemistry, Geology, Physical Geography, and tIle biologic sciences six hours, of which hours the student is required to take at least twelve. and advised to take more, in his freshn1an year Each six 110urs may be entirely in 01le division (for example, Phi.losophy six hours), or partly in one andpurtly in another (for example, Philosophy three hours and Mathematics three hottrs) COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 13. Each student shall choose at the beginning of his junior year one of the following groups I. Ancient Languages. 8. Chemistry 2. Modern Languages. 9. Botany 3. English and Oratory 10. Zoology and Entomology 4. Philosophy and Education. I I. Physiology, Histology andEm5. History and Political Science. bryology 6. Mathematics and Astronomy 12 Geology and Physical Geogra7 Physics. phy. In the group thus chosen he must complete during his junior and senior years at least twenty hours of work. In selecting these twenty hours the student must obtain the advice and approval of some one professor or assistant professor within the group, who shall be chosen by the student himself. But a senior in this college who is registered also in some other college of Cornell University is excused from ten of these twenty hours. (For the present, however, a student specializing in chemistry and taking the four years' course outlined by the Department of Chemistry may be exempted from paragraph 12 of the above requirements.) List of Courses Open to Freshmen. Greek 1,2,3; Latin, 1,2,3, 4a, 4b, Germanic Languages, 1,2,3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, Romance Lang'ltages, 1,2,3, 10, 16, 30, 40,42, English, I, 21, Oratory, la, Ib; Music, I, History, I, 21, Mathematics, I, 3, 4,5, 6, Physics, 1, 5, 6, 10, Chemistry, I, 6, 7; Botany. It 2, Entomology, etc., 1,2,3,4,5, Vertebrate Zoology and Neurology, I, 2, 3, 5 8, 9, Geology, I, Physical Geography, Iq,; lb. 1 Related Courses in Another College. Courses mentioned under this heading in the announcement of Courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are open to students in this college only under the provisions of paragraph 6 or paragraph 7 of the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. (See page 95.) These courses include a few offered by members of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences in another college, and exclusively for its students. VOCATIONAL COURSES. The Faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences has arranged groups of courses for Juniors and Seniors in Arts and Sciences designed to guide students in preparing for the vocations of teaching. organized philanthropy, and business 111anagement. VOCATIONAL COURSES. Course for Teachers. I. 97 2. During the Freshman and Sophomore years History 6 hours. Psychology (Course I) 3 hours. Logic (Course I I, second term) 3 hours. During the Junior and Senior years Education and Philosophy 20 hours. (See Requirements for State Certificate under Science and Art of Education.) In the subject the student expects to teach 20 hours Course Preparing for the Vocation of Organized Philanthropy. F~rst I Second term. term. 3 2 During the Junior year H. & P S. 76a, Population Statistics H. & P S. 74b, Municipal Governnlent in the United States H. & P S., 57, Philanthropy Philosophy 17, Theory of Evolution Philosophy 13, History of Philosophy 3 I 3 I 3 10 3 Total 9 First Second term. term. During the Senior year H. & P S. 53a, Political Institutions H. & P S. 53b, Comparative Politics·H. & P S., 98, Research in Philanthropy Philosophy 14, General Ethics Philosophy 15, Moral Ideas and Practice Elements of Law Total 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 I I 3 I I The requirement in philosophy can to best advantage be met by taking in the Sophomore year Elementary Psychology I and Logic I I. It is advisable to take in the Sop110more year H. & P mentary Social Science, six hours. s. 55, Ele- C,"OLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Course Preparing for the Vocation of Business Management. First Second term. term. During the Junior Year H. & P S. 68, Financial History of the United 2 2 States Physical Geography 2 (or 3), Geography of 2 North America (or of Europe) 2 H. & P S. 76a, Population Statistics 3 H. & P S. 79, Commerce and Commercial Policies 3 H. & P S. 67, Railway Transportation 2 2 H. & P S. 66a, Problems of Labor 2 Total II 9 During the Senior Year H. & P S. 64, Money, Credit, and Banking 3 3 Philosophy 14, General Ethics. 3 Philosophy IS, Moral Ideas and Practice 3 H. & P s. 70, Public Finance 2 2 H. & P S. 60, Corporations and Trusts 2 ~ Elements of Law 3 3 Total 13 13 I 2 In order to be admitted to H. & P S. 76a in his Junior year, a student must have previously taken H. & P s. 51, Elementary Economics. Thesis. Any senior in the College of Arts and Sciences may arrange with the department in which he is taking his principal work to write a thesis, which must be a scholarly dissertation on some subject coming within the province of that department, and which. if accepted, shall entitle him to not more than three hours of credit a term, in the discretion of the department. The subject must receive the written approval of the professor in charge of the study to which it relates, and a memorandum of such approval and of the title of the thesis must be left with the Registrar not later than the fifteenth day of October A bound copy of the thesis, type-written on one side of paper 8XIO.u inches in size, and double-spaced, must be deposited with the Registrar, for presentation to the Faculty, not later than the fifteenth day of May The copy thus presented shall become the property of the University. DEPARTMENTS OF INSTRUCTION. [Unless otherwise indicated, each course runs through the year Courses enclosed in brackets will/not be given in 19 0 8-Igo9, but n'tay be expected in 1909-1910.] SEMITIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES. The work in this department falls under three heads. The Languages. An elementary course in Hebrew will be given each year The advanced work in this language is so a.rranged as to cover in three years the leading writers of the Old Testament and some parts of the Mishnaic and Talmudic literature. General students with linguistic interests, and those preparing to teach, are advised to begin their study of the Semitic languages with the Arabic, which will also be offered each year. Aramaic and Egyptian will alternate with Assyrian and Ethiopic. In a Semitic Seminary a part of each year will be given to epigraphical studies. The Literatures. A course of lectures on the most important literary productions of the Semites will be given annually For this course a knO'Wledge of the Semitic languages is not required. The lectures will be devoted in part to a discussion of questions of authorship, date, literary composition and historical value, and in part to a translation and elucidation of the texts themselves. Much attention will be bestowed on the Old Testament. Thus an opportunity will be afforded students who are not familiar with Hebrew to become acquainted with the results of scientific Bible-study The Hebrew apocrypha and pseudepigrapha, the Mishnah and the Talmud, the Quran and the Arabic poets, the Babylonian Gilgamish epic and the Book of tIle Dead will be discussed in a similar manner The History. In alternate years, an outline will be presented of the political and social history of Asia and Africa. The development of Asia Minor, Armenia, Syria, Arabia, Assyria, Babylonica, Persia, India, China, Japan and Central Asia from the earliest times to the present day will be traced in one year; and that of Egypt, Nubia, Abyssinia, Cyrenaica, Carthage, Nuynidia, the North African Caliphotes and Southern Africa the following year The classes'are required to prepare papers to present with reports on special topics for discussion, and to pass frequent examinations. 100 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SG"lENCES. The following courses will be given in 19°8-19°9. The courses in this department are open only to Juniors, Seniors, and graduates. 1 Hebrew. Grammar (Harper, Gesenius-Kautzsch.) Genesis. Ruth and Esther at sight. Exercises in composition. M., W., F., 2 Goldwin Smith. I27 Professor SCHMIDT 2 Advanced Arabic. Grammar (Wright-De Goeje) A group of late suras in the Quran. Selections from the Prolegomena of Ibn Khaldttn, and the Arabic Diatessaron, published by Ciasca. Open to students who have had at least one course in Arabic. T., Th., I I A. M. Goldwin Smith 127 Professor SCHMIDT 3 Ethiopic. Grammar (Dillmann-Bezold) Liber Baruch in Dillmann's Chrestomathia Aethiopica, and The Book of Enoch, xxxvii-lxxi (ed. Charles) Study of Ethiopic manuscripts. Open only to students who have had Arabic. T ,Th., 3, Goldwin Smith 127 Professor SCHMIDT [4a Assyrian. Gran1mar (Lyon, Delitzsch) Selections from Meissner's Chrestolnatie, Delitzsch's Lesestucke, and Rawlinson's Cuneiform Inscriptions of Western Asia. Open only to graduates. Professor SCHMIDT]' 4b Aramaic. Grammar (Nestle, Noldeke, Duval) The Gospel of Matthew in the Sinaitic Syriac, the Curetonian Fragments, the Peshita, and the Evangeliariu1n Hierosolymitanum. Inscriptions in the Corpus Inscriptionum Semiticarum, and the Elephantine Papyri. T., Th., 2, Goldwin Smith I27 Professor SCHMIDT [sa. Egyptian. Grammar (Ernlan) Hieroglyphic texts. Study of squeezes in the Eisenlohr collection. Professor SCHMIDT]' Sb. Coptic. Grammar (Steindorff) Selections from the Gospels and from Pis tis Sophia. W., 4-6, Goldwin~ Smith 127 Professor SCHMIDT 6. Semitic Literature. General introduction to the Bible, including Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, and special introduction to each book. This course of lectures presupposes no knowledge, on the part of the student, of Semitic languages or Greek and is designed to give in brief compass the results of scientific inquiry concerning the origin, date, composition and character of the Jewish and Christian Scriptures. The students will present papers, special topics will be discussed, and examinations will be held. M., W., 3, Goldwin Smith 127 Professor SCHMIDT. 7 Semitic Seminary. Interpretation of South Arabian inscrip,/ GREEK. 101 tions in Berchem's Corpus Inscriptionum Arabicarun1, or the Book of Job in the Hebrew text and the ancient versions. M., 4-6. Goldwin Smith 127 Professor SCHMIDT [8. Comparative Semitic Philology. Study of certain morphological and syntactical peculiarities of the Aramaic dialects. Interpretation, for purposes of comparison~ of texts in Mandaic, Babylonian Talmudic, Ancient and modern Syriac, Galilaean, Samaritan and Judaean Aramaic, Palmyrene and Nabataean. Open only to graduates. Professor SCHMIDT] [9a. Oriental History. Introduction to the history of Asia. Professor SCHMIDT] 9b. Oriental Historya Introduction to the history of Africa. This course, like the one given in alternate years on Asia, is designed to acquaint the student, in a general way, with the civilization of the Orient. The lectures will deal, on the one hand, with sources, methods of study, and present problems, on the other, with the great epochs, the leading personalities, and the chief institutions. The history of Egypt, Libya and the Cyrenaica, Carthage, Mauretania, Nubia, Ethiopia, and the various Egyptian and Maghrebite caliphates will be presented in outline,and the growth of European influence in Modern Africa will be traced. The illustrative material of the department will be used. The students will be required to prepare papers, and frequent examinations will be held. T., Th., 10 A. M. Goldwin Smith 127 Professor SCHMIDT. GREEK. Including Comparative Indo-European Philology and Archaeology. The courses of study in this department have been arranged with distinct reference to the belief that a choice of Greek as a subject of study during the first two years of the college course should not necessarily imply an intention on the part of the student to specialize in Greek. A course in elenlentary Greek is provided for the benefit of students who have not taken Greek in their preparatory course, and have found it desirable to acquire at least a rudimentary knowledge of the subject,and who are willing to incur the labor incident to doing two years' work in one. The purpose of the course is to attain in one year of extraordinary effort a reading knowledge of Attic prose, and all other objects are made secondary to this. The work of the freshman year is directed toward CUltivating the ability of reading easily and at sight. Authors of the sinlplest style 102 G'OLLEG'E OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. . have therefore been selected-Lysias and Plato as representatives of the purest Attic type, and the Odyssey of Homer, of the Epic. The first term of the year will include, in connection with the reading of Lysias, a thorough review of the fundamentals of accidence and syntax, and exercises in Greek composition will be required throughout the year The work of the sophomore year aims at giving the student some acquaintance with the scope and meaning of Greek literature as the embodiment of Greek thought. In order to enable the student to read a larger amount of literature a course in cursory reading in easy authors is provided. The work adapted to specializing study falls under three distinct heads I The literature. Reading courses accompanied by lectures are offered, of which are given this year a junior course in Herodotus, a course in Aristophanes, a course in Plato, a course in Pausanias, a course in Tragedy, and a course in the rapid reading of Sophocles, Euripides, and Aeschylus. Besides these the study of some one Greek author is taken up in alternate years in the Seminary 2 The antiquities, Course 25 treats of the entire equipment and environment of ancient Greek life, its usage and occupations, its ideas and institutions, Courses 22 and 23 are given in alternate years and give a consecutive account of Greek Literature down to the time of Justinian. Courses 27 and 28 are intended to supplement the study of Epic and Tragic poetry, by which Greek art was inspired. Greek vase-painting, reliefs, etc., depict the stories told by Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, and give an archaeological commentary which illustrates, enlivens, and makes still more charming both Epic and Tragic poetry Modern poetry draws so largely on Greek mythology that these courses will be found valuable to students of modern literatures. The department of Classical Archaeology offers also courses in Greek art and archaeology, and in epigraphy 3. The language. Two courses in Advanced Prose Composition will give maturer students an opportunity for its practice in the writing of GreeI{ under the direct personal supervision of a teacher, and for instruction in special questions of syntax and style. All students who intend to become specialists in Greek are advised to take these courses, if possible, both in the junior and senior years. The Teacher's Course in Greek is also adapted to the need of undergraduates who expect to teach the classics. Lectures on Greek Grammar from a historical point of view are given in alternate years GREEK. 10 3 and are intended for seniors and graduates. The course in Modern Greek should be taken by all who intend to specialize in archaeology, or who plan to continue their studies in Greece. The exercises of the philological seminary are especially adapted to the needs of graduate students, and introduce the student to the original sources of information concerning the language and its history, and accustom him to methods of independent investigation in matters of textual criticism and literary interpretation. The seminary room in the library building has been equipped with a reference library of over two thousand volumes and will be used as a regular study room and laboratory by the more advanced students. The work in Comparative Indo-European Philology is planned with reference to the needs. first, of the general student with linguistic interests, second, of those proposing to be teachers of language, and more especially, of the classical languages, third, of those who propose to devote themselves to the special scientific study of the Indo-European languages. To the first-mentioned class of students, courses 4 I and 43 are especially adapted. For those who propose to be teachers, courses 44 and 4S are recommended in addition to course 4 I The courses on Greek and Latin grammar, the course on the Greek dialects, and the Seminary work are of the first importance for prospective teachers of the classics, and for such work a preliminary study of the elements of Sanscrit is considered desirable though not absolutely essential. Attention is called to the courses offered by the English department in Gothic, in English philology, and in the history of the English language; also to the philological courses offered by the departments of Semitic languages, Germanic languages, and Romance languages. The Museum of Classical Archaeology contains a collection of casts which furnishes ample material for the illustration of the history of Greek and Roman sculptural art. The museum is also equipped with a fine collection of Greek coins, with a full set of the British museum electrotypes, with a collection of Greek vases representing the periods of Greek ceramic art, and with various plans, models and reconstructions. Course 20, the shorter course of lectures in Greek sculpture in the museum, will give the student a knowledge of the general history of the development of Greek art, such a knowledge as will enable him to view the treasures of the larger museums of this country and of Europe intelligently The three hour course will give more opportunity for independent investigation. This course will be attractive to all who desire a somewhat more definite and intimate acquail1tance 10 4 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. with the work of the best Greek sculptors, and to those who would value the ability to recognize the beauties, spirit, and meaning of ancient art. The courses in Greek Archaeology and in Pausanias are planned to be of profit to those who would be glad to acquire, for a knowledge of the Greek: language and literature, or of Greek history, a background of acquaintance with the Greek people in their artistic and industrial activities, or of the land, the cities and the temples of Greece. The course in Pausanias presupposes ability to read Greek prose readily The Archaeological Seminary is intended primarily for those who ~ desire specializing work in Greek architecture and Greek,,-'epigraphy Courses 15, 18, 19 and 21 will prepare for the examinations for the fellowships of the American School of Classical Studies in Athens. Courses 25. 27 and 28 are culture courses, they will be of value not only to students of Greek, but will enable student of English to read English literature with more understanding and pleasure. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. Elementary Greek. Forman's First Greek Book. The essentails of the grammar Simple exercises in composition. The reading of Xenophon's Anabasis, books I-IV Selections from the New Testament. 1"'., W., 1'h., F., S., 8, Goldwin Smith 137 Dr. FORMAN This course is designed for, and may be elected by, all students who wish to acquire, by extraordinary effort in one year, the ability to read Attic prose. Except by special pennission open only to Freshmen. 12 hours' credit will be allowed on completion of this course which is continuous through the year 2. Plato, Homer. Ji'irst term. Selections from some of the simpler dialogues of Plato as introduction to Greek philosophical literature. Second term. Selections from the Odyssey T., Th., S., 10, Goldwin Smith I34. Dr FORMAN Open to Freshmen who have presented Greek at entrance. 3. Lysias, Herodotus. The study of selected speeches of Lysias illustrative of normal Attic prose and of the simple style in oratory Mter Christmas Herodotus' story of the Persian wars will be read M., W., 10. Goldwin Smith 137 Professor BRISTOL. This course may be elected by anyone who is taking or who has taken course 2. It affords an opportunity for Freshmen to take five hours of Greek. It may be elected for either term or for the entire year I GREEK. 4. Plato, Aeschylus. 105 The reading of Plato will be mainly in the Republic, and will continue up to Thanksgiving. The rest of the terln will be devoted to the Prometheus Bound. First term. M., W., F., 9. Goldwin Smith 134. Professor BRISTOL. Open to students who have taken course 2. S. Euripides, Sophocles. The Iphigenia in Tauris and Oedipus Tyrannus will be read. Each play will be illustrated by lantern views of the ancient monuments re1ating thereto. Introduction to the Attic drama. Second term. M., W., F., 9, Goldwin Smith 134. Professor STERRETT Open to students who have passed in course 2 6. Greek Composition. This course is based on a systematic and practical study of Greek grammar, and leads to course 35. S., I I, Goldwin Smith 137 Dr FORMAN Open to students who have passed in course 2 [7 Herodotus. Reading of book I with special reference to local history, topography, and antiquities. First term. M., W., F., 10, Goldwin Smith 134. Professor STERRETT] Open to students who have passed in 2, 4 and 5, and to those who have passed in 2 and are taking 4. 8. Demosthenes. The Philippics with selections from other speeches will be studied to illustrate the life and work of Demosthenes as lawyer, statesman, and artist in prose. First term. M., W., F., II, Goldwin Smith 137 Professor BRISTOL. Open to students who have passed in courses 2, 4, and 5, or in 2 and I, or in 2 and are taking 4. • 9. Reading Course in the Larger Greek Literature. Through specimen readings the student will obtain a first hand acquaintance with writers from Homer to the time of Constantine. W., F., 9, Goldwin Smith 137 Dr FORMAN Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. Elegiac and Lyric Poetry. First half-year the elegiac and iambic poets. Second half-year the melic poets in Hiller's Enthologia Lyrica. T., Th., I I, Goldwin Smith 134. Professor STERRETT.] Open to seniors and graduates. I I. The Tragedy. In the second term. Sophocles, Oedipus Coloneus and Antigone, Euripides, Hippolytus and Bacchae. T., Th., I I, Goldwin Smith 134. Professor STERRETT Open to seniors and graduates. [10. 106 COI.JLEGE 01t ARTS AND SCIENCES. [13. Aristophanes. The Acharnians, Knights, Clouds, Wasps, Birds, Frogs. Study of the developmel1t of Greek comedy and its scenic representation. W., F., 9. Dr FORMAN.] Open to seniors and graduates. The Republic of Plato. 9. See Philosophy Reading of the Greek text. T., Th .• S .. Aristotle's Ethics. Reading of the Greek text. M., 12 (or other hour to be arranged.) See Philosophy, course 37 See page ISO. 15. Pausanias. A reading course in the sources of the knowledge of Greel( topography, with special reference to Athenian topography Supplemented by illustrated lectures and by readings from Thucydides, Herodotus, and Xenophon. Each member of the class will be expected to own a text of Pausanias, Thucydides and Herodotus. T., Th., 9, Goldwin Smith 35 Mr ANDREWS. 16. New Testament Greek. First half-year i and ii Corinthians. Second half-year Justin Martyr Text-books, Wescott & Hort's "N ew Testament in Greek," and Gildersleeve's edition of Justin Martyr W., F., 8, Barnes Hall Library. Dr A. C. WHITE. 7 Modern Greek. The literary language as found in Athenian newspapers, and the spoken idiom as presented in Gardner's Practical Method of Modern Greek. W., F., 10, Goldwin Smith, 35. Mr. 1 ANDREWS. Lectures and readings. Mycenrean art andP"civilization, Greek terra cot~as, coins, bronzes, gems and vases. Greek architecture, with special reference to the buildings on the acropolis of Athens. The coins and vases in the l\{useum of Classical Archaeology will be used as material for study Lectures. 11lustrated by lantern slide~. W F., 9, Goldwin Smith 35. Mr, ANDREWS. 19. History of Greek Sculpture. ~ectures 18. Greek Archaeology. in the Museum of M. W., F., I I Mr ANDREWS. 20. Outline History of Greek Sculpture. Lectures in the Museum of Casts. T., Th., 10. Mr. ANDREWS. 2 I Archaeological Seminary. Greek epigraphy First half-year Greek epichoric alphabets and dialectical inscriptions. Second half-year, Attic inscriptions. The large collection of paper impressions of inscriptions will be used. M., 3-5, Goldwin Smith 35. Casts. Mr ANDREWS. Greek Literature. Lectures. A history of the development of the poetical literature in connection with the political and social [22. GREEK. history of the people. W., F., 10, Goldwin Smith 134. Professor STERRETT] This course is open to all students of the College of Arts and Sciences except Freshmen. [23. Greek Literature. A lecture course covering the history of the prose literature of the classical period, and of the post-classical literature in general. W., F., 10. Goldwin Smith 134. Professor STERRETT.] Open to all students of the College of Arts and Sciences except Freshmen. 24. Physical and Historical Geography of Greece. The second half year The course will be devoted to a discussion of the Physical geography, the fauna and flora, the popUlation in ancient times, the characterization of the ancient Greeks, the modern state, the modern customs, manners and usages. T., Th., 10, Goldwin Sm,ith 134. Professor STERRETT. Open to all students of the Colleges of Art and Sciences except Freshmen. 2 s. Greek Life. The land and the people. Home life and private antiquities. Public life and social institutions. A study of the priTate life of the Greeks with illustrations (by lantern views, photographs, etc.) from ancient monuments and remains. First ternl. T., Th., I I, Goldwin Smith 134. Professor BRISTOL and Dr FORMAN. Open to all students of the College of Arts and Sciences except Freshmen. English Translations of Greek and Latin Classics. See English Course 24. [27 Myths of the Epic Cycle. The entire cycle of myths relating to events before, during and after the Trojan war will be illustrated by lantern views of extant monuDlents, vase-paintings, bas-reliefs, sculpture in the round, gems and coins. First half-year W., F., 12, Goldwin Smith 134. Professor STERRETT.] Open to all students of tIle College of Arts and Sciences except Freshmen. [28. Myths of the Theban and Dionysiac Cycles. A lecture course illustrated by lantern views as in course 27 Second half-year W., F., 12, Goldwin Smith 134. Professor STERRETT] Open to all students of the College of Arts and Sciences except Freshmen. 35. Advanced Greek Composition. Open by special permission only to properly qualified students. S., 12, Goldwin Smith 137 Dr. FORMAN. 108 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. -. Courses Primarily for Graduates. 14. Advanced Reading Course. The aim of this course is to enable students to acquire a knowledge of the entire works of some one author, or of a particular field of literature. In the second term of 1908-09 Pindar will be read. M., 2-4, Goldwin Smith 134. Professor STERRETT Open to graduates and only by special permission to seniors. [36. The Iliad of Homer. A course primarily for teachers. The three divisions of the work are (a) The reading of selected parts of the poem. (b) The study of the language of the poem and its relation to the Attic dialect, the analysis of the verse and the history of its developn1ent, the principles of interpretation, the value of archaeology for understanding the subject matter; aims and nlethods in translating, the principal English translations. (c) The teachings of flomer; the end to be kept in view; difficulties in practice) the best books and other help~ for the teacher First term, and second term up to the Easter vacation only T., Th., 12, Goldwin Smith 137 Professor BRISTOL.] The course is open to graduates and to seniors. 36. Demosthenes. The oration On the Crown will be read, with portions of the opposing speech of Aescihnes and of other speeches of Demosthenes bearing on the points at issue in the case. First ternl. M., 2-4. Professor BRISTOL. Open to graduates and properly qualified seniors. 40. Greek Seminary- In the first term of I908-'09 the works of Lysias will be studied as an introduction to Attic oratory W.,2-4, Serninary Room. Professor BRISTOL. In the second term the study of the Dialects of Homer will be continued from 1907-'08. W., 2-4. Semi1'z,ary Room. Professor STERRETT [4 1 Introduction to the Study of Language. Language as speech. The elements of phonetics. The analysis of sounds in English, Greek and Latin. The life and grovvth of language. Changes in form and meaning. The languages of the Indo-European family Their classification and relations to one another, with special reference to Greek, Latin and English. The origin and early history of the alphabet. Outline history of linguistic science, and of the "comparative method" in language study First term. M., W , F t I It ll'hite 3 B. Professor BRISTOL.] LATIN [4 2 • Linguistic Study of the Germania of Tacitus. 10 9 The Germania will be studied as the earliest extended account of the peoples of Teutonic stock and.of~their life and habits. Introductory to this and supplementing it the following topics will be taken up Linguistic evidence in the r.. determination of questions of race and culture, linguistics and archaeology, the earliest civilization of the "IndoEuropean" people ;J( pre-history as evidenced by language. Second term. Two hours, Monday, 7 :30 P M. Professor BRISTOL. These courses are designed for students of either ancient or modern languages who wish to know something of the general principles~of the science of~language and of the history of that science. Further for students of history who may be interested in questions on the border line of history and linguistics. They are open to graduates and to properly qualified seniors. Either course may be elected alone if desired.] [43. Comparative Grammar. Principles and methods of the historical and comparative study of the Indo-European languages. Their phonology and morphology Study of word formation and of inflexion with special reference to Greek, Latin, German and English Relation of form to meaning. Principles of etymology First term. M., W., F., II, Goldwin Smith I37 Professor BRISTOL.] [44. Practice Exercises in the application of the principles determined in course 43, of which this is a continuation. Investigations and papers by members of the class, vvho will become familiar with the university's large collection of works in this field. Second term. M., I I - I , Greek and Latin Seminary Roo1n. Professor BRISTOL.] These courses are open to graduate students interested in linguistic questions, and by special pernlission to seniors. A knowledge of Sanskrit is not a necessary prerequisite. [45 Elementary Sanskrit. Following the necessary elementary lessons and exercises of Perry's Primer, Lanman's Sanskrit Reader will be used. The course is designed to meet the needs of students in classical and in Germanic philology T and Th., at hours to be fixed after consultation. Goldw£n Smith I37 Professor BRISTOL.] LATIN. Courses 4, a or b, must be taken to make up an entraftce deficiency in, Cicero or Virgil, but are open to all students prepared to take them. Courses primarily for Undergraduates. I. Livy, Book I; Cicero, De Senectute; Horace, Selections from the Odes and Epodes; Latin Writing. t 10 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. I. Section NETT, M., W., F., 9, Goldwin Smith 120. Professor BEN- Section 2. M., W., F., 10, Goldwin Smith 124. Assistant Professor ELMER. Section 3. M., W., F., II, Goldwin Smith 128. Assistant Professor DURHArvI. Section 4. M., W., F., 12, Goldwin Smith 128 Assistant Professor DURHAM. [2 Sight Translation: Gellius, Selections; Ovid, Metamorphoses. Especially recommended as col1ateral work for those who are taking course I, but open to all students.] 3. Sight Translation: Caesar's Civil War; Pbaedrus; Martial. Section 1. T., I I, Goldwin Smith 128 - Assistant Professor DURHAM. Section ELMER. 2 F., S., 12, Goldwin Smith 128 124. Assistant Professor DUR- Section 3. HAM. 10, Goldwin S1nith Assistant Professor Especially recommended as collateral work for those who are taking course I, but open to all students. Courses 2 and 3 are given in alternate years. 4a. Cicero, Selected Orations. T., Th., S., 12, first half year Goldwin Smith 124. Assistant Professor ELMER. 4b. Virgil's Aeneid, Books I-VI. T., Th., S., 12, second half year Goldwin Smith I24. Assistant Professor ELMER. 8. Terence, Phormio; Catullus; Horace, Satires and Epistles; Tacitus, Germania and Agricola; Latin Writing. T., Th., S., 9, Goldwin 51nith 128. Assistant Professor DURHAM. Open to students who have completed course I 9. Sight Translation for Sophomores. Terence, Adelphi; Seneca, Letters. M., 2, Goldwin Smith 128. Assistant Professor DURHAM. Open to students in the second year of their Latin work. I I Selections from Cicero's Letters; Cicero, De Oratore, Book I. W., F., II, Goldwin Smith 124. Assistant Professor ELMER. Open to stuctents who have completed course I. [12. Selections from Cicero's De Officiis; Cicero's Second Philippic. W., F., II, Goldwin Smith 124. Assistant Professor ELMER. Open to students who have completed course I.] Courses II and 12 are given in alternate years. LATIN III 16. Selections from the Republican Literature; Plautus, two plays. Lucretius. Lectures on the History of Roman Literature. T., Th., S., 9, Goldwi1~ Smith 120. Professor BENNETT Open to students who have completed courses 8, I I or 12. [17 The Literature and History of the Early Empire; Suetonius, Pliny the Younger, Tacitus. History of Roman Literature. Capes' Early Empire. T., Th., S., 9. Goldwin Smith 120. Professor BENNETT Open to students who have completed courses 8, 1 I, or 12 ] Courses 16 and 17 are given in alternate years. 21. Intermediate Course in Latin Writing. Open to students who have completed courses 8, II, or 12. M., II, Goldwin Smith 120. Assistant Professor ELMER. 26. Teachers' Training Course. Study of the evidences for the pronunciation of Latin, Hidden quantities, Pecularities of ortho . . graphy; Theoretical consideration of Latin syntax, Lectures on problems connected with the teaching of Latin in secondary schools. Special study of some Latin author read in the schools,with reference to all the points that should be emphasized in elementary instruction. M., W., F., 12, Goldwin Smith 120. Professor BENNETT Open, upon personal application to the professor, to students who have had courses 8, II, or 12, and have taken or are taking course 16 or 17 [27 Roman Antiquities. First term and until Easter recess Topography and Architectural Remains of the City of Rome. A systematic consideration of the constitution of the Ronlan family, status of women, marriage, children, education, slavery, the Roman house and its furniture, food, dress, baths, games and amusements, books, trade, travel, religion, death, burial, etc. Lectures, illustrated by lantern views, photographs, and material in the Museum of Casts. Easter recess until end of second term The Political and Legal Antiquities of the Romans. W., F., 12, Goldwin Sntith 120. Professor BENNETT Open to students of the sophomore, junior, and senior years. See also under History and Political Science, course 3.] Course 26 alternates with course 27 34. Cicero, in Verrem (Fourth Oration of the Actio Secunda). Th., I I, Goldwin Smith 124. Assistant Professor ELMER. [35· Virgil, Aeneid VII-XII. This course requires no prepared translation for the class-room work. The professor in charge will himself translate the work with full comments on subject Inatter, 112 C(JLLEGE OF ARTS ..4ND SCIENCES. style, difficulties, etc. The members of the class will endeavor merely to read the original Latin as Virgil himself would have read it. TIle especial aim of this course will be to develop in students the ability to understand and to appreciate the Latin without translating. Open to seniors and juniors. (The hour can be changed to suit the convenience of students who have conflicts.) Th., I I, Goldwin Smith 124. Assistant Professor ELMER.] Courses 34 and 35 are given in alternate years. Courses for Graduates and Undergraduates. [38. Latin Epigraphy. Introductory lectures and interpretation of selected Latin inscriptions. Open to seniors and graduates; also to juniors of exceptional ability T., Th., 12. Goldwin Smith 128 Assistant Professor DURHAM.] 39. Advanced Course in Latin Writing. For students who have completed Course 2 I or an equivalent elsewhere. S., II, Goldwin 511zith 124. Assistant Professor ELMER. 40. German Philological Reading. Reading of Schanz, Geschichte der rOtuischen Litteratur For seniors and graduates. S., 12, Goldwiu Smith 128 Assistant Professor DURHAM. The object of the course is to familiarize students of Latin, Greek and Comparative Philology with the style, vocabulary, and character of modern German philological investigation. Students desiring to take this course, are requested to confer with the instructor before Commencernent, in order that the necessary bool{s may be ordered in due season. Courses for Graduates. 41 Latin Seminary. The work of the seminary for 19 08 - 1 9 0 9 will consist of the textual and exegetical study of Horace, combined with the reading of all of Horace's works. The object of the senlinary is to familiarize its members with the methods and habits of independent investigation. The work, therefore, as far as possible, is thrown into the hands of the students themselves. The seminary is open to graduates. Students who intend to take this course should confer with the instructor before Commencement, in order that the necessary books may be ordered from abroad in due season. The textual and exegetical work will come. T., 2-3 :3°, the reading, Saturday at 10, Greek and Lat1:n Seminary Room. Professor BENNETT. [42 History, Scope, and Aim of Latin Study. This course will present the history of Latin study since the Renaissance, will out- THE GERMANIC LANGUAGES. 113 line the various fields of investigation, stating the present state of knowledge in each, along with the chief problems still awaiting solution, and will give a very full bibliography Open to graduates. W., II, Goldwin Smith 120. Professor BENNETT.] 43. Historical Latin Syntax. Lectures on the original force and historical development of the cases, and upon the subjunctive mood, with reference especially to its primitive meaning and its development in subordinate clauses. Open to graduates.. T., Th., 10, Goldwin Smith 120. Professor BENNETT.] Courses 42 and 43 are not given in 19°8- 1 9°9. 44. Historical Grammar of the Latin Language. Open to graduaates. T., Th., 10, Goldwin Smith 120. Professor BENNETT. Latin Paleography. T., 3. See History, course 43· THE GERMANIC LANGUAGES. The aim of the first two courses in German, besides preparing the student for progressive and independent work is to afford those who have not a full classical training, some grammatical and linguistic discipline, an insight into the relations between German and English, and a certain degree of literary culture. In course I German Grammar and Hewett's Reader are used, accompanied by exercises in writing German, and in translation at sight. Easy narrative and descriptive prose is read, the object being to impart facility in translation in connection with accurate grammatical knowledge, and at least one classical drama. Special attention is paid to advanced syntax and etymology, the force of prefixes and suffixes, the composition of words, synonyms and sight translation. The later work, in the form of lectures and recitations, includes the advanced study of the German literature and language. Courses are given, varying from year to year, embracing the works of the leading authors and the literature of different periods. Classes are also formed in composition and conversation, and recent dramatic literature and the writings of living novelists are read. Systematic instruction is further provided in Gothic, Old Norse, Modern Danish, Netherlandish, in Old and Middle High German, also in the history of the German language and in the comparative grammar of the Germanic languages. In the German Seminary attention will be paid in successive years both to German literature and philology The Seminary in German literature is open to st,-!dents who have had the elementary courses in 114 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. German and at least one full course in Gennan literature. For the Seminary in philology, preliminary courses in Gothic and Middle High German, also in the general principles and facts of language are desirable. Investigation, the careful examination of authorities, and special reports constitute distinctive features of this work. All graduate students will participate in both these Seminaries. Later, independent research in chosen fields according to the special gifts and tastes of individual students will follow Broad as well as accurate culture will be sought in the case of all graduate students. Courses for those intending to be teachers are also given on classroonl methods and theories of instruction in the modern languages. The department is equipped with a rare collection of lantern slides for illustrative purposes. The seminary room in the general library building has a valuable library for consultation, containing the leading collections of German literature, philological journals and books of!reference. The acquisition of the Zarncke library, which contains one of the largest single collections of books for the study of German literature and philology in America, has materially enlarged the resources of the seminary and leaves little to be desired. A series of lectures in German by eminent scholars upon German life, literature and art will be given during the year. Course I is for beginners in German, and for those who have not already passed the entrance exam'ination in Ele11tentary German. Course 2 is open to those who have had Course I, or have passed the entrance examination in Elementary German. Course 2 cannot be taken by those who have passed the entrance examination in advanced Gertnan. Course 3 is intended to accompany courses 2, or 5 and 6Courses 3- 14. are open, under the restrictions hereafter noted, to those only who have had at least the equivalent of Courses I and 2 Cottrses 5 and 7 are fO'r stu.den.ts who have completed successfully courses I, 2 and 3. These courses are not open to students in more adva1tced courses, or to registration by students who have had equivalent credit. Course I, attd, under certain restrictions, Courses 2, 1,4,5,6,7, and 8, are open to Freshm~n, whose previous study qualifies them for th.is work. Courses primarily for Undergraduates. Grammar, Hewett's German Reader The principles of German pronunciation, inflexions, rules of syntax, I. First Year's German. THE GERMANIC LANGUAGES. 115 re-writing of easy exercises in German, and memorizing familiar poems. Section I-M., W., F., 10. Goldwin Smith, 177 Assistant Professor POPE. Section 2-M., W., F., I I Goldwin Smith, 183. Mr IBERsHOFF. Second Year's German. Sectio'l'1, I-M., W., F., 9, Goldwin Smith 177 Section 2-T., Th., S., 9, Goldwin Smith 177 Section 3-T., Th., S., 10, Goldwin S1nith 177 2. Mr IBERsHoFP~ Mr IBERsHoFF~ Mr IBERsHoFP, This course includes the reading of narrative and descriptive prose which will impart facility in translation, also the careful reading of selections from the easier and more attractive classical literature. Advanced grammar, syntax, the use of the moods in main and dependent sentences, the derivation and composition of words, the force of prefixes and suffixes, and synonyms will be studied. 'fhe reading for the present year will be - Schiller's Wilhelm Tell, Lessing's Minna von Bamhelm, and Goethe's Hermann nnd Dorothea. German I and 2. This course is offered to students exceptionally well prepared in other subjects to enable them to complete the entire entrance German in one year, thus qualifying them to enter earlier upon the study of advanced German literature or to pursue special reading in German, in history or in science. Daily except S., 9, Goldwin Smith 183. Assistant Professor POPE. Upon completing successfully this course, students will be credited with two full courses of three hours each. Students who have previously finished German I can enter this course in February, at the beginning of the second half-year. The course of study will be the same as that announced for German J and 2. 3. Elementary German Composition and Conversation. Section 1M., W., F., 12, Goldwin Smith 190. Dr DAVIDSEN. Section 2 T., Th., S., 12, Goldwin Smith 190. Assistant Professor POPE. Open to students who have had Course I Designed to accompany course 2, and to prepare the student for advanced reading. 4. Advanced German Composition and Conversation. Section 1 First half-year, T., Th., S., T., Th., S., 10, Gold'l.uin Smith 183. Goldwin Smith 183. Dr DAVIDSEN. 10, Sectio'n, 2. Second half-year Dr DAVIDSEN. This course will be conducted in German. Open only to students who have had Courses 1-3, and one full reading course in German, 116 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. and to others by special pennission of the instructor Candidates for Teachers' Certificates must have had the equivalent of Courses 3 and 4. The Sections will be limited in each half-year to twenty members. Registration for only one section permitted. 5 Third Year's German, mainly prose. Schiller's Maria Stuart. Freytag's Rittmeister von Alt-Rosen. Scheffel's Trompter von Sakkipgen. Special attention will be paid to an exact, idiomatic and fluent translation as a preparation for advanced courses in German and for later readings in history and science. This course will be accompanied by a review of select points and chapters in German grammar Open to those who have had courses I and 2, but not to those who have received additional credit. This course is intended as preliminary to all advanced courses in German. First half-year. For continuation see Course 6. Section I-M., W., F., 10. Goldwin Smith 183. Assistant Professor FAUST Section, 2-T., Th., S., 10. Goldwin Smith 190. Assistant Professor FAUST Section J-T., Th., S., I I Goldwin Smith 177 Mr IBERsHoFF Section 4-T., Th., S., 9. Goldwin Smith Professor HEWETT 6. Third Year's German. Schiller's Dreissigjahriger Krieg. Goethe's Egmont, and Dichtung und Wahrheit, (Sesenheim Episode) Second half-year Section, I-M., W., F., 10. Goldwin- Smith 183. Assistant Professor FAUST Sectio1t 2-T., 1'h., S., 10. Goldwin Smith 190. Assistant Professor FAUST Section 3-T., Th., S., I I Goldwin Smith 177 Mr IBERsHoFFSection 4-1'., Th., S., 9. Goldwin Sm.ith Professor HEWETT Advanced Courses. 7 G~rman Literature in the Nineteenth Century. Rapid Reading. Numerous works giving a wide acquaintance with modem writers will be read. The aim of this course will be primarily to impart facility in translation, and at the same time to familiaHze the student with representative writers of the nineteenth century Open to students who have bad courses 1-3, sand 6 or their equivalents. T., Th., I I.. First half-year. Goldwin Smith 183. Dr DAVIDSEN See Course 8 and also courses IS and 16. 8. Gennan Literature in the Nineteenth Century. Rapid Reading. Continuation of Course 7 See also Course 16. Second half-year T., Th., II. Goldwin Smith 183. Dr. DAVIDSEN THE GERMANIC LANGUAGES. 9. Introduction to German Literature in the Eighteenth Century. Nathan der Weise, will be read, with a study of Lessing's life and a brief survey of his contemporaries, Wieland, Klopstock and Herder First half.-year, M. W., F., 10. Goldwin Smith 190. Professor HEWETT. Goethe's Faust with an examination of corresponding European dramas. This course will be accompanied by lantern views illustrating the Faust"legend and the artistic treatment of the poem. Second half-year M., W., F., 10. Goldwin Smith 190. Professor 10. HEWETT [I I Schiller's Dramas with a Rapid Survey of his Life and Works. Accompanied by lantern views. Open to students who have had courses 1-3. 5 arid 6, and to others by special pennission. First half-year M., W., F., 10. Goldwin Smith 190& Omitted in 19 08-9.] [12 Schiller's Poems, Historical Prose and Letters. Readings and lectures, with illustrative lantern views. Continuation of Course I I Second half-year M., W., F., 10. Goldwin Smith 190. Omitted in 1908-9.] [13. Outline Course in the History of German Literature from the beginning through the Period of the Reformation. For students in General Courses, lectures, recitations and readings. This course is recommended to all advanced students of German literature as affording a concise survey of the various periods of German literature and the relations and sequence of different authors. Open to students who have had courses 1-3 and 5 and 6 or their equivalent. First half-year T., Th., S., 9. Goldwin Sn'tith 190. Omitted in 1908-9.] [14. Outline Course in the History of German Literature from the close of the Reformation Period to the Present Day_ Continuation of Course 13. Second half year T., Th., S., 9. Goldwin Smith 190. Omitted in 1908-9.] 15 Lectures in German on German Literature in the Nineteenth Century, 1800-1850. First half-year, lectures, M. W., collateral reading_ F., 1 I Open to students who have had courses 1-6 for their equivalents. Goldwin Smith 190. Dr DAVIDSEN 16. Lectures in German on Gennan Literature in the Nineteenth Century, 185°-1900. Second half-year, lectures, M., W., collateral reading. F., I I Open to students who have had courses 1-6 or their equivalents. F., I I Goldwin Smith 190 Dr DAVIDSEN. 118 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. [17. German Seminary for Advanced Students and Teachers. Origin and development of the German language, its sources, elements and distinctive features. Open to students who have had courses 1-6, 9 and 10 or their equivalents. Recommended especially to those who elect the Teachers' Course in the second half-year. First half-year. T., Th., 9. German Seminary. Professor HEWETT, Omitted in 1908-9.] 18. Teacher's Course. A general review of German grammar, historical and comparative syntax, synonyms, etymology, characteristics of German style, development of poetical forms, meter Theories of instruction in the modern languages. F., 2-4. Second half-year. German Seminary. Professor HEWETT. Open to students who have had courses 1-4, and two full reading courses in German literature. 19. Elementary Middle High German. The popular epics, Nibelungenlied and Kudrun, German prose in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. First half-year M., W., F., 12. Goldwin Smith 183. Assistant Professor FAUST. 20. Advanced Middle High German. Lectures and readings from the Court Epics, Hartmann von Aue, Gottfried von Strassburg and his relations to French sources and to the later Arthurian legends, as contained in the writings of Tennyson, Morris and Matthew Arnold. Second half-year For graduates and advanced students. M., W .. F., 12 Goldwin Smith 183. Assistant Professor FAUST. 2 I Old High German and Old Saxon. For graduates and advanced students. First half-year, T., Th., S., 10. Goldwin Smith 178. Assistant Professor POPE. 22 Elementary Phonetics and their application to German, French and English Pronunciation. Open to all students. First half-year. S., II. GoldwinSn'tithI90. Dr.DAVIDSEN 23. Elementary Old Icelandic. Recitations and lectures. For graduates and all advanced students of the Germanic languages. This course will be accompanied by lantern views illustrating Northern scenery, life and art. First half-year, T., Th., S., 12 German Semi11llry. Mr HERMANNSSON. 24. Modem Danish. Open to all advanced students of language. Second half-year T., Th., S., 12 German Seminary and Library Lecture Room. Mr HERMANNSSON 25. Public lectures on the History, Constitution and Government of the German Empire, German Life, Institutions, and Art. Con- THE GEF~111A.NIG~ LA1VGUAGES. 119 tinuation of course of 1907-08. Second half-year, S., I I. Goldwin Smith I90. Open to all students. Dr DAVIDS EN 26. Gothic with Lectures on General Germanic Philology. See English, Course I7a, (course of 1908-9)- This course is recommended to all properly equipped students of any branch of the Germanic languages. M., W., F., 9. Goldwin Smith. Assistant Professor STRUNK. 27 Introduction to the Study of Language. General course. First term. M., W., F., I I. See Linguistics. Course 4 I Omitted in 1908-9. Goldwin Smith. Professor BRISTOL .. 28. Goethe's Poems and Letters, a Study of his Life and Literary Art. First half-year T., Th., S., 9. Goldwin Smith 190. Assistant Professor FAUST Open to students who have bad courses 1-6 or their equivalents. 29. Goethe's Representative Dramas, Tasso and Iphigenie, and Selections from His Prose Writings. Second half-year T., Th., S., 9. Goldwin Smith 190 . Open to students who have had course: 1-6 or their equivalents. 3 0 • German Lyrical Poetry from the Reformation to the Present Time. Buchheinl's Deutsche Lyrik will be used. The folk poems and German life in song will be studied. M., W., 9. Goldwin.Sntith I90. First haH-year Open to all students who have had courses 1-6 or their equivalents. Professor HEWETT. 31. The Drama of the Nineteenth Century, with a rapid survey of the German stage of the last century, and a study of the present tendencies of the German drama. Continuation of course 30, M., W., 9. Goldwin Sntith I9 0 . Open to all students who have had courses 1-6. Professor HEWETT, 32. German Seminary. A critical examination of the life and works of representative writers of the Eighteenth Century The first half-year will be devoted to Goethe, the sources of his life, his autobiography, letters and diaries, and especially his writings of the Storm and Stress period. Intended for those who will teach Gennan literature, and advanced students. First half-year, F., 2-4. German Semi1tary. Professor HEWETT 33. Richard Wagner, his Life and Works. Lectures upon Wagner's influence on modern culture, his theory of the music dranla, the sources of his operas, and his place in German literature and philosophy The texts of the principal operas will be read in class, and certain hours will be arranged for illustration by means of musical 120 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. selections. Second half-year T., Th., S., 10. Goldwin Smith 178 Open to students WIlO have had courses 1-6, and to others by special permission. 34. The History of the German Element in the United States. The characteristics of the German immigrations of the seventeenth, eighteenth and nineteenth centuries will be discussed, their arrival, location and activities. The relative importance of the Germans as a fornla ti ve element in the building up of the nation will be considered wi th special reference to their political, social and educational influence. Lectures. No special training in German is necessary for attendance upon this course. First half-year Th., 12 Goldwin Smith I S 3. Assistant Professor FAUST. Graduate Study. In addition to the advanced courses announced, special courses will be arranged for graduate students under the advice of the Professor of German with the cooperation of members of the Gennan Dl'pa rt tnen t. Gennan Lectures upon German institutions, art and life, the history of Gerlnan universities, and the works of special authors will be gi ven before the Gernlan department by members of the Faculty and others. These will be given at times to be announced during the year It is advised that students who expect to teach German should ha ve at least one course in historical German, either ~{iddle High Gernlan, or the German of the sixteenth century One or more advanced courses in Greek or Latin, and in Old English are recomn1cnded. German Prize. For the German Prize see the University pamphlet on Prizes Regulations and conditions governing Prize Competitions. Copies may be obtained of the Registrar The prize for 1908-9 will be awarded for the best essay upon Goethe's Faust. The hour assigned to the courses starred may be changed to meet the convenience of the instructor and students. Application for such change should be made at the opening of the term and before registration. Deutscher Verein. The Deutscher Verein, a club composed of the members of the German Department, and students interested in the study of German THE ROMANCE LANGUAGES. 121 literature will meet twice a nlonth for social intercourse, practice in speaking German, lectures and discussions. Music and dramatic entertainments constitute regular features of these gatherings. In 1907-8 lectures were given on the following subjects: German Student Life, The German Army, Bismarck, The German Fairy TaleGerman Student Songs, Recollections of Student Life in Berlin, German Influence on American Life. THE ROMANCE LANGUAGES. In first year's French the aim of the instruction is to give the student a knowledge of the principles of French grammar, a reading knowledge of easy French, and ability to handle Frenchconversationally In the second year works of several representative modern authors are read with particular attention to increasing the student's vocabulary, the study of French grammar is continued, and more advanced work done in composition and conversation. In third year's French a general survey of French literature is given, accompanied by conversational work, and the literature of the Romantic School in particular is studied. The instruction in the department is so planned that a student who pursues French for three or four years has an opportunity to study every period in French literature from the mediaeval to the modern. Special instruction is also provided for graduates and other advanced students in Romance philology, Old-French, Proven~al, etc. There are three courses offered in Spanish, an elementary course of grammar, reading, and conversation the first year, followed the second year by a course in modern Spanish literature, accompanied by work in composition and conversation, and the third year by a course in the Spanish classics of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. There are two courses in Italian. In the first year the grammar is rapidly studied the first term, and reading begun in the second. In the second year more advanced works are read-selections from Dante, Petrarch, and Boccaccio. These are accolnpanied by lectures on the history of the literature. The course in Portuguese is of one year, and is intended prinlarily for graduate students. The grammar of the language is rapidly studied the first term, and most of the year is devoted to the study of Portuguese literature. The 1ibrary of French language and literature is very complete, and covers thoroughly all fields. The Spanish library, though in t22 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. large measure recently acquired, is quite representative. Objects of special pride to the Department of Romance Languages are the unrivalled Dante and Petrarch collections, the gift of the late Willard Fiske, who presented likewise to the University a unique collection of Rhaeto-Romance works. Small collections of Portuguese and Provencal books complete the list of the library of Romance Language works, which, taken as a whole, can hardly be equalled in any other American University Course I is for beginners in French, and for those who have not already passed the entra'nce examination in Elementary French. Course 2 is open to those who have had the equivalent of course I, 0'1 have passed the entrance examination in Elementary French. Course 2 cannot be taken by those who have passed the entrance examination in Advanced French (equivalent to the Intermediate French of the College E,ttrance Examinatio·n Board.) Course 3 is intended as an introductory course to all of the more advanced courses in French, an.d is recommended also to all students who, though not intending to spec·ialize in French, desire to improve their practical knowledge of the la'nguage and to gain a general idea oj F re·nch literature. Courses 5, 8, 10, 13, 14, 17, 18, are open, under the restrictions hereafter noted, to those who have had at least the equ.ivalent of courses I, 2,3. Course I, and under certain restrictions, courses 2, 3, 10, 16, 30, 40. 42! are open to Freshmen. Cou:rses I, 30, 40, beginning courses in French, Italian and Spanish, are continuous through the year, and credit will,tlot be given for the first term only- French. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. I. French Grammar and Reading. Thieme and Effinger's French Grammar Daudet's Selected Stories. Section I-M., W., F., 9. Goldwin Smith 28I Mr MURRAY Sectio11 2-M., W.,F.,IO. Goldwin Smith 277 Assistant Professor GUERLAC. Sectio·n 3-M., W., F., 10, Goldwin Smith 281 Mr VENTURA. Section 4-T., Th., S., 9. Goldwin Smith 283. Mr GORDON Section .;-T., Th., S., 10. Goldwin Sflf.ith 290. Mr VENTURA. 2. Second Year's French. Erckmann-Chatrian's Mad a me Therese, Victor Hugo's Ruy BIas, Chateaubriand's Atala. Composition and conversation. THE ROMANCE LANGUAGES. 12 3 Section I-M., W., P., 10. Goldwin Smith 290. Mr GORDON. Section 2-M., W., F., 12. Goldwin Smith 290. Mr VENTURA. Section j-T., Th., S., 10. Goldwin Smith 277 Assistant Professor GUERLAC. 3. Third Year's French. The Romantic School in French Literature. Crane's Le Romantisme Fran<;ais. Also general outline of French Literature with collateral reading. Composition and conversational work. Section I-M., W., F., 9, Goldwin Smith 283. Mr GORDON. Section 2-M., W., F., I I, Goldwin Smith 283. Assistant Professor OLMSTED. Section 3-T., Th., S., 9, Goldwin Smith 277 Mr. MURRAY. Open to those who have had courses I, 2, or advanced entrance French. This course is intended as preliminary to all advanced courses in French. 6. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century. Prose and verse of the classic writers of the century, including reading of plays by Corneille, Racine, and Moliere. M., W., F., 9, Goldwin Smith 290. Professor CRANE. Open to those who have had advanced entrance French and one other course of French in the University 8. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century. Prose and verse of the classic writers of the century, including reading of plays by Voltaire, Marivaux, and Lesage. T., Th., I I, Goldwin Smith 283. Assistant Professor OLMSTED. Open to those who have had advanced entrance French and one other course of French in the University 10. Elementary French Conversation and Composition. The course is carried on entirely in French. It is intended for students who have had at least two years of French and who wish to train '" their ear and tongue to the practice of the language. TIle work consists of drill in composition and conversation, frequent themes, short talks by the students on French literature, and a rapid course in French history and institutions. M., W., F., I I, Goldwin Smith 277 Assistant Professor GUERLAC. Open to those who have had advanced Entrance French and who, in the judgment of the instructor, are capable of PUTStling the course with profit. 12. Advanced French Conservation and Composition. T., Th., I I, Goldwin Smith 277 Assistant Professor GUERLAC. 124 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES.] Open to those, who in the judgment of the instructor, are capable of pursuing the course with profit. 13. French Fiction and Drama of the Nineteenth Century. Rapid reading, lectures and reports in French. M., F., 12, Goldwin S1ttith 277 Assistant Professor GUERLAC. 14. Rapid Sight Reading. Conducted in French. The object of the course is to impart facility in the reading and understanding of French as French without translating. T., Th., 10, Goldwin Smith 283. Mr MURRAY Open to those who have had three years of French, and who can read and understand French readily One hour credit. 16. French Pronunciation. Pronunciation of modem French according to the phonetic method. Lectures and practical exercises S., 1 I, Goldwin Smith 281 Mr MURRAY. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 1 7 Lectures in French. Le Roman fran~ais contemporain. S., I I, Goldwin Smith 277 Assistant Professor GURELAC. Open to students of all degrees of preparation, but especially recommended to those intending to teach. 18. *Origin and Development of the French Language and Literature down to the Sixteenth Century. Lectures, S., 10, Goldwin Smith 281 Mr MURRAY Open to those who have had three years of French, and entrance Latin. 20. *French Language and Literature of the Sixteenth Century. T., Th., 12, Goldwin Smith 281 Mr GORDON Open to those who have had, in addition to advanced entrance French, two other courses of French in the University, and who have some knowledge of Latin. This course is intended primarily for seniors and graduate students. 22 French Phonetics, Old-French Texts, etc. Two hours per' week to be arranged by consultation. French Seminary Room, Library. Mr MURRAY Open to those who have had, in addition to advanced entrance French, two other courses of French in the University and entrance Latin. The course is intended primarily for seniors and graduate students. *The hours for the courses marked with an asterisk may be changed to meet the convenience of those desiring to take them. Where courses are continuous, extending through the year, students should register for the same for both terms. ---- THE ROMANCE LANGUAGES. • The work of the course is based upon Crane's La Societe Fran<;aise au XVII siecle, and Boileau's Les Heros de Roman. T., Tho, 9, Goldwin Smith 290. Professor CRANE. Open to those who have had courses 6 or 8 or their equivalent. 25. Teacher's Course. This course is intended primarily for those pr~paring to teach, and will be conducted by the various members of the department. Methods of instruction in phonetics, grammar, and literature will be considered in relation to the needs of the teacher. First term. W., 2 :3 0 -4 :30. Open only to juniors, seniors, and graduate students who h~ve had the equivalent of courses I, 2, 3, and three other courses in the department. Courses for Graduates. 260 Old French Texts for Advanced Students. In 1908-09 the Romances of the Breton Cycle will be read and studied. T"\\-90 hours per week to be arranged by consultation. French Seminary Room, Library- Mr MURRAY Open only to graduate students who have had course 22 or its eq ui valen t . 28. *Romance Seminary. Petrarch and early Italian lyrical poetry T., Th., S., 9-1 I, French Senli11,ary Room, Library- Professor CRANE. Open only to graduate students . • 24. French Society in the Seventeenth Century. 30 . Italian. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. *Italian Grammar and Reading. T, Tho, So, 8, Goldwin Smith 281 Mr MURRAY This course cannot be taken in the same year with course 40. It is open to those who have had advanced entrance French and entrance Latin. 3 2 • *Italian Reading. Selections from Dante, Petrarch and Boccaccio. T., Tho, 10, French Seminary Room, Library. Professor CRANE. Open to those who have had course 30. *The hours for the courses marked with an asterisk may be changed to meet the convenience of those desiring to take them. 'Yhere courses are continuous, extending through the year, students shou Id register for the same for both terms. 126 COL~EGE OF ARTS AND SC!EIVCES. Spanish. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. 40. Spanish Grammar and Reading. Giese's First Spanish Book and Reader Becquer's Legends, Tales and Poems. Conversation. Section I-M., W., F., I I, Goldwin Smith 290. Mr GORDON. Section 2-M., W., F., 12, Goldwin Smith 283. Assistant Professor OLMSTED. Section 3-T., Th., S., 8, Goldwin Smith 290. Mr. VENTURA. Section 4-T., Th., S., 12, Goldwin, Smith 290. Mr VENTURA. This'Course cannot be taken in the same year with courses 3 0 or 46. It is open to those who have had advanced entrance French, German, or Latin. 42 Modern Spanish Literature. Works by modem Spanish authors such as Valdes, Gald6s, Alarc6n, Echegaray, Valera, etc. Composition and conversation. M., W., F., 10, Goldwin Smith 283Assistant Professor OLMSTED. Open to those who have had course 40. Course for Graduates and Undergraduates. 44. Spanish Classics of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. T., Th., 12, Goldw·in Smith 278. Assistant Profes30r OLMSTED. Open to those who have had courses 40 and 42 ,or their equivalent. Portuguese. Course Primarily for Graduates. 46. Portuguese Grammar and Reading. Grauert's New Method of Learning the Portuguese Language will be studied the first term and reading begun as soon as possible in Mendes dos Remedios' Historia da Litteratura Portuguesa. The latter work will be continued through the second tenn and supplementary reading done in Camoens; Os Lusiadas, etc. T., Th., 10, Goldwin Smith 278. Assistant Professor OLMSTED. This course cannot be taken the same year with course 40. Romance Language Clubs. Under the supervision of the department, there exist two flourishing social and literary clubs, the Alliance Francaise, for the propagation and cultivation of the French language, and La Tertulia, for the Spanish. Fortnightly meetings are held, and programs of a literary and musical character are rendered. The Alliance Fran- ENGLISH presents from time to time short comedies. La Tertulia likewise presents occasional small plays, and, in addition, one annual play of more importance. In addition to the two societies mentioned above there is also a French dramatic club, known as Les Cabotins) whose chief object is to present all annual play in French. These plays, which are chosen from the most representative French dramatic literature, are given in the city theatre. All of the above mentioned dramatic productions are under the direct supervision of the department, and it is believed that valuable linguistic training is acquired by the students during the preparation of these plays. ~aise French Prize. The French Prize, founded in 1902, by Professor Hirman Corson, in memory of his wife, Mrs. Caroline Rollin Corson, consists of a gold medal of the value of fifty dollars, to be awarded annually for the best competitive essay on a subject in French Literature or Philology Competition for this prize is open to graduate or undergraduate students. ENGLISH. The aims of the Department are threefold: I. Training in composition. II. Study of the growth of the language. III. Study of the literature. In all the courses there is much reading of texts. In Courses 1-9, the aim of the reading is chiefly rhetorical, in Courses 11--17, granlmatical, in Courses 2 I and above, interpretative. In all the literature courses, essays, reports, and other exercises in writing are required. Courses not marked a, b are continuous throughout the college year; courses marked a, b may be taken for either term. Course 4Ib, however, may not be taken without 41a. Supplemental announcements will be made in Septe111ber Baccalaureate Theses. Seniors who have given evidence of their ability to do advanced work in literature or in language may be permitted to write baccalaureate theses. Permission should be obtained from the head of the Department before the end of the junior year, and the thesis subject must be approved before October fifteenth of the senior year. Credit will be given, under the general Faculty regulation, for the completion of a satisfactory thesis. I. Rhetoric. I. Composition. Open to all students who have fulfilled the entrance requirement in English. Studies and regular practice in 128 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. the technique of composition. Illustrative specimens, selected from masters of prose style, will be read by the class, and will serve, so far as is practicable, as models for themes and essays. Three hours. Sections will meet at the following hours M., W., F., 9, 10, II, T., Th., S., 9, 10, I I Assistant Professors PRESCOTT, STRUNK, and COOPER, Dr. MONROE, Dr ANDREWS, Dr Cox, Dr. ADAMS, Mr. BROOKE. The course is in charge of Assistant Professor PRESCOTT. Students electing English I must apply at Goldwin Smith 167 on Tuesday, Wednesday,or Thursday of registration week for assignInent to sections. No student will be enrolled until such application is "rode. 6a. Argumentative Composition. First term. Open to students who have had course I A study of the principles of argumentative writing, with practice in composition. Counts as three hours. M, W., 12, and a third hour for conferences, Goldwin Smith I64. Assistant Professor PRESCOTT and Dr MONROE. 7b. The Short Story. Second term. Open-except by special permission-only to those whose record in English I shows that they are likely to pursue the course with profit. Study of selected specimens; reports on assigned reading; frequent exercises in story writing_ T., Th., S., 9. Room to be announced. Dr ANDREWS. 5. Advanced Composition. Open only to those who have distinguished themselves in course I, or who have in other courses shown some literary ability Designed especially for students who look forward to writing as a profession. Essays, short stories, and other exercises. M., W., 10, Goldwin Smith 160. Acting Professor SAMPSON. 8a. Formal Principles of Rhetoric. First term. Open only to upperclassmen. A study of the principles underlying rhetoric, as set forth by Aristotle, Quintilian, and some of the modern authorities. Papers and discussions. Three hours. Room and hour to be announced. Dr Cox. 8h. General Theories of Style. Second term. Open only to upperclassmen. The theories of prose style, with special application to such writers of English prose as Swift, De Quincey, Carlyle. Papers and discussions. Three hours. Room and hour to be announced. Dr Cox. 9h . Teachers' Course. Second term. Open to seniors and graduates who intend to teach English. Lectures and conferences on the teaching of English in the secondary schools. T., 3-5. Eng- ENGLISH lish Semi1~ary. 12 9 Acting Pl-ofessor SAMPSON and Assistant Professor NORTHUP II. Literature. Except by special permission Freshmen will be adlnitted only to course 21, Sophomores only to 2 I, 22, and 26a. Other courses are, unless otherwise specified, open to upperclassnlen who have twelve hours credit in English. A. 2 I ENGLISH LITERATURE. Modern Literature. An introductory course, open to all students. The study of representative works in prose and poetry First term Dramas and essaYS-I Henry IV, I{omeo and Juliet, Hamlet, and The rrelnpest, selected nineteenth century essays. Second terln: Lyric poetry and prose fiction-Manly's English Poetry; The Fortunes of Nigel, Henry Esmond, A Tale of 1'wo Cities, Cranford, The House of the Seven Gables, The Mill on the Floss, The Return of the Native, Kidnapped. Counts as three hours for underclassmen, two hours for upperclassmen. Five sections, M., W., F., 10, II, 1'., Th., S., 10, II, 12. Roon1s to be announced. Assistant Professors STRUNK and NORTHUP, Dr MONROE, Dr ANDRE'VS, Dr Cox, Dr ADAMS, Mr BROOKE. The course IS In charge of Assistant Professor STRUNK. 22. Nineteenth Century Literature. Open to those who have passed in Course 2 I Words"\vorth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, Landor, Ruskin, Newman, Arnold, Pater After 1908-9 this course will be required for admission to the advanced courses in literature. T., Th., S., 9, 10, 12, rooms to be announced. Acting Professor SAMPSON, Assistant Professors STRUNK and COOPER. The course is in charge of Acting Professor SAMPSON 2Sh. Old English Readings. Second Term. Open to students who have completed the Old Englisll of Course II. Reading of further Old English works, including portions of Beowulf. M., W., Ii'., 9, room to be announced. Assistant Professor STRUNK. 26a. The Greater En~lish Poets, I790-I830. First term. Not open to Freshmen. An introductory course in the appreciation of poetry, requiring no previous preparation or interest in literature. Conducted mainly by Jectures, in which various aspects of the works and personality of the fan10tls poets of that age will be considered. M., W., F., 12. Goldwin 51'nith 156. ~-Acting Professor WOODBERRY 27 a . Studies in Shakespeare. First term. Open to Juniors and Seniors. A })urely literary course in the appreciation of Shakes- 13 0 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. peare as an imaginative and reflective writer, dealing with five or six characteristic plays of different periods of his work. Conducted by lectures, with some co-operation of students and instructor M. W., F., I I Goldwin Smith 156. Acting Professor WOODBERRY 28a. Practical Criticism. First term. Open to Juniors and Seniors who have twelve. hours credit in English literature. A course intended for the discussion and application of principles of criticism, in the field of English, for high-grade students trained in literature or philosophy Conducted conversationally T., Th., I I. Gold'lflill Sntith 156 Acting Professor WOODBERRY 33u. English Prose, I 740-1798. First term only A study of the greater essayists, dramatists, letter-writers, biographers, and novelists, with special reference to the social and intellectual life of the tin1e. T., 1'h., S., 9. Room to be announced. Dr ANDREWS. 30b. Chaucer.. Second term. M., W., F., 12 Room to be announced. Mr BROOKE . .33b. The Transition Period from Chaucer to Spenser. Readings in I.Jangland, Gower, Ijydgate, Dunbar, Caxton, Malory The aim of this course is primarily literary Some attention, however, is given to the development of the inflections and syntax of standard English. Second ternl. T., Th., 3, Goldwin Smith 164. Dr MONROE. First term. A study of the English drama from its origin in the liturgy of the church to the appearance of regular comedy and tragedy Lectures, readings, and reports. T., Th., S., I I Room to be announced. Dr ADAMS. 4 I h. The Predecessors of Shakespeare in the Drama. Second term. A continuation of Course 4Ia, and open only to students who have had that course. A reading of the playwrights immediately preceding Shakespeare, and a study of Elizabethan society and playhouses. Lectures, readings, and reports. T., Th., S., I I. Room to be announced. Dr ADAMS. 37 b . English Poetry, Spenser to Milton. Second ternl. Reading in class of the Faerie Queene, Book II, Shakespeare's Sonnets, and Paradise Lost, Books I-IV, with collateral reading of other representative poetry of the period. T., rrh., S., I I. ROOlll to be announced. Assistant Professor STRUNK. 57 b . Shakespeare. Second term. Critical study of A Midsummer Night's Dream, Richard II, Much Ado about Nothing, Hanl1et, Coriolanus, and Cymbeline. M., W., F., 10, Goldwin, Sntith 156 Assistant Professor STRUNK. 4Ia. The Pre-Elizabethan Drama. ENGLISH 13 1 52 English Poetry, 1660-175°. A study of Dryden, Pope, and their chief contemporaries and successors, the risc of classicism and its contribution to English poetry Two hours. M., W, 9. Rooln to be announced. Dr MONROE. 38a. English Poetry, Eighteenth Century. First term. A study of the poets,-Thomson, Young, Collins, Gray, Goldsmith, Burns, and Cowper-illustrating the rise of romanticisln. M., W., F, I I, Goldwin S1nith 162. Assistant Professor PRESCOTT 38b. English Prose Literature. The Age of Anne. Second ternl A study of the prose of Swift, Steele, Addison, Defoe, and their contemporaries. In tllis course, dealing with a limited period, reference will be made not merely to the literature, but to the general history-political, religious, intellectual, and social-of the time. M., W., F., I J, Gold1.£)iJl SHtith 162 Assistant Professor PRESCOTT [34. The Literature of the Nineteenth Century, 1798 18S0. An introductory course, elnphasis will be laid upon one or t¥tO main authors. M., W., 9. Assistant Professor COOPER.] 3 6a . Victorian Poetry. First term. A study of the leading works of l'ennyson, Browning, Matthew Arnold, William Morris, and Swinburne, and of the important phases of the period. Lectures readings, reports, and discussions. M., W., F., 9, Goldwin Smith 156- Assistant Professor NORTHUP J6b. Victorian Prose. Second term. A study of representative works of Carlyle, Newman, Matthew Arnold, Thackeray, and George Eliot. Lectures, readings, reports, and discussions. ~1., W., F., 9, Goldwin SHlith 156. Assistant Professor NORTHUP 39 a . Victorian Poetic Drama. First tern!. A study of the plays of Tennyson, Browning, and Swinburne. T, Th., S., TO, Goldwi1l Smith 156 Acting Professor SAMPSON 39 b . Later English Poetry. Second term. A student of recent English and Anlerican verse, mainly of living writers. T., Th., S., 10, Goldwin Sntith I56 Acting Professor SAMPSON B. AMERICAN LITERATURE. 48. American Poetry. The early periods will be treated briefly, the nineteenth century more fully Particular attention will be given to Poe, Longfellow, Emerson, and Whitlnan. T., Th., I2, Goldwin Smith 156 Assistant Professor PRESCOTT American Literature; Advanced Course. Open only to students who have attained good rank in course 4 8 or given other Is8a. 13 2 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. T., Th., 12 evidence of preparation. A study of special topics. Assistant Professor PRESCOTT] c. COMPARAPfIVE STUDIES IN LITERATURE. Counts as three hours. Rapid reading in the best of the more accessible translat.ions, with elnphasis upon Greek: masterpieces, for example, the Iliad and the Odyssey, selected plays of Sophocles, and selected dialogues of Plato. Translations from the Latin will be chosen for the bearing of the originals on modern literature. T., Th., 3, room to be announced. Assistant Professor COOPER. Designed primarily for prospective teachers of English. Candidates must satisfy the instructor concerning the extent of their previous reading. Counts as two hours. A study, in part historical, of the most imI}Ortant theories of poetry W., 3, room to be announced. Assistant Professor COOPER. 44. The Principles of J..Iiterary Criticism. 24. English Transl9.tions of Greek and Latin Classics. A general study of the epic form and content. Rapid reading of several of the most important epic poems, so far as these may be accessible in modern English, a detailed examination of some one specimen. Counts as two hours. Open to more advanced students, on special application to the instructor Assistant Professor COOPER.] Second term. English and Scottish popular ballads study of the ballad as a form of literature, study the theories of its origin and development, comparison with l{indred ballads of other nations. T., Th., S., II, Goldw-in Smith 162 Dr Cox.] (62b. The Oss~anic Legends. Second term. Studies in the themes, personages, characterization, and locale of the Ossianic cycle. The course will embrace the whole period of this body of romance, from the eleventh century down to the present day, and will include an investigation into Macpherson's Ossian and its influence on English literature. T., Th., .S., 12, Goldwin Sn1,ith 162 Dr Cox.] [32 b. Ballad Literature. [54. Epic Poetry 56b. The Arthurian Legends. Second term. Open to seniors and graduate students. Studies in the origin and treatment of the Arthurian legends in the chronicle~ and the romances with sotne attention to the use of the legends by modern poets. M., 3-5, English Seminary- Assistant Professor N ORTl-:UP 133 59. Dramatic Structure. Open to students who have had course 4 I or a substantial equivalent. A study of the principles of dramatic construction, based mainly upon English drama of the seventeenth and nineteenth centuries, but with frequent illustrations from classical and modem European drama. M., W., li'., 12, Goldwin Smt:th I60. Acting Professor SAMPSON- III. Language. Old and Middle English. Open to students who have had course I, to others by special permission. Reading of selections from the Old English Chronicle, King Alfred, .!Elfric, and the simpler poetry: and of the later Chronicle, Orm, Layamon, and other representative Middle English texts, including Chaucer Supplementary lectures on the growth of tIe language. M., W., F., I I. Gold~vin Smith I64. Dr MONROE. No student will be recommended for a high-school teachership in English, unless he has had this course or its equivalent. I6a. Aims and Methods of English Study. First tenn. Counts as a three-hour course. Open to juniors, seniors, and graduates who have had course I I or its equivalent and who have some knowledge of French and German. Designed for prospective teachers of English. Study of the scope and~lneaning of philology; the classification of the Indo-European languages and especially of the Teutonic group, the beginnings of literature, the relations of literature and folk-lore, the types of literature and their relation to the folk, the beginning of interpretation and criticism. Lectures 011 the history and bibliography of English philology; assigned readings, reports, and discussions. M., 3-5, English SeJ1'li1~ar')J. Assistant Professor I I NORTHUP I7a. Gothic. First term. Open to seniors and graduate students. Intended for students in English, Germanic, and IndoEuropean philology The phonology and inflections of Gothic, with some reading of Gothic texts, acconlpanied by lectures on the relations of Gothic to Old English and tIle other Gern1anic languages. A l{nowledge of German is essential. M., W., F., 9, English Seminary- Assistant Professor STRUNK. I8a. Linguistics. First term. A survey of the principles of the life and gro'\\rth of language. An elementary course of lectures and assigned reading, the illustrative material being chosen mainly from English as a living speech. The hours may be changed to suit the convenience of the class. M., W., 12, Goldwin ..),n.ith I64. Dr MONROE. 134 COLL~EGE OF ARTS AND SCiENCES. Open to seniors and graduate students. The subject for the prescnt year will be Chaucer 'rh., 3-5, English Sem'tnary_ Assistant Professor NORTHUP 19. Seminary. IV. Graduate Study. In addition to the above courses for undergxaduate and graduate students, the Departtnent offers the following graduate courses 64. Seminary in Literature. Designed primarily for graduate students, seniors ll1ay be admitted at the discretion of the instructor Certain general principles in the study of literature will be applied to an important author or literary group, the topic for the academic year 1908-09 being Wordsworth. Counts as three hours. Alternate Mondays, 7-30 P.M., Goldwin Smith 159. Assistant Professor COOPER. 69. Elizabethian Dramatic Structure. SON. Acting Professor SAMP- ()7 The Phonology, Inflections, and Metre of Old English. The relation of Old English to Modern English and to German. Readings in Elene or in Beo'\vulf. Assistant Professor STRUNK. 68. American Literature. Assistant Professor PRESCOTT. 66. Middle English Literature. Selected romances. Assistant Professor NORTHUP 6 I Problems of the Tudor-Stuart Drama. Dr ADAMS. 62 Irish Literature in its Relation to English Literatpre. Dr Lox. 63 Layamon's Brut. Especially in its connection with the i\rthurian legend. Dr MONROE. The English Club. For the purpose of stimulating interest in literary Inatters outside the curriculum proper, an organization known as the English Club tneets at brief intervals during the academic year to consider topics connected for the most part with recent and current literature. The tneetings which are brief and informal, are in the hands of undergraduates. Although membership is open to the whole University, those taking work in the Departments of English and Oratory are relied on particularly to support the club. Prizes. For the Guilford, Shakespeare, and Browning prizes, see the University pamphlet on Prizes Regulations and Conditions Govern- ORATORY, 135 iog Prize Competitions. Copies may be obtained of the Registrar The topics for the Browning competition in 1908-09 are: A Justification of Browning's Optimism, How Far Browning was the Poet of his Own Time; Browning's Theory of Sin, Browning as a Narrative Poet; The Treatment of Character in Browning's Dramas, Browning's Conception of the Function of Poetry ORATORY. This department furnishes training in spoken English. It assists students in gaining the power to express themselves clearly and fittingly, whet~er in public or in private. The work is not only practical but educational, and finds its educational justification in the fact that it furnishes the opportunity for self-expression so nluch needed under the modern lecture system of instruction. Individuality is emphasized, imitation discouraged. The endeavor is to develop and improve each student's own style, rather than to make all conform to a fixed standard. 'fhe student is called upon to express his own ideas and to impress them upon his fellows. The terln "Oratory" is retained as the well-established name of the department, but the bombastic, insincere style of composition and delivery that has marked much "college oratory" is discouraged. While the development of a speaker can be completed only byexperience, it has been found possible to give students such a training as does not need radical modification to enable them to meet successfully the speech demands of business, professional, and political life. So far as practicable, the conditions under which students speak are made those of actual experience, the numerous debating clubs, interclass and intercollegiate debates, furnish opportunities for practice, and the department uses its influence in securing for qualified students opportunities for practical speaking outside the University The principle upon which instruction is based, is that right speaking depends upon right thinking. Attention is given first, therefore, to securing good mental action, rather than to the technique of delivery Delivery is treated, not as an end in itself, but as a means of informing, convincing, and persuading audiences. Public speech is presented as enlarged private ~peech, and the aim is to bring the young speaker into the mental attitude of a purposeful con\'ersation,-keenly alive to the full meaning of his words as he utters them and with a strong 'sense of communication. When the student has come into this normal condition, his delivery becomes expressive without the use of rules or of imitation. After the student realizes the nature of public speech and has gained some self-command, the 13 6 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. study of technique is introduced, but it is strictly subordinated to the real purpose of speaking. While speaking receives cllief stress in the work of this departnlent, oral reading is not neglected. Reading is taught not only because it is a valuable art in itself, but also because oral interpretation is a sound discipline and a superior method for the sympathetic study of literature. Training is offered in voice and action, but the exercises are limited to those forms that might fairly be considered free from quackery While it is believed that the :agents of expression can be improved by technical drill, it is held that the best results come from , mental drill. frotn clear thinking and quickened imagination. Gesture training is based upon the natural ilnpulse to express through action, rather than upon an arbitrary systenl of movements. The work of the class room is supplenlented by individual instruction by appointment. No fees are charged in connection with the work of the courses. The prizes adlninistered by this department are noted below They are open to students of all the colleges of the University The aim is to administer these prizes so that they shall stimulate to thorough work and not to the affectation that too commonly characterizes' 'prize speaking _" Students electing work in the department of Oratory are ad vised to take as much English Composition as is practicable. Students are requested to consult with the teachers of the department before registering. la. Public Speaking. First half-year A study, theoretical and practical, of the nature of public speech. 1.'he aim is to help the student to a silnple, direct manner of speaking. Methods of work. Original speeches and interpretatiol1s Of selections. Open to students who are not deficient in entrance English, but special application must be made by freshmen, who will generally be required to take English I while pursuing this course. Section I-M., W., ~'., 9. Goldwin 511tith 24. Mr. BLANTON Section 2-M., W., F., I I Goldw·in S11zith 24. Assistant Professor \VINANS and Mr DRUMMOND. Section 3-M., \V., F., 12 Goldwin Smith 24. Assistant Professor WINANS and Mr DRUMMOND. Supplementary to this course and Ib, individual instruction will be given by appointm€nt, throughout the year Messrs. BLANTON and DRUMMOND. ORATORY. 137 The '86 Memorial Prize in declamation is awarded annually in connectjon with the courses in Public Speaking, the first competition being held near the end of the first half-year For conditions governing this prize see speci~l pamphlet on prizes. lb. Public Speaking. Second half-year. Open to those who have completed course la, of which it is a continuation. Same sections and instructors. Public Speaking. Either half-year Delivery of speeches before the sections of courses la and lb. Individual' instruction and criticism. Open by special permission to those who have had Courses Ia and lb. Credit, one hour for one term. 3 Public Speaking for Engineers. The cours.e in Public Speaking adapted to the needs of engineers. (Engineering students whose work permits are advised to take courses la and lb.) May be taken either half-year Those who take the first half-year may contil1ue in Course Ib for the second half-year Satisfactory completion of 3 will be accepted as preparation for 5, 6a, and in exceptional cases for 7a. M., W., 12 Goldwin Smith 2I Mr DRUMMOND. 4. Voice Training. Throughout the year For the development and improvement of normal voices, and for the removal of special defects. Training in action is included. Individual instruction by appointment. Credit one hour M., W., F., 8 :30. Goldulin Smith 2. a, 21 ~{r BLANTON. 4a. Voice Training. Second half-year only Covers work of 4 more rapidly Credit, one hour First meeting to arrange hours, Tuesday, February 2, at 8:30 A.M. Goldwin Smith 21 Mr BLANTON. 5. Reading. Oral interpretation of prose, poetry and dramatic literature. Open to those who have done satisfactory work in la, 4, or4a. T.,Th., 3. Goldwi1tSmith21 Mr BLANTON. First half-year Credit, two hours. S., I I - I . Goldwin Smith 2I Mr DRUMMOND. In the field of extemporaneous debate the University offers the '94 Memorial Prize, for conditions governing which, see special palnphlet on prizes. 6b. Oral Argumentation. Second half-year The principles of argumentation applied to tIle oral discussion of questions of present interest. All oral arguments are based upon written briefs submitted and criticized in advance. The aim is to give training in fair-minded discussion, in the use of authorities and in the weighing 6a. Brief Writing and Debate. 13 8 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. and presentation of evidence. Open to those who have passed C'ourses Ia and 6a, or Ia and English 6a. Credit, two hours. S., I 1-1 Gold'l.vin Snzith 2 I. Assistant Professor WINANS and Mr DRUMMOND. 6c. Oral Argumentation. Students who have satisfactorily completed 6b may do advanced work in that course in a following year Credit, one hour 7a. Extemporaneous Speaking. First half-year Weekly addresses based upon prepared outlines. Topics assigned in the fields of Alnerican history and politics and current events; stories and descriptions. Open to a limited number of upperclassmen who have done satisfactory work in Courses la and lb. Credit two hours. Section A-M., 3-5 Sectioft B-Hours to be arranged. GoldwitJ Sl1litit 21 Assistant Professor WINANS and Mr DRUMMOND. 7b. Extemporaneous Speaking. Second half-year Open to those who, have done the best work in 7a. M., 3-5. Goldwin Smith 21 Assistant Professor WINANS. 8. The Written Speech. First half-year Study of the principles of oratory The writing of speeches with careful attention to both n1atter and form. Some practice in delivery This course will afford special training to those who wish to enter the competition for the Woodford prize in original oratory, though this is by no n1eans the nlain object of the course. Open to those who have done satisfactory ,york in Courses I a and I b, and ha ve sufficient preparation in composition. 'f., Th., 12 Goldwin Smith, 21 Assistant Professor WINANS. [9. Masters and Masterpieces. Second half-year. Lectures, readings and reports. In considering a given oration there will be considered the orator, the subject-matter and its treatment, the events out of which the oration grew and its influence. Different fields will be covered in different years, as, a. General survey of the history of oratory b. Great debates, political and legal. c. British and Alnerican oratory For 1907-8 the field was that of h. Open to those who have done satisfactory work in Course la. T., Th., 12, Goldwin Smith 2I Assistant Professor WINANS. Not given in 19°8-9·] 10. The department will endeavor to find opportunities for stu- dents to gain practical experience in speaking outside of the University Qualified students who may desire such opportunities may register with Assistant Professor WINANS. T1-IE SAGE SCHOOL OF PHILOSOPHY. 139 THE SAGE SCHOOL OF PHILOSOPHY. The Department of Philosophy is lcnown as "THE SUSAN LINN SAGE SCHOOL OF PHILOSOPHY" This school owes its existence to the generosity of the late Henry W Sage, Chairman of the Board of Trustees from 1875 to 1897 At a meeting of the Board held Oct. 22, 1890, Mr Sage signified his intention of adding to the endowInent of the Susan Linn Sage philosophical professorship, which he had established in 1886 in memory of his wife, a further gift of $200,000 to the Department of Philosophy I-lis object was to provide permanently at Cornell University for philosophical instruction and investigation of the most varied kind and of the highest order To that end he stip.ulated that the Trustees should, whenever it was needed, supplement the proceeds of his endowments with appropriations from the general funds of the University The gift was made and the legislation went into effect in September, 189 I There are ten members of the instructing corps a professor of psychology, four professors of philosophy, an assistant professor of psychology, an instructor and an assistant in philosoph)T, and two assistants in psychology With this large staff, all sides of philosophy are represented in the courses of instruction. The endowments of the School of Philosophy enable it to secure whatever material facilities are required for the successful prosecution of philosophical studies and research. There is already a full equipment in various lines, and additions will be continually made as required. All the more important philosophical journals pu blished both at home and abroad, are received by the library The library is also well supplied with philosophical and psychological works; and books not on hand are ordered when needed. In the library building there is a large seminary room set apart for the exclusive use of advanced students in philosophy This room contains complete sets of the more important philosophical and psychological journals, and a carefully selected collection (which is being constantlyenlarged) of books necessary for special study and independent research. The Psychological Laboratory (Morrill Hall) contains twenty-six rooms, eight of which are used as lecture room, seminary rOOln, writing room, and private laboratories of the officers of instruction, while the remainder are devoted to experimental worl(. The experimental rooms are furnished, as required, with gas, water, and the direct and alternating electric current. Those of the research laboratory (upper floor) are further connected by an elaborate wiring system, so that two or more rooms may be employed together in a single investi- • 14 0 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. gation. Seven rooms (three of them dark chambers) are assigned to work in psychological optics, three to acoustics; three to haptics and kinaesthetics, two to investigations of taste and smell, and one each to the study of the affective processes and to chronometrical registration. There is an adequately equipped workshop, and a skilled mechanician is in the service of the department. The Laboratory is amply supplied with the apparatus and materials, qualitative and quantative, needed for undergraduate instruction. It possesses the standard instruments of precision for all kinds of psychological research, and is especiall)t. rich upon the side of acoustics. The equipment is undergoing continual improvement, and apparatus required for thesis-work is at once procured. The results of investigation carried out in the Laboratory are published in The American ] ournal of Psychology, The introductory course in psychology is given in Goldwin Smith Hall, where a lecture room has been fitted up with special reference to class demonstrations and experiments. The demonstrational laboratory attached to the lecture room contains a large collection of apparatus, much of it unique in construction, which is used solely or prinlarily in connection with the lectures of this course. The Philosophical Review, now in its seventeenth year, is devoted to the general interests of philosophy It appears once in two months, each number containing from 112 to 128 pages. While it counts among its contributors many prominent writers, both in this country and abroad, graduate students assist by contributing summaries of periodical literature, and thus are kept in close touch with the results of recent investigations in their departnlents of work. While much of the instruction is intended for undergraduates, the larger part of it is adapted to the needs of graduates of this and other institutions who are preparing themselve~ for posi.tions as teachers, professors, etc. A student who has made a special study of philosophy during his junior and senior years may still take a graduate course of three years' work with psychology, or metaphysics, or ethics as his major subject. For the encouragement of higher studies and research in every branch represented by the School of Philosophy, there have been established, for award to distinguished graduates of this and other Universities, six scholarships of the annual value of $300 each, and three fellowships of the annual value of $500 each, both scholarships and fellowships being tenable for one year, but subject to renewal in exceptional cases. (A full aCCollnt of these scholarships and fellowships ~-il1 be found on pages 74-76.) The instruction of these advanced students is carried on in the • THE SAGE SCHOOL OF" PHILOSOPHY seminaries and~laboratory, where the students are fellow-workers with their teachers, who seek to guide them, partly by direct suggestion, and partly by precedent and example. It is believed, too, that students will receive much instruction, as well as enjoyment and benefit, from tIle close personal i,ntercourse which it is an object to the school to cultivate between graduates and the members of the philosophical faculty Students taking the graduate courses are in this way very effectively trained for the work of teaching, and it may be Inentioned that n10st of the men who have completed their courses have received appointments as instructors or professors of philosophy in different parts of the country 1~he following courses are offered in 1908-9 Psychology. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. I Elen"lentary Psychology. 'f., Th., S., I I First Term. Goldwin 51nith C- Professor TITCHENER. This course is intended as an introduction to psychology The topics of sensation, affection and attention are discussed in detail, and some time is devoted to the psychology of the abnormal (dreaming, hypnosis, insanity) and to comparative psychology The course ends with lectures on the more complex mental processes, emotion, action and association. The lectures are supplen1ented throughout by experimental demonstrations. Titchener's An Outll,·ne of Psychology is used as text-book. N OTE.-This course may be continued in the second term either as Course 2 or as Courses 4 and 4a. 2 Experimental Psychology. Laboratory work. qualitative and quantitative. M., W., F'., 3, or other hours to be arranged. Psychological Laboratory, Morrill Hall. Professor TITCHENER, Assistant Professor BENTLEY, Mr GEISSLER and Mr PYLE. This course may be entered either in the first or in the second term. The entering ,vork consists of qualitative experilnents upon sensation, affection, attention and action, perception and idea, and the association of ideas. Text-book, Titchener's Experimental Psychology, pt. i. The work of the following term is quantitative verification of Weber's Law in the various departments of sense, determination of stimulus limens, the psychophysics of selective and volitional action (compound reaction experilnents), etc. Textbook. Titchener's Exper'l:mental Psychology, pt. (ii) 142 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. N OTE.-Students in their second year who have completed Course I, may enter this course in the second term for qualitative work (one, two or t'11ree hours) 3 General Psychology. T., Th., I I Second term. Psychological Laboratory_ Assistant Professor BENTLEY 1"he lectures of this course cover the field of human psychology They are arranged as follows first, the variol1s subdivisions of psychology (individual and social, normal and abnormal, analytical and genetic) are defined, and, secondly, the l110re complex processes and states of the normal hUlnan lllind are treated in systematic order N OTE.-Students in their second year, who have completed course I, tn~y enter this course in the second term. 3a. Supplementary Study in General Psychology- S., I I Second ternl. Psychological Laboratory Assistant Professor BENTLEY The work will consist of discussion of collateral readings assigned in course 3, reports on current literature, and informal criticism of psyc ho1ogical systelTIs. 4. Comparative Psychology and the Psychology of the Abnormal Mind. T., Th., 9. First Term. Psychological Laboratory- Assistant Professor BENTLEY The course will open with a critical and historical sketch of the psychology of the anilnal mind, and it will proceed to a descriptive account of the consciousness of vertebrate and invertebrate forms. The lectures will be accompanied, wherever it is possible, by demonstrations of method and apparatus. In addition, experilnental work with animals nlay be arranged in connection with the course. The last part of the tern1 will be devoted to a discussion of typical derangements and disorders of the human consciousness. The class will read Washburn's The Animal Mind and parts of Stoerring's Mental Pathology 4a. Supplementary Study in Comparative and Abnormal Psychology_ S., 9. First term. Psychological Laboratory- Assistant Professor BENTLEY The hour will be spent in discussion of the lectures of course 4 and of collateral reading_ Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. [5. The Interrelations of Mind and Body. T., Th., 12 Gold'lvi 11 Smith C This course, which was given in 1907-08 by Professors COMSTOCK, CREIGHTON, TITCHENER, MEYER, THILLY, KINGSBURY, and Assistant THE SAGE SCHOOL OF PHILOSOPH}' 143 Professors BENTLEY, REED and NEEDHAM, will not be repeated in 1908-09. It is expected that a similar course will be offered in 19°9- 10 .] 6. Reading of German Psychology. Second term. 1'h., 2 (or other hour, to be arranged) Psychological Laboratory Professor TITCHENER. The aim of this course is to assist toward the accurate and idiomatic rendering of German psychological literature. Fechner's Eletnente der Psychophysik, vol. i., will be translated in class. Students who desire to read and translate a psychological monograph in French, German or Italian, during the first terln of the year, are requested to cOlnmunicate, as early in the term as possible, with Professor Titchener or Assistant Professor Bentley 7 Systematic Psychology. Lectures, essays, and experimental illustrations. M., W., F., 9. Psychological Laboratory Lecture Room. Professor TITCHENER, Assistant Professor BENTLEY and Mr PYLE. The complete course occupies two years. It is given in four terminal sections. (I) sensation, (2) the simpler sense complexes, qualitative, temporal and spatial ideas, (3) the affective processes and attention, (4) action and the intellectual processes (menl0ry, association, imagination, etc.) The work of each term is c0111plete in itself and the course may be entered at any point. There will be no text-book, but members of the class will be expected to be familiar with Wundt's Outlines of Psychology and Kuelpe's Outlines of Psychology, and vvith selected portions of James' Principles of Psychology, Stout's Analytic Psychology, Ebbinghaus' Psychologie, and Wundt's Physiologisc;he Psychologie. 7a. Laboratory Exercises in Psychology- Hours to be arranged. Psychological Laboratory- Professor TITCHENER, Assistant Professor BENTLEY, Mr GEISSLER and Mr PYLE. The exercises will consist either in the repetition of certain classical experiments in psychology, carried out in greater detail and with more accuracy than is possible in course 2, or in the original investigation of simple problems suggested by the experiments of course 2 or the lectures of course 7 Tl'le course may occupy frotn one to five hours a week, at the option of the student. Courses Primarily for Graduates. 8. History of Psychopbysis. Second term. One or two hours, to be arranged. Ps,ychological Laboratory Assistant Professor BENTLEY 144 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENG'ES. The course is open to students who have taken or are taking course 7 The lectures deal with the history of psychophysics, as defined by Fechner, devoting special attention to the works of Fechner, Wundt, Helmholtz, Hering, G. E. Mueller and Delboeuf. [8a. Experimental Aesthetics. Second term. One or two bours, to be arranged. Psychological Laboratory_ Assistant Professor BENTLEY The course is open to students who have taken or are taking course 7 The lectures deal with the history of experimental aesthetics, as defined by Fechner, devoting especial attention to the recent monographic literature. Experimental work may be taken in courses 7a and 9. This course will not be given in 1908-09.] 9. Advanced Laboratory Work. M., W., F., 10-I, T., Th., S., 2-6, Psychological Laboratory. Professor TITCHENER, Assistant Professor BENTLEY, Mr GEISSLER and Mr PYLE. hours by arrangement. 10. Consultation Psychological Conferences. One or two hours weekly, by arrangement. Morrill 14 or 7 Professor TITCHENER and Assistant Professor BENTLEY 1'he subjects of discussion, historical and critical, will for the most part be chosen \vith reference to thesis subjects for advanced degrees. Theses need not necessarily be experimental, but students who graduate without undertaking original research in the laboratory mnst have taken Courses 2, 3,4 and 7, or their equivalents. Philosophy. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. Logic. First term, T., Th., S., TO, Goldwin 511'zith 221 Dr HOLLANDs.-Second term ~-T., Th., S., 9, Goldwin S'11,ith 221 Dr HOLL.'-.NDS. T., Th., S., I I, Goldwin 5»zith 225 Professor CREIGHTON and Mr- JONES. This course will deal in an elementary way with the general character of the thinking process, its laws of development, and the methods by which thought actually proceeds to solve the problems presented to it. A considerable amount of attention will also be given to the analysis of logical arguments and the detection of fallacies, both in the Deductive and Inductive processes of reasoning. Creighton'S Introductory Logic will be used as a text book. 12. Introduction to Philosophy. Lectures and discussions. I J THE SAGE SCHC)OL OF PHILOSOPHY 145 Second term. M., W., F., II, Goldwin Smith 227 Professor THILLY The object of this course is to present to the student the fundamental problems of philosophy, togetl1er with a critical study of the most important solutions which arc offered to them by thinkers today Among the subjects to be considered will be the following The nature and scope of philosophy; its relation to the physical and mental sciences and religion, materialism; idealism, dualism, the double-aspect theory; the mechanical theory of the world, the teleological theory, the theory of evolution, the belief in God, rationalism, empiricism, and criticism, realism and idealism. 13 History of Philosophy. Lectures. Prescribed reading and occasional essays. M., W., F., 12, Goldwin Sn",ith 225 Professor CREIGHTON. This is an elementary course, and is intended primarily for the general student who wishes to know something of the history of thought, and the i1.1fluence which philosophical ideas have exerted in the development of civilization. The lectures will give a general account of the history of philosophical speculation from its origin among the Greeks to the present time. An attempt will be made to present the various philosophical systems in their relation to the science and general civilization of the ages to whlcl1 they belong, and to exhibit their application to social, political, and educational problems. After a rapid survey of philosophy during the Greek, Roman, and Medieval periods, the greater part of the year will be devoted to the theories and problems of modern times. It is proposed to give a considerable amount of time during the latter part of the course to a study of the speculative problems of the present century, and especially to an examination of the philosophical meaning and iOlportance of the notion of Evolution or Development. Reading will be assigned from time to time, but there win be no class text book. 14. General Ethics. Lecttlres and discussions. First term. M. W., F., 9, Goldwin Smith 225 Professor THILLY and ~Ir JONES. The moral consciousness will be examined and the fundamental conceptions of morality discussed in this course. Atnong the subjects treated will be the following The nature and methods of ethics, theories of conscience, analysis of conscience, the ultimate ground of moral distinctions, the teleological conception, hedonism, energism; critique of hedonism, the highest good, optin1ism and pessimism, free will and determinism. Thilly's Introduction to Ethics will be used as textbook. 146 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 15 Moral Ideas and Practice. Lectures and discussions. Second term. M., W., F., 9, Goldwin Smith 225 Professor THILLY This course will trace the development of moral ideas and practice from primitive times to the present, and conclude with an examination of the fundamental virtues and duties. Among the topics to be considered will be the following The morals of savagery and barbarism, the moral practices and ideas of the Hebrews, Greeks, and Romans,. prinlitive Christianity; the medieval ideal, the modern ideal, the virtues and duties pertaining to bodily, economic, and mental life, self-control, the love of honor; justice; charity; veracity 16Introduction to Aesthetics. An elementary course on the history, origins, and philosophy of art. Lectures, assigned readings, and examinations. T., Th., 10, Goldwin Smith 227 Professor HAMMOND. The aim of this course is to give an historical survey of the more important expressions of Art and theories of ..tEsthetics, to explain the nature of the resthetic judgment and its significance for life, and to discuss some of the philosophical problems connected with the various forms of beauty and art literature, industrial and decorative art, and the fine arts. [Experimental Aesthetics.Second term. S., 9 (or other hour to be arranged) See Psychology, Course 8a.] I 7 The Philosophy and Culture of the Renaissance. Lectures. :First term. S., 10, Goldwin Smith 227 Professor HAMMOND. The lectures of this course will deal with the Philosophy of Humanism from 1300 to 1600. 18. Platonism. Lectures on the philosophy of Plato a.nd readings in the Dialogues. S., I I, Goldwin Smith 227 Professor HAMMOND. In the lectures of this course, Plato's philosophical system will be explained and the history of its influence on literature and culture discussed. In connection with the lectures, the following dialogues will be read Apology, Crito, Protagoras, Gorgias, Phredo, Republic and parts of the Laws. The course is intended for students of literature as well as of Philosophy 19. The Relations between Philosophy and Literature during the Nineteenth Century. Lectures. Second term. S., 10, Goldwin Smith 227 Professor ALBEE. This course will trace the general influence of philosophical conceptions, and particularly of German Idealism, upon certain British THE SAGE SCHOOL OF PHII.;OSOPHY 147 and American writers of the nineteenth century The opening lecttlres will discuss the general relations between philosophy and literature, and outline and contrast the leading philosophical conceptions of eighteenth and nineteenth century thought. Coleridge will then be made the starting point, and Wordsworth, Carlyle, Emerson, and Browning will be treated successively from this special point of view 20. The Theory of Evolution: Its History and Significance. Lectures. F., 12, Goldwin Smith 227 Dr HOLLANDS. These lectures are intended primarily for undergraduates. They do not presuppose acquaintance with the history or special terminology of philosophy The lectures \vill trace the history of the theory of evolution froln the first appearance of the concept among the Greeks to its fornlulation in modern tilnes by Darwin. It is then proposed to discuss the recent modifications of the theory, and to indicate the application of the evolutionary lIlethod to the vario.us sciences, special attention being directed to its bearing on ethics, sociology, and religion. In conclusion, an attempt will be made to estimate the significance of the evolutionary point of view for a theory of the world as a whole. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 21 History of Ancient and Medieyal Philosophy- Lectures and text-book. T., Th., 9. Goldwin Smith 220. Professor HAMMoNDIn this course will be treated the history of philosophical ideas from the early Greek cosmogonies down to the time of the Renaissance. The conditions under which occidental philosophy was developed and fostered from its beginnings in Greek literature, and the relations of those conditions to oriental influence, will form the subject of the introductory lectures. It will be the aim of the course to discuss the various systems and fragments of systems from Thales to the Neo-Platonists, and also the later influences of these systems in Rome, more particularly the ethical systems of Epicureanism and Stoicism. The course will then deal with the various movements of speculative thought in the Middle Ages. These philosophical ideas ,vill be discussed in connection with the contemporaneous conditions of science and culture, and as the historical antecedents of modern intellectual life. 22 Philosophical Results and Applications. Ji'irst term. T., Th., 12, Gold1vin Smith 221 Professor CREIGHTON. This course is intended only for students who have already had, in addition to the elementary Psychology' and Logic, at least six 148 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SeIENe"ES. hours of more advanced philosophical work. The objects at which the course will aim are (1) to sum up, with regard to the fundamental problems of philosophy,the results that seem to be established by its historical development, (2) to discuss some of the practical applications of these results to social, political, and educational questions, and (3) to indicate the nature and practical significance of the problems under discussion at the present time. [23. Types of Metaphysical Theory. First term. Two hours. Professor CREIGHTON This course, given in 1907-08, will be repeated in 1909-10.] 24. Origin and Development of Religious Ideas. Lectures, readings, and discussions. First tern1, 1'., Th., 12 Goldwin S'lnith 23I Dr HOLLANDS. In tIlis course it is intended first to discuss the origin of religious belief and the conditions of its develop.ment. In this connection, various forms of primitive religion will be briefly examined. After this SOlne account will be given of the history and significance of the lnore highly developed religions, such as Buddhism, Judaism, Mohamnledanism, and Christianity 25. Problems of the Philosophy of Religion. Readings and disCUSSIons. Second term, T., Th., 12 Goldwin, Smith 231 Dr HOLLANDS. In this course certain of the chief problenls of the psychology and philosophy of religion \vill first be discussed in the light of historical facts. Especial consideration will tIlen be given to the philosophical basis of theism. 26. The History of Ethics. Lectures, discussions and essays. M., W .• I I Goldw'ln Smith 220. Professor HAMMOND and Professor t ALBEE. A history of ethical reflection Vv~ith special reference to the development of theories of morals in their relations to one another and to the general influences of their time. The first term will be occupied with the study of the moral theories and ideals of the people of Ancient Greece and Rome and of the Middle Ages. The second term will be given ,to the careful"examination of modern theories, with special .. reference to the development of English ethics. [Either term of work may be taken separately] 27 Advanced Ethics. Readings, discussions, and essays. W., F., 10. Goldwin, Smith 220. Professor THILLY The object of this course is the study of dominant types of modern ethical systems. During the first term Mill's Utilitarianism, ' THE SAGE SCHOOL OF PHILOSOPHY 149 Spencer's Data of Ethics, and Alexander's Moral Order and Progress will be read and fully discussed in class. 1.'he second term ,vi11 be devoted to Kant's ethical system and Schopenhauer's criticism of the same. Kant's Fundamental Principles of Ethics and Critiqu-e of Practical Reason, and Schopenhauer's Basis of Morality will be read and discussed. 18. Empiricism and Rationalism. Lectures, discussions, and essays. First term. T., Th., S., I I Goldwin 51nith 220. Professor ALBEE. In this course the clnpirical movenlent, as represented by Locke, Berkeley and Hllme, and the rationalistic movement, as represented especially by Descartes, Leibniz, and Wolff, will be studied with reference to their distinctive methods. The course is open to students who have taken, or are taking, course 13 or an equivalent. The books used will be Locke's Essay (Bohn edition, 2 vols) , Hume's Treatise of Human Nature (Clarendon Press), and Leibniz's Philosophical Works (Duncan's translation, Tuttle, l\tlorehouse and Taylor, New Haven.) 29. The Critical Philosophy of Kant. Lectures, discussions, and essays. Second term. T., 'rh., S., I I Gold'lf)i11 Snlith 220. Professor ALBEE. This course will presuppose a knowledge of the History of Philosophy The greater part of the term will be devoted to the careful study of the Crit'iquc of Pure Reason, Miiller's translation (published by The Macmillan Co.) being used in class. Frequent references will be given to standard conlmentaries and to the more recent literature on the subject. Toward the end of the term, the attenlpt will be made to show as clearly as possible the relation in which the three Critiques of I{ant stand to each other Instruction will be given mainly by lectures, but there will be opportunity for frequent discussions, and outside reading will be assigned fronl time to tinle. 30. Gernlan Pessimism, with special reference to Schopenhauer. Lecture£, discussions, and essays. First term. M., W., F., 12 Goldwin Smith 220. Professor ALBEE. In this course, instruction will be given mainly by lectures, but the student will be expected to read Schopenhauer's lVorld as Will and Idea (in the translation published by Trubner & Co.) While this representative work will be treated somewhat in detail in the lectures, the attempt will be made to show the ethical and social significance of modern Pessimism, and toward the end of the course the philosophy of Nietzsche will be examined. 15 0 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 31 The Republic of Plato. Reading of the Greek text. M., W., F.,9. Goldwin Smith 23 1 Professor HAMMOND. This course is intended for students of Greek Literature as well as of Greek Philosophy The Republic will be read in its entirety, the main attention being devoted to the content. The text used will be that of Hermann (,feubner) Zeller's Plato and the Older Academy and Pater's Plato and Platonism (l"'he Macmillan Co., New York), are recommended as commentaries. 32 220. Rapid Reading of German Philosophy. T., 2 Goldu,ill Smitlz Professor HAMMOND. The primary aim of this course is to aid students in acquiring facility in translation and a knowledge of German philosophical terminology Paulsen's Immanuel Kant, sei1t Leben und seine Philosophie will be translated. Courses Primarily for Graduates. 33 Problems and Methods in Recent Philosophy. Th., 12, Goldwin Smith 220. Professor ALBEE. Lectures. T., The object of this course is to examine in detail the problems and methods involved in current philosophical investigation, as a basis for a positive treatment of some of the fundamental problems of the present day [34. Logical Theory. Lectures, examination of prescribed authors and discussions. Two hours. Professor ALBEE. This course, given in 1907-8, will be repeated in 19°9-10.] [35. The Philosophy of Lotze. Lectures and discussions. One hour Goldwin Sntith. Dr. HOLLANDS. This course given in 1907-08, will be repeated in 1909-10.) 36. Thomas Aquinas. Selections from the Summa Theologica. T., Th., 12 Goldwin Smith 231 Professor HAMMOND. This course is intended for students who desire to study at first hand the Sumnta Theologica. In connection with the reading of the text the members of the class will study the general systetn of Thomism and the completion of Medieval Philosophy. 3 7 Aristotle's Ethics. Reading of the Greek text. ~I. , 1 l (or other hour to be arranged.) Goldwin S1nith 231 Professor HAMMOND. In this course the Nicomachean Ethics, Books I-IV and X, will be read and interpreted. The course is intended for such students of Greek as wish to read rapidly through an Aristotelian treatise and for THE SCIENC"E .4ND ART OF EDUCATION lSI such students of philosophy as wish to examine Artistotle's ethical ideas in the original. 38. Idealistic Theories of Ethics. 'f., 10-12 Goldwin Smith 231 Professor THILLY A study of Fichte's System der Sittenlehre, Hegel's Rechtsphilosophie, and Green's Prolegomena to Ethics. [39. Ethical Seminary. T., 10-12 Professor THILLY This course, given in 1907-08, will be repeated in 19°9- 10 .] 40. Seminary in Logic and Metaphysics. F., 10-12 Goldwin Smith 231 Professor CREIGHTON and Dr HOLLANDS. The subject for 1908-9 will be Evolutionary Theories of Logic. 41 Seminary in Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. W., 3-5~ Goldwin Smith 231 Professor HAMMOND. In this Senlinary, which is open to graduates and seniors, students will be directed in thesis work, or in any special investigations they may be carrying on within the department of Ancient and Medieval Philosophy Once a week, in the hours above named, the members of the seminary will read the De anima or the Poetics of Aristotle. THE SCIENCE AND ART OF EDUCATION. State Certificates. The State Education Department offers the follo"\ving alternatives for the certification of teachers 1 A certificate upon graduation good for three years, and renewable for life without examination for those who successfully complete an approved course in the Science and Art of Education while in the University 2 A certificate upon graduation good for two years, but renewable only upon state examinations in professional subjects constituting a full equivalent for the university courses required i~ the first alternative. This is valid for high schools, and other schools in villages not employing a superintendent. The details for the two alternatives are as follows (I) The University work prescribed for students ~~shing to qualify without examination for the New York State College Graduate Certificate as follows I. Psychology, general and educational, 90 hours, 2. History and Principles of Education, 90 hours; 3 Method in teaching, 60 hours, 4. Observation, 20 honrs. 15 2 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Students who have successfully completed the foregoing will be awarded the certificate at graduation. To secure from the Cornell Department of Education its unqualified recommendation for this certificate, which is good for three years and renewable for life without examination at the end of that period. students must have completed the following courses or their equivalent: Psychology, I Education, I, 2, 3, 4 and 5· (2.) The subjects for state examination for those who do not comply with the above requirements are as follows: .Psychology, general and educational, History and Principles of Education, Method in Teaching_ Detailed syllabi outlining the work and prescribing study and readings in these subjects are furnished by the State Education Department at Albany, NY., and will be sent upon request. Students at the University may procure copies through the Department. Equipment. The work of the department is facilitated by a museum and a laboratory which are housed in suitable quarters in Goldwin Smith Hall. The educational museum contains collections illustrating the work done in various school grades, statistical charts, a very full assortment of school text-books of American and German schools, an extensive high-school and college exhibit of the raw materials of commerce, a kindergarten exhibit, and other material appropriate to its purpose. The educational laboratory has a collection of apparatus for demonstration and of instruments of precision for research in connection with school h:ygiene, the experimental study of school children, and the psychological phases of education in genera1. This equipment is being constantly enlarged and apparatus needed for special investigations is at once procured. Order of Courses. Course 4 is a natural sequent to Psychology 1 and should be the first of the educational courses chose1~. I Principles of Education. (Including general method.) Second half-year Lectures, readings, discussions and text-book study M., T., W., Th., 2 Goldwin Smith 234. Professor DEGARMO. This course is designed to be an introduction to the general theory of education, both in its individual and its social aspects. The following are some of the leading topics personality and environ- THE SCiENCE AND ART OF EDUCA1'ION 153 ment as the presuppositions of education, the educative institutions of society, relation of democracy to education, individual development, the school as a social institution, the doctrines of interest and formal discipline, the course of study, nature and educational value of the several studies, methods of class-rOOln teaching and managelnent. Text-book, DeGarmo's "Principles of Secondary Education. " 2 Lectures on Secondary Education. (Incorporated for 1908-9 in courses I, 3, and 8.) 3. History of Education. First half-year Lectures, discussions, text-book and prescribed readings. M., T., W., Th., 2 Goldwin Smith 234. Professor DEGARMO. This course makes a general survey of the history of education, and will follow in the main the topics and readings prescribed in the syllabus of the New Yorl{ State Education Department for the guidance of college graduates. Special emphasis is laid upon the following topics the education of the Greek people, tIle rise and development of humaniSln, the rise and development of science and scientific methods in education, the doctrines of educational reformers, the development of 1110dern systems of education. Monroe's "Text-book in the History of Education." 4. Psychological Basis of Education. Second half-year Lectures and prescribed reading. ~1., T., W., Th., 2 Goldw-in Smith 245 Assistant Professor WHIPPLE. This course meets the state requirement for educational pS)Tchology, and should be taken, if possible, in the Sophomore year The lectures present a complete systetn of functional psychology as applied to education, covering the relation of mental to nervous activity, and the large groups of psychophysical functions, volition, cognition and emotion. Particular reference is given to such topics as nervous plasticity, habit, the nature of educational training and discipline, the psychology of temperament, attention and interest, association, apperception, perception, observation, memory, imagination, conception, judgment and reasoning. Where feaslble, psychological experiments that apply to the work in hand are described or perforlned. 5. School Hygiene. Second half-year Lectures, prescribed reading and demonstrations. M., T., 3. Goldu'in Smith 248 Assistant Professor WHIPPLE. Construction of school buildings, situation, heating, ventilation, sanitation, follov;ed by the hygiene of instruction, fatigue, school 154 COLLEGE OF ARl'S AND SCiENCES. diseases, defects of sight and hearing, medical inspection, hygiene of reading, writing and other studies. Occasional demonstrations of an experimental type. Students who are particularly interested in this phase of the work and who are competent for experimental investigation may register for systematic work, with credit, in course 14. For this work students should have taken, or be taking, course 4, and should afterward take course 6. 6. The Education of Defectives and the Feeble-Minded. First half-year Lectures, prescribed reading and papers. 1'h., 2, or hour to be arranged. Goldwin Smith 248- Assistant Professor WHIPPLE. An historical, statistical and critical survey of the methods employed in the education of the blind, deaf and dumb, the feebleminded, and abnormal and backward children generally Course 5 forms a natural introduction to this work. Methods of Modern Philanthropby. T., 'fh., 1 T See History and Political Science. Course 57 (page 17 0 .) 7 Elementary Education. Studies and methods. Readings, reports, and round-table discussions. W.,3-5. Goldwin Smith 25 1 Professor DEGARMO. This course is an application of the psychology and principles of Education to the problems of the Kindergarten and the Elementary School. It is designed for superintendents, primary supervisors, critic teachers. and for those who contemplate entering the Phillippine or Porto Rican Service. Open to graduates and to undergraduates who have taken courses 4 and I in the Science and Art of Education. 8. Mental Development. First half-year Lectures, readings, and essays. M., T., W., Th., 3. Goldwin Sntith 245 Assistant Professor WHIPPLE. This course treats of the genetic phases of mental life with special reference to their application to educational problems. Attention is given, first, to the evolution of mind in the aninlal kingdom, second, to childhood and the general results of childstudy; third, and more fully, to the period of adolescence. Among the topics discussed are heredity and environlnent, the nature and utilization of instinctive tendencies, tIle doctrine of recapitulation, the theory of culture of epochs, physical and mental changes of adolescence, the development of the sex instinct, the hygiene of sex, social organizations, the teaching of science in the high school, the problem of co-education, etc. The course is THE SCIENG~E AND ART OF EDUCATION 155 designed to be of assistance to high-school teachers. It presupposes satisfactory work in course 4, and preferably also th.e cotrlpletion of courses I and 3. Teachers' Course in Latin. See course 26, page I I I Teachers' Course in Greek. See course 36, page 108. Teachers' Course in English. See course 9, page 128. Teachers' Course in German. See course 18, page 118. Teachers' Course in French. See course 25, page 12 5. Teachers' Course in Mathematics. See course 7, page I 79· Teachers' Course in History. See course 46, page 168. Teachers' Course in Physics. See course 10, I 4 or 25 page 186, 18 5 Teachers' Course in Chemistry. See course I, page 19 6 . [The training worl{ for teachers in Physics and Chemistry will be given in connection with the regular courses named above.] t Courses Primarily for Graduates. Graduate students selecting education for their major will be expected to take frotn one-half to two-thirds of their work in the studies that are fundamental to an adequate mastery of educational theory and practice. These fall naturally into two groups, the philosophical and the social. The philosophical studies include psychology, ethics, and the history of philosophy, the social studies include politica1, social and economic science. II Philosophy of Education. Lectures, discussions and study of educational sources. Th., 3-5. Goldwin Smith 251 Professor DEGARMO. This is a course in advanced educational theory It follows in the main Professor MacVannel's outline in the Philosophy of Education, and embraces such topics as the follo"ring evolution and idealism as bases of education, personality and environment, the individual and society; moral institutions, democracy and education, the course of personal developn1ent, the school as a social institution, the course of study 12 Experimental Study of School Children. First half-year Lectures, demonstrations and reports. M., T., W., 2. Goldu.,in Smith 248 Assistant Professor WHIPPLE. An examination of the literature dealing witll anthropometric and psychological tests of school-children with reference to purpose, methods and results. The lectures will be accompanied by demonstrations of the more ilnportant tests, while students who wish practice in conducting school tests Inay register for experimental work in Course 14. 156 COLLEGE OF -,~RTS AND SCIEA CES. 7 Hours and work to be arranged. Goldwin St11itlt 248. Assistant Professor WHIPPLE. IS. Seminary for the Science and Art of Education. T., 7:309 :30 P.M., on alternate weeks. Goldwin Sn-tith 251" Professors DEGARMO and WHIPPLE. The work of the senlinary will consist of discussions, reports and theses upon current educational problems, partly of a social and partly of a psychological nature. These reports and theses will involve study from original sources. At each meeting a portion of the time ,vill be given to reviews of important new books and of the current periodical literature, including especially The Educational Review,the School Review, The Pedagogical Seminary, The 1'cachers College Record, The Elementary School Teacher, and the more important European educational magazines. Open to graduates and to undergraduates who have had at least two preliminary courses in the Science and Art of Education. Music. The several courses offered by the Department of Music arc designed to afford to all students having sutficient native ability, the opportunity to study music as a part of, or in addition to, tIle regular college course. The aim is to nlake the musical training contribute to liberal culture. Consequently, attention is mainly directed to practical courses, or courses in so-called "applied music." All instruction is given in classes, but, while no private instruction in vocal or instrumental lllusic is offered, exceptional opportunities for private study are afforded by the excellent Conservatory of }.{usic located in this city For students entering college without musical tr.aining, the department offers elementary instruction in ear training, sight-reading, musical notation and tenl1inology, harnlony and cOlnposition, and clements of musical form, these fornling a necessary basis for the proper understanding of the luusicalliteratute to be studied, whetller as performer or listener The departnlent also provides a weekly organ recital, a musical program for the vesper service at Sage Chapel on Sunday afternoon, a course of lectures, a series of chamber concerts, and an elaborate Music Festival, which is given annually about the first of ~1ay All courses continue through botII terms and students are not admitted at the beginning of the second terlTI, excepting those who upon entrance, pass up the required work of the first term. 14. Seminary for Experimental Investigation. J\JU55IC I 157 Open to all students showing sufficient aptitude to pursue the subject with profit. Ear and vocal training, eleInentary theory, including a thorough knowledge of the major and minor scales, sight reading, and the study of certain designated master pieces through analysis in class and by means of the piano player 1"uesday, 7:15 p- ~{., 1'hursday, 4.45 PM., Sage Chapel. Two hours. Professor DANN Elementary. Intermediate. Open to students who have completed course I or who meet the requirements prescribed in course I. Ear and vocal training, theory, including the study of intervals, triads, music notation and ternlinology, and the elements of musical fortn, more advanced sight reading and the study of standard sacred and secular n1usic, the stud yr of prescribed works selected from the larger instrumental cornpositions, through the aid of the piano player Attendance is required at the nlorning service at S;-tge Chapel, for which service the members of the class constitute the regular choir Two hours. Wednesday, 4.45 P f\'f., Thursday, 7 :15 PM., Sage Chapel. Professor DANN 2. Ad vanccd sight reading and vocal training, preparatory for and including the study and performance of the larger choral masterpieces. Open to students possessing singing voices of sufficient volutne and satisfactory qualit)r, and the ability to read or learn their part in the more difficult choral works. l\fembers of this class form a part of the Festival Chorus. One hour Until December I, Monday, 4 ·45 PM., Sage efta pel, After December I, 7 .30 P r~i. Stimson Hall. IJrofessor DANN Preparation and public presentation of the best choral works, sacred and secular This course is offered as advanced work to students possessing good singing voices; and the ability to read at sight, music of moderate difficulty rrhe class is limited to one hundred, distributed approxinlately as follo\\Fs Thirty sopranos, 22 contraltos, 20 tenors, and 28 basses. All vacancies are filled by competition at the beginning of the first term. Students who have completed course 3 are admitted without examination. Members of this class constitute the Choir at the Sunday Vesper Service at Sage Chape1. 1'hey also form a part of tl1e Festival Chorns, studying the larger choral worl(s to be performed at the Sixth Annual Music Festival to be given in Ma)T, 19 0 9, this being a I 3. Choral. 4· Advanced Choral. IS8 C()LI.JEGE OF AR1·S AND SCIENCES. part of the required work of the course. Two hours. Monday, 7 :15 PM., Tuesday, 4 :45 PM., Sage Chapel. Professor DANN 5 Orchestra. Ensemble study of standard works, including compositions for chorus and orchestra. This course is offered as advanced training for students who play some orchestral instrument sufficiently ,vell to participate creditably in the study and performance of the works to be studied. The orchestra will give two or nlore concerts during the year, accompany t-he Advanced Choir at the Sunday Vesper Service at Sage Chapel, and participate in the periorn1nace of complete ~-orks given by the choir during the year Only a litnited number can be admitted. Vacancies will, as usual, be filled by competition. Two hours. Tuesday,s PM., Thursday, 5 P Mo, Barnes Hall. Mr COLEMAN 6. Harmony. Open to all students who have completed course 2 or who have done the work prescribed in course 2 The subject is approached through a course in n1elody writing. The work requires a thorougl1 knowledge of the major and minor scales and involves the study of intervals, the construction, relation, and progression of chords and the harmonization of melodies. Two hours. Tuesday, 3 ·45 PM., Thursday, 3 ·45 PM., Sage Chapel. Mr CHENHALL. 7 Advanced Harmony and Composition. Open to students who ha ve completed course 6, and to others equally qualified. This course is concerned with the Analysis of Form, and Counterpoint in three or nlore parts. Two hours. Monday, 3 .45 PM., Wednesday, 3 ·45 PM., Sage Chapel. ~Ir CHENHALL. IHdiv-idnal Exan'tinations tor Admission to all Courses,-for new students and others not previously -Classified,-will be held as follows :Vocal Music. Courses 1,2,3 and 4, Wednesday, September 3 e , ·rhursday, October I, Friday, October 2, and Saturday, October 3 from.3 to 5 P Mo, Sage Chapel. Orchestra Course 5, Thursday, October I, and Friday, October 2 fronl 5 to 6 P Mo, Barnes Hall. (West Dome.) Harmony. Courses 6 and 7, Thursday, October I, and Friday October 2, froln 5 to 6 PM., Sage Chapel. HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. By action of the Board of Trustees, in view of the gift to the U niversity by ex-President Andrew D. White of his valuable historical library, the Departments of History and Political Science have been named THE PRESIDENT WHITE SCHOOL OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 159 SCIENCE. The work of these departments is carried on by six professors, three assistant professors, two instructors, ten assistants, five fellows and one scholar HISTORY. The work of the department of Ancient History includes an introductory course, intended for Freshmen and Sophonlores, more advanced courses intended chiefly for undergraduates, and a graduate seminary The introductory course covers, in outline, the history of the ancient world and is intended to provide a general introduction to the study of history Of the more advanced courses one, during the first term, will deal with the history of Greece in the fourth century before Christ, and the other, in the second term, will be devoted to a study of the influence of classical traditions in mediaeval and nlodern times. A class for the study, from the documents, of the Roman revolution and the Principate, is intended chiefly for Sophomores. Upper-classmen may be admitted to an undergraduate seminary, and seniors properly qualified may be admitted to a seminary intended primarily for graduate students. Lectures on the life and antiquities of the Greeks and Romans are offered by the departments of Greek and Latin, and courses in the history of the oriental nations are given by the Professor of Semitic Languages and Literatures. In the department of Medireval History the history of Christendom from the eve of the Middle Ages to the end of the sixteenth century is treated in a course of three hours weekly, open to all students except freshlnen. For riper students a course of two hours deals with the culture of the Middle Ages and the early Renaissance, and another is devoted to the culminating period of the Renaissance and tIle Reformation. To advanced students there is also offered a lecture course on the history of intellectual and religious liberty in Christendom. For training in the historical investigation of the J\tliddle Ages a research-course familiarizes the student with the Latin of the chroniclers and with the atnl0sphere of medireval life, while another addresses itself to the critical study of some episode or period in free use of the resources of tIle library In English history a general course, intended for freshmen and sophomores, covers the history of the nation and a course in Englisll constitutional history is offered for more advanced students and for those taking the four year course in the College of Law In the general history of modern Europe, a course intended primarily for juniors covers the period frotTI the beginning of the 160 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. seventeenth century to the present time. Special periods will be dealt with in more advanced courses and in weekly seminaries devoted to training in research. The most general courses offered in the department of American History afford a brief comprehensive survey of our history to the outbreak of the Civil War They require the use and criticisms of the leading secondary authorities and the study of a limited number of selected sources. These are introductory courses designed to prepare undergraduates for further work involving the use in special courses devoted to selected periods or topics, of a wider range of prin1ary authorities. The subjects of such courses are changed from tinle to time. The seminary of the department enjoys the exclusive use of a well-equipped roon1 in the University Library, conveniently adjacent to the history stacks. Guidance in the preparation of theses is given as individual need may require. For the equipment of the student for the mature study of history in general a course on the sciences auxiliary to history discusses briefly their scope, their literature, and their use to the historian, another devotes itself to the more thorough study of the geography of history, and still another teaches the decipherment of historical manuscripts and the interpretation of historical docun1ents. As an introduction to the literature of history, for the student ripe to deal with it at first hand, a cooperative course, conducted in turn by all the nlembcrs of the historical faculty, each for his own chronological field, surveys the sources, period by period, discussing their character, their \vorth, the bibliographical helps to their use, and the current critical authorities. A seminary-course on historical n1ethod, nleant especially for those 100lcing forward to the teaching of history or to historical research, studies the nature, the scope, the materials, and the Inethods of history, and a course for teachers offers guidance in preparation for the practical work of the class room. POLITICAL ~CIENCE. 1'he Political Science group, in the President White School of History and Political Science, consists of three Departn1ents of Political Economy and Politics, Political EcononlY and Statistics, and Political Economy and Finance. Each one of these departlnents treats portions of the subjects of economics and po1itical philosophy, vlhile each cultivates more particularly one field, as indicated in its title. The courses of study offered are designed to contribute to an education that makes for broader life and better citizenship, and also to aid in preparing for business Jaw, journalisln, the nlinistry, philan- HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 161 thropic and administrative work, and various kinds of corporate and govemlnental service. 'These departments aim to bring their work closely into contact with life and experience in society, in government, and in business. The members of the faculty endeavor to keep in tOllch with the practical as well as with the purely scientific aspects of tlle problelns dealt with. All of them have had considerable experience as business men, or as investigators and administrators in statistics, philanthropy, finance, diplomacy, or other recognized departments of political and social service. This experience of theirs has proved in nlany cases of direct assistance in fitting students to take the attitude of the business man or of the governnlent official in the in vestigation and discussion of public questions, and thus in preparing students for positions in business or tIle public service. In all of the departments a pronlinent feature in connectiun \\rith the lectures and readings is tIle laboratory and library work. Everv student spends a specified nun1ber of hours each week under the iln·· mediate direction of an instructor in nlaking in vestigations and working out such problems as would be likely to arise in business or in public administrative work. In the field of politics, special studies are nlade of the economic and social condjtions which underlie the political activities of the states under consideration. The details of political crganization and managelnent are worked out comparatively In the field of social science and statistics, work is carried on by tnethods and with apparatus similar to those of the American census office and of other statistical bureaus. In finance, a series of reports have been prepared fronl year to year illustrating the actual work of the tax assessors and collectors in different cases, so classified as to pennit of cOlllparative study In money and banking, the form and significance of the daily quotations are noted, n1ethods of calculating the rates of exchange actually followed in banks are practiced, the nlethods of work of bank officials and bank examiners are carried out. In the study of scientific philanthropy, detailed discussions of law and methods are followed with visits to leading institutions in the neighborhood where the principles learned are seen in practice. :B"or these special lines of study, besides the regular seminary, there are three laboratories pritnarily for the use of undergraduates. There are also large collections of charts, maps, lantern slides, etc., to illustrate in detail the work of social institution~, comparative politics, municipal governnlent, statistics, finance, ethnology, and ()ther fields of political and social science. 162 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Several research courses are provided which may be carried on individually by competent students under the personal supervision of the professors in charge; while the general seminary, in which all three of the departments unite, is con~ucted by these professors working together, so tl1at each student has the benefit of the criticisln and assistance of all. In the study of the general theoretical principles, as well as of all the practical subjects, the primary ainl is to gain a clear understanding of the history, facts, and principles invol ved, a close acq uain tance with the sources and rna terials a vaila b Ie, and especially the habit and power of considering such questions in a fair-ulinded wa y More irnportance is attached to the interpreting of studies in the light uf the personal experience of the student than to the ~H'L'epLlnCe I)f the doctrines of others as final conclusions Ancient History_ Ancient History- i\ sllrvey df the history of the ancient world the origins of European civilization in Egypt and Babylonia, the achievelnents of the t~reek nation in politics, commerce, literature, science, ann art, the establishment of the Roman Empire, the Mediterranean world under the rule of Rome, the disruption of the l{oman En1pire and the decadence of ancient civilization. It is the purpose of this course to provide an introduction to the study of history; by first giving a genera] view of the first great cycle in the history of European civilization, and secondly, by training the student in the use of books. There V\rill be frequent quizzes and occasional examinations. Open to freshmen and sophomores and, by permission, to upper-classmen. M., W , F., I I Goldwin Smith 234. Assistant Professor SILL. 2 Greek History. The subject of this course will be the history of Greece in the fourth century before Christ. It will be introduced by a brief review of the earlier periods, a survey of the Peloponnesian War, and a study of the work of Socrates. Special topics of ilnportance will be the rule of Dionysius at Syracuse, the educational activities and political theories of Plato and Aristotle, the political career of Demosthenes, and the work of Alexander the Great and his in11nediate successors. Lectures, quizzes, reports and examinations. ()pen to all students except freshmen. First 11alf-year M., W , F., I 2 Goldwin Smith 242 Assistant Professor SILL. 3 The Influence of Greece and Rome. What the Romans owed to Greece. The influence of Greek and Roman ideas on the Christian Church. '[he classical heritage of the Middle Ages. The revival of HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 163 l{oman law and its modern development. The re-discovery of antiquity in the period of the Renaissance. The indebtedness of modern literature, science, philosophy and art to the ancients. The influence of Greek and Roman traditions in the French Revolution. The study of Greek and Roman literature and life in the nineteenth century The significance of classical studies for the present age. Lectures, quizzes, reports and examinations. Open to all students except freshmen. Second half-year M., W., F., 12 Goldwin Sn1ith 242. Assistant Professor SILL. 4. Roman History. A class for the study, from the documents, of the history of Rome in the revolutionary period and under the early emperors. Open only to those who have taken the introductory course in Roman History, as given in 1905-6 or 1907-8. T, Th., T 2. Goldwin Smith 236 Assistant Professor SILL. S· Undergraduate Seminary. For the critical study of historical material. Discussions and reports. Topics and hours to be arranged. Open to upper-classmen. Number limited to ten. Goldu,in S11tith. 236- Assistant Professor SILL. Course for Graduates. 6. Graduate Seminary. Open also to qualified seniors. rrh., 2-4 or as may be arranged. Greek and Latin Se1n.il1.ary R00111. Assistant Professor SILL. In Oriental History Professor Schmidt wilt give an Introduction to the History of Africa. It will treat of the history of Egypt, Libya, Carthage, and the other countries of Northern Africa. The illustrative material of the Semitic department will be used. Reports, discussions and examinations. Open only to iuniors, seniors and graduates. T., Th., 10. Goldwin Smith 12 7 II Medieval History. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. Europe, 300-1600 A. D. A general survey of the history of Christendom, from the eve of the Middle Ages to the end of the sixteenth century, with especial attention to the life of society and the progress of civilization. Lectures and examinations. Not open to freshmen. M., W., F., 3 Goldwin Smith 245. Professor BURR. [12. The Culture of the Middle Ages and Early Renaissance. Lectures upon the course of intellectual development and activity from the disruption of the Roman Empire in the West throughout the medieval period and through the beginnings of the Italian 164 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES . .) Renaissance. with special attention to the influence of classical l1terature and traditions. Occasional discussions or reports upon assigned topics. Open to students who are doing advanced work in the classics and to those who have taken course 1 I in Ristorv T .. .' 1'h., I I European History Sentinary Room. Miss LOOMIS.] Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. [1 J rrhe Renaissance and the Reform.ation, 1300- 1600. 1\ 1l1ature ~tudy of this critical age of transition, with special attention to its culminating period and to the beginnings of modern life anC1 thought. Lectures and discussions. Open to those who have had course I I or its equi ,'alent. T'., Th., S., 9. Goldwin Sntith 245 Three hours of credit or but t\VO, according as the student does or does not elect the Saturday hour, which will be devoted to discussions, reports, and other tests of work. Professor BUR R. Not given in 19°8-09.] A study of the histury of intellect-l1a 1 and religious liberty in Christendoll1, with especial attention to its fortunes during the period of the Renaissance and the Reformation. The course amounts almost to a history of religious and political thought during this period, and ainlS to show its bearing on the life of our own day Lectures and discussions. Open to those who have had course I I or its equivalent. T., Th., 3 Goki'lv'iJ1 Sl1lith 2-45 Professor BURR. IS (~Ollrses I sa and ISb are ll1eant especially for students who, hrt ving fall1iliarized themselves with medieval history by taking one or lllore of the above courses, now wish preparation for first-hand research in this field. 1'hey presuppose SOlne knowledge of lJatin - -as 11111Ch, say, as is needed to read Caesar and Livy t 14. The Rise of Tolerance. Medieval Life. The reading of some nledieval writer, with ~ view to acquaintance with n1edievallife and facility in the reading of historical I~atin. In 1908-9 the subject of study will be the early li yes of Francis of Assisi and his companions and the chronicle of Salimbene. Th., s. European History Sem.inary Room. Professor I sa. BURR. Sh. Seminary. A research-class, graduates, and devoting itself to the event, or phase of tnedieval history will be The Early Franciscans. I open only to seniors and critical study of some period, For the year 1908-9 the topic 'rh., 4. E,ltropean Hist01'J' HiSTORY AND POLITiCAL, SCIENCE. 165 Seminary Room. Professor BURR. Tl1eses may be written ill connection with this class. 'fhe attention of students especially interested in this period of history is also called to the courses in the early history of the n10dern languages and literatures (pp. 1 17, 120, 125, 129) and to the courses on the history of philosophy, lTIorality, and ethics (pp. 145, 149 IS0), especially to that on Thomas Aquinas (p. ISO) and to that on the philoRophy and culture of the Renaissance (p. 146) Modern European History. Students are requested to consult with Professor Catteral1 before registering Course 21 is intended for under-classnlen and covers the history of the English nation in a general wa~y Course 22 is intended for llpper-classl1len and covers the period from the beginning of the 17th century to the present. Course 23 is intended primClrily for students of the La"r School who are registered in the Four-Year La \\,. course. Special periods in the history of Europe are dealt vvith in the lTIOre advanced cnurses, and in a graduate seminary devoted to training research. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. English History. A course on the national de\-elopn1ent and the European relations ot England, Scotland and Ireland. Lectures text-books, quizzes and examinations. 1'his course is intended for under-classmen, Seniors and Juniors electing it ,vil1 receive but tVlO hours credit. M., W., F., 12 Goldu:-i1l S111ith C- Professor CAT2 I TERALL. Modern European History, 1600-19°0. Lectures, with syllabus, quizzes, reports and examinations. Open only to those who have had course I I or course 2 T M., 'V.l., F., I I, Professor 22 CA TTERAL 1". 23· English Constitutional History. I.~ectures, text-book, qU1Zzes, reports and exanlinations. This course will cover t1le entire period of English History, beginning ,vith Anglo-Saxon institutions. The political history will be given only in so far as its understanding is necessary to t1le study of constitutional events. T., rrh., S .. 9. Goldwin Smith 242 Professor CATTERALL. 166 C()iJl,EGH ()F AR1~S AND SCIENCE ..). Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 24. The History of Germany from the Congress of Vienna to the Present. Lectures, reports and examinations. Special attention will be given to the events leading up to the creation of the German Empire and to the history of the Enlpire since 187 I First Semester T., Th., I I Goldwin S'J1ith 242 Professor CATTERALL. 25. The History of Russia in the Nineteenth Century. Lectures, reports and exanlinations. The part played by Russia in the French Revolution, Russia and the Holy Alliance, The policy of Nicholas I, The Crimean war and its results, The Liberal Movenlent under Alexander II, The Reaction under Alexander III and Nicholas II, The Revolution. Second Semester, T., Th., I I Goldwin S1'nitlt 242 Professor CATTERALL. Course Primarily for Graduates. 26. Seminary. Open to graduates, and, by permission, to seniors, M., 4-6. European History Seminary Room. American History. Courses for Undergraduates. 32 American History from the Period of Discovery to 1815. A treatment of the period of colonization and settlement and of the establishment of independence, designed to bring out the dominating influence of Europe in American public affairs of the time. Lectures with assigned readings and exarrlinations. First half-year M., W., F., 10. Goldwin S111,ith 234. Professor HULL. 33 History of the United States since 1815. A treatment of the period of national expansion designed to bring out the dOOlinating influence of the West. Lectures with assigned readings and examinations. Second half-year M., W., F., 10. Goldwin Smith 234. Assistant Professor BRETZ. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 34. Selected Topics in the Economic History of the United Statese. g., Colonization and settlement as business enterprises; the agricultural conquest of the coast; the competition between slave, indentured, and free labor; the commerce of the British Empire and its relation to the American Revolution, the introduction of manufactures; the westward movement; the industrial differentiation of the sections; agriculture for export; the amalgamation of railways, and the combination of industries. Text-book, lectures, HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. and reports. Second half-year. 234. Professor HULl~. M., W., l"i'., 9. 107 Goldwin Smith 35. History of the United States, 1847-1877. The controversy over slavery in the territories, secession, and reconstruction. A course on civil history designed to continue the work of course 23 as \ given in 1907-08 but open to others than the members of that class. Lectures with assigned readings and exanlinations. First half-year T., Th., 10. Gold'lt)in Smith 234. Assistant Professor BRETZ. 36. Selected Topics in the Constitutional History of the United States to 1832. Lectures on the leading constitutional problems of the earlier period, with assigned readings and exalninations. First half-year M .. W F., 9. Goldwin Smith 245 Assistant Professor BRETZ. 37 Selected Topics in the Constitutional History of the United States since 1832. Lectures on the constitutional problems of the later period, including secession, the war powers, and reconstruction, with assigned readings. Second half-year M, W., F., 9. Goldwi1~ Smith 245 Assistant Professor BRETZ. ,. Courses 3 2 , 33, and 34 are not open to freshmen. Courses 35,36, and 37 are open only to students who have had course 33 or an equivalent elsewhere. Courses 35 and 37 may not both be taken for credit by the same student. The History of the German Element in the United States. First half-year See German 34. Th., 12 Baccalaureate Theses. Seniors who have given evidence of their ability to do advanced work in American History may be permitted to write baccalaureate theses in this department. It is desirable that permission be obtained before the end of the junior year, as the thesis subject must be approved before October fifteenth of the senior year Appropriate credit will be given for the completion of a satisfactory thesis. Courses Primarily for Graduates. 39. Seminary. Two hours to be arranged. First meeting T., October 6, 19 08 , 3 P M. American History Seminary Room. Professors HULL and BRETZ. Open to graduates, and by permission, to qualified seniors. 168 COLIJEGE O}1-- ARTS AND SCIENG'ES. History in General. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. [4 I The Sciences Auxiliary to History. A glance at the ailns, the luethods, the literature, and the use to history of t11e more important auxiliary sciences-Anthropology, Ethnology, Archeology, Philology, Epigraphy, Paleography, Diplomatics, Sphragistics, Numismatics, Heraldry, Genealogy, Chronology, Geography 1'., 11 Not Ol)en to llnderclasSluen. European History SeHtiHorJ' Ro(nn. Professor BURR. Not given in 1908-09.] Historical Geography. A thorough study. with Inap and text, of the geography of history-particularly of the movements of peoples and of the changes in political boundaries. Not open to underclassmen and meant for those who haye already given especial attention to history T., 4. European History Sent£n.ary Room. Professor BURR. 42 43. Paleography and Diplomatics. rrhe reading of manuscriptB and the interpretation of doculnents. Attention is devoted chiefly to the paleography of Latin and of the languages using the Latin alphabet. The course is one of actual study of the Inanuscripts and facsitniles in the University's possession. T., 5 European Histcry SC'Jninary ROOJ1t. Professor BURR. Courses Primarily for Graduates. 44. Introduction to the Literature of History. A general survey, period by period, of the sources and literature of history F., 3 (or such other hour as nlay l1e arranged.) First meeting, Frida)r, October 9. E1.trOpeaH, HistO'fY Sentina.ry Roo1n. Professors SILL, SCH~IIDT, BURR, CATTERALL, HULL, BRETZ. For graduates only 4S Historical Method. History its nature, its scope, its materials, its methods. Open only to seniors and graduates, and meant especially for those lool~in6 for,vard to the teacl1ing of history or to historical research. First term. W, 4-6. European Histo-ry SC}1l intIr l' ROOJJt. Professor BURR. Course for Teachers. 46. The Teaching of flistory- The ain1s, the metl1ods, and the literature of historical teaching Second terll1. W., 4-6. European 1-listory Se111iJlary R001"n. Professor BURR, with aid frorn his colleagues. Open only to seniors and graduates specializing in history lII.STORY AND POLlTICAL SC1ENCE. 16 9 Political Science. Courses Pritnarily for Undergraduates. [soa. American Politics. A brief discussion of the developrnent of the leading political institutions of the United States under the influence of various physical and social forces is follo"red by an account of tlleir actual worl{ing nnder various conditions of political parties, slavery and freedoln, war, international complications, etc., and a concise discussion of two or three of our later political policies, such as those regarding immigration, the 1~onroe Doctrine, and expansion. The ainl of the course is to give a glimpse into the nature, actual practice, and significance of politics, as illustrated prirnarily in . <\merican history and institutions, and especially to aid . stlldents in their later work by suggesting ways of viewing all political, historical and social questions. Open to all students. Credit, freshtnen and sophomores, two hours, juniors and seniors, one hour l~irst terlTI. M" W., 12 Roont C, Gold'l.L'in .'5mitlt. Professor JENKS. Not giyen in 1908-1909.] [sob. Political and Social Conditions in the Far East. A brief discussion of the political and social conditions in Japan, China, and the Oriental dependencies of Great Britain, Holland, Ger'many, France and the United States, together "\vith a discussion of the inter• national relations between these countries and the other nations in .. t.erested in the Orient. Open to all students. Second term. M., W., 12 Roont C, Goldu'1°1l SHtith. Professor JENKS.] 51 Elementary Economics. For those wishing a general survey of the field of economic thought, as well as for those prep1.ring to carryon further studies in the political sciences. For the entire class lectures will be given M., II, Sibley Do:ne, tbe first ternl, on American Industrial Conditions, and the second tern'l, on Transportation, in connection with the lectures ,vill be exercises e and research problelTIs. Sections will meet t"'''ice a week for discussion of text-book and assigned questions. T., 1'h .. 8, 10, I I, W., F., 10, 1 I Professor FETTER, Assistant Prof,_,c;~;or I{EMl\IERER, Dr I-IANKINS, Mr R. D. SMITH, Dr BAUER. 53a. Political Institutions. Tlle Principles of Politics. Nature' and historical develop111ent of political i~1stitutions. Outline of the constitutional and administrative laws of the United States and of Great Britain studied with special reference to their practical working. Lectures, text-book and discussions twice a week:, ,vith library work on l11aterial col1atel"al to the lectures once a weel{ for two hours. 17'J t--:C)LLEGE ()F ARTS AND SG"IENCES. First ternl, 1\'1., W., 10. Library hours to be arranged. Credit, three hours. Gold'lvin 511zith 256- Professor JENKS. S3 b. Comparative Politics. Sketch of the constitutional and administrative laws and of the political institutions of the leading nations of Continental Europe, with especial reference to their relations to present political problems in the United States. A continuation of the course preceding, and preferably follows that, though it may be elected independently Lectures, text-book and discussions twice a week, with library work once a week for two hours. Second term, M., W., 10. Library hours to be arranged. Credit, three hours. Goldw-in Smith 256. Professor JENKS. 55 Elementary Social Science. An introductory course upon the relation of evolutionary theories to the social sciences, the efforts to establish a science of sociology and the non-economic aspect of certain social problems, such as the fanlily, race relations, immigration, labor questions and crime. Discussions on assigned readings once a week. T., Th., S., 9. In 1908-9 will be given during the first term only Course 5 I should precede or be taken with this. Goldwin Smith 256 Professor WILLCOX and Dr HANKINS. 57 Economics of Modern Philanthropy. First term, problems of charities, the pauper, feeble-minded, insane, and dependent children, and the best methods of dealing with them. Second term, problems uf crime, the crinlinal, jails, prisons, refOrll1atories, and preventive and educational measures now developing for the betterment of social conditions. Visits will be made in 1908-9 the first ternl to the Eln1ira Refornlatory and the State Conference of Charities at Ehnira., Nov 17, 18, 19, and the second term to Buffalo or New York City in the spring vacation. Cred~t, three hours. Class work T., Th., II, Laboratory S., I I, or by appointment. Goldwin Smith 264. Professor FETTER. (Seniors may take additional one or two hours as 98, below.) Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 60. Economic Legislation: Corporations and Trusts. During the year 19°8-°9 the general principles of Business organization from the economic and legal viewpoints will first be considered, then the methods of promotion, organization and management of the great corporations and other forms of combinations with their effects upon prices, wages and the social organization. HISTORY Alv D POLITIG"AL SCIENCE. 9 17 1 The class will discuss proposed legislative measures in SOlne detail with reference to their practicability to meet existing conditions. The course is designed \vith the purpose not only of elucidating principles, but also of showing some of the difficult problems arising from putting principles into practice in actual legislation. Lectures Hnd discussions twice a week. Open only to students who have taken course 51 or an equivalent. M., W., I I Gold'lvill Sn'tith 256 Professor JENKS. [62 Principles of Business Management. A discussion of the met40ds employed in organizing and financing modern business institutions and especially of the general methods of management, cost-keeping, price-making, advertising, selling, buying, correspondence, shipping, relations with laborers, with the stock market, with the public, and similar topics as viewed from the standpoint of the business managers of large enterprises. The main purpose of the course is to note the way in which the general principles of €conomics are seen and applied in actual business life. M., W , I I Not given in 1908-09. Professor JENKS.] 64. Money, Credit and Banking. The work of this course v.·ill be divided into three parts: (a) a study of the principles of money, credit and banking; (b) a study of the exemplification of those principles in the monetary and banking history of certain countries, (c) a study of present day cunoency and banking problems in the United States. Lectures, discussions and laboratory work. Open to students who have taken Economics 51 or equivalento T and Th., 10, and two laboratory hours a week to be arranged. Credit, three hours, without laboratory work, two hours. Goldwin 51nith 264. Assistant Professor KEMMERER. 66a. Problems of Labor. Progress of the workers in Europe and America, conditions, wages, hours, methods of remuneration, plans for the betterment of factories and homes, influence of labor unions on wages, industry and national life. Not open below junior For Arts students course 51 must precede. First term. W., F., 12 Goldwin Smith 264. Professor FETTER. 66b. Social Reforms. History and growth of the 1110re radical modern plans for changing industrial conditions, progratn and spirit of the socialistic parties in Europe and America. Conditions of registration as for 66a. Second term. W., F., 12 Goldwin 5111ill1 26 4. Professor FETTER. 67 Railway Transportation. l.'he develop111ent of the Anlerican railway system, railway finances, the question of rates and of pu b- 172 COLLEGE OF' ARTS AND S·CIENCES. lic regulation. Course S 1 is a prereq uisi te. T., Th., 9. Goldwin Stnith 264. Mr 68. Financial History of the United States. An historical study of public revenues and expenditures, of public debts and of currency and banking in the United States. This course is preliminary to courses 64 and 70 and is reconlmenned to all students intending to take either of these courses. W and ~F., 9. Gold7.v-in 51nith 26..;.. Assistant Professor I(EMMERER. 70. Public :Finance. A study of the principles of government revenue, governnJent expenditure, and governlT!.ent debt, with particular reference to present day problems of taxation in the United Stutes. Open only to students vvho have had Economics 5 I or equivalent. 'f and 1'h.,I2 Goldwin Smith 269. Assistant Professor I(E~lrv1ERER. [72a. Science of Accounts. In this course will be considered the general principles of accounting, cost-accounts, their nature and value to the in vestor, depreciation and different systelns of administrative control. Open only to juniors and seniors who have taken Econonlics 5 I or equivalent. First tern1. W., F., 9. Goldwin SJnitlz 2(lY. Not given in 1908-9. Assistant Professor KEMl\fERER.] [72 b. Insurance. 'fhe economic principles of insurance, kinds of insurance and their social importance, policy conditions, con1puta, tion of rates, investrnents, company management, legal regulationand other current problems connected with the insurance business. Open only to students who have had Econolnics 5 I or equivalent. Second tern1. W., l~., 9. Goldwin Snt-ith 269. Not given in 1908-9. Assistant Professor KEMMERER.] 74a. Municipal Government in Europe. Lectures, discussions and assigned readings on tIle governmental, financial and social problems presented by the modern city Students will be required to investigate and report on munic1pal conditions in special states of Europe. }~irst term. T., Th., 8. Goldwin Stnith 256 Professor JENKS and :nir LAPP 74b. Municipal Government in the United States. Lectures, discussions and assigned readings on the governmental, financial and social problems presented by the modern city Students will be required to investigate and report on n1unlcipal conditions in special cities of this country Second term. T., Th., 8. Go/d'w-hl SH1/t/z 256 Professor JENKS and l\1r LAPP 7 sa. Principles of Internatiollal I,aw. Lectures, assigned readings and reports. First term. M., W., 12 Goldwi-Il Smith 256 Professor JENKS. • HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 173 75 h . Modern Questions in International Politics. A study of leading questions of the day in the field of International Politics. 'fhe purpose of the course is not only to give general information but also to show the practical application to the study of current events of the principles of International Law and of Politics. Second ternl. M., W., 12 Goldwin Smith 256 Professor JENKS. 76a. Population Statistics. An introductory course in statistical methods of studying population, with practical work in investigation, tabulation and interpretation. Much use will be nlade of the "Abstract" and the "Supplementary . ~ nalysis" of the Twelfth . Census and of the vital statistics of New York State upon which the department is working in co-operation with the State Departlnent of Health. Designed as a parallel or supplementary course to 55 First ternl. ~1., W., F., 9, and two laboratory hours a week at a titne to be arranged. Credit three hours. Goldwin S"mith 259. Professor WILLCOX and Dr HANKINS. [76b. Economic Statistics. A continuation of course 76a but with special emphasis upon the agricultural and industrial statistics of the United States. Under exceptional circumstances stud€nts may be admitted to this course who have not already had course 76a. Second term. M., W., F., 9, and two laboratory hours a week at a time to be arranged. Credit, three hours. Gold1.vin Smith 259. Professor WILLCOX and Dr HANKINS.] 77b. History and Theory of Statistics. Open to all who have had 76a or its equivalent. Second term. IVl., W., F., 9. Goldwil1 ~;mith 259. Dr HANKINS. 78a . Ethnology- An introduction to th~ systematic study of human races, with special reference to the ethnic groups in the population of the United States and the questions they engender, I..,ectures, readings and reports. Course S5 should have been previousl)T taken. First tenn. M., W., 10, Goldwin Smith 259. Professor WI1.LCOX. 78b . Human Migrations. Study of migration as a social process and an agent of selection, with special reference to present conditions in the United States. Lectures, readings and reports. Course 55 should have been previously taken. Second term. ~I., W., 10. Goldwin Sm.ith 259- Dr BAUER. 79· Commerce and Commercial Policies. 1'he growth and organization of comnlerce, the theory of international trade, the modern con1.mercial policies. Second term. T., Th., S., Q, Goldut·in. Smith 264. Mr ~---. 174 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Courses Primarily for Graduates. 80. The Modern Theory of Distribution. A study of the most notable recent '\vritings and contributions to systematic economics and of the methods of the modern critical school, helpful to a deeper insight into the practical reformative measures of the day Some time is gi yen to readings in contemporary German and French economics. T., Th., 12, Goldwin, Smith 264. Professor FETTER. --~ [82. The Principles of Politics. An advanced course in the fundalnental principles of politics. In this course will be studied a few fundatnental questions covering the nature of society and its principles of organization, and especially the nature of the State, its functiuns and the principles of its practical organization. Open ()nly to graduates and to a few specially prepareu students. The class will n1eet once a weel, in a two-hour session. lIours to be arranged. Professor JENKS.] 83 The Practice of Politics. An advanced course in the principles of politics as exemplified in the governments of the United States, -federal, state and local. The methods actually followed in this country in legislati ve, executive and judicial work will be considered, and an effort nlade to test them by comparison with those of other countries and by their results upon society Open only to graduates and a few specially prepared students. Once a week, a two hour session. First meeting, T., 4. Political Science Semi1wryProfessor JENKS. 90. Research in Labor Problems. Students may undertake research in connection with the laboratory exercises. Credit, one to three hours a term. Goldwin Smith 269. At hours to be determined. Professor FETTER. 92. Research in Finance. Students who have done superior work in courses 64, 70, or 72b, and maturer students wishing to give special attention to financial studies, may undertake research in connection "rith laboratory exercises. Credit one to three hOUTS. ] lours and place to be arranged. Assistant Professor KEMMERER. 94. Research in Politics and in the Economic History of the United States. A few specially prepared students, primarily graduates, TllUY undertake studies involving original investigation in the tields Inentioned. Credit, one to three hours a terlU. Goldw-iu Snzith 254. Hours to be alTanged. Professor JENKS. 96. Research in Statistics. Students who have conlpleted satisfactorily courses 76a and 76b and wish to pursue the subject, and graduate students who have had equivalent training elsewhere, lnay underta]{e individual work under the direction of the departnlent. • MATHEMATICS. 175 Maxitnunl credit, three hours a term. Adtnission only on approval. Goldwin, Smith 259. flours fixed by arrangement. Professor WILLCOX. 98 . Research in Philanthropy. Students who have done superior work in course 57, may register for special studies in the history and statistics of charities and criminology, in connection with the laboratory exercises of the course in Philanthropy Credit, one to three hours a. term. Goldwin Smith 269. At hours to be determined. Professor FETTER. 99. General Seminary. For research work in the field of Political Science. Open to graduates. Political Science Seminary- T., 2 Professors JENKS, WILLCOX, FETTER, and Assistant Professor KEMMERER. BIBLIOG RAPHY I Introduction to the use of Books. A systenlatic study of Bibliographies,Indexes, Dictionaries, Cyclopedias, etc., including the principles of classification, cataloging, indexing and preparing manuscript for printing_ Lectures and exercises. First....half-year : 'f., 4 :00. Credit one hour Assistant Librarian AUSTEN Ia.. Laboratory work covering the same subjects as course I, intended for students wishing more of the practical work. Open to students who have had course I T . , 4 :00. Credit I hour Second half-year Assistant l,ibral;an AUSTEN 2 General Bibliography.. 1'he Inaterials and fornl of books in ancient times, books in the ll1iddle ages, block books, early printed bool{s, illustrated by examples of manuscripts and incunabula, book illustration, book-bindings, form-notation, systems of classification and cataloguing; general bibliographical aids. Second balfyear Lectures. T.,I2 Credit I hour Mr HARRIS. MATHEMATICS. Pure Mathematics. The work in tnathematics prescribed for students in ENGINEERING and ARCHITECTURE takes one year It presupposes a good knowledge of plane and solid geometry, of elementary and advanced algebra, and of plane trigonometry; and it consists of elementary courses in analytic geometry and the calculus. For students in ARTS all work in mathematics is elective, and this work may be roughly divided into elementary courses and advanced courses. 'l'he elerncntary courses are in solid geotnetry, elementary and advanced algebra, plane and spherical trigonometry, analytic geometry including conic sections, differential and integral calculus, and differential equations. These courses may all be taken by a good student, well qualified, during his freshluan and sopl10more years. They serve ;t~ a sufficient preparation for the ordinary work in physics, chemistry, etc., and they mark the minimum of attainments that a tcacller of mathematics in a high school or academy ought to possess. The advanced courses are for juniors, seniors, and graduates. Together they would take one's entire time for four or five years; they give a general survey of the field of mathematical science, and serve as an introduction to any special field one nlight wish to cultivate. The sequence and interdependence of these courses, and the order in \vhich they 111a:r best be taken up, are shown in the detailed stateJllent of the courses themselve~. Mathematical Physics. The subjects offered in this connection fall into two Inain groups. I n the first group are the calculus, differential equations, probabilit.ies and the theory or errors, vector analysis, and function-theory 'fhese have already been mentioned under pure mathenlatics. Although these courses are in the field of pure mathematics, :yet they are necessary, as introductions to most of the subjects in the second group mentioned below, and they are important in tllelnselves to the student cd. physics, much of whose work without their aid would be too pur-ely empirical, no less than to the student of pure mathematics, whose outlook is enlarged by the physical concepts and interpretations involved. Most of the courses in this group are open to any good student who has had the elementary courses named above. The second group consists of (I), two general introductory courses one.? in theoretical mechanics and the other in Fourier's series and spherical harmonies, in '\vhich various typical physical problems are treated, the appropriate differential equations being derived from physical laws, and the most important solutions of these eq ua tions discussed, (2) , the rna thel11a tical theories of definite branches of physics, such as sound including the general vibrating system with Rayleigh's treatise as the basis, hydrodynamics including mechanics of the atmosphere and vortex-motion, electricity and magnetism, theories that have all been extensively developed by aid of the higher analysis. '77 Course.s in light and thern1odynan1ics are given by the DepartInent of Physics, as are also courses; n electricity and nlagnetisrTI less rnathematical in character than course 46 below The Mathematical Club, Thesis and the I"ibraryThe Oliver Mathematical Club, composed of teachers and advanced students, has for its objects The systematic pl-esentation by the nlembers, in turn, of some specified mathematical theory of recent development, and the hearing of reports from different members on noteworthy articles in current journals, and on the results of \ special reading and investigation, the club nleets every week. In addition to the courses of instruction definitely announced, special reading in pure and applied mathenlatics is assigned to advanced students desiring it, provision is nlade for the writing and criticism of matl1ematical thesis, and students are encouraged to follow up special inquiries by aid of the University Library, which now contains several thousand VOlU1l1eS on pure mathematics, mathematical physics, and astronomy, including the principal mathematical journals, and transactions of scientific societies. Mathematical IVfodels. The collection of rilodels, about three hundred in number, includes I Plaster models of the quadric and cubic surfaces, of several forms of the KUlnmer surfac~, of tIle cyclides, of surfaces of centers of quadrics, and of lnlnilnnm surfaces. 2 Plaster models illustrating positive, negative, and parabolic curvature, and constant Ineasure of curvature. 3. Plaster models illustrating the theory of functions, among t.hem models of simply and multiply connected surfaces and of several forms of Rieluann's surfaces, and models representing the real parts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and elliptic functions. 4. Wooden and glass nl0dels of crystals and pol)Thedra. 5. Wire and thread models of twisted CtlrVes and ruled surlace~.;, and skeleton frames for nl1nimum surfaces. Courses Prescribed for Students in Engineering and Architecture, and open to Undergraduates in Arts. I Analytic Geometry and Calculus. This course is required of freshmen in Engineering and Architecture 178 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Twenty-one sections daily except Sat., first term. Daily, second tcrtTI, except for students in Architecture, who meet daily except S. (a) Analytic Geometry Credit, 4 hours first term. (b) Differential Calculus. Credit, I hour first term, 2 hours second term. (c) Integral Calculus. Credit, 4 hours second term. :2 Analytic Geometry and Differential Calculus. For freshmen in Engineering and Architectttre who are not taking course I Two sections daily except S., second term. Courses Open to Undergraduates in Arts. 3 Geometry, Algebra and Trigonometry. Open to all students. This course is designed for students who have entered on the minor reql1irenlents in mathematics, and who are preparing: (I) to teach mathematics in the secondary schools; (2) to take up engineering work later in their course, or (3) to specialize in chemistry or physics. Daily, except S., at 9. lVhite 24. Professor TANNER. Daily, except S., at 10. Whitt- 25 Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON Credit, 3 hours, first term. (b) Advanced Algebra. Credit, 2 hours, each tenn. (c) Plane a nd Spherical 1'rigonotnetry Credit., 3 hours, secono terOl. ·l Geometry, Algebra and Trigonometry. Open to all students. l'his course is s0111ewhat briefer than course 3, it is sufficient for elelnentary ,,'ork in chemistry, physics, etc M., W., F., 8. White 2 Assistant Professor FITE, Dr CARVER. 1'., Th., S., at I I ll'hite - . Dr OWENS. (a) Solid Geometry Credit, 2 hours, first tern1. (b) Advanced Algebra. Credit, I hour, each terlll. (c) Plane Trigonometry Credit, 2 hours, second ternl. 5. Analytic Geometry and Calculus. Open to all who have satisfied the major entrance requirements in mathematics, or who have tal{en either course 3 or 4. Students preparing to teach mathematics in the secondary schools, as well as those who are planning for advanced work in physics, chemistry, etc., should elect this course~ or preferably course 6. M., W., F, at II. White I I Professor TANNER. (a) Solid Ge01l1etry 6. Theory of Equations, Analytic Geometry and Calculus. Open to all students who have satisfied the nlajor entrance requirements in mathematics, or who have taken either Course 3 or 4. This course extends over two years, and is designed for students who wish MATHEMATICS. 179 to specialize in mathenlatics, or to take advanced work in physics, chemistry, etc. It is especially recommended to students preparing to teach mathematics in the secondary schools. (a) First year rfhe first term will be devoted to selected topics from advanced algebra and trigonometry including the theory of equations and determinants, the second term to analytic geonletry Daily, ex. S., at 10. White 24. Professor TANNER. [(b) Second year First term, differential calculus, second ternl, integral calculus. Daily ex. S. To be gjven in 1909-10.] [7 Teacher's Course. This course is designed primarily for those who are preparing to teach nlathenlatics in the sec()ndary schools. Selected topics of the subject Blatter of secondary instructi()n will be studied both from the historical and the critical standpoint. ()ther topics, such as correlation of allied branches, laboratory methods of instruction, arrangement of curriculum, etc., will also receive CONsideration. Two hours. To be given in 1909-10. Professor TANNER.] Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. F or these co'urses hours will be arranged to suit the 'Inetl1bers of tlze classes. In some cases the courses stated as necessary to a given course ntay be taken at the same time with it. A course 1nay not be given it not more than two persolls call tor it. I I Differential Equations. An elementary course arranged for students in engineering and in physics, and for those who intend to study advanced mathematics. 'The course is devoted mainly to the solution of the simpler ordinary and partial differential equations. An elementary knowledge of the integral calculus is a prerequisite for entrance to this course. T., Th., 9. IVhite 9. Dr RANUM. 13. Projective Geometry. The principal aim of this course is to familiarize the student with reasoning about geonletric forms. l'he usual topics of elementary synthetic geometry are studied. Algebraic rnethods will be used to some extent in the latter part of the course. Considerable attention will be given to drawing. M., W F., 9. White 21 Dr CARVER. [14. Life Insurance and Probabilities. The elements of the theory of probabilities and the general theory of life insurance will be discussed. The fitting of approximation curves to statistical data and investment rates will also be treated. Two hours. To be given in 19 0 9- 10 .] I 5 Advanced~Analytic Geometry. This course is intended as an introduction to the theory of algebraic plane curves. The princpal 180 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. topics to be discussed are systelns of coordinates, elementary transfonnations, polar systems, farnilies of conics and a summary of unicursal curves. Three hours. Dr CRAIG. 16. Solid Analytic Geometry. An elementary discussion of the geometry of the plane, straight line and quadric surface, including rectilinear generators, and space curves of orders 3 and 4. Two hours. First tern) Dr OWENS. 17 Advanced Calculus. This second course in differential and integral calculus will be a study of the essential nature of the problems belonging to the subject, and the linlitations within which the processes learned in the first course may be applied. Three hours. IVhite 5. Dr GILLESPIE. [19. General Theory of Algebraic Curves. 1"he· principal subjects treated are conditions which determine a curve, theory of poles and polars, Plucker's numbers, cubic and quartic curves, and finite groups of collineations. Three hours. To be given in 1909-10. Assistant Professor SNYDER.] 19 b. Synopsis of Geometry of Space. This course will consider the fundalnental configurations in space of three or more dimensions,and their relations to each other Three hours. White 6 Assistant Professor SNYDER. 20. Higher Algebra. This course is intended as an introduction to the modern treatment of algebraic problems. The principal subjects included are linear dependence, matrices, linear substitutions bilinear forms, quadratic forms, invariants, elementary divisors. Frequent geometric illustrations will be given. A foundation will be laid for the later study of linear groups, binary forms, collineations, correlations, pencils of conics and quadrics. Bochers Introduction to Higher Algebra win be followed to a large extent. Two hours. White 9. Dr RANUM. 2 I Partial Differential Equations. This course is rather more practical than theoretical. Methods of solution will be given, witll illustrations from physical problems. 1'wo hours, first term. Dr C:RAIG. Theory of Groups. The fundamental principles of the tlleory of abstract groups of finite order, substitution and linear groups, group characters, the Galois theory of equations. Two hOUTS. White 2 Assistant Professor FITE. 25. Theory of Functions. An elementary course in tIle theory of functions of a complex variable witll especial attention to unifoml ftlnctions and conformal representation. A brief introduction to the 22 ASTRONOMY functions of t,vo variables will be included. Three hours. White 25. Assistant Professor HUTCHINSON. 26. Elliptic Functions. The simple properties of these functions will be discussed, and numerous examples given of their applications to physical problems. Two hours, first term. ~Vhite 27 Dr SHARPE. An elelnentary course including some of the more direct applications of the theory of integral equations, and showing tl1eir connection with other subjects of analysis. Two hours, second term. White 5 Dr GILLESPIE Mathematical Physics. 42 (a) Potential Functions, Fourier's Series, and Spherical Harmonics, with applications to physical problems. Introductory to mathematical physics. Three hours. White 27 Dr SI-IARPE. 42 (b) Continuation of 42 (a) Reading course in Riemann as -Weber, Die partiellen Differentialgleich Wungen der mathematischen Physik. Professor McMAHON 43. Mathematical Theory of treatise. Two hours. liVhite 10- • 27 Integral Equations. Sound. Based on Rayleigh's Professor McMAHON Based Two hours. ~IThite 10. 46. Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism. on the treatise of A braham and Foppl. Professor McMAHON ASTRONOMY. Course I will meet the requiren1ents of students of general science. including those who intend to qualify themsleves for teaching science in high schools. It is a fundamental course in astronomy It should be supplemented by Course 2 Those desiring to pursue the subject further for the purpose of Specialization should tal{e the various courses in the order given. Special practical work may be arranged. The higher work presupposes a knowledge of spherical trigonometry and calculus. I General Astronomy. Descriptive, physical, and historical. A comprehensive study of the heavenly bodies; their motions and mutual relations, their forms and dilnensions, their composition and evolution. Methods of investigation. Astro-physics. Astronomical photography Instrulnents and apparatus. 'fwo hours' credit. Lectures illustrated with lantern slides and the equipnlent of Fuertes Observatory M., W., 12, Lincoln 29. ASf-dstant Professor LEl,AND. 182 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Observations. Uranography Star-charts. Use of the equa totial telescope. Sketching The sun and the planets. Double and multiple stars and clusters. Nebulre. To accompany Course lOne hour credit, second term. One evening per week, to be arranged, at Fuertes Observatory. Assistant Professor LELAND. 3. Practical Astronomy and Computation. 1'he determination of time, latitude, longitude, and azimuth. Observations arid conlputation of the results. Sextant and surveyor's transit problems. Altazirnuth, astronomical transit, and zenith telescope. Use of star catalogs. Should be preceded by Course I Two hours' credit. Lectures, recitations, and observatory work. Hours to be arranged. Assistant Professor LELAND. If desired by a sufficient number of students, Course 3 may be 1l1ade to include problems in practical navigation or nautical astronomy [4. Spherical Astronomy. The mathematical theory of observations and instruments. Co-ordinates on the celestial sphere and their transformations. The corrections to observations, parallax, refraction, aberration, etc. The motion of the earth, precession and nutation. The theory of the determination of time, latitude, longitude, and azimuth. Eclipses and occultations. Method of least squares. Should be preceded by Course I or its equivalent. Three hours' credit. Assistant Professor LELAND.] 5. Advanced Practical Astronomy. Work along special lines. Determination, of positions of stars. Double star observations. Investigation of star catalogs. Variation of latitude. Applications of the method of least squares. Supplementary reading. A course primarily for graduates, with opportunities for researcll. Hours and credit to be arranged. Assistant Professor LELAND. 6. Special Practice in Computation. Numerical solution of equations. Mechanical appliances, slide rules, computing n1achines. Logarithmic tables of various forms for simple and complicated conditions. An elementary course for students who have had trigonometry Credit, one hour Second term. One afternoon per week, to be arranged. Assistant Professor LELAND. 7 Method of Least Squares. Adjustlnent of observations. Theory and applications. Derivation of empirical fortTIulae. Requires a knowledge of calculus, and should be preceded by a course in the physics laboratory or astronomical observatory Two hours. First term. Assistant Professor LELAND. 2 PHYSICS. PHYSICS. Lecture Course in Elementary Physics. The instruction in the elements of physics is by means of lectures given four times a week for each term. In these lectures the general laws of mechanics and heat, electricity and magnetism, and acoustics and optics, are presented. The very large collection of lecture room apparatus possessed by the department makes it possible to give experimental demonstrations of all in1portant phenomena. The course of lectures is supplemented by recitations, for which purpose the class is divided into sections of about twenty members each. Courses of Laboratory Instruction. The first year of laboratory work is devoted to the experimental verification of physical formulae to practice in the use of instruments of precision and to the attainment of some knowledge of the simpler nlethods of physical manipulation. Students who have cOlnpleted the first year's work make a more extended study of various physical constants. They learn the use of standard instruments, and become acquainted with the methods employed in research. For students of engineering complete courses in photometry, in the calibration of instruments and in the study and testing of direct, alternating and polyphase cun·ent ll1achinery are arranged. The opportunities afforded for advanced work are unusual. Every encouragement is offered to advanced students for the carrying on of original investigations, and every opportunity is taken to stimulate a spirit of scientific inquiry Courses of reading are suggested to such students, in connection with their experimental work; and they are brought together in sen1inaryat frequent intervals for the discussion of topics of scientific interest. Several cour>.;es in theoretical physics are given for the benefit of such students. It is the aim of the department to furnish every possible facility for research. The Rockefeller Hall of Physics, a new building dedicated in June, 19 06 , is devoted exclusively to the use of the department. It consists of a lecture room wing on the south, 73xI57 feet, which contains three lecture rooms with a seating capacity of 600, 160 and 120 respectively, a suite of seven recitation rooms, several large rooms for the storage of apparatus, an instrulnent maker's shop and various small rooms designed with reference to special lines of physical investigation. Parallel to this on the north is a similar wing, likewise four stories in height, which is devoted to the work in pure and applied electricity, to the intermediate laboratory for general physics and to the photographic laboratory • 'fhese wings are jnined by a structure, parallel to East Avenue, which is 152 feet long and w11ich contains researcll rooms, offices, library, periodical rOOIn, senlinary roonl,the rooms of the elementary laboratory and special roon1.S, on the upper floor for advanced work in optics and photography To the east of the north wing is the dynamo laboratory of the department, a one-story structure I,~ox60 feet. This group of contlected laboratories, the construction of which has been made possible by a gift of $250,000 from Mr John D. Rockefeller, affords opportunities for experimental work in physics, and for laboratory instruction unequalled in this country The equipment, the value of which exceeds $100,000, is extensive and varied and the provisions for research are of the most alnple and complete character Students from institutions not of collegiate rank who desire credit for l.Jniversity COLlfses, I, 5, 6, or 10, may, by special permission trom the depart111Cllt, be adlnitted to an examination covering this work. Applications Inust be nlade to the department for such permission not later than Sept. IS of the year the student enters the University and must be accompanied by a full statement from some official of the school giving the time spent on the work in Physics, text-books used and the studel1t's standing. The student's laboratory note-book should be sent wit h the application. The examination in Courses I, 5, and 6 will be held at 2 P M. on the first Saturday after registration in Septelnber, and in Course 10, one week later Address all note-books Q1td statc11'tents concerning Physics to the Deparfl1Zt?1"lt of Physics, Cornell University. I Introductory Experimental Physics. (Lectures.) Fou.! hours a week. M., T., W., Th. First term at 9 or 12, or second terln at I I Professors NICHOLS, MERRITT and SHEARER. Lecture Room A. Required of students in M.E., C.E., Agr., Arch., M.D., elective for students in Arts and Sciences. Entrance Physics is not accepted as an equivalent for this course. s. Introductory Physics. (Class-roon1 work.) Two hours a week for one term as assigned. Required of students in Sibley College and in Agriculture. May be elected by students in al1Y ot11er college. Messrs. CRITTENDEN, ·SOMERVILl.E and - - 6. Introductory Physics. (Class··room worl{.) First or second term, four hours a week as assigned. Required of students in Civil Engineering; may be elected by students in other colleges. Messrs WAGGONER, and GIBBS. NOTE.-Examinations for those unavoidably absent from either term examination in courses I, 5 or 6, or who have conLitions~to make up will be held on registration day, Oct. I, 1908, at 2 P- M. , PHYSICS. Course 18 is open only to students who have tile requisite knowledge of chelnistry and physics. The requisite knowledge of these subjects is in general that possessed by those ·who have completed Chemistry Course I and Physics I 19. Advanced Photography, with special reference to its application to research. Two hours. Laboratory practice. Assistan t Professor ~loLER. Students who have completed courses I, 10 or r Ll, and 18, or an equivalent, will be admitted to this class. 20. Heat. Second half-year Three hours. M., W , F., 8. Assistant Professor BLAKER. '2 I Light. First half-year 'l'hree hours. T., 1'h., S , 8. IVlr llORSEY Electricity and rdagnetism. Second half-year 'l'hree hour~; T , Th., S., 8. i\ssistant Professor BLAKER or-- -.-23 Properties of Matter. First half-year 'fhree hours. ~1., W., F~, 8 .A,t\ssistant Professor BLAKER. 22 Courses 20-23 inclusive are intended for those students vvho have completed courses I and 6 with 10 or 14 and who desire further work along these lines preparatory to teaching or to taking the advanced courses in theoretical physics which follow In these courses advanced mathematics is not required and they may be taken at the same time that Physics 14 is taken. Experinlental demonstrations ~1i1l be given from time to time by the instructors or members of the class. It is suggested that students taking any of these courses may with advantage take work in Courses 14 or 25 25 Advanced Laboratory Practice. Two to six. hours a week, at hoars to be arranged, according to the needs of the student. Assistant Professor BLAKER. This is a laboratory course in general physics for students wno have completed course 14, and is preparatory to the laboratory courses in general physics whicll follow It is intended to meet the wants of those who expect to teach experimental physics. The experiments may be such as to require one or more laboratory periods, and the student will be encouraged to worl<: out the details for himself as nluch as is possible. 33. Alternating Currents. Two hours, lectures and class exercises first term. T., Th., at 10. Professor BEDELL. Special attention will be given to the study of underlying principles and to the development of graphical rIlethods of analysis, as a basis for alternating current testing and for the solution of practical probletns. Theory will be in part illustrated by experimental demonstration. Recommended to stttdents in 34 or 35, or in electrical engineering. 186 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENG"ES. 3 4· Electrical Laboratory Practice. Three hours, first or second term. Daily 9-1 Professor BEDELL and Mr PIERCE. This course includes general dynamo laboratory practice, and the testing of direct and alternating current apparatus. A study is n1ade of the various types of dynamo-electric machinery, both direct and alternating, in order that the student may become familiar with the principles of their operation. The course offers opportunity for thorough study of single and polyphase currents and the ir application. 8. General Physics. (1'heory.) Two hours. Text-book work twice a week throughout the year Assistant Professor BLAKER and Messrs. RICBTMYER, HODGE, NASMYTH, MOLBY, TUGMAN, ---and--'l'his course is req Hired of students in Sibley College and is to be taken in connection with laboratory course 14. The requirements fur adolission ~re Physics I and 5 and Mathenlatics 1 Cuufse 8 ll1ay be elected by students of other colleges v.,ho have the requisite preparation. 10. Introductory Physical Experiments. One to four hours credit. One to four 2.% hour periods per week in the laboratory 'fhe laboratory win be open during the first term on M. and S., 8-10 30, and ~1.) T., W., Th., and F., 2 to 4 .30, during the second term, S., 8-10 :30, and M., T., W., Th., and F., 2-4.40. Assistant Professor BLAKER and Messrs. DORSEY, ROGERS and GAGE. Course 10 is offered especially for students takil1g courses 1 and 6, but is open to those who are taking or have co~pleted courses I, I and 5 or 6 or the equivalent. A shorter course of two hours covering properties of matter, heat, ligl1t, sound, magnetism and electricity, may be taken in one ternl, the student electing two laboratory periods a week,or the course nlay be extended over a year, one period per week being taken. A longer course of three of four hours tuay be elected covering the same ground more in detail. This work may be taken in one term or distributed over a year If desired the course may begin in the second term. The first half of the course is devoted to properties of nlatter, heat and sound, and the second half to ligllt, magnetism and electricity Students in Agriculture take a two hour course in this laboratory 14. Physical Experiments. Theory and Methods of Physical Measurements. One to eight hours. The laboratory will be open on M., T., W., Th., 9-12 and 2-5, F., 2-5, and S., 9-12. Assistant ['HYS1CS·. Professor BLAKER, and Messrs, RICHTMYER, HODGE, I~ODGERS, N ASMYTH, MOLBY, TUGMAN, and GAGE, and - - Course 14 is open to students who have passed satisfactorily in Physics in Courses I and 6 or I and two hours of 10 or their equi valent. This course may also be taken by students who are taking Physics 8 at the saIne tinle. It includes laboratory experitnents in physical nleasurements, properties of matter, tnechanics, heat, light sound, magnetism and electricity and includes instruction in the adjustn1ent and use of instruments of precision employed in the work. Each student devotes to the course one or more periods a week according to the amount of credit desired. Students in Sibley College are required to take the equivalent of one hour per week only when this course is taken in connection with Physics 8. Special work in general photometry is also offered in Pllysics 14, which may be elected after tIle regular work has been cOlnpleted. This special work may be elected to cover from one to four University hours. 18. Theory and Practice of Photography, including Photography in colors. Two hours. Lectures and laboratory practice. First or second term. Assistant Professor MOLER and Mr Lectures Thursday 3 :3 0 to 4 ·30 throughout the term. Laboratory practice (at hours to be arranged) The work is individualized and a. student may cover the ground broadly, to gain extended experience,or may specialize in an~y chosen line. Facilities are offered for investigation and work of precision Open to seniors in the Colleges of Arts and Sciences, nr the College of Civil Engineering who ..have completed Physics 14, and to students in Sibley College who have completed (or are taking) Physics 33 and \vho have completed one ternl of E. E. 10. On application to Professor BEDELL, pernlission to take the course tuay be given to others who have entered from other colleges, or who have had practical experience, or who intend to continue in 35. 35 Advanced Course in Electrical Laboratory. 1'wo to eight hours. Daily 9-1 Professor BEDELL and Mr PIERCE. Open to graduates, and to undergraduates on completion of course 34, or one term of senior E. E. laboratory in Sibley College. The work is similar to that in course 34, with wider scope and with more latitude allowed the student. The character of the work will be arrang~d to meet individual needs. 37 Thesis in Applied Electricity. Two to eight hours. second ternl. Professor BEDELL. 188 (~OLLEGE ()F~ AR1~S' AN,D SCIENCES. Open to students in the C'ollege of Arts and Sciences and in Sibley l'ollege. 39. Design and Construction of Apparatus for Research. l~irst lertn two hours Cit times to be arranged. Assistant Professor MOLER. Recent Advances in Experimental Physics. Professor 1\1 ERRITT First term one lecture a week. F 12 Second term possibly tvvo lectures a week. This course wil1 be devoted to such of t.he 1110re impor tant deve]opnlents in physics as have not yet found their way into tIle text books. rrhe lectures will be illustrated by experiments whenever the nature of the subject permits. In 1908-9 about half of the time of this course will be devoted to t.he subject of electric waves and oscillations. 40. [The Electric Transmission of Intelligence. First tern1, one J.Jectures. Sat., 12 Professor NICHOLS. Not given in , 0 08 -f).] ,12 Primary ann Secondary Batteries. First ternl one hour l..,E'ctures, Sat., 12 Professor NICHOLS. 4,~ Photometry and the Physics of Illumination. Second tertll one hour J.lectures. Sat. 12 Professor NICHOLS. [4 ~ The Measurement of Current, Electromotive Forces and Resistance. Second term one hour Lectures. S., 12 Professor 'l I h')llr NlrHOLS. I\J () l gi yen in 1908-9.] Advanced Laboratory Practice and Thesis Work in General Physics. This course is open to students "rho have con1pleted courses I, 5 or h and I t The al110unt of time to be given and hours of attendance will be arranged to suit each individual case. Professors NICHOLS and MERRITT and Assistant Professor SHEARER. [46. Light. Four hours. Assistant Professor SHEARER. rrhree recitations a weel{ based on Drude's Theory of Light. One experimental1ecture a week by members of the class under the direction ()f the instructor Not given in 1908-9.] 47 Heat. Four hours. Assistant Professor SHEARER. Production of high and low temperatures. Methods used in the nle.asurcment of temperature and heat, methods of heat transfer with experimental lectures, first term. Theory of heat and molecular physics, kinetic theory of matter, second term. 48. Reading Course on the Electro-Magnetic Theory of Light principally from French and Gertnan texts. lIours to be arranged. Assistant Professor SHEARER. .l5 CHEMISTR}l 18 9 49. The Application of Mathematics to Physics. Lectures and probletns on the statement of physical concepts in matllematical form and the interpretation of results, with suggestions as to methods of computation. Two hours. First term. I-Iours to he arrangerl. Assistant Professor SHEARER. 50. Physical Seminary. rfwo hours. Critical reading of original Inemoirs relating to physics, followed in the latter part of the year by reports upon original worl{ done in the department. Professor NICHOLS. Course 50 is a. colloquium in which all members of the leading staff of the department, as wel1 as graduate students of physics take an acti ve part. [5 I Theoretical Physics. Mechanics and Thermodynamics. Professor MERRITT Three hours lectures and one honr senlinary throughout the year Not given in 1908-9.] 52 Theoretical Physics. F':lectricity and magnetiSlll. Professor MERRITT Three hours lectures and one hour seminary throughout the year Honrs to be arranged. Problem thne, M., T., W., Th., at I I or 12. Courses 5 I and 52, together with courses 46 and 47 are intended t () give an outline of theoretical physics for students who expect to specialize in thi§ su bj ect. Professor MERRITT Lectures and Seminary For advanced students ~o have completen ~ourse 52 or its equivalent. 1"'his course is capable of modifications to suit the needs of those eleeting i.t. SOlne treatise on electricity \'.'111 probably be used (is a basis. 53 Electricity and Magnetism. CHEr.iISTR Y. Inorganic Chemistry. l'he elenlents of inorganic chenlistry are taught by lectures, laboratory work and recitations from a text- boo k The scope of the course is essentially the same as that outlined by the College Entrance Exalnination Board, but tIle method of treatlnent, particularly in the matter of lecture presentation, is in tllany particulars different from that usually followed. The applications of chemistry and some of the recent advances in the science are discussed in considerable detail. Advanced courses of lectures and laboratory work are offered in inorganic chemistry These courses are open to those who have completed certain prelinunary work. The lectures deal with the study of the properties of all the elements and their more important 19 0 C·OLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. (,0111POUllds, and they are based on the periodic law of Mendeh~efl. The laboratory work in advanced inorganic chemistry comprises the preparation and purification of inorganic compounds and the extract ion of the rarer elements fronl ores and tninerals. 'rhe facilities for investigation in this field are very complete, and the student is afforded opportunity for research not nlerely in synthetic inorganic chemistry, but also in advanced spectroscopic chemical analysis and gas analysis. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis. Three beginning courses are given in chemical analysis. These vary in scope and length an(} are designed to Ineet the different needs of the students of chemistry, Inedicine, and engineering_ Qualitative analysis begins with the study of reactions of the eleInents and their compounds v.rith different reagents. This is followed by the practical application of the knowledge thus gained to the analysis of unknown substances, bot.h in the solid form and in solution. Instruction in this field is continued in an advanGed course given to students that have cOlnpleted the study of eleJnentary organic and physical chemistry The quantitative work is taken up after the cOlnpletion of the qualitative course, and comprises a sInall number of sin1ple grctvitnetric and volumetric determinations, together with the study of the chemistry of the operations involved. This \vork in the laboratory is supplemented by lectures and recitations, the latter inclttding practice in writing chemical equations explanatory of the actual operation of analytical worl{. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. For students intending to devote themselves chiefly to the study of chemistry there are provided advanced courses in quantitative analysis, especially designed to give them as wide an acquaintance as possible with analytical 111anipulation. 1'hese courses con1prise the determination of the l110re inlportant elenlents; the analysis of ores, minerals and alloys. the ultimate analysis of organic substances, agricultural analysis, the chemical and nllcroscopic examination of foods a.nd beverages. the analysis of water; the analysis of iron ores, iron and steel, slags, paints and varnishes, alloys, coal and coke, and a number of other commercial products. A course of lectures upon selected topics in Advanced Quantitative Analysis is also offered. Special Courses in Chemical Analysis. These comprise courses in gas analysis, spectroscopic chemical analysis and assaying. Each line of work is given in a laboratory especially designed for its accom CHEMISTRY modation and completely fitted with all necessary instruments and apparatus, and is accompanied by a course of lectures introductory to and explanatory of the laboratory work. Micro-Chemistry. Four courses are offered, the object being to acquaint the student with the microscope and its application to the investigation of cheluical phenomena and of problems arising in the industries. A fundamental course upon which the remaining courses are based deals with the microscope and its accessories and Inicro-chemical methods, the use of the microscopes of various forms and constructions, the application and use of the micropolariscope in its different forms, the microspectroscope, the micrometer and tnicrometric methods, the use of illuminators, both vertical and oblique, photo-micrographic stands and cameras, etc. Practice is given in methods of solution, decantation, filtration, crystallization, sublimation and distillation as applied to the examination of minute Ulnounts of material, in the use of elective stains and special reagents, in the making of permanent preparations, in the use of the centrifuge, grinding and polishing machines, etc. Following the instruction in microchemical methods the later courses deal with the analysis of inorganic compounds, organic compounds, alloys, paper, the examination of foods, food products, textiles, etc. A speciallaboratory has been arranged for microchemical work. I t is provided with work-tables of special construction placed in windows so as to afford ample light, with work tables of the usual laboratory form along the walls, with gas, blast, water, electric current and electric light. The equipment of this laboratory in apparatus, reagents and nlaterial for study is exceptionally complete, rendering the facilities for microchemical research in all its branches unexcelled. Organic Chemistry or the Chemistry of the Compounds of Carbon. 1'wo elementary courses are given in this subject, one extending through the year, the other through the second half-year The second course is intended for students in medicine and is especially adapted to their needs. The other course is for students specializing in chemistry or those who wish a more extended knowledge of the subject. The method of instruction is the same in both and consists of lectures, recitations and laboratory work, supplemented by frequent written examinations. The lectures are fully illustrated by experiments, specimens of the compounds considered and charts. The laboratory work follows the lectures closely and comprises the preparation and purification of a large number of typical organic compounds and the detailed study of their properties, reactions and relations. 'I'he second year's work consists of lectures on special 19 2 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. chapters of the subject and of further laboratory work in the preparation and study of the compounds of carbon of a more complicated nature. Special courses of lectures are also given on the coal tar dyes and on the stereochemistry of the conlpoullds of carbon and of nitrogen. In all the advanced work constant reference is made to the original1iterature of the subject in the various chen1ical journals. Physiological Chemistry. Theconrses in this subject are especially arranged for students in medicine who have completed the required courses in physiology and chemistry The method of instruction is by lectures, recitations and laboratory work, acconlpanied by frequent written exalninations. 'fhe work comprises the chemistry of the. proteids, carbohydrates and fats, the detailed study of the compounds found in the aninlal organism, and of their reactions and decomposition products. In the laboratory the student separates fronl the various animal fluids and organs the chemical compounds which they contain, studies their properties, reactions and products of deconlposition, and thus fanliliarizes hitnself with tIle methods of isolation and identification of these products. Especial attention is gi ven to the chen1istry of digestion and of the products of digestion. In the advanced work SOlne special1ine of investigation is taken up, such as the repetition of inlportant and extended pieces of work and verification of results already pu blished. Physical Chemistry- An outline of the lnore important features of the physical aspect of chemical changes is given in an introductory • course of classroom instruction in physical chemistry This course is folloVtl"ed by lectures on the present state of development of the various phases of the experimental side of the subject, the Gibbsian phase rule, the laws of mass action, the velocity of reactions, and electro-chemistry Opportunity is given for experimental research in connection with this work, and the general lectures are suppleInented by briefer courses on special topics. The results of the experilnental and theoretical investigations tl1at are carried on in physical cheluistry are published in the Journal of PhJ1sical Chemistry, which is issued monthly, during the acadenlic year, by officers of the departnlent. Sanitary Chemistry, Toxicology. These subjects are taught by several distinct courses of lectures accompanied in each case by laboratory practice. Special laboratories are provided for practical work in sanitary chemistry These laboratories are exceptionally well equipped with the most modern apparatus, both cllemical and optical. Other laboratories are provided for the bacteriological exalnination of foods, wat.er, etc. The bacteriological laboratories CHEMISTRY includes a general work roon1 with table space for ten students, a sterilizing and preparation room, and an incubator room. The material equipment includes a large and sm.all hot air sterilizer, two steam sterilizers, two large autoclaves, three large incubators, and special closets for cultures at room temperature and at low temperatures. These laboratories have been specially equipped with a view to suppl)Ting every need for research in water analysis, water purification, and chemical bacteriology A large collection of pure and adulterated food products supplies material for those desiring to specialize in Boal·d of Health Work or in Domestic Economy The equipment in material and apparatus for the study of chemical toxicology is such as to permit of the detection and detertnination of the rarer as well as the common poisons of both organic and inorganic ongtn. Agricultural Ohemistry. An elementary course, consisting of lectures, laboratory practice and recitations, is given during the first half-year It treats of the fertility of the soil, the relations of soils to plant growth, and the composition of plants and fertilizers. The laboratory practice is intended to familiarize the student with the chemical and physical properties of soils and fertilizers. Two advanced courses are given during the second half-year; one on dairy chemistry and one on the chemistry of plant and animal life. A series of elementary lectures is given for the winter course students. A laboratory course in chemical analysis of agricultural products extends through the year Special attention is given to the metllods of anal)rsis recommended by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Seminary. A general seminary, attended by the melnbers of the staff of instruction in the Department of Chelnistry and by graduate students and seniors specializing in chemistry, meets once each week throughout the year Members of the seminary l'"eport upon recent advances and selected topics in chemical science. The Chemical Laboratory. The Laboratory, named Morse Hall, consists of two buildings, with floor space of over 43,000 square feet. The buildings are connected by corridors on each floor The laboratory contains four lecture rooms, one seating three hundred and fifty students, another eighty and each of the others sixty-two. These rooms are furnished with all the necessary appliances for the illustration of lectures by experiments and lantern projection, and are provided with adjacent preparation rooms. For elementary work in in- 194 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. organic chemistry and qualitative and quantitative analysis, there are three large laboratories containing in the aggregate places for seven hundred and fifty students working in sections. In addition to these are two raOlns for organic chemistry and a research laboratory for advanced work in that field, one laboratory with one hundred and eight places for physiological chemistry and toxicology, a special laboratory for micro-chemical analysis, two for bacteriological work in connection with the analysis of water and foods, one room for distillation in water and food analysis, three rooms for assaying, two with northern exposure for gas analysis, a fire-proof room for work with highly inflammable substances, a laboratory for organic ultimate analysis by combustion provided with powerful ventilation and special balances, a hydrogen sulphide room connected with strong f:-tn exhaust for work with noxious gases, an electric furnace laboratory, a large room for advanced inorganic chemistry, together with two smaller ones for research ,,"ork in this field, a room for spectroscopic chemical analysis with a photographic dark room and a nlercury-pump room adjoining, a large laboratory for elementary work in physical chemistry, one for electrochemistry, one for undergraduate research, one for graduate work and a large room for advanced work in Agricultural chemistry The student laboratories contain in the aggregate places for one thousand and sixty students working in sections, or four hundred and fifty students working at once. In the sub-basement there are two constant temperature rooms, a dynamo room containing motors and a high pressure blower for air blast, a room for the storage of ores, two others for the storage of highly inflammable chemicals, and a number of stock rooms. A general supply room fronl which all students draw their chemicals and apparatus for use in their work is situated on the main floor of the building. There are ten private laboratories for professors and instructors. The Chemical Library is centrally located on the first floor of the South Hall of the building. The laboratory of the Agricultural Experiment Station is also situated in Morse Hall. Distilled water is conducted in block tin pipes to all the more important rooms on each floor frotn a tin-lined tank in the upper story of each building. Air blast is conducted wherever required fronl a high pressure blower in the basen1cnt. The bllildings are supplied with an alternating current of 1000 volts and with two direct currents of 500 and 110 volts. Lighter currents for electrochemical analysis and synthesi~ are furnished by storage batteries. The buildings are lighted with gas and electricity, heated by steam and thoroughly ventilated by forced draft. All CHEMISTRY. 195 working tables are provided with gas and water and most of them with blast and suction pumps. The Museum contains collections for the illustration of lectures upon inorganic, organic, sanitary, and applied chemistry These collections include specimens of the elements, their compounds, and the ores from which they are obtained, a complete collection of the most important organic compounds, and also specimens illustrating the leading chemical industries, such as the manufacture of the various acids, alkalies and salts, pigments, glass, pottery, soap, stearine and glycerine, and the chemical processes of metallurgy, bleaching, dyeing, and photography The Chemical Library contains complete sets of all the important journals, and is very fully supplied with works of reference and the standard books on chemistry and allied subjects. Such additions are made to it from year to year as are necessary to keep abreast of the times. I t is accessible to all students, under such restrictions only as are necessary to secure it against injury or loss. The laboratories are open from 8 to 5 ·30 except on Saturday, when, ~hey are closed at I o·clock, Instruction hours are from 8 to I, and 2 to 5. Forty-nine courses in chemistry are offered as below Bracketed courses are not given in 19°8-19°9. The following course of study is recommended for students specializing in chemistry, and deviation from the plan should be made only with the approval of Professor Dennis. This special course in chemistry is open to all students registered in the Co)]ege of Arts and Sciences, but those intending to pursue it are advised to defer the study of chemistry until after entering the University, and to take before entrance solid geometry, advanced algebra,plane and spherical trigonometry, three years of preparatory German, three years of preparatory French, and four years of preparatory English instead of three. Permission to take the courses recommended in another college may be obtained under the provisions of paragraph 6 of the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. (See page 94) rst Year, Introductory Inorganic Chemistry Qualitative Analysis Mathematics: Analytic Geometry, ential Calculus, Integral Calculus Physics Physics Drawing (Sibley College) No. Course. I 1St. 7 Differ2 I Term. 2nd Term. 6 6 5 4 6 6 4 M.D ] 3 or 3 196 ~"d COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Year. No. Course. 1St. Term. 2nd Term. Organic Chemistry 30 Quantitative Analysis 12 Spectroscopic Chemical Analysis 17 Mechanics of Engineering (Civil Engineering) 20 Physics 14 3rd l"ear. 6 6 6 2 5 I 5 3 No. Course. 1St. Term. 2nd Term. Introductory Physjcal Chemistry 50 Physical-Chemical Laboratory 51 ~ficrochen1ical l\lethods 65 Gas Analysis 19 & 20 Mineralogy II Advanced Quantitative Analysis 14 Quantitati ve Analysis-l,ectures IS Mechanical Laboratory (Sibley CoIl.) X.E. I I 4/lt J "ear 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 2 3 3 2 3 No. Course. 1st. Term. 2nd Term. Electrocherrlistry Electrochemistry Assaying General Economic Geology Dynamo Laboratory (Physics) Potable Water "Tater Analysis Research Seminary, once a wee}, throughout the year s6a S6c 18 32 34 2 3 3 3 3 2 75 76 3 96 At least 4 hrs.per term. In filling out the remainder of his time the student may elect advanced courses either in Chen1istr~y, or in other departments of the College of Arts and Sciences, or, under the regular restrictions, in Sibley College. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. I Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. Six hdurs. Either term. (a) Lectures, M., W., F., II, Ch. L. R., I Professor DENNIS al1d Assistant Professor BROWNE. (b) Laboratory practice (two periods of 2}i hours each), and one recitation per week. Professor DENNIS and Assistant Professor BROWNE, Messrs. FORD, WELSH, MILLER, PUMPELLY, and HOULEHAN For students registered in the College of Arts and Sciences at hours to be arranged. CHEMI.STRY. 197 }i'or students registered in the College of Medicine, Veterinary College, College of Agriculture, College of Civil Engineering, and Sibley Col1~ge, at hours indicated in their respective schedules. Students in the College of Arts and Sciences, may if they so desire, elect the lectures alone (credit 3 hours), and may take the recitations and laboratory practice (credit 3 hours), in some subsequent term. (Entrance credit in Chemistry does not carry with it University credit in course I. If a student entering the University from a preparatory school desires credit in course I, he must pass an exanlination set by the Department of Chemistry This examination (for details, see University Register, 1907-08, page 49) is held both in New York City and in Ithaca on the same day in September as the Entrance Examination. University credit in Course I that is obtained by passing this examination does not carry with it Entrance Credit in Chemistry.) Analytical Chemistry. 6. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis. Five hours. Either term. Required of students in Mechanical and Civil Engineering, and in Agriculture. Lectures, T., Th., 12 Ch. L. R. I Laboratory practice, l\{., W., F., 2-5, T., Th., S., 8-1 r, or T., Th., S., 9-12 Qualitative Analysis. Mr SNOWDON and l\lessrs. LOCKHART, JENKS, LEMON, FREAR and HOLMES. Quantitative Analysis. Mr LUNDELL and Messrs. LOCKHART, JENKS, LEMON, FREAR and HOLMES. Course 6 is open only to those who have taken course I or its equivalent. 7 Qualitative Analysis. Six hours. Second half-year Students in science are advised, and those specializing in chemistry are required to take this course instead of the qualitative analysis of course 6. Lactures. T., Th., 9, Cit. L. R., I Laboratory practice, M., F., I I - I , and T., Th., 2-4 '30. Mr SNO'¥DON and Mr RATHJEN Cours8 7 is open only to those who have taken course I 8. Qtlalitative Analysis. Two hours. Second half-year to April 19th . Required of students in medicine. Lecture, S., 12 eh. L. R. 2. Mr SNOWDON Laboratory practice, W., 10-1, and Th., 8-10. Mr SNOWDON and Mr RATHJEN Course 8 is open only to those who have taken course I or its equivalent, and it is followed by course 81 12 Quantitative Analysis. Six hours. First half .. year Elementary course. Students in science are advised, and those 19 8 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. specializing in chemistry are required to take this course instead of the qua.ntitative analysis of course 6. Lectures and recitations. M.,W., 10, eh. L. R. 3 Laboratory practice, (7 U actual hours) in sections T., W., Th., 2-4 ·30, W., Th., 2-4 :30 and S., 9- 1 I :30. tIr LUNDELL and l\Ir SCOTT 14. Quantitative Analysis. Advanced course. Either term. Laboratory practice at hours to be arranged. Mr LUNDELL and Mr. SCOTT This course comprises instruction in gravimetric, volumetric, and electrolytic methods of analysis, and in the luethods of combustion analysis. The work includes the analysis of iron ores, iron and steel, slags, paints, lubricants, coal and coke, cements and cement materials, alloys, ores of copper, lead, zinc, mercury, manganese, tin, etc. Course 14 is open only to those who have taken course 6 or courses 7 an d I 2 15. Quantitative Analysis. Two hours. Second half-year Lectures on selected topics in advanced quantitative analysis. M., F., I I, Ch. L. R. 3. Mr LUNDELL. Course ISis open only to those who have taken course 6 or courses 7 and 12 17 Spectroscopic Chemical Analysis and Colorimetry. Two hours. Second half-year Lectures, W., II, eh. L. R. 3. Mr SHETTERLY Laboratory practice (3 actual hours), at hours to be arranged. Mr SHETTERLY and Mr ANDERSON The laboratory instruction comprises the observation and mapping of emission spectra mth the Kruss spectroscope and directvision spectroscope, the qualitative analysis of unknown mixtures and of minerals with each of these instruments, the spark spectra and oxy-hydrogen spectra of minerals, the spark spectra of liquids and gases, the absorption spectra of certain colored solutions, of solutions of the rare earths and of organic dyes, and colorimetric determinations with the latest and most exact instruments. The course also includes a study of the refractometer and the polariscope. Course 17 is open only to those who ha,re taken course 6 or courses 7 and 12, and courses I and 6 in Physics. 18. Assaying. Three hours. First half-year Lectures and laboratory practice. Lecture, F., 10, eh. L. R. 3. Laboratory practice, W., Th., 2-5, or W., F., 2-5, or Th., F., 2-5. Mr LUNDELL and Mr SCOTT The course comprises lectures upon the theory and practice of the scorification and crucible assay, and upon the metallurgy of cOflper, CHEMISTRY. 199 lead, zinc, silver and gold. In the laboratory, practice is given in assay of zinc, lead, copper, gold and silver ores, and of bullion. Course 18 should be preceded by course 6, or courses 7 and 12, and by a course in Mineralogy 19. Qualitative and Quantitative Gas Analysis. Onfl hour First half-year Lecture, T., 12, Ch. L. R. 3. Assistant Professor BROWNE. The course includes a detailed discussion of many representative types of apparatus employed by the gas analyst, and of the various methods of analysis involved in their use. Numerous sinlple problems are assigned which afford practice in the calculation and interpretation of the results obtained in gas analytical work. 20. Technical Gas Analysis. Two hours. First half-year Laboratory practice at hours to be arranged. Assistant Professor BROWNE, Mr SHETTERLY and Mr. ANDERSON. Instruction is given in the analysis of gas mixtures with the apparatus of Honigmann, Bunte, Orsat, Lunge and Hempel, in the complete analysis of flue gas, illuminating gas, generator gas, acetylene and air: in the determination of the heating power of gaseous, liquid and solid fuels, and in the ~valuation of nitrates with the nitrometers of Hempel, Lunge and B<:>dlander Within certain limits the work may be selected to suit the requirements of the individual student. Course 20 is open only to those who have taken course 6 or courses 7 and 12 in chemistry, courses I and 6 in physics, and who are taking course 19 in chemistry Organic Chemistry. 3 0 . Organic Chemistry. Six hours throughout the year Lectures and written reviews. M., W., F., 9, Ch. L. R. 3. Laboratory practice (7 ~ actual hours) in sections. M., and T., I-5 ~30' F, 1-5 :3 0 and S., 8-1. Professor ORNDORFF, Dr DELBRIDGE and Messrs. BLACK and NICHOLS. The lectures and written reviews serve as an introduction to the general subject of the chemistry of the compounds of carbons. In the laboratory the student prepares a large number of typical compounds of carbon, and familiarizes himself with their properties, reactions and relations. The detection of inorganic elements in organic compounds. and the recognition of various groups or radicals is included in the laboratory work. Course 3 0 is open to those who have taken course I, and courses 7 and 12. 200 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCiENCES. Organic Chemistry. 1'hree hours throughout the year Lectures and written reviews. M., W., F., 9. Ch. L. R. 3. Professor ORNDORFF This course is identical Vv"ith the lectures and written reviews of course 30. 32 Elementary Organic Chemistry. '1''''0 hours. Second halfyear Lectures and written reviews. M., W., 8, eh. L. R. 3. Dr DELBRIDGE. 3I This course is required of first year students in medicine, and is preparatory to course 40. 33 Special Chapters in Organic Chemistry.. TVc"o heurs throughout the year Lectures, T., Th., 9, eh. L. R. 3. Professor ORNDORFF In this course special attention is given to certain important chapters of organic chemistry, for which an elenlentary knowledge of the subject is necessary Frequent references are l11ade to the original literature, and an attenlpt is tuade to acquaint the student \vith the classical researches of organic chemistry Course 33 is open only to those who have taken Course 30. 34. Advanced Organic Chemistry. Laboratory practice. Hours to be arranged. Professor ORNDORFF and Dr DELBRIDGE. The course in the preparation of organic co~potlnds is here continued, the preparation, however, being more difficult and requiring more experience and skill on the part of the student. The original literature is consulted, and the student is finally required to repeat some extended and important piece of work, and to compare his results \vith those published, before taking up original work in this field. Course 34 is open only to those who have taken course 30 and are taking course 33 35- The Coal Tar Dyestuffs. One hour First half-year Lectures. Th., 12, eh. L. R. J. Professor ORNDORFF The coal tar dyestuffs have become so in1portant, from both a theoretical and a practical standpoint, as to justify their consideration in a separate course of lectures. The methods of making the dyestuffs, their properties, constitution and relations to each other are discussed, the treatment being scientific rather than technical. 3 6 . Stereochemistry- One hoyr Second half-year Lectures. Th., 12, eh. L. R. 3. Professor ORNDORFFTh~ stereochemistry of the compounds of carbon and nitrogen forms the subject of this course of lectures. The necessity of considering the space relations of the atoms in certain classes of physical CHElvlISTRY 201 isomers is shown and the close agreement of the facts and theory is brought out. 37 Methods of Organic Analysis. Laboratory practice. Hours to be arranged. Professor ORNDORFF and Dr DELBRIDGE. This course is designed for students desiring practice in the qualitative and quantitative analysis of commercial organic products such as alcohols, ethers, organic acids, glycerine, formalin, acetates, coal tar distillates, petroleum products, soaps, acetanilide, etc. Course 37 is open only to those who have taken course 30. Physiological Chemistry. 40. Physiological Chemistry. Two hours. First half-year Lectures and written reviews. M., W., 8, eh. L. R. 2. Dr DELBRIDGE. This course is the continuation of course 32, and is required of students in rLedicine. 41 Physiological Chemistry. Three hours. First half-year Laboratory practice. (7 ~ actual hours) in sections, M., 9-1 and 2-5.3 0 , W., 9-1 and 2-5 .3 0 . Dr DELBRIDGE and Mr BLACK. This course is required of students in medicine. 42 Physiological Chemistry. Advanced course. Laboratory practice. Hours to be arranged. Professor ORNDORFF and Dr DELBRIDGE. Inorganic Chemistry. 46. Selected Topics in Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. One hour l~irst half-year Lectures. Th., 1 I, Ch. L. R. 3. Professor DENNIS and Assistant Professor BROWNE. Course 46 is open only to those who have completed courses I, 7, 12 and 30, and have completed or are taking courses So and 5 I 47 Inorganic Chemistry. Laboratory practice. Hours to be arranged. Professor DENNIS and Mr. SHETTERLY The preparation and purification of inorganic compounds and the extraction of the rarer elements from ores a.nd minerals. Course 47 is designed to accompany course 46, but either course may be taken separately Physical Chemistry. 50. Introductory Physical Chemistry. Three hours throughout the year Lectures !\1., W., F., 9, Ch. L. R. t 4. Mr WHITE. The object of this course is to give a systematic presentation of tnodern chemical theory Especial attention is paid to the theory of solution, rea.ction velocity, catal)Tsis. chemical equilibrium and the 202 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. application of the principles of physical chemistry to chemical practice. Courses 50 and 5 I are open only to those who have taken course 30, Physics 14, and Mathetnatics 3. 51. Physical Chemical Laboratory. Three hours throughout the year. Mr WHITE and Mr Two periods a week are spent in the laboratory With the data obtained in the laboratory as a basis, detailed reports covering each sub-division are written. The subject matter includes the balance, glass; determination of temperature and thermal effects, measurement of vapor pressure, molecular weight by vapor density and other methods; viscosity; colloids, diffusion, absorption, reaction velocity; catalysis, dissociation, solubility; formation, separation and identification of phases, study of photo-chemical effects. ('ourse 5 I is open only to tll0se who have taken or are taking course 50. [52 Advanced Physical Chemistry. Thrae hours throughout the year Lectures. M., W., F., 10, Ch. L. R. 4. Professor BANCROFT A non-mathematical exposition of the lawof mass action in its application to chenlical equilibrium, to velocities of reaction, and to electrolnc)ti ve forces. These lectures should be supplemented by at least two hours a week of laboratory practice. course 57 Course 52 must be preceded by course 30 ] 55. Electrochemistry. Two hours throughout the year Lectures, T., Th., 10, Ch. L. R. 4. Professor BANCROFT The historical development of the subject with special reference to the theory of the voltaic cell. For advanced students in chemistry and physics. 56. Applied Electrochemistry. The lectures luay be taken independently of the laboratory work, but the laboratory courses are open only to those who have taken or are taking the lectures. (a) Three hours. First half-year Lectures, M., W., F., 12, Ch. L. R. 4. Professor BANCROFT. and Mr WILKINSON The preparation of compounds in the electric furnace, electrolytic extraction and refining of metals, tl1eory of plating; electrolytic manufacture of inorganic and organic compounds, theory and practice of storage cells. Students taking this course are advised to supplement the lectures by laboratory practice, course 56b or course S6c. Course s6a is open only to those who have taken course 6 or courses 7 and 12. lOHEMISTRY. 20 3 (b) T,,·o hours a week. First half-year Laboratory practice. Mr WILKINSON Determination of current and energy efficiences in electrolytic and electrothermal work; preparation and tests of storage batteries. This course is open to engineering students and to students registered in the College of Arts and Sciences, but it must be preceded by course 6 or courses 7 and 12, and by Physics, course 10 or course 14. Students specializing in chelnistry are expected to elect course 56c instead of course S6b. (c) Two hours a week throughout the year Laboratory practice. Professor BANCROFT, Mr WILKINSON, and Mr WHITE. I>reparation of electrical standards and measurenlents of electrical constants, qualitative study of conditions affecting electrolytic reactions, determination of current and energy efficiencies in electrolytic and electrothermal work; preparation and tests of storage batteries, electrolytic preparation of inorganic and organic compounds. Course 56c is intended for students specializing in chemistry and is open only to those who have taken courses 50 and 5 I 57 Laboratory practice. Advanced course. Hours and work to be arranged. Professor BANCROFT and Mr WILKINSON. Students may elect work in mass law, reaction, velocity, efficiency, conductivity, electrometric measurements, high and low temperature measurements with special reference to course 52, in electrometric determinations with special reference to course 55, in electrochemical synthesis with special reference to course 56, in metallography; in the application of physical chemical methods to organic chemistry The prerequisites for this course will be determined in each case by the professor in charge. Microchemistry and Microchemical Analysis. 65. Microchemical Methods. Two hours. First half-year Laboratory practice at hours to be arranged. Assistant Professor CHAMoTand Mr PRATT The aim of this course is to familiarize the students with the llse of the microscope and its accessories, and with microchemical methods and apparatus as applied to chemical investigations. Course 65 is open only to those who have taken course 6 or courses 7 and 12 66. Microchemical Analysis. Elementary course. Three hours. First half-year Laboratory practice at hours to be arranged. Assistant Professor CHAMOT and Mr. PRATT. 204 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. , Practice in the examination and analysis of inorganic substances containing the more conl1non elements with reference to rapid qualitative methods and the analysis of minute amounts of materials. Course 66 is open only to those who have taken course 65. [67 Microchemical Analysis. Advanced course. Two hours or more. Laboratory practice. Assistant Professor CHAMOT. This course may be arranged so as to comprise the analysis of inorganic substances containing the rarer elements or of organic compounds. Course 67 is open only to those who have taken course 66.] Sanitary Chemistry. 70. Foods, Beverages, and Food Accessories. half-year. CHAMOT Lectures. W., F., 12, Ch. L. R. 2 Two hours. First Assistant Professor • In this course the source, preparation for use, and the chemistry of foods, beverages, and food accessories, are discussed. This is then follovled by a consideration of the individual and relative assimilability, digestibility and nutritive value of food products, the relation of pure and adulterated foods to the public health, the adulteration, sterilization and preservation of foods, and lastly, by a diseussion of dietics, dietary standards and the methods for carrying on nutrition investigation. Course 70 is open only to those who have taken course 6 or courses 7 and 12 71. Food Analysis. Three hours. First half-year Laboratory practice. 11., W .• F., afternoons. Assistant Professor CHAMOT and Mr REDFIELD. Instruction is given in the examination of foods by chenlical and optical methods, with reference to adulteration, imitation and alteration, the exarninatioll of foods for artificial coloring matters, preservatives, and poisonous substances. This course comprises a study of milk, comestible fats and oils, cereal products and starchy foods, canned goods, jellies. etc. This course may be extended so as to include the analysis of alcoholic beverages. Course 7 I should be taken in eonnection with course 7t!!J. Course 71 is ol)en only to those who have taken course 6 or courses 7 and 12 7 2 Microscopical Examination of Foods. 'fwo hours or more. First half-year Laboratory practice at hours to be a.rranged. Assistant Professor CHAMOT and Mr PRATT. CHEMISTRY 20 5 r:' Instruction in the use of the microscope in the examination of foods and condiments for the purpose of detecting adulterations and admixtures. Course 72 is open only to those who have taken course 65. 75. Potable Water. Two hours. Second half-year Lectures, W., F., 12, ek. L. R. 2 Mr REDFIELD. Sources of pot a hIe water; how polluted; agencies at work leading to the "natural" or "self" purification of streams, etc., and what they accomplish the data necessary for a decision as to the fitness of a water for household use, and for use in stealn generators, the interpretation of the results of water analysis, chemical, microscopical and bacteriological. Modern methods of water purification. Course 75 is open only to those who have taken course 6 or courses 7 and 12 76. Water Analysis. Three hours. Second half-year Laboratory practice at hours to be arranged. Mr REDFIELD and Mr t PRATT. Instruction in the methods employed for the examination of water with reference to their fitness for household purposes, steam boilers, etc. The testing of filters and water purifying devices for efficiency Course 76 should be taken in connection with course 75 Course 76 is open only to those who have taken course 6 or courses 7 and 12 Toxicology. 81 Toxicology. ORe hour April 20th to end of year Laboratory practice. W., 9-12, Th.,8-10, Lecture, T., 8, eh. L. R. 2. Mr REDFIELD, and Mr PRATT. This course has been planned to meet the needs of the students in the College of Medicine, and is intended to serve as an introduction to the methods employed for the separation and identification of the common poisons. Course 81 is open only to those who have completed the courses in chemistry required of first year students in n1edicine. Agricultural Chemistry. Six hours. First half-year General course. Three lectures, M., W., F., II, eh. L .. R 2. Two laboratory periods, T., Th., 2-4 :30, or W., F., 8-10 :30, and one recitation, Th., 12, or S., eh. L. R. 4. Assistant Professor CAVANAUGH 85· Agricultural Chemistry. and Mr. HBDGES. 206 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. This course treats of the "Fertility of the Land," and deals with such subjects as the composition of plants, the sources of their food, the chemical and physical properties of soils, and the composition and behavior of fertilizers and manures. Course 85 is open only to those who have taken courses 1 and 6. 86. Agricultural Chemistry. Two hours. Second half-year Advanced course. Lectures, W., F., 8, Ch. L. R. 4. Assistant Professor CAVANAUGH. Course 86 is open only to those who have taken courses 87 or 88. 87 Agricultural Analysis. First half-year Laboratory practice in sections to be arranged. Foods and feeding stuffs, and dairy products. Assistant Professor CAVANAUGH and Mr HEDGES. Course 87 is open only to those who have taken course I and either course 6 or courses 7 ~nd 12 88. Agricultural Analysis. Second half-year Laboratory practice in sections to be arranged. Soils, fertlizers, insecticides, and fungicides. Assistant Professor CAVANAUGH and Mr HEDGES. Course 88 is open only to those who have taken course 1 and either course 6 or courses 7 and 12 89. Dairy Chemistry. Two hours. Second half-year Lectures, T., Th., 9, eh. L. R. 4. Laboratory practice in Dairy Chemistry is given in course 87 Assistant Professor CAVANAUGH. Course 89 is open only to those who have had courses 1, 6 and 85 90. Advanced Agricultural Analysis. This course is designed to meet the needs of those doing research work in agricultural chemistry Assistant Professor CAVANAUGH. Seminary. 95- Seminary. One hour a week throughout the year This is a general seminary in which graduate students with major subjects in chemistry, and seniors specializing in chemistry are expected to take part. 96. Research. elect at least four hours per term in research under the direction of some member of the staff of instruction. Research. Seniors specializing in chemistry are expected to BOTANY. The instruction in this department is offered at l)resent in 19 courses. Courses I and 2 fonn a one year's course and are designed BOTANY. to lay the foundation for the advanced courses, as well as to present to the student a general outline of the principles of botanical science. The advanced courses in comparati ve morphology and embryology, comparative histology, mycology and physiology, are intended to lay the foundation for independent investigations in these subjects as well as to present in a logical way the fundamental principles of development, relationship and philogeny, as applied in these topics. Aside from the elementary oourses these courses are especially recommended to students who are fitting themselves for teachers, since a grasp of the principles underlying them is needed for the proper and thorough presentation of the elementary principles of botany In the work of these courses each of the students gradually accumulates a set of permanent microscopic preparations which can be kept for future reference and demonstrations before classes. The flora of the region of Ithaca is very rich in species, and offers excellent opportunities for the student of systematic botany, and some facilities in the study of geographic botany Excellent facilities are offered to the students who are fitting themselves for [experiment] economic work in the course in plant histology, plant physiology, and in the study of the fungi and plant pathology While the laboratory is distant from the seashore it is well supplied with material of the marine algae for morphological and developmental study of typical forms. The laboratory is well equipped with microscopes, microtomes, photographic apparatus, thermostats, sterilizers, culture rODIns, an electric lantern and a large number of views for illustrating portions of the lectures, the Auzoux and Brendel models representing the different groups of plants and other illustrative material in the way of charts, maps, etc. The large green houses connected with Sage College adjoin the rooms of the department, and ar€ filled with many exotics representing the Pteridophytes, Gymnosperms and Angiosperms, and offer available material at all seasons for studies in development, and histology, and furnish living plants for illustrative material for many of the lectures. Space is devoted to the study of plant growth, physiological experiments, and for the handling and treatment of green house plants, the latter being in charge of the head gardener of the department. The department also contains a large and growing herbarium, as well as collections of fruits, cones, nuts, fibres, a general collection of economic products, and a large number of specimens of the woods of different countries. Courses I and 2 may be elected in the Freshman year Those de- 208 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. siring to specialize in botany are advised to take courses I and 2 in the first year in order that there may be time to take the advanced courses necessary for specialization in the Junior and Senior years. Students wishing to specialize in natural history are advised to elect elementary courses in botany, zoology, geology, chemistry and physics. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. "(Courses I and 2 form a continuous course through the year_) I General Comparative Morphology and Physiology of Plants. Credit. 3 hours first term, I hour second term. First half-year, and second half-year until March 26. A study of representative plants of various groups, and of the fundamental principles of plant life, relationship and evolution. Lectures, Ist lecture, M., II, 2d M., 12 Laboratory practice and demonstrations, 1st section, T., ~-IO and 2-5) 2d section, W., I I - I and 2-5, 3d section, Th., 8-10 and 2-5, 4th section, !\f,. 2-4 and W., 2-5 Professor ATKINSON, Dr DURAND, MR. HILL and Mr BARRETT 2 Special Morpbology, Taxonomy and Adaptation of Higber Plants. Continnous from course I Second half-year, beginning March 29 Credit, 2 hours second term. Studies of typical plants representing the rn(~re general groups of angiosperms. Field excursions for the purpose of studying the local flora. Lectures and laboratory work in sections as in course I Professor ROWLEE, Mr BROWN, l\{r I-IILL and Mr BARRETT 3. Organography and Identificati6n of the Higher Plants. A study cf the kinds of plants wit}l special reference to the morphology, identification, habitat and range of the species. Lectur~s, laboratory, and field work. First half-year Extra field ,¥ork will be substituted for some of the lectures. Prerequisite courses I and 2 First half-year Lectures S., 9, laboratory and field \york F., PM., and S., A. M. Professor ROWJ..EE and Mr MOORE. 5. Geographical Botany. Second half-year Lectures, S., 9. Laboratory exercises and excursions, F., 2-5 and S. The distribution of plants over the surface of the earth. Practical field studies in plant distribution, also the preparation of an herbarium representing the local flora.. Photographs are used to illustrate the distribution of plants. Professor ROWLEE and Mr MOORE. 6. Exotics. One or two hours. The conservatory in connection with the department offers excellent 0pportunities for students ,\\Tho wish to become familiar with practical methods in propagation and cultivation of conservatory plants and in practical greenholl.se work. BOTANY 209 Mr Shore, the expert gardener, will have charge of the instruction and practical work. Students desiring to take this course should consult Professor ATKINSON WI10 will have charge of conference and reports. Hours by appointment. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates but open to Graduates. These advanced courses may be elected in any order which the student chooses, the only prerequisite being courses I and 2 They are also open to graduate students. Comparative Histology and Syste1natic Bota1ty7 Taxonomy and Phylogeny of Angiosperms. Three hours through the year Lectures. A study of tha genetic relationships of the phanerogamous orders. Practical studies in the laboratory of groups illustrating the principles of natural classification. Laboratory work, Wednesday afternoon and Thursday morning. Lecture Th., 9. Professor ROWLEE. 8. Comparative Histology of Plants. Three hours through the year Introduction to methods of investigation. Studies of the vegetable cell, its multiplication and contents. The development of primary tissue. Kinds of tissue. Comparative study of vascular tissue. Secondary thickening Lectures. F., 9. Laboratory work. Friday afternoon and Saturday mornIng Professor ROWLEE, and Mr BROWN 9. Dendrology. Three hours tl1rough the year A biological and taxonomic study of trees, including field observations upon the native species, and laboratory investigations upon the structure and development of woody structures. Course 5 may advantageously precede this course. Lectures. T., 9. Laboratory and ~""ield work. Monday PM., and Tuesday A. M. Professor RO\VLEE and Mr MOORE. Comparative Embryology, A1ycology and Kindred Subjects. 1·0. Comparative Morphology and EmhryologyThree hours through the year A study of representative groups which illustrate the line of evolution of green plants. Especial attention will be given to tracing the development and homologies of sporogenous, reproductive and embryological organs, with discussions of the principal plant phyla. Permanent microscopic preparations win be made, representing series in the liver\v'orts, mosses, ferns, gymnospern1s, and angiosperms. In the fall the chief attention vvill be given to the Bryophtya, the winter will be devoted principall~y to the Pterido- 210 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. phyta, followed by the gymnosperms and angiosperms in the spring. The course is continuous, and because of the logical sequence of the subjects, must be taken in the order presented. Lectures. Th., 12. Laboratory work Monday and Wednesday afternoons. Students having conflicts on these afternoons can arrange for laboratory work on Saturday morning. Dr DURAND. Prerequisites courses I and 2 I I Mycology. Four hours through the year Special attention will be given to general classification, development, and plant pathology The course is given as the basis for research in mycology and plant pathology September until Christmas recess, Basidiomy cetes, studies of representative genera of this large group, with especial attention to the structure and characters of edible and poisonous mushroon1s, and wood-destroying and parasitic species. Christmas recess until June, especial attention to the Parasitic Fungi (U stilagineae, U redineae, Ascomycetes and Phycomycetes), the history and development of the most important parasitic fungi. Practice in tl].e recognition of species, or research work may in some cases be tak:en as a parallel course by registering in course 14a. Lectures, T., and Th., I I, laboratory work Monday and Wednesday afternoons. Those having conflicts on these afternoons, can arrange for laboratory work on Tuesday morning. Professor ATKINSON and Mr IIuMPHREY Prerequisites, courses I and 2 12 Taxonomy of the Peteridophytes, Bryopbytes and Algae. Three hours throughout the year Lecture, F., I I Laboratory, work, Friday afternoon and Saturday morning. The laboratory work will consist of a study of typical genera, practice in taxonomy, and field work. Dr DURAND. Courses Primarily for Graduates. (Prim.arily tor graduates; but open to election by undergraduate students engaged in research.) To those electing any of the graduate courses for an advanced degree the following general announcement applies. A four hour course is the minimum period, and if the subject is chosen for a major or minor, more time will be required. When these subjects are chosen as a major or minor for an advanced degree they can be pursued for several years according to the needs of the case. Reports weekly. Comparative Morphology and Embryology, Mycology, etc. 13. Methods of Research in Morphology and Embryology. Not less I than four hours. Each student will be assigned some problem for BOTANY. 211 original research with special reference to sporogeny or embryology, and the morphology of the nucleus with reference to sporogenesis, spermagensis, oogensis, and fertilization, or some problem in experimental morphology The research will be made the basis for acquaintance with methods, and a thesis embodying the results will be prepared. The work should follow course 10, but in special cases may be taken as a parallel study I-Iour:s by appointment. Professor ATKINSON and Dr DURAND. 14. Methods of Research in Mycology. The problems will be assigned according to the needs and capabilities of the student. - In general it will be found desirable to devote a first period to an independent survey of the group of fungi in the collection of material and in general taxonomic work on the same to acquire a practical knowledge in the placing of genera and species in the various groups. From this point research on some problem can be directed to some monographic work, either in taxonomy, taking up one or more genel-a according to the number of species, or in development of a few species or in problems of plant pathology The periods are arranged as follows, but are subject to change in special cases. I4a. General taxonomic survey of the fungi. Four hours through the year; or eight hours for the first half-year Should follow course II, or in special cases may be taken as a parallel course. Hours.by appointment. Professor ATKINSON and Mr HUMPHREY I4b. Research in Morphology, monograph of some genus or a limited number of genera, or some monographic study of development. Four hours through the year, and where the problem is selected as a major study more time will be required. In any case a thesis combining the results of the investigation will be required. Reports weekly Hours by appointment. Professor ATKINSON 14C. Methods of Research in Plant PathologyThe student will be given practice in the methods of cultivation of the fungi for the purpose of familiarizing him with the manipulation in methods of separation, pure culture, and study of de\rclopment, and will also be assigned some problem in plant pathology for investigation. Weekly conferences or lectures will be held and the history and present condition of the subject will be discussed. Professor ATKINSON and Mr HUMPHREY Plant Physiology. IS. Plant Pbysiologya Not less than four hours, but when chosen as a major study, more time will be required. Problems will be assigned for investigation, dealing with the physical properties of 212 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. growth, with nutrition, with the effects of stimuli and certain natural and environmental forces upon cell activities, plant growth, development, etc. Each student will be required to prepare a thesis embodying the results of his investigations. Prerequisites, courses I and 2, and in addition, one of course 8, 10 or II (or an equivalent) Hours by appointment. Professor ATKINSON and Mr PETRY Weekly reports may be required. Comparative Histology and Systematic Botany. 16. Research in Taxonomy and Phylogeny of the Angiosperms. Four or more hours. A monograph of some group which will include a comparative study of organs of taxonomic value, and also their development. Groups will be assigned for investigation preferably in the spring of the year before the course is to be taken up. Among the groups which may be taken up are the glume bearing monocotyledons (grasses, sedges, etc,), the amentiferous dicotyledons, and the compositae. Since different groups VTiIl be taken up in different years, students may pursue the course outlined in this course more than one year Designed for those who have taken courses 7 and 8, in special cases, permission will be given to take these as parallel courses. Hours by appointment. Professor ROWLEE. 17 Research in Comparative Histology and Cytelogy. Not less than four hours. Special problems. (a) Comparative histology; the comparative histology of a series of organs, or the anatomy of an individual plant. (b) Cytology, the biology and structure of starch, plastids, and other cell contents, also nuclear division and cell formation, with special reference to tissue development. Intended to follow course 8, and may form the basis of a major or minor subject for an advanced degree. Professor ROWLEE and Mr BROWN. Botanical Seminaries. IS. Seminary in Embryology, Mycology, Physiology, etc. Weekly seminaries will be held in embryology, comparative morphology, mycology, physiology and related subjects. Discussions of current literature, and problems under investigation will fonn the basis for the seminary work. Required of all graduates and open to undergraduates who are interested in research and who are desirous of getting in touch with current botanical research. One hour W., 4 ·45-5 ·45 Professor ATKINSON 19. Seminary of Comparative Histology and Taxonomy of the Angiosperms. Weekly seminaries will be held in these subjects. Reading and discussion of current literature, and problems under ENTOMOLOGY AND GENERAL INVT. ZOOLOGY. 213 investigation, courses 16, 17, will form the basis for the seminary work. Required of all graduates, and open to all undergraduates who are engaged in research work. One hour By appointment. Professor ROWLEE. ENTOMOLOGY AND GENERAL INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. The scope of the instruction in this department is indicated by the title of the department, elementary courses are given in the general subject of invertebrate zoology, and special courses, both elementary and advanced in entomology An opportunity is offered the student to lay a broad foundation for zoological studies by lectures covering in a general way the field of invertebrate zoology, and by a study in the laboratory of a wide series of typical forms, illustrating the more important groups of invertebrates. These two courses taken in connection with similar courses offered by the Department of Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology afford the instruction in zoology needed by students in the general courses and serve as an introduction to the more advanced work of those who wish to make a special study of zoology Owing to the difficulty of studying marine aninlals at any place remote from a sea coast atild to the exceptionally good facilities for the study of insects at this University, those students wishing to take advanced work in invertebrate zoology here are advised to select some subject in entomology, and especial encouragement is given to those students wishing to make original investigations in this field. An important feature of this department is a summer session consisting of lectures, field work, and laboratory practice, at the season of the year most favorable for the study of insects. The Museum and Laboratory. The material equipment of the department for the study of General Invertebrate Zoology consists of a museum in which there is a good series of Invertebrates, including an ~xcellent collection of corals and a very large collection of shells, the Newcomb Collection. The museum also contains the complete series of glass models of invertebrates made by Blaschka. the papier mache models of Auzoux, and a complete set of the zoological diagrams of Leuckart. The laboratory is kept supplied with specimens of the typical marine forms studied by the students. These are supplied to the students at cost. The entomological cabinet contains, in addition to many exotic insects, specimens of a large proportion of the more common species of the United States. These have been determined by specialists, and 214 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. are accessible for comparison. The collection includes many sets of specimens illustrative of the metamorphoses and habits of insects. The laboratory is also supplied with a large collection of duplicates for the use of students, and is equipped with microscopes and other apparatus necessary for practical work in entomology The insectary of the Agricultural Experiment Station affords facilities to a limited number of advanced students for special investigations in the study of the life history of insects, and for experiments in applied entomology The following courses are offered in 19°8-19°9 Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. I Invertebrate Zoology. General course. First half of the first half-year Credit, 2 hours. M., W., F., 10. College of Agriculture, Alai-fl- 392 Professor COMSTOCK, and one practical exercise by the class in sections. I st section, W., 2-4:30, 2 d section, Th., 2-4:3 ° , 3d section, F., 2-4 ~30' Assistant Professor MACGILLIVRAY and Mr BRADLEY This course is followed by course 2 in Vertebrate Zoology, which occupies the corresponding hours in the last half of the first halfyear 2 Morphology of Invertebrates. Comparative study of the anatomy of representatives of the principal groups of invertebrates. Special laboratory course. Laboratory work eitherterm by appointment. College of Agricltlture, Main 302 Assistant Professor MACGILLIVRA y and Mr BRADLEY Course 2 is open only to students who have taken or are taking course I 3. General Entomology. IActures on the characteristics of the orders, sub-orders, and the more important families, and on the habits of representative species. Second half-year Credit, 2 hours or 3 hours. M., W., 10, College of Agriculture, Main 392 Professor COMSTOCK, and one practical exercise in sections for those who have not had courses 4 and 5. T., W., Th., 2-4 :30. Assistant Professor MACGILLIVRAY and Mr BRADLEY Course 3 is open only to students who have taken course I 4. Elementary Morphology of Insects. Laboratory work. Credit 3 hours. Laboratory work either term by appointment. College of Agriculture, Main 391 Assistant Professor RILEY, Mr HASEMAN Course 4 should precede or accompany course 3. 5. Elementary Systematic Entomology. Laboratory work. Credit, 2 hours. Laboratory work either term by appointment. ENTOMOLOGY AND GENERAL INVT ZOOLOGY 215 College of Agriculture, Main 302 Assistant Professor MACGILLIVRA Y and Mr BRADLEY Course 5 is open only to students who have taken course 4, and are taking or have taken course 3. Courses for Graduates or Undergraduates. 6. Advanced Systematic Entomology. Laboratory work. Credit, 3 hours. Laboratory work either term by appointment. College of Agriculture, Main 302 Assistant Professor MACGILLIVRA Y and Mr BRADLEY 7 Histology of Insects. Lectures and laboratory work. Introductory course. Credit, 3 or more hours. Lectures, first half-year T., 9. Laboratory work either term by appointment. Assistant Professor RILEY Course 7 is open only to students who have taken courses 4 and 5 10. Classification of the Coccidae. A course designed to familiarize the student with the more injurious species of scale insects, the method of preparing specimens for study, and the systematic arrangement of the species. Second half-year Lectures, Th., 8. Laboratory work by appointment. College of Agriculture, l'vlain 302 Credit,s flours. Assistant Professor 1vIACGILLIVRA Y Course 10 is open only to students who have taken courses 4 and 5 11. Morphology and Classification of the Arachnida. Special laboratory course. Laboratory open ~1., T., 8-5, W. Th., F., 8-11 College of Agriculture, Main 391 Professor COMSTOCK and Assistant Professor RILEY 12 Morphology and Development of Insects. Lectures and demonstrations. Second half-year T., Th., 9, College of Agriculture, Main 392. Credit, 2 hours. Professor COMSTOCK and Assistant Professor RILEY Course 12 is open only to students who have taken courses 1,3,4 and 5. Students are advised to take course 7 also before taking this course. 13. Research in Entomology. Advanced laboratory courses. Special work arranged with reference to the needs and attainments of each student. I3 a . Research in Morphology of Insects. Laboratory open daily ex. S., 8-5., S., 8-1 College of Agricultu.re, lv!ain 39 1 Professor COMSTOCK and Assistant Professor RILEY 13 h . Research in Systematic Entomology. Laboratory open daily ex. S., 8-5, S., 8-1 College of Agriculture, Main 3 02 . Professor COMSTOCK and Assistant Professor MACGILLIVRA Y. t 216 COLLEGE OF ARI~S AND SCIENCES. The aim of this course is 14. German Entomological Reading. to aid the student in acquiring a knowledge of German zoological literature. Each student is required to subscribe for the periodical selected as the basis for the work, and in addition to reading this, some extended German monograph will be translated. Open only to advanced students in entomology or in zoology One hour credit each term. M., 7 :00-9 :00 p. m. College of Agriculture, Main 391 Assistant IJrofessor RILEY 17 Literature of Systematic Entomology. A systematic study of bibliographies, indexes, and general entomologica.l1iterature, the preparation of catalogues of insects, the evolution of the rules of zoological nomenclature, and the methods of determining the priority of generic and specific names. Lectures. First half-year Credit, I hour 'rh., 8, College of Agricultu.re. Assistant Professor MACGILLIVRA Y Course 17 1S open only to students who ha ve taken courses 4 and 5 [18. Embryology of Insects. Lectures and demonstrations. Second half-year, T., 9, College at Agriculture Credit, I hour Assistant Professor RILEY Not to be given in 1908--9.] Course 18 is open on 1y to st uden ts w ho have taken courses I, 3, 4 and S 19. General Limnology. An introduction to the study of the life of inland waters, aquatic organisms in their qualitative, quantitative, seasonal and ecological relations. Second l1alf-year Lecttlres, laboratory work and field work, by appointn1ent. Credit, 3 hours. College of Ag1-iclCltlffc, J-~lain Jor and Biological Field Station. /\.sslstant Professor N EEDH AM. Course 19 is open only to students who have taken courses 1, 3,4. and S' and course 6 in Vertebrate Zoology 20. Research in LimnologyLaboratory and field work. Hours and credit to be arranged individually College at Agriculture, Main, JOI, anq Biological Field Station. Assistant Professor NEEDHAM. Seminary. The work of an entomological selninary is carried on b y the J ugatae, an entomologi.cal club which meets for the discussion of current literature and of the results of investigations. Attendance at the meetings n1ay be counted as laboratory work. Monday, 4 ~30 to 5.30, College of Agriculture, jV1ai,Jt 39 2 . Related Courses in Another College. Economic Entomology. Second half-year T., Th., Agriculture, COllrse 8. 10. See ZOOLOGY AND MORFJ}]OLOGY OF THE BRAIN 217 Advanced Economic Entomology. Throughout the year By appointment. See Agriculture, courSfl 9· Research in Economic Entomology. Throughout the year By appointment. See Agriculture, course 13 c . Materials for Nature-Study with Insects. Throughout tIle year By appointment. See Agriculture, course IS· Economic Entomology for Special Students. First half. . year See Agriculture, course 16. Insectary Methods. Throughout the year By appointment. See Agriculture, course 2 I. VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY OF THE BRAIN. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. (Courses I, 2, 5,8 and 9 are open to Freshmen.) I Elementary Vertebrate Zoology. Second half of the first terlTI. Credit, two hours. Three lectures, Monday, Wednesday and Friday at 10. One practicum, in several sections, at hours to be arranged. At the practicums, in addition to the more common forms, are dissected the shark, ray, lamprey and llecturl1s, sections of the lance let are examined under the microscope. Professor WILDER, Assistant Professor REED, Dr WRIGHT and Mr MVLLER. Course I should be preceded by course I in Invertebrate Zoology 2. Anatomic Methods and Dissection of the Cat. First term. Credit, fOUf hours. Laboratory work and recitations at hours to be arranged. This forms a natural basis for course 3, and is designed also for those who intend to teach Physiology or Zoology, or who, in preparation for a medical course, desire to gain manipulative skill and familiarity with mammalian structures. Dr WRIGHT. 3. Comparative Anatomy. Second term. Credit, four hours. Laboratory work and recitations at hours to be arranged. A practical study of the structure of vertebrates as exemplified by representatives of the several classes. Dr WRIGHT Course 3 must be preceded by course It and is facilitated by course 2. Second tenn. Credit, four hours. Lectures and demonstrations at hours to be arranged. The several systems of organs are considered with reference to their structure, development, homologies and evolution in tin1e, The brain is treated more fully in course 8. Assistant Professor REED and Dr WRIGl-IT. 4. Vertebrate Morphology and Evolution. 218 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. This course must be preceded by courses 3 and 5 in this department and by courses I and 2 in l1istology and Embryology 5 Systematic Zoology and Ecology. Throughout the year Credit, three hours each term. One lecture, Monday at 8, and five actual hours of laboratory and field work in two sections, viz., A, Thursday, 2-4:3 0 and Saturday, 8-10:30, B, Friday, 2-4:30 and Saturday, 10.30-1 The lectures discuss the principles of classification and nomenclature, the characters and relationships of groups, and the h~bits, life-histories and economic value of the common species. In the laboratory are examined representative forms with special reference to the parts employed in classification, and with a view to giving practise in identification. Excursions are made to the woods, the streams and the lake for·the recognition and observation of living individuals in a natural state. In the faU the fishes are studied, in the spring, the birds, and the other classes in the winter Assistant Professor REED and Mr ALLEN 6. Advanced Taxonomy. Throughout the year Credit, three hours per term. Hours to be arranged. A fuller consideration of one or more vertebrate groups with respect to the taxonomic value of organs, geographic distribution, genetic relationships, and the principles of classification and nOlnenclature. Assistant Professor REED and Dr WRIGHT Course 6 must be preceded by course 5. 7 Advanced Ecology and Economic Zoology. Throughout the year, at hours to be arranged. Credit, three hours. Laboratory and field-work, with collateral reading. A more detailed study of the habits, food, life-histories, and economic importance of verte-brates. The relation of animals to their environment receives special attention. Any phase of the general subject in which the student is particularly interested may be assigned for in'vestigation and report. Assistant Professor REED, Dr WRIGHT, and Mr ALLEN Course 7 must be preceded by course 5 in tllis department and preceded or accompanied by course 19, General Limnology, in Invertebrate Zoology 8. Morphology of the Brain (lectures only). Second term. Credit two hours. Tuesday and Thursday at 11, if preferred, other days and hours may be arranged provided they accotnmodate such students as may elect tIle course. There are considered (a) the several types of vertebrate brain, beginning with that of the acanth shark (Squalus acanthias), (b) tIle value of the brain in classification, (c) the developnlent and morphology of the llumall brain, (d) PHYSIOLOGY 21 9 its resemblances and peculiarities, especially as compared with those of the apes, (e) the cerebral fissures as criteria of zoologic or racial affinity, as indexes of physical or mental power, and as boundaries of functional areas. For illustration there are numerous diagrams representing actual preparations, the lectures are given in the room containing the neurologic division of the museum, about 1600 specimens distributed as follows :-l-Iuman adults and children, 430, embryonic, fetal and at birth, 218, apes and monkeys, 292, other mammals, 420, other vertebrdtes, 240. Members of the class should plan to remain during the hour following the lectures in order to examine the specimens more closely Professor WILDER. Course 8 must be preceded by course I 9. Comparative Anatomy of the Brain (practicums only) Second term. Credit, two hours. Practicums at hours to be arranged Beginning with the brain of the acanth shark, so far as possible the forms examined parallel and supplement those discussed in course 8. The actual dissections of mamlnalian brains are done upon thos~ of the sheep and cat but each student is enabled to study and draw prepared specimens from many groups, including monkeys, apes and man, fetal as well as adult. Professor WILDER and Mr MULLER. Course 9 should be preceded by courses 2 or 3, and preceded or accompanied by course 8. 10. Advanced Brain Morphology. Throughout the year, at hours to be arranged. Credit, two or more hours per term. Laboratory work and reading, with occasionall~ctures. This must be preceded by courses 8 and 9 in this department, and by course 2 in Histology and Embryology Professor WILDER. Courses Primarily for Graduates. I I Research and Theses. Daily throughout the year Professor WILDER, Assistant Professor REED, and Dr WRIGHT 12 Seminary. Weekly throughout the year The Department Staff. ForaH the courses the ability to draw freehand and to read ordinary French and German will be found very useful. A year of Latin and Greek will greatly facilitate the interpretation of the technical terms that are so largely derived from those languages. PHYSIOLOGY. Courses are offered in elementary, experimental, and advanced Physiology, to students of medicine, biology, and to those preparing 220 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. to teach physiology in the secondary schools. The Department is located in the east half of the second floor of Stimson Hall and is well equipped with laboratory and demonstration apparatus and applian£es. The following courses are open to students in the College of Arts and Sciences. For courses open to students of medicine, see Medical College. For courses in Comparative Physiology, see Veterinary Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. 3 Elementary Human Pbysiology- First term. Two lectures and one quiz or delTIonstration per week. A general review of the physiology of the body Designed for students who expect to teach physiology in the secondary schools and as an introductory course for students of the biological sciences. Credit, three hours. T., Th., s. 10. Professor SIMPSON and - - Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 9. Physiology Laboratory. First and Second terms. Laboratory work. Five or more actual hours per week at times to be arranged. A selection of experiments designed for those who wish to gain a knowledge of physiology at first hand, or a training in the methods of work. Professor SIMPSON and - - I I Biochemistry- Two lectures or re~itations and seven actual hours of laboratory work per week Second:half year Assistant Professor HUNTER and Assistants. • Courses Primarily for Graduates. 7 Research and Advanced Pbysiology- First and Second terms. Eight or more actual hours laboratory work per week. Professors SIMPSON, HUNTER and Dr DRESBACH 12 Advanced Biochemistry. Laboratory work at hours to be arranged. Assistant Professor HUNTER. 10. SeminaryOne hour weekly during the first term. For the discussion of current literature and the presentation of original work. Credit, one hour Course 3 should be preceded or accompanied by course 2 or 4 in Vertebrate Zoology It may with advantage be followed by courses I and 2 in Histology and Embryology Course 9 must be preceded by course 3 or its equivalent. Course 7 must be preceded by course I or 9 or their equivalents. Course 10 may be taken in connection with courses 7 or 9. MICROSCOPY, HISTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY. 221 MICROSCOPY, HISTOLOGY AND EMBRYOLOGY. This department offers instruction in the theory and use of the microscope and its accessories, in photo-micrography, in vertebrate histology, and embryology, and opportunities for advanced work in all these subjects. The material equipment consists of a good supply of modern microscopes, camera lucidas, polariscopes, micro-spectroscopes photomicrographic cameras, and other special apparatus are in sufficient numbers to give each student opportunity for personally learning to use them, and for applying the m to any special study in which they are called for Two projection Inicroscopes are available for class demonstrations and for wax plate reconstructions. The g~neral and research laboratories are large and are equipped with microtomes, incubators, aquaria, etc. The collection of histologic and embryologic specimens is extensive and constantly increasing. Sets of typical specimens are available for study and comparison by the students. The aim of the department is to bring the student into direct contact with the truths of nature, and hence, while there are lectures to give broad and general views, there is a large amount of laboratory work in which the facts are learned at first hand, and the methods and manipulations necessary for acquiring the facts are practiced by each student. It is recognized that less ground can be covered in a given time in this way, but it is believed, and experience has confirmed the belief, that the intellectual independence and power to acquire knowledge direct from nature which is gained by this personal work is of far higher value than the facts and theories that might be learned in the same time from books and lectures alone, or from specimens prepared by SaIne other individual. This lake region "rith its rich and varied fauna is especially favorable for investigations in the histology and embryology of all the main groups of vertebrates, and the proximity of the abattoirs makes it possible to obtain material for the study of the development of the sheep, cow and pig. The veterinary clinic and department of anatomy supply material for the embryology of the cat and dog. Every encouragement is given for the fullest utilization of these opportunities. Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. I The Tissues. The strueture, origin and development of the tissues of the body First term. Two lectures, recitations, or 222 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. demonstrations, W., F., I I Laboratory work, M., W., 2-4 :30. Credit, four hours. The beginning work of the course will be devoted to the use and care of the microscope while the applicatiol1 of special methods in the use of the instrument will be considered during the course. This course deals with the cell and the cellular origin of the body, and the structure and development of its component tissues. 'I'here will be acquired a knowledge of the general histological methods and each student will prepare or receive a series of typical preparatiorls. Professor KINGSBURY and Assistants. Course I is 11.0t open to freshmen. It should be preceded or accompanied by work in physiology, zoology or botany 2 The Organs. The structure and development of the physiological systems of the body and their cOlnponent organs. Second term. Lectures, recitations or den1.onstrations, W., F., II. Laboratory work, M., W., 2-4 ~30' This course is a continuation of course I, and in it the same plan of work is follo\ved. Course I and 2 together give the fundamental facts of the microscopic structure and development of the body Professor KINGSBURY and Assistants. Course 2 must be preceded by course I 3 Special Histology and Technique. First term. One recitation, demonstration or lecture. T., 8. Two laboratory periods afterl100ns by assignment. Credit, three hours. In this course a more detailed knowledge of histology and facility in technique is gained by practical work in one or more of the·fields of l1istological work. Designed for those who desire a good working knowledge of histology for use in Biology or Medicine. Professor KINGSBURY and In structor HILTON Open to those who have had courses I and 2 [4. Embryology. Second terlTI. One lecture, delTIOnstration or recitation, T., 8. Two laboratory periods, to be arranged. Credit three hours. A presentation of the facts and factors in the developnlent of animals, with special reference to the Vertebrate group. Professor KINGSBURY and Instructor HILTON Course 4 Inust be preceded by courses I and 2 or their equivalent.] [Course not to be given in 1908-9.] Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 5 Structure~ Development and Physiology of the Nervous System and the organs of Special Sense. Credit 3 or 5 hours. First term. GEOLOGY. Hours to be arranged. SIMPSON 223 KINGSBURY, Dr KERR, Dr. and Professor This course consists of three parts (A) Gross Anatomy with special reference to medicine and surgery, Dr KERR, (B) Histology and Development, Professor KINGSBURY, (C) Physiology, Professor SIMPSON This course is open to students who have done work in human or comparative anatomy and have completed Course I and 2 7 Advanced Work in Histology and Embyology. First and second terms. Laboratory work, eight or more actual hours per week, with Seminary (Course 8.) This course is designed for those preparing theses for baccalaureate or advanced degrees, and for those wishing to undertake special investigations in histology and embryology Professor KINGSBURY and Instructor HILTON. Course 7 is open to those who have had courses I, 2, and 3, or their equivalents. A good reading knowledge of French and German are indispensable for the most successful worl{ in this course. It is suggested that those who intend to take this course confer with the head of the Department as early as possible so that the work may be planned to the best advantage. 8. Seminary. First and second terms. At an hour to be arranged. Credit, one hour per term. For the discussion of current literature and the presentation of original work by the members of the Department staff and those doing advanced work in the Departm~nt. It may be taken in connection with course 3 or course 7 GEOLOGY. The Geological Department offers elementary instruction to undergraduates in Dynamic and Structural Geology, Mil1eralogy Crystallography and Petrography; Econolnic Geology; Paleontology and Historical Geology Provision is also made for advanced instruction in these branches for undergraduates and graduates. For graduates, primarily, courses will be given on the methods of conducting geological surveys and geological mapping, on the correlation and classification of formations, and on the evolution and history of organisms. In providing for graduate work special consideration has been given to the exceptional, natural advantages offered by Ithaca as a place for geological research. The richly fossiliferous, paleozoic rocks, in the midst of which the University is situated, have become 224 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. by the great series of paleontological reports of the state the"'standard formations for the geology of the Continent, the Devonian system has been for the last twenty-five years the subject of minute research and discussion by members of the United States geological survey, by state geologists and by private investigaters who have brought it into international importance and have made its problems of the highest scientific interest, the territory immediately surrounding Ithaca is at the present time being thoroughly studied and mapped geologically, both by the government and state surveys, the trustees have made provision for securing standard collections representing the typical sections upon which the classification of these maps is based, the Devonian laboratory of the United States Geological Survey has been transferred to Ithaca by the authority of the Director of the Survey, and special provision has been made by the Trustees for its installment, care and use in McGraw Hall. The general collections of the Museum have been selected with special reference to making a working collection for students of Paleontology The Newcomb collection of recent shells, and the large collections of Tertiary fossils collected by Professor Harris (and his own private collections of the same kind), furnish the finest kind of material for minute and thorough study of the zoological characters of such organisms which are less perfectly expressed by Paleozoic fossils. These accumulated facilities, together with the exceptional advantages for zoological and botanical studies offered by other departmellts of the University, make it possible for the geological departtnent to offer specially attractive courses for men wishing to fit themselves for teaching geology or for practical geological survey work, and for the higher fields of research work connected with the evolutional history of organisms. Students in this or other institutions wishing to take advantage of the facilities here oi;fered should consult Professor Williams personally at his office in McGraw Hall, or by letter addressed to the Geological Department, Cornell University, Ithaca, N Y General Geology. Courses of instruction are provided to cover the whole field of Geology in an elementary way for students who wish to acquire a general knowledge of the whole science, and as an introductory course for those intending later to specialize in one or other branches of the subject. These courses consist of lectures running through a single year, with appropriate laboratory practice and field excursions, supplemented by seminary work for those who GEOLOGY 225 elect it and special geological survey practice for those intending to fit thelnselves for teaching or practice. Special instruction is arranged with ample collections and laboratory facilities in the branches of Mineralogy, Petrography, Crystallography, dynamical and structural geologY,I)ractical and economic geology, stratigraphy and paleontology, and special courses for Civil Engineers and for Architects. The general course is adapted to the needs of students in the College 9£ Agriculture. Mineralogy and Petrography. In these branches both elementary and advanced courses are offered to students:who have the.necessary preliminary knowledge of chemistry and physics. The courses lead in two main directions (a) toward an acquaintance with the properties, methods of investigation and uses of minerals and rocks, and (b) toward a knowledge of the characteristics of crystallized matter, andof the important relationship existing between crystallography and the sciences of physics and chemistry The laboratory rOOIns and museums are situated in McGraw fla11. They are well Gquipped with study collections. including the Benjamin Silliman, Jr collection of minerals, and with apparatus for experiment and investigation. There is also rrlaterial for original research. Paleontology and Stratigraphic Geology. A special attempt is made t to have aU work, so far as is practica bIe, carried on after the manner of original research. This is rendered feasible by the fortunate location of the University, in the middle of the most important and classical State of the Union, so far as paleontology and startigraphic geology are concerned. A seemingly large proportionate amount of time is spent in field and laboratory, with a few recitations and lectures, thus giving the futyre teacher a knowledge at first hand of. these important branches of geology as taught in secondary schools, and the fut\:1re specialist precisely the knowledge and methods of work he will need in any university, stata or national geol02'ical survey Stress is laid on the study of shells, for by means of them startigraphy and the world's geological history are mainly interpreted. The large University collections of invertebrates, fossil and recent, Inostly shens, have been rearranged and catalogued during the past few years, and now form a most valuable and indispensable aid to elementary and advanced workers. Among those most serviceable to students of older fornlations will be found The Je'\vett collection especially rich in New Yorl{ Sil1!lrian species) local and practically complete Devonian faunas from Central New York. the Hart type collection of Carboniferous fossils from Brazil. 226 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Of late special attention has been given to Tertiary paleontology and geology, several field expeditions being sent into the Southern States, where deposits of this age occur The enonnous amount of rnaterial so obtained when taken in connection with the Newcomb collection of recent shells (over 10,000 species) furnishes unparalled opportunities for work in this branch of paleontology For the past four years the Professor of Paleontology and Stratigra phic Geology has been engaged in cond ucting a geological survey of the State of Louisiana. Winters ha ve been spent in the field by several members of the department. The studying and reporting upon these Tertiary and younger formations necessarily occupies much time. Sumlners, however, have been devoted to the interests of a school of field geology, established by thfi department in the Helderberg mountains of Eastern New York. The type sections of New York's classic fornl~tions are visited and studied in detail by means of excursions by boats on the Hudson, Lake Champlain and Erie canal. The opportunity for original research in almost all the different horizons of the geologic scale can properly be styled exceptionally good. Economic Geology. The courses of instruction are both required and elective. The former are for students in the colleges of architecture, forestry and civil engineering, and each course is adapted to special needs of the class taking it. The elective work is intended to give the student a general knowledge of the occurrence and properties of the useful minerals and rocks or to enable him to specialize along certain lines if he- so desires. The lectures are supplemented by laboratory and field work, and occasionally longer excursions are taken, as to the coal regions of Pennsylvania, the mining regions of Michigan, etc. The collection includes (I) About 4,000 specimens of useful minerals and rocks. including ores (iron, copper, gold, silver, lead, zinc, etc.), building stones, coals, clays, cements, petroleum, etc., to which additions are constantly being made. In many cases the product in different stages of completion is exhibited with the raw material in order to show more clearly the use of mineral or rock. These speciInens are used in both the lecture and laboratory work. (2) A collection of about 1,200 lantern slides and several hundred photograpbs. The department also has a laboratory in which either chelnical work or fire tests can be carried on, there being for this latter purpose two furnaces capable of generating 3.300 degrees Fahrenheit of heat. These are useful for testing clays and building stones; but the GEOLUGY laboratory is especially well equipped with apparatus for clay investigation. Students expecting to specialize in the field of Natural History will find it advantageous to elect elementary courses in Botany, Zoology, and Geology before special-tzing in either Those intending to become geologists should take both Elementary Chemistry (Chemistry NO.1), and Elementary Physics (Physics No. I or 2), before the beginning ot Junior year Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. 1. Elementary Geology. T11e two parts of this course together cover in an elementary way the general field of geology Either part may be elected without the other (a) Dynamic and Structural G~ology. Three hours first halfyear Lectures T., Th., 9, Geological Lecture Room. Laboratory and field work either M., T., Th., or F., 2-4 :30. In addition it is necessary to have one free Saturday in the early fall for an all-day excursion. The lectures may be taken without the laboratory This course treats of the materials composing the earth's crust, their fonn and structure, and the forces at work modifying them. Professor RIES, Mr STEWART and Mr GALPIN (b) Historical Geology. Three hours, second half of year An elementary history of the earth's crust and its included organisms. T., Th., 9, Geological Lecture Room. Laboratory work to be arranged. One all-day excursion to Union Springs, two short ex.cursions on the lake; a voluntary 2-day excursion to Niagara gorge. Assistant Professor HARRIS and Mr PERRINE. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 2 Geological Seminary. Two hours credit. Tilne to be arranged. Abstracts and discussions of the current literature on general and economic geology, and preparation of papers on special subjects. Primarily for gradtlates. but open to undergraduates who have had sufficient preparation. Professor", RIES. Mineralogy and Petography. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. I I Mineralogy. Three hours, two lectures and one laboratory hour, throughout the year Lectures, T., Th., 8, laboratory hours to be arranged. This course is for beginners, and is designed both as a general course in the subject, and as an introduction to more ad- 228 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND 5 CIENCES. 4 vanced work. A knowledge of elementary chemistry is required. Assistant Professor GILL and Mr - - 12 Crystal Measurement and Drawing. Second half-year .. Two hours. Students in course I I who intend to continue crystallographic work in either course 14 or course 17 are advised to take this course. Assistant Professor GILL. 13 Determination of Minerals by the Blowpipe Method. First half-year One laboratory hour, Saturday morning. Must be preceded by some course in Mineralogy Assistant Professor GILL. I 4. Physical Crystallography. First half-year Three hours, two lectures; and one laboratory hour 1\fust be preceded by course II or its equivalent. Especial attention is paid to the optical properties of crystals. Assistant Professor GILL. 15 Petrography. Second half-year Three hours. This course together with the preceding is intended to give an elementary knowledge of the determination of minerals and rocks under the microscope. Assistant Professor GILL. 16. Seminary in Mineralogy and Crystallography. One hour throughout the year Devoted to the study of Ctlrrent literature and some of the more important classic writings. Assistant Profess®r GILL. 17 Advanced or Special Work in Mineralogy and Petrography. Adapted to the needs of the individual stttdent. The work may \)e directed in the line of Crystallographic Measurements, Crystal Structure, 1rlineral Synthesis, Micro-chemical Methods or Petrographic research. Assistant Professor GILL. Paleontology and Strati~raphic Geology. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 22 Advanced Geology. Two setninaries, two lectures per week. Credit, four hours. Last half of the year Includes, (I) a study of the stratigraphy of the United States in the light of the most recent literature, (2) a review of the organic remains of each series of rocks, (3) a review of the mathen1atical principles of stratigraphic and topographic work, and (4) practice with the field instruments now in use by the Government geologists and topographers. This course must be preceded by courses in elementary geology, zoology' and trigonometry Hours to be arranged. Assistant Professor HARRIS anci Mr PERRINE. 23- Elementary Conchology. Not given in 19 0 9. GEOLOGY 229 24. Special Laboratory and Field Work, mainly paleontological. Hours various. Assistant Professor HARRIS and Mr PERRINE. 28. Invertebrate Paleontology. Systematic study of the structure, mode of occurrence, geological range and geographical distribution of fossil 0rganisrns, and of their uses in determining time horizons and correlating geological formations. Chiefly laboratory work, hours to be arrangecl.. Open to students who have had Geol. course I, or its equivalent. Professor H. S. WILLIAMS. Course Primarily for Graduates. 29. Geological Evolution of Organisms. Investigation of the evidellces of evolution exhibited by selected groups of fossil organisms, with preparation of theses. Assignment of topics, methods and field of research to be arranged. Professor I-I. S. WILLIAMS. Economic, Geology . Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 30. Clay Products and Building Stone. Second half-year Three hours. Lecture, T., Th., 9, Laboratory, Th., 10-12 Professor RIES and Mr STEW ART 3 I. Elementa.ry Practical Geology. This course deals with the general principles of geology and their practical applications, the subject being treated from the standpoint of the engineer Two lectures and one laboratory throughout tIle year Lectures, M., W., I I , Geological Lecture Room. Laboratory, M., 1'., Th., or Fri., McGraw Hall. Professor RIES, !vIr LEIGHTON, Mr STEWART and Mr GALPIN 32 General Economic Geology. 2. Two hours.lectures throughout the year ~1.t W., 10, Geological Lecture R00111 , lJlcGraw Hall. b. Laboratory, M., or T., 2-4 throughout the year A portion of the laboratory work may be replaced by field trips to quarry and mlnlng regions. Students luay take the lectures without the laboratory, but those who have the time should take both. A comprehensive course upon the origin, nature and distributin of the metallic and non-metallic products, with special reference to those of the United States. Students taking this course should have had sufficient preparation in geology and n1ineralogy Professor RIES and Mr STEWART Intended for students in geology, for those studying mining engineering and for students in inorganic cheluistry 230 COLLEGE; OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Open only to those Two hours. Time to 33. The Examination of Mineral Deposits. who have course 32 or 45. Second half-year be arranged. Professor RIES. 34. Clay Investigation. Primarily for graduates. Laboratory work, field work and reading_ In the laboratory are taught the different methods of testing clays for the purpose of determining their uses. Professor RIES. Courses Primarily for Graduates. 3S Advanced Economic Geology. Primarily for graduates. Open to those who have had course 32 This course, inclading laboratory work, field work and reading, will vary with the needs of the individual student. Professor RIES. Courses given by the Geological Department to students in Technical Courses. Primarily for Undergraduates. 45. Practical Geology. Civil Engineering_ General principles of geology and their practical application, treated with special reference to the needs of engineers. Professor RIES, Mr LEIGHTON, Mr STEWAltT and Mr GALPIN Lectures,M., W., II, Laboratorypractice, !tIlcGraw Hall. Sect., M., T., Th., F., 2-4 :3 0 , Sat., 9-1 1:30, in first term, and M., T., W., Th., F., 2-4 °3° second term. 46. Clay Products and Building Stones. Architecture. Required for architects. Open to elective students. Second half-year Three hours. The lectures may be taken without the laboratory Lecture, T., Th., 9. Laboratory, Th., 10-12. Geological Lecture Room. Professor RIES and M·r STEWART. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. The introductory course covers the elements of physical geography by means of lectures, laboratory and field work. The topics treated are (I) the atmosphere (winds, storms, weather, climate). (2) the ocean, (3) the lands (plains, plateaus, mountains, volcanoes, earthquakes. glaciers, rivers, valleys, lakes), (4) the relation of man to his environment. This course is planned to serve both as a general culture course and as the basis for more advanced work. It covers the ground required of teachers of physiography in the secondary schools; but those who wish to teach physical geography specially should pursue the subject further. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPH Y 23 1 In the courses on the Geography of Europe and North America the principles of physical geography are specially applied, in the areas under consideration, to an interpretation of the underlying geographical causes for the development of the countries. The course in Physiography of the Lands is planned to give opportunity for a second year's work in physical geography This course together with that on Meteorology and Climatology, will adequately prepare students to teach physical geography in the schools it will also serve as a basis for advanced work in the department. The more advanced courses are distinctly professional and are intended to serve in the training of students for positions (a) in the better grade of secondary and normal schools, (b) in colleges and universities, (c) in the national geological survey; (d) in exploring expeditions. The region round about Ithaca abounds in excellent and varied illustrations of physiography and glaciology These are made use of in the elementary courses by means of conducted field excursions, and in the more advanced courses as the basis for research. For several years the head of the department has been engaged in a study of the physiography and glaciology of the Central N ew York region for the United States Geological Survey, and some of the advanced students have assisted in this research. Besides field work near the University, expeditions are annually made to more distant points, such as Watkins Glen, Niagara Falls and the anthracite coal fields of Pennsylvania. Now and then vacation expeditions are made, and advanced students are usually taken on these. For example, in 18 9 6, a party of advanced students ,vas taken to Greenland, in 1889, to Mt. Ktaadn in Maine, in 1900, to Mount Marcy and the Ausable lakes in the Adirondacks, in 1905 to the Yakutat Bay Region, Alaska, and in 1906 to the Malaspina Glacier and Mt. St. Elias region, Alaska. The two last expeditions were regular United States Geological Survey expeditions in charge of the head of the department. Besides excursions in the field, students are given work in the laboratories, which are well equipped with topographic maps, models, and photographs. The meteorology laboratory is equipped both for use in elementary classes and for advanced experimental work. This indoor work, however, is done only in the winter months when field work is impossible. The following courses are oftered in 19°8- 1 9°9. t 23 2 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES- Courses Primarily for Undergraduates. I. Elementary Physical Geography, or Physiography. This course is divided into two parts, la, lectures, and I b, laboratory and field work. la may be taken without Ib, though it is advised that the two be taken together The class is expected to go on an excursion to Taughannock in the :Fal1 and to Enfield in the spring on some Saturday to be arranged. 'fhere will also be a voluntary excursion to Niagara in the Fall and to Watkins Glen in the Spring, each taking t,\yO days (Friday and Saturday) at dates to be announced. la. Lectures. Two hours. M., W 9. Lecture Roont south end of McGraw Ifall. Professor T ARR. A study of the earth as a whole, with special stress upon the lands and a briefer consideration of the atmosphere and the oceans. A description of the main features of the earth and a discussion of their crt.use. Among the topics treated are weathering, wind action, rivers, lakes, glaciers, volcanoes, earthquakes, Inountains and coast lines. The object of this course is to give a general account of the deve10pment of the main features of the earth and their influence upon mankilld. Illustrated by maps, models and lantern slides. lb. Field and Laboratory Work. One hour Either M., T., or Th., 2-4 :30. Physical Geography Laboratory. Professor T ARR and Mr VON ENGBLN Field excursions to points near the University in fall and spring, indoor laboratory work in winter The indoor laboratory work includes a study of maps, models, photographs and specimens, and experimental work in the development of some of the simpler land forms. 2 Geography of North America. Two hours. T., Th., 10. Lecture Room south end of McGraw Hall. Professor T ARR. The physiographic features of North America and their influence upon the history and industrial development of the various sections. Illustrated by lantern slides, maps and models. Unless taken in the same year, Course la, or its essential equivalent, is required for admission to this course. Courses 2 and 3 are given in alternate years. [3 Geo,raphy of Europe. Two hours. T., Th., 10. Lect'ltre r001n s~uth end of McGraw Hall. Professor T ARR. The physiographic features of Europe and their influence upon the history and industrial development of the several nations. Illustrated by lantern slides, maps and n10dels. Unless taken in the same :year, Course la, or its essential equivalent, is required for admission to this course.] PHYSICAL GEOGRAPH Y Courses 2 233 Course 3 is omitted and 3 are given in alternate years. in 19°8-94. Physiograpby of the Lands. Three hours. Lectures, T., Th., 9 Laboratory work W., 2-4 .30. Physical Geography Laboratory~ Professor TARR and Mr VON ENGELN A study of the forms of the land, by means of lectures, quizzes, supplementary readin~, field excursions and laboratory work. Specially planned to meet the needs of prospective teachers of physical geography in the schools and of those who wish a more extensive study of the subject than is possible in a first c@urse. Only those students are admitted who have already taken course I or its essential equivalent. Those who have taken a thorough course in physical geography in the high school, may, by special permission, be admitted to this course. Two Saturday excursions to distant points in Fall and Spring~ In the Spring a voluntary excursion of three days will be taken to the anthracite coal fields at Wilkes Barre and Hazelton for a study of the Appalachian mountains and the physiographic importance of the coal fields. 5. Meteorology and Climatology. Lectures, laboratory work and weather observations, designed to acquaint the student with the general circulation of the atn1osphere, development, movemeat and conditions that ~ttend cyclones, tornadoes and special storms; practical weather forecasting from weather maps and local observations, the use of meteorological instruments, general and special climatology and its relation to agriculture. Second half-year Credit, 3 hours. Lectures, M., W., F., 10, Agricultural College Mr WILFORD M. WILSON Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates. 7 Glacial Physiography. Two honrs. M., 10, and Th., 2-4 .30. Physical Geography Laboratory- Professor TARR and Mr VON ENGELN A study of living glaciers and the effects of former periods of glaciation. One lecture a week and one excursion each week in spring and fall, besides two longer excursions to more distant p@ints. In the winter the laboratory period will be devoted to reading, conferences, and discussions of special topics. It is important that the students shall have several free Saturdays in both Spring and Fall. Open to students who have taken Courses I or 4. 8. Physiographic Relationships. Two hours. M., 11-12 Physical Geography Laboratory- Professor TARR. 234 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. The influence of physiography on human affairs. Each student will study specific illustrations, and present the results to the class. There will be no regular lectures, btlt weekly conferences and discussions on the progress of the work. Open to students who have taken Course 2 or 3. 9. Experimental Physiography. Experiments by the individual students upon the origin and development of land forms. Credit variable, depending upon nature and amount of work, but in no case less than two hours throughout the year, or four hours for a single term. Open to undergraduates who are sufficiently advanced. Professor T ARR and Mr VON ENGELN. Courses Primarily for Graduates. I I Seminary. Two hours. Preparation and reading of reports upon special subjects, particularly upon investigations in the field. A~stracts and discussions of the current physiographic literature. Open to undergraduates by special permission.~_M .. 4 :30-6. Physical Geography Laboratory. Professor T ARR. 12 Physiographic Investigation. Field and laboratory work with reading, conferences, excursions and the presentation of reports. Original investigation based upon field work is undertaken by each student. Credit variable. Professor T ARR. MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS. All candidates for a degree in a four year course pursued at the University in Ithaca, must, in addition to the scholastic requirements for the degree, take for two years three actual hours a week of physical training, and all candidates for a degree in a three year course must take for one year three actual hours a week of such training. This work must be under University supervision and be completed at the beginning of the junior year, that is, two years prior to graduation. Men in four year courses must take the first year of this work unless properly excused, in the Department of Military Science and Tactics, in accordance with the requirements of the War Department. They shall take the second year either in that department or in the Department of Physical Culture as they may elect, and men in the first year of three year courses shall have the same election. Women must take all this work in the Department of Physical Culture. MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS. 235 Students in the New York State Veterinary College are temporarily exempt from the above requirements. Any member of the Cornell University Cadet Corps who has satisfactorily performed all the duties required for the first year, and who is qualified therefor, may be selected by the Commandant for appointment as a commissioned officer, and when appointed by the President of the University and confirmed by the University Faculty will be commissioned accordingly Upon the performance of his duties as a commissioned officer in the sophomore, junior or senior year, and provided he has completed the course in military science. he is entitled at graduation to receive a certificate of military proficiency Upon the graduation of each class, the names of such students as have shown special aptitUde for military service will be reported to the Military Secretary of the Army and to the Adjutant General of the State of New York, and the names of the three most distinguished students in military science and tactics will be inserted in the Official Anny Register, from the Headquarters of the Army All officers (22 at present) of the Corps of Cadets are by direction of the Board of Trustees, exempt from tuition, and eleven (II) selected by the commandment are assistants in the Department of Military Science and Tactics and receive $100 per annum in addition to free tuition. School of the soldier School of the company, School of the battalion and ceremonies. First term until Christmas recess and second term after Easter recess. M., W ., F., 4.45. Captain BARTON I. Infantry Drill. Small Arms Firing Practice. For volunteers only, Theoretical instruction. Position and aiming drills and gallery practice. Daily except Saturday and Sunday 12 to I. Armory. Range Practice, 100, 200 and 300 yards. Second term after Easter recess. T., Th., and Sat., 2 to 5. Captain BARTON and Assistants. The marksman's badge, presented by the University, wi1l be conferred on each student qualifying as marksman, a bar to be added for each subsequent qualification. 2. 3. Theoretical Work. Christmas recess to Easter recess. Recitations by company, in Infantry Drill Regulations, Manual of Guard Duty and Small Arms Firing Regulations, M., W., F., 4.45. Captain BARTON and Captains of the Cadet Corps. Supplemented by lectures to be announced. Captain BARTON. 23 6 COLIJEGE OF ARTS AND SCIEA"CES. Elective Courses. (For students in 2nd, 3rd, or 4th year) Lectures and Text book. Christmas recess until Easter recess. Credit, I hour each term. T., Th., 12-1 Captain BARTON 5 Elective Drill.. Students of the sophomore, junior and senior classes tnay elect drill. Credit, 2 hours. The military band is supported by the University A director, band instrU111ents and uniforms are provided. Members of the band are members of the Cadet Corps. PHYSICAL TRAINING. It is the ailn of the University to encourage participation in some form of exercise on the part of the entire student body 'Vith the exception of students in the Medical and Veterinary Colleges, every undergraduate is required to take work for at least one year, three actual hours a week, in the Departlnent of Physical Training. The work is of a highly di versified character I t is believed that for the great majority of college men, the best solution for the problem of rational and effectual physical training is to be found in well regulated athletics. The value of gymnastic exercises is recognized as being readily adapted to the meeting of special needs, and to the correction of bodily defects, but as a means of developlnent and recreation they do not appeal to the avera~e fullblooded American student, as do the exercises of the athletic field with their variety and spontaneity, their freedom and excitement. I t is at the period of young manhood that the instincts of competition and self-reliance call for their fullest expression. Valid objections Inay and do exist against the ran1pant athleticislTI of the day and least of all can it be defended from the standpoint of physical welfare. For those not physically incapacitated, however, nothing is nlore conducive to bodily growth and development, than the properly regulated, wholesome outdoor exercise of the athletic field. With a fifty-five acre athletic field adjoining the campus in process of preparation (some of which is already in practical use), and with the organization of the University into separate and distinct colleges, unusual facilities are offered for the encouragement of all kinds of athletic exercise. A well organized baseball league exists, in which the teams representing the various colleges play each other according to a prearranged schedule. A Spring Regatta is held on the Inlet between the college cre\vs in which the "rooters" run along the bank and shout for their respective favorites. An intra-college 4. Military Science. ~ PHYSICAL CULTURE. 237 track meet is also held in the Spring, wl1i1e a cross-country contest ot the same description is held in the F'all, and a series of basketball games through the Winter Participation in these games as well as other games such as tennis, cricket, lacrosse, association football, handball and in such forms of exercise as boxing, wrestling and fencing-for which special instruction is offered-is regarded as fulfilling the requirements of the course. Work on one of the University athletic teams is reported weekly on blank forms furnished for the purpose, but otherwise report must be made at the Gymnasium Office at the end of each day's exercise. It is thus possible for the Director to maintain the kind of supervision over each student's work which is desirable. Results of the exercise can be noted and advice tendered, while it is of course within the discretion of the Director and the Examining Physician at any time to restrict a student's activity to such form of exercise as may be deemed expedient. A physical examination is required of all students upon entering the University, and at the beginning of each season of athletic training for contests, and a system of card index kapt with regard to those examined, so that the students whose physical development is found to be defective in any way can be followed up throughout their course. By requiring every student to take a certain amount of exercise during the first part of his course, and at the same time allow him to select the form which that exercise shall take, it is thought that interest in some form of exercise will be aroused, where perhaps none existed before, and that a habit of regularity will be formed wl1ich will commend itself to the student as being essential to his best efficiency throughout the remainder of his course and in after life. PHYSICAL CULTURE. Special provision has also been made for the physical training of women in the Sage College Gymnasiunl. The department has organized a system of exercise calculated to maintain and develop the physical strength of young women, and at the satne time prevent any of the evils which might arise from exercises that are too violent or too long continued. The exercises thus provided for are obligatory upon all members of the freshmen or sophomore classes, subject to exceptions in particular cases by the cOlnmittee in charge. The building erected for the purpose of the GYMNASIUM AND ARMORY is situated at the extreme southern end of the campus. The main portion is of brick, one hundred and fifty feet long, sixty feet 23 8 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. wide and fifty feet high. The Annex joining the main hall on the south, is a three-storied building, having an area of seventy-four by eighty feet. The main building, with the exception of a small portion that is set apart for an office and a military store-room, is used for gymnastics and military drill. This contains the arms and equipment of the cadet corps, and a carefully selected supply of the most ilnproved gymnastic apparatus and appliances for both individual and class work. The hall is heated by steam and lighted by electricity, and gives a clear space of floor room in the gymnasium of one hundred and thirty-five by sixty feet. The annex contains the offices of the Department of Physical Cultur~, examination room, bath rooms, swimming bath, lavatory, closets, general repair room, baseball batting cage, crew practice room, and dressing-rooms which contain locker accommodations for about fifteen hundred students. Athletics. The Cornell Athletic Association, composed of representatives from the trustees, faculty and student athletic organizations, was incorporated in June, 1889. A standing committee on student organization, has also been appointed from the faculty It is hoped that the cooperation of these varied interests, and the existence of a permanent organization, may tend to produce a greater steadiness in the management of athletic methods and traditions. The athletic ground called Percy Field, after the son of one of the donors, was secured and equipped for out-of-door sports by the joint gift of Mr J J Hagerman and Mr W H. Sage. The field has an area of nearly 1 5 acres, including a quarter-mile cinder track, the Witherbee Memorial Club-house, and stands seating about 25 hundred persons, and is arranged for football, baseball and general athletics. (This field, however, is soon to be replaced by a larger athletic field adjoining the campus. Fifty-five acres of land has been set aside by the trustees of the University for a new University Play-ground and Athletic Field, the construction of which has been undertaken by the Alumni, and part of which is already in actual use.) All candidates for a degree in a four year course pursued at the University in Ithaca must, in addition to the scholastic requirements for the degree, take for two years three actual hours a week of physical training, and all candidates for a degree in a three year course must take for one year three actual hours a week of such training. The work must be under University supervision and be completed at the beginning of the Junior year, that is, two years prior to graduation. PHYSICAL CULTURE. 239 Men in four year courses must take the first year of this work unless properly excused, in the department of Military Science and Tactics, in accordance with the requirements of the War Department. They shall take the second year either in that department or in the Department of Physical Culture as they may elect, and men in the first year of three year courses shall have the same election. Women must take all of this work in the Departn1ent of Physical Culture. Students in the New York State Veterinary College are temporarily exempt from the above requirements. Physical Examinations. Required of all regular undergraduate students entering the University this year, and at the beginning of each athletic sei.tson for all men who are to train for athletic competition in class or University contests. Make special appointments at Gymnasium Office. Mr HATHA WAY and assistants. No student unable to swim and not excused because of physical disability, will be given credit for work done in this Department. Gymnasium Classes. Classes will be held in the Gymnasium from four to four forty-five and from five to five forty-five P M. daily, except Saturday, throughout the year I Physical Exercises. For Freshmen, who in the judgment of the Director, are physically unfitted for required Military Drill, and those who are allowed to substitute work in the department in place of Military Drill. The work consists of class and squad work indoors and out, exercises prescribed for individual deformity or immaturity or of work prescribed in one of the various branches of athletics under the supervision of the Department. Three days prescribed, except S., at hours to be arranged. Professor YOUNG and assistants. 2 Physical Exercises. For Sophomores who elect work in the department as part of the required work in Physical Training_ Work and hours same as in course I 3 Physical Exercises. Electives for Juniors and Seniors. The work consists of prescribed exercises, of class and squad w0rk indoors and out, or of work in one of the various branches of athletics under the supervision of the Department. Three hours per week throughout the term at hours to be arranged. Professor YOUNG and Assistants. Credit, I hour toward graduation for students taking courses in Arts, Mechanical Engineering and Agriculture. 4· Advanced Gymnastics. Open to those already proficient in apparatus work, and desiring special instruction. s· Leaders' Class. Selected from students who have had previous training, and who will be excused from part of the required work for rendering assistance as squad leaders. Professor YOUNG. 240 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 6. Hyciene. Ann0uncement of lectures to be given in this course to be n~ade later Open to all students in the University Special Medical Advice, or re-examination of old students daily 12-1 M. and 4-6 P M. throughout the year Gyntnasium Office. Dr HATHAWAY Instruction will be offered by the Departlnent in Boxing, Wrestling and Fencing, for which a fee of $5.00 a term will be charged. Payments are to be n1ade at the Treasurer's Office, the receipt for which will entitle the holder to 3 lessons per weel<:. Work in these branches can be counted toward the required work of Freshman and Sophomore years, or work for which credit is given in the Junior and Senior years. 1-10ur5 for boxing can be arranged with 1fr MAC SHERRY. for wrestling with 11r O'CONNELL,and for fencing with Mr GELAS. Physical Examinations. Required of all women upon entering the liniversity for the first time, all Sophomores and Freshmen, all who take any athletic training, and all who elect gynlnasium work. Make special appointment at Sage Gymnasium Office. Dr Q. Hygiene. Lectures given during early part of first term. l\nnouncelnent nlade later of tinle and place. Required of all Freshlnen, and open to all women in the University Dr 10. Women's Physical Exercises. For Sophomores and Fresh111en. Instruction is gi ven in class exercises, with and without apparatus, throughout the year Sage GymnaSitoH tor Women. Daily except Saturdays. Miss CANFIELD. I I Women's Physical Exercises. Electi ve for Juniors and ~-:',071iors. The work consists of advanced gymnasiutTI exercises, with and without apparatus, and work in athletics under superyision of the Departnlent. Daily except Saturdays, througRout the year Sage Gyntllasium tor lIVomen. ~liss CANFIELD. THE COLLEGE OF LAW. FACULTY. JACOB GOULD SCHURMAN, A.1I., D.Sc., LL.D., President. FRANK IR\TINE, B.S., LI..t.B., Director of the ('ollege. Dean of the Faculty, and Professor of Practice and Procedure. V{ILLIAM A. FI~CH, A.B., Profes~or of Law EDWIN H. WOODRU:F'F, LI.J.B., Professor of Law WILLIAl\I L. DREW, B.S., LI..,.B., Professor of Law AI4FRED HAYES, JR., A.M., LL.B., Professor of Law FREDERICK D. COLSO~, B.L., LL.B., Instructor in Procedure. GEORGE C. HOLT, A.B., LL.B., LL.D., (United States District Judge,) L~cturer on the Law of Shipping and Admiralty ALBERT H. WALKER, L.L.B, (of the New York Bar) Lecturer on the Patent Laws of the United States. JUDGE ROYAL .~. Gt.JNNISON, LL.B., (United States District Judge, Alaska.) Lecturer on the United States Bankruptcy Act. ' ALEXANDER H. R. FRASER, LL.B., Librarian. [In.quiries as to acceptance of certificates should be addressed to The Registrar. C'oru,ell University, Ithaca, N 11' Address all other comntu'nications to the Dean of the College of Law, Cornell University, Ithaca, N Y Do not address letters upon official matters in the nante of individuals.] ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE. Two Courses. There are two different courses offered ill the College,-one of thr~e years and one of four years,-and the require- THE COLLEGE OF LA W Inents for admission to these two courses are not identical. Applicants who have "not had at least two years of college work leading to an A.B degree, or some equivalent degree, are advised to pursue the fouryear law cOt/,rse. Admission to the First Year Class. Applicants for admission to the first-year class of the three-year course must be at least eighteen years of age, to the four-year course seventeen years of age. In either case they must have had a previous education at least equivalent to a high school course. The educational requirements may be satisfied by the presentation of certificates, or by examination. Applicants in September, 1909, and prior thereto, may at their option offer either requirements heretofore demanded, designated below as "old requirements, " or those established in 1907, designated below as "new requirements." OLD REQUIREMENTS. To the Three-Year Course. I. ADMISSION ON DIPLOMA OR CERTIFICATE. The following applicants will be admitted to the firsty~ar class of the three-year course without examination, upon the presentation of satisfactory certificates and diplomas (I) graduates of universities and colleges, or students who have met the entrance requirements and satisfactorily completed one year of study in any tl~iversity or college of approved standing; or (2) holders of an academic diploma, or any 6o-count (old style) academic certificate, issued by the Regents of the State of New York, or (3) graduates of high schools and academies of approved standing in u course of not less than four years, or, if less than four years, including the examination subjects required for admission to the College, or their substantial equivalents, and, in either case, recommended by the principal of the high school or academy issuing the certificate or diploma for admission without examination. II. ADMISSION ON EXAMINATION Applicants for admission to the three-year course who do not present one of the above certificates are required to pass a satisfactory examination in four elementary subjects (EFlglish, Plane Geometry, Elementary Algebra and one of the four divisions of History), and also in any combination of Advanced Subjects aggregating 30 units·. The term "unit" as here used is not the same as the "unit" in the new requiremePlts. The figures denote the relative weight of SUbjects. THE COLLEGE OF LA W 243 (i) Elementary Subjects (see above): History (one required) : English Ancient (to 814 A.D.) Plane Geometry Mediaeval and Modern EuroElementary Algebra pean (from 814 A.D.) American (including Civil Government) English (ii) Advanced Subjects (30 'units required) Mathematics (6) ~Latin (18) : Solid Geometry (2) Latin Grammar and Caesar (6) Advanced Algebra (2) Latin Composition and Cicero(6) Plane Trigonometry (2) Virgil (6) German (12) ~- Greek (12) .:Greek Grammar and Xenophon (6) Greek Composition and Honler (6) Physics (6) Chemistry (6) Botany (6) Geology (6) Zoology (6) Drawing (6) Elementary German (6) Advanced German (6) French (12)~­ Elementary French (6) Advanced French (6) Spanish (12) ~­ Elementary Spanish (6) Advanced Spanish (6) To the Four-Year Course. Applicants for adnlission to the firstyear class of the four-year course must be at least seventeen years of age and must offer the Elementary SUbjects and also 30 units from the list of Advanced Subjects. College, Regents' and school certificates or diplomas (as specified above) may be offered in lieu of exa.minations in these subjects, but they must cover the Elementary SUbjects and 30 units from the Advanced Subjects. School certificates are not accepted for English, and Regents' certificates in English must cover three of the following subjects First-year English, second-year English, third-year English, fourth-year English, English Reading. NEW REQUIREMENTS. To Either Course. Applicants may offer either A, B or C as below: A. Fifteen units arr~nged as follows English (3), History (I), Elementary Algebra A (I), Plane Geometry (I), Foreign Languages 244 THE COLLEGE OF LA W. (4), elective (5). The term "unit" here signifies the equivalent of five recitations a week for one year in a study Following are the subjects which may be otlered. Entrance Subjects English (3) French, Advanced (I) History, i\n. (to 814 A.D) (,U-I)Spanish. Elementary (2) Risto!)" 1'I,bd. (from 814 A.D.) Spanish, Advanced (I) (~-I) Latin Grammar and Caesar (2) History, Am. (inc.Civ Gov.) (U-I)Latin Compo and Cicero (r) History, English (~-I) Virgil (I) Geonletry, Plane (I) Greek Gram. and Xenophon (2) Algebra, Elementary A (r) Gre€k Compo and Homer (I) Alge bra, Elernentary B (~) Physics (I) Gcornetry, Solid (72') Chenlistry (I) Algebra, Advanced (;1') Botany (I) Trigonometry, Plane (U) Physiography (I) German, Elementary (2) Zoology [Vert., Invert.] (I) German, Advanced (I) Bio)ogy, [Zoology, Botany] (I) French, Elc!l1entary (2) Drawing (~-I) Not nlore than '2 ~ units of history may be offered. Biology may not be counted if 1 unit either of botany or zoology has been offered. B The Arts College Entrance Diploma or the Science College Entrance Diplolna issued by the Education Department of the State of New York. C. A diploma or certificate of graduation from a university or college or a certificate that the applicant has met the entrance requirements and satisfactorily completed one year of study in a university or college of approved standing. Certificates. ColJege, Regents' and school certificates or diplotnas may be offered in lieu of exalninations in entrance subjects, but school certificates are not accepted for English, and Regents' certificates in English must cover three of the following subjects: first-year En~lish, second-year English, third-year English, fourthyear En~lish, English reading. Applications for admission on a diploma or certificate issued by a public or private high school or aeademy must be sent in advance to the Registrar of the University by the principal of the school issuing the diploma and not by the candidate hinlself, and must be accompanied by full and specific information with regard to the course of study, the time given to each subject and the amount of work covered in each subject. When a catalogue or circular is issued by the schooJ this should also be filed with the application. Blank forms of certificate may be obtained of the Registrar. THE COLLEGE OFt LA W. Applicants lor admission to advanced standing as members of the second-year class of either course must be one year older than for admission to the first-year class of that course, must meet the educational requirements specified for admission to the first-year class, and must pass a satisfactory examination in all the work of the first-year Examinations upon all the subjects of the first-year are given at the University in September, beginning Tuesday of registration week. (See Calendar) Admission as Special Students. Applicants who are twenty years of age may, in the discretion of the Faculty, be admitted to the Col1ege as special students not candidates for a degree, provided they present the New York Regents' law student certificate, or a substantial equivalent. This privilege will be granted only upon written application specifying the age of the applicant, the amount of preparatory study, or of previous law study, and accompanied if practicable with certificates fronI the preparatory school, law school, or atturney, under whose direction such studies have been pursu.ed. Nt:w York students vV111 not be admitted as special students unless they present a Regents' law student certificate. .A.l)plicants are advised to correspond with the Dean of the College before presenting themselves in person. Special students may be adnlitted as candidates for a degree if they satisfy the entrance requirernents before the beginning of their second year in the College. Admission of Students from the College of Arts and Sciences. Seniors in good standing in the College of Arts and Scienc~s of the University are allo,\\red, with permission of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences and with the consent of the Faculty of Law in each case to take all or any part of their work in the College of Law and count it towards graduation in both colleges. Under this provision a student may con1plete a course for the degree of A.B. and for the degree of LL.B. in six years. Admission to Advanced Standing. COURSES OF INSTRUCTION. There are two courses of instruction one extends through three years of nine months each the other through four years of nine months each. The object of the College is to afford a tl10rough training in the fundamental principles of Anglo-American law, both the substantive law and the law of procedure. Instruction is carried on by the study of selected cases, text-books and synopses, by lectures and exposition, and by colloquy and discussion. In addition to the courses given by the resident Faculty, provision is made each t THE COLLEGE OF LAW. year for courses of lectures and for single lectures by eminent specialists in the profession. THE"-THREE-YEAR COURSE• This course includes only subjects in law and affords the student only a limited opportunity for electing studies in the College of Arts and Sciences. It is the typical law school course covering all the main topics of the law in preparation for the active practice of the profession. .. Tabular Outline. Ist } ear. No. Course. 1St Term. 2nd Term. 4 2 Introduction to Law Contract Agency Torts (including Master and Servant) Criminal Law and Procedure Real Property Ci vi I Proced ure Brief Making Junior }'-ear. A Ia Ib 2 3 4 2 3 3 4 I 3 4 3 I 1St 5 6 No. Course. 20 Sales and Personal Property Suretyship Probate Law Equity Jurisdiction Insurance Domestic Relations and Law of Persons Evidence Civil Procedure Procedural Papers Senior Year. Term. 2nd Term 4 21 22 23 24 3 3 3 2 3 25 26 28 28a 30 31 32 33 34 • 2 4 3 3 4 No. Course. 1st Term. 2nd Term. Property Partnership Corporations Quasi-Contracts Carriers Bill, Notes and Checks Constitutional Law Civil Procedure Practice Court (',onveyancing 3 4 2 2 . 35 36 2 2 37 41 4 1 I 38 2 THE COLLEGE OF LA W FIRST YEAR. 247 Boardman A A. Introduction to Law. A brief course of lectures, with collateral reading, designed to give stud~nts at the outset a general view of the nature, scope and classification of the law, the functions of courts and their mechanism, and the force and use of precedents. Woodruff's Introduction to the Study of Law Professor IRVINE. lao Contract. Four hours until the Easter recess. Huffcut's Anson on Contract (2d Am. ed.), Huffcut and Woodruff's American Cases on Contract, (2d ed.)- Professor WOODRUFF lb. Agency. Four hours from the Easter recess. Huffcut's Cases on Agency (2d ed.) Professor WOODRUFFa [Contract and ..~gency constitute a continuous course and registration must be for the entire year] 2. Torts (including Master and Servant.) Three hours. Ames's and Smith's Cases on Torts. 2 vols., Huffcut's Cases on Agency (2d ed.) Professor HAYES. 3. Criminal Law and Procedure. First term. Four hours. Beale's Cases on Climinal Law; B~ale's Criminal Pleading and Practice, New York Penal Code and Code of Crinunal Procedure. Professor DREW 4. Real PropertYa Three hours. Finch's Selected Cases on the Law of Property in Land. Professor FINCH. 5. Civil Procedure. Second term. Four hours. The course is introduced by lectures on the relation of procedure to substantive law, the development of the reformed procedure, and the organization and jurisdiction of courts. These lectures are followed by the study of the principles of Common Law Pleading, and of portions of the first five chapters of the New York Code of Civil Procedure and selected cases on topics included therein. Professor IRVINE. 6. Brief-Making. One hour A course in the finding and collating of authorities and the preparation of briefs. Abbott's Brief- Making. Mr COLSON. Junior Year. Boardman C. 20. Sales and Personal Property. First term. Four hours. Burdick's Cases on Sales (2d ed.) Professor FINCH. 21 Suretyship. Second term. Three hours. Ames' Cases on Suretyship. Professor DREW THE COLLEGE OF LA W Probate Law. First term. Three bours. Wills and Administration anQ. Surrogate's Practice. Statutes, codes aad selected cases. Mr rOLSON 23. Equity Jurisdiction. Three hours. Ames' Cases in Equity Jurisdiction. 2 vols. Professor I-iA YES. 24. Insurance. First term. Two hours. Woodruff's Cases on Insurance. Professor \VOODRUFF 25 Domestic Relations and the Law of Persons. Second term. Two hours. Woodruff's ('ases on Dornestic Relation~ and the Law of Persons. Profe~~..:nr \VOODRUFF26. Evidence. Second tern1. Four hours Thayer's Cases on Evidence, (2d eel.) (~hase's Stephen's Digest of the Law of Evi22 I R VI~ E. 28 ~ivil Procedure. First term. Three hours. New York Code of (,~ivi] Procedure, Chapters 6 and 8, and selected cases. Bryant's Code Pleading_ Professor IRVINE. 28a. Procedural Papers. Second term. Three hours. The courses in Ci\~il Procedure and in Wills and Administration are continued by the preparation of pleadings, motion papers, etc. Mr dence ('OLSI 'N. ~rofcssor Elective. (Not ref] uirecl.) Three hours in Arts and Sciences for students whose first-year work has been satisfactory Senior Year. Board1nan B. Second ternl. Four hours. Mortgages. Future Estates (concluded) Trusts. Professor FINCH. 3 I Partnership. Second term. Three hours. Burdick on Partnership. Burdick's Cases on Partnership. Professor DREW 32 Corporations. First term. Four hours. Smith's Cases on Private Corporations. Professor DREW 33. Quasi-Contracts. First term. Two hours. Woodruff's Cases on Quasi-Contracts. Professor WOODRUFF 34. Cs.rriers. Second term. Two hours. McClain's Cases on Carriers. Professor WOODRUFF 35. Bill Notes and Checks. First term. Two llours. Httffcut's Statutes, Cases and Authorities on Negotiable Instruments. Mr COLSON 30. Property. 36. Constitutional Law. Second term. Two hours. Cases on Constitutional Law Professor HA YES. McClain's THE COLLEGE OF LAW 249 37 Civil Procedure/ First term. Four hours. New York Code of Civil Procedure, chapters 7, 9 to 17 inclusive, with selected cases on topics included therein. Professor IRVINE. 38. Conveyancing. Second term. Two hours. A course in conveyancing toget.her "rith special actions concerning real property Mr COLSON 41 Practice Court.1 One hour This is supplementary to the course in Procedure, and is presided over by the Professor of Procedure as judge. Ca5es are prosecuted and defended by the melllbers of the class as attorneys on hypothetical statements of facts. Process is served, pleadings are drawn, motion papers are prepared and motions argued, and cases are tried, all as nearly as may be in conformity with the procedure in the Supreme Court of the State of New York. Professor IRVINE and Mr COLSON 42. Municipal Corporatiens and Public Officers. First term. Two hours. Professor HAYES. (Not given in 1908-1909.) Elective. (N ot required.) Three hours in . .<\rts and Sciences, for students wl10se junior work has been satisfactory The Four-Year Course. This course includes the same law subjects as the three-)Tear course and in addition the equivalent of one year's worl{ in the College of Arts and Scienees. It is designed to afford to law students an opportunity to pursue some of the courses in History, Political Science, Political Economy and Finance, which have a direct bearing upon the history and business aspects of law Ist Year. No. Course. Jst Term. 2nd Term. Introduction to Law Torts (including Master and Servant) English Constitutional History Elementary Economics Electi ves (College of Arts and Sciences) 31Zd A 2 23 51 No. Course. 1St 3 3 3 3 3 3 6-7 Ia 6-7 2 2 Year. Term. 2nd Term. Contracts Agency Real Property Criminal Law Civil Procedure Brief-Making Electives (College of Arts and Sciences) .. 4 Ib 433 3 4 4 I 1 5 6 3-6 3-6 ISeniors not taking New York Bar Examinations may substitute an equivalent in Arts and Sciences, to he a.ppToved by the Dean for these New York practice courses. No time certifica te for New York Bar 'Examinations will be giv~n to those making such substitution. THE COI~LEGE OF LA W. THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS. (Same as Junior and Senior Years in Three-year course.) SPECIAL COURSES OF LECTURES. The Patent Laws of the United States. Mr WALKER. The Law of Shipping and Admiralty. Judge HOLT (The above two courses are given in alternate years.) The Federal Bankruptcy Act. 1907-1908 by Mr HOTCHKISS.) Judge GUNNISON (Given in ARTS AND SCIENCES ELECTIVES. The electi yes in Arts and Sciences are subject to the approval of the Dean. After the first year the niajor part must be chosen from courses in History and Political Science. MATTERS APPLICABLE TO BOTH COURSES. The following requirements and explanations are applicable to both the three year and the four year courses. Physical Culture. Candidates for a degree in the four year course must take during the first two years three hours of physical training a week,-the first year in the Departlnent of Military Science and Tactics and the second year either in that Department or in the Department of Physical Culture as they may elect. Candidates for a degree in the three-year course must take during their first year three hours a week of physical training and may elect to take it in either Department. Women take all their work in the Department of Physical Culture. Drill and physical training are not required of college graduates. Examinations and Class Standing. Examinations are held twice a year at the end of the terms and papers are graded "excellent," "good," "pass," "condition." In order to remain in the College a student pursuing five subjects in any term must pass at least three of them, and a student pursuing less than five subjects must pass at least two of them (exclusive in each case of College Court work and Brief Making.) A student having conditions in four term-subjects standing against him at the end of I THE COLLEGE OF /JA ~f/ any year cannot take examinations to remove them unless he has, in an eq\4.al number of subjects, credits of the grade of "good" or "excellent." If he fails to meet this requirement at the end of the first year he must repeat that year; if at the end of the second year, he ceases to be a candidate for a degree with the class in wh~ch he is registered. A senior who after the September examinations has more than two conditions standing against him will not be considered a candidate for graduation in that year Irregular attendance or neglect of work is sufficient cause for the removal of a student from the College at any time. Practice Department. It will be observed that in the above courses of study the subject of Civil Procedure extends through three consecutive years. As most students now go directly from the law school into practice without serving a preliminary clerkship in a law office, it has become necessary for the law school to provide the instruction in pleading and practice which formerly the student obtained during his law office clerksl1ip. To this end one professor and an instructor devote their entire time to the department of civil procedure. The instruction in COlnmon law pleading and practice is followed by a careful study of the New York Code of Civil Procedure which is taken as a type of the reformed procedure in force in most of the states. Pleadings and motion papers are prepared by the students. These pap~rs are discussed freely in the class-room by students and professor, defects pointed out and remedied, and the essentials of a proper pleading, petition or other paper stated and emphasized. The study of the Code is accompanied throughout by its practical application in the preparation of procedural papers. The object is to duplicate, as far as practicable, the work of a busy office but to do it by a systematic development of the whole field of practice. Every ·paper passes through the hands of the professor or assistant and is carefully read and criticised before ·being returned to the student, while those which present an opportunity for general criticism are taken up for argument and discussion in the class-room. The College Court of the Senior Year is a practice court held by the Professor of Procedure before whom cases are prosecuted and defended and motions and demurrers argued, in conformity with the procedure in the Supreme Court of the State of New York. It is the belief of the Faculty that this department presents on the whole a better opportunity for the systematic study of procedure than does the ordinary la w office. TilE COLLEGE OF LAW EQUIPMENT. Boardman Hall. Boardman Hall is situated directly opposite the general library building and was erected for the exclusive use of the College of Law It is a large three-story structure, 202 by 58 feet, built of Cleveland sandstone with interior finish of oak, and practically fire-proof. On the first floor are three commodious lecture rooms and necessary cloak rooms. On the second floor are the offices of the several professors and rooms for the use of the club courts. On the third floor are the library rooms with accommodations for forty thousand volumes and three hundred read~rs. Law Library. The library of the College of Law numbers about 38,500 volumes to which generous additions are made yearly It includes the well known library of the late Nathaniel C. Moak of Albany, Ny.... , which was presented in 1893, by Mrs. A. M. Boardman and Mrs. Ellen D- Williams, as a memorial to Judge Douglass Boardman, the first Dean of the College. The addition of the Moak collection to the law library makes the facilities not only unusually adequate to the needs of undergraduate students, but also, in connection with the University library, affords extensive opportunity for scholarly research by advanced students. In reports of the Federal courts, reports of the several American State jurisdictions, and in English, Scotch, Irish, Canadian and Australian reports, the law library is practically complete to date. The other English speaking countries are largely represeNted. The library also possesses a full complement of text-books and statutes, and complete sets of substantially all1aw periodicals in English. DEGREE AND CERTIFICATES. Degree. The degree of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) is conferred upon all students who have met the entrance requirements and satisfactorily completed all the work of either the three-year or the fouryear course. No student is allowed to graduate except after three years of actual residence (or four years if in the fottr year course) unless admitted to advanced standing, in which case one year of law study elsewhere may be counted toward the time required. Certificate of Attendance. Each student who has been in regular attendance upon the College, whether entitled to a degree or not, may, on application to the Faculty, receive an official certificate 'Of attendance, which states the tinle of his attendance, and, if desired, the degree of his attainnlents. The certificate of a year's satisfactory attendanc€ required by Bar examiners, implies not only regular THE COLLEGE OF LA W attendance upon but the successful completion of the prescribed CQurse of instruction for a full year (not less than twelve 110urs per week). Students in the four-year course will therefore receive no time certificate for tIle first year, but will after regular attendance and on the successful completion of that course receive a tin1e certificate for three years. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES. Boardman Senior Law Scholarship. A Senior Law Scholarship of the value of one hundred dollars, the gift of Judge Douglass Boardman, the first Dean of the College, is awarded annually in June to the Junior who during the preceding two years, has, in the judgment of the Faculty, done tbe most satisfactory work in the College of Law I It is available during the senior year and is payable in the same way as other University scholarships. 1'his scholarship may be forfeited in case the Faculty is satisfied that the holder has not maintained a high standard of work, or l1as been guilty of an~y conduct unbecoming the holder of such a scholarship. Other Scholarships and Prizes are open to laVv'" students as well as to students in other colleges of the University (See pages 67-73 ) FEES AND EXPENSES. Tuition Fees. The fee for tuition for all law students, except special students, is $100 a year, payable, $$5 at the beginning of tPle first term and $45 at the beginning of the second tern1. The fee for special students in law is $125 a year, payable, $70 at the beginning of the first tenn and $55 at the beginning of the second terln. Tuition is free to students witlt state scholarships. A matrieulation fee of $5 is charged all students on first entering the University A fee of $10 to cover expenses of graduation, degree, etc., is charged to each person taking the baccalaureate degree. This fee must be paid at least ten days before commencernent. Expenses. The following is a fair estimate of the yearly expenses Tuition $100 to $ 12 5 Room, board, lights, fuel and laundry 160 to 32 5 2 5 to 35 1"ext-books Total 1909 IAwarded for 1907-1908 to Charles Ga.rdner Bullis Olean to James Prentice Hewitt, Lewiston. ,. Awarded,for 1908- THE COLLEGE OF LAW The additional expenses of a student depend so largely upon his personal tastes that it is difficult to give an estimate. The expense of living in Ithaca, varies, for board, room, fuel and lights, from $4 to $IO a week. By the formation of alubs, students often materially reduce their expenses. Further information upon points not covered by this announcement may be had by addressing THE DEAN OF THE COLLEGE OF LAW, CORNELL UNIVERSITY, ITHACA, N Y THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. The full four-year course of the Cornell University Jvledical College is given in the City of New Yark, but the first hatt ot it-the work of the first and second year--is also given at Ithaca, where ,it may be taken by men students, and where alone it can be take11, by women students (foT whom a home is provided in the Sage College for W01nen) Both me1t, and women students 'I'aust take the last two years of the course in New York City. The following announcement of the Medical College except where the contrary is specifically stated reters to the course as given in New York City. MEDICAL-'COLLEGE COUNCIL. At the foundation ot the Medical College the following resolutions establishing a Medical College Council and determining its functions was adopted by the Board of Trustees of Cornell U ni versity Resolved, That for the purpose of making recommendations to the Board of Trutees or the Executive Committee in relation to the business management of the Medical College there be established, and there is hereby established a Medical College Council which shall consi~t of seven members, to wit the President of the University (who shall be ex-officio chairman), the Director of the Medical College and three trustees to be elected by the Board of Trustees or the Executive Committee, who shal1~be appointed, one for one year, one for two years, and one for three years, and their successors be appointed for three years, and two members of the Faculty, to be elected by the Faculty, who shall be appointed, one for one year, and one for two years, and their successors to be appointed for two years, and that all appointments to fill vacancies be made for unexpired terms. The Council at present consists of the following members JACOB GOULD SCHURMAN, President of the University and Chairman ex-officio of the Council. WILLIAM M. POLK, Director of the Medical College. H. W SACKETT, ~ H. R. ICKELHEIMER, of the Board of Trustees. H. H. WESTINGHOUSE, L. A. STIMSON, } f h F 1 R. A. WITTHA US, 0 t e acu ty J THORN WILLSON, Secretary. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. FACULTY OF MEDICINE IN NEW YORK. (For Faculty at Ithaca see later.) JACOB GOULD SCHURMAN, A.M., D.Sc., LL.D., President. WILLIAM M. POLK, !vI.D., LL.D., Dean and Professor of Clinieal Surgery, Departlnent of Gyncecology AUSTIN FLINT, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Physiology, Emeritus. LEWIS A. ~TIMSON, A.B., M.D., LL.D., Professor of Surgery, Consulting Surgeon to Bellevue Hospital and Surgeon to New York and Hudson Street Hospitals. RUDOLPH A. WITTHAUS, A.M., M.D., Professor of Chemistry, PbYiics and Toxicology W GILMAN THOMPSON, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Medicine, Physician to the Presbyterian and Bellevue Hospitals. GEORGE WOOLSEY, A.B., M.D., Professor of Anatomy and Clinical Surgery, Surgeon to Bellevue Hospital, Associate Surgeon to the Presbyterian Hospital. J CLIFTON EDGAR, Ph.B., A.M., M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Clinical ~Iidwifery, Attending Obstetrician to the Emergency Hospital of Bellevue Hospital, Obstetric Surgeon to the Manhattan :rvlaternity and Dispensary, Consulting Obstetri~an to the City Hospjtal. FREDERIC S. DENNIS, A.B., M.D., F.R.C.Sot Professor Clinical Surgery, Surgeon to Bellevue and St. Vincent's Hospitals. FREDERICK GWYER, ~{.D., Professor of Operative and Clinical Surgery, Surgeon to Beth Israel Hospital. IRVING S. HAYNES, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Practic(1l Anatomy, Surgeon to the Harlem Hospital. JAMES EWING, A.M., M.D., Professor of Pathology ]OSEPI-I E. WINTERS, ~1.D., Professor of Clinical1Iedicine, Department of Diseases of Children, Pl1ysician to Willard Parker Hospital. CHARLES STEDMAN BULL, A.M., M.D., Professor of Clinical Sur~ery Department of Ophthalmolo~Yt Surgeo!! to New York Eye and Ear Infirn1ary, Consulting Ophthalmic Sur~eon to St. Luke's, Presbyterian Hospitals and St. Mary's Hospital for Children. NEWTON M. SHAFli'ER, }'1.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Su.rgeon-in-Chief of the New York State Hospital for the Care of Crippled aNd Deformed Children, Consulting OrthopreCilic Surgeon to St. Luke's and the Presbyterian Hospitals, Consulting Surgeon to New York Infirmary for Women and Children. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 257 CHARLES L. DANA, A.M., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Department of Diseases of the Nervous System, Physician to Bellevue Hospital, Neurologist to the Montefiore Home, Neurologist to Woman's Hospital, Consulting Ailenist to Manhattan State Hospital. SAMUEL ALEXANDER, A.Mot M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Diseases of the Genito-Urinary System, Surgeon to Bellevue Hospital, and to the Montefiore Home. GEORGE THOMSON ELLIOT, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Dermatology,Consulting Dermatologist to St. Luke's, Columbus, and New York Lying-in Hospitals. CHARLES H. KNIGHT, A.M., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology, Surgeon to the Manhattan Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital. ALEXANDER LAMBERT, A.B., Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Physician to Bellevue Hospital. CHARLES E. NAMMACK, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Physician to Bellevue Hospital. FREDERICI( KAMlvIERER, 1\1.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Surgeon to the German and St. Francis Hospitals. PERCIVAL R. BOLTON, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Sur. . gery, Surgeon to the New York Hospital. WARREN COLEMAN, A.M., M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Physician to Bellevue Hospital. LEWIS A. CONNER, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical1vledicine, Physician to the New York Hudson Street Hospitals. BERTRAM H. BUXTON, A.B., M.D., Professor of Experinlental Pathology FREDERICK WHITING, A.M., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Otology, Aural Surgeon to New York Eye and Ear Infirmary, and Surgeon to St. Bartholomew's Clinic. ADOLF MEYER, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Department of Psychopathology, Director of the Pathological Institute of the New York State Hospitals, Ward's Island. CHARLES L. GIBSON, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Surgeon to St. Luke and City Hospitals. Membre de l' Association Fran~aise de Chirurgie. THOMAS WOOD HASTINGS, A.B., M.D., Professor of Clinical Pathology, Assistant Visiting Physician to Bellevue Hospital. ROBERT ANTHONY HATCHER, Ph.G M.D., Professor of Pharmacology and Materia Medica. IVIN SICKELS, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics. I THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. JOHN A. I-IARTWELL, Ph.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology, Surgeon to Bellevue and Lincoln Hospitals, Assistant Surgeon tu Presbyterian Hospital. O'ITO H. SCI-IULTZE, A.M., M.D", Professor of Pathological Anatomy JERE~1IAH S. I~ERGUSON, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of !-1 istology WIIJLI~\~1 JA~lES (~ J ELSEI{, M.D., Assistant Professor of BacteriologyJ()(I~S1'ON, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Surgery Dcp~rtnlent of Dermatology and Instructor in Pathology JOl-l'J ROG EI~S, A.B., Ph.B., M.D., Secretary of the Faculty J I~SSIE P ,\ NDRESEN, Assistant Secretary, 477 First Avenue. Lecturers. ('llARLES!': BANCKER C. .~~fAC, A.B., M.D., Lecturer on lIedicine, Instructor in Medicine and Physical Diagnosis. JOSEPH FR,\ENKEL, M.D., Lecturer on and Clinical Instructor in ~fedicine, Department of Diseases of the Nervous System. EDWARD L. I(EYES, Jr., A.B., M.D., Lecturer on Surgery VERl\NlJS A. MC)ORE, B.S., M.D., Lecturer on Hygiene. JOR:\" C. TORREY, Ph.D., Lecturer on Hygiene and Assistant in Experimental Pathology ~IAX G SCHLAPP, M.D., Lecturer on Pathology and Instructor in the Histology and Pathology of the Nervous Systeln. JOI-IN McGAW WOODBURY, A.B., M.D., M.R.C.S., Lecturer on ~funicipal Sanitation. Instructors. HEADS OF SUB-DEPARTMENTS. LOUIS W RIGGS, A.~f., Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry and Physics. ISRAEL STRAUSS, M.D., Instructor in Embryology CHARLES G. L. WOLF, A.B., C.M., M.B., Instructor in Physiological Chelnistry Instructors and Assistants. HAROLD C. BAILEY, M.D., Instructor in Pharmacology THEODORE B. BARRINGER, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine and Clinical Medicine. THE JjlEDICAL C'OLLECE. SILAS P BEEBE, B.S., Ph.D., Research Assistant and Experimental Pathology CARL GOODWIN BURDICK, M.D., Assistant in Anatomy WATERS FIELD BURROWS, A.B., M.D., Assistant in Anatomy ARCHIBALD E. CIIACE, A.B., M.S., Instrllctor in Materia Medica. ROBERT A. COOKE, M.D., Assistant in Physiology JOHN W COE, Ph.B., M.D., Assistant in Clinical Pathology J F COWAN, A.B., Assistant in Physiology JOHN F CONNORS, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy HUGHES DAY'fON, ~f.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis. GEORGE EUGENE DODGE, B.S., 11.D., Instructor in Operative Surgery ·WILLIAM A. DOWNES, M.D., Instructor in Operative Surgery WALTER A. DUNCKEL, M.D.) Instructor in Clinical Medicine. SEWARD ERDMAN, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy CHARLES E. FARR, lvI.D., Assistant in Anatomy FRANK rS. FIELDER, Ph.B., M.D., Deluonstrator of Anatomy JAMES '.BELDEN ,.·,GERE, M.D., l\ssistant in the Pathology and Histology of the Nervous Systeln. J- PRESCOTT GRANT, M.D., Instructor in Operative Surgery and Clinical Instructor in Surgery GEORGE D. HAMLEN, A.M., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics. JAMES MORLEY HITZROT, A.B., l\1.D., Instructor in Surgery BERT RA YMOND- HOOBLER, A.M., 1\1.D., Assistant in Clinical Pathology J RAMSEY HUNT, tI.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine, Department of Neurology FRANK M. HUNTOON, M.D., Assistant jn Bacteriology LEOPOLD ]ACKES, M.D., Instructor in Microphotography WILLIAM J JONES, M.D., Instructor in Materia Medica. FREDERICK L. KEA YS, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis. BURTON J LEE, A.B., M.D., Demonstrator of Anatolny' HENRY T LEE, M.D., Assistant in Pathology SAMUEL MII~BANK, M.D., Instructor in 'fherapeutics. ALBERTUS A. MOORE, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics. THOMAS A. NEAL, ~1.D., Assistant in Gross Pathology WALTER LINDSAY NILES, M.D., Instructor in Medicine and Physical Diagnosis. NATHANIEL R. NORTON, M.D., Instructor in ~1:edicine. JOHN J NU"rT, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy, Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Orthopredic Surgery ~ THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. E. OSTERBERG, Assistant in Chemistry FREDERICK M. PAUL, M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy. AL:B'RED RAHE, Assistant in Experimental Pathology JOI-IN ROGERS, A.B., Ph.B., M.D., Instructor in Clinical Surgery JOHN H. RICHARDS, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Pathology. PHILIP SI-IAFFER, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Experimental Pathology MONTGOMERY H. SICARD, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis. DOUGLAS SYMMERS, ~{.D., Assistant in Pathology CHARLES R ..4 f. STOCKARD, Ph.D., Instructor in Comparative Morphology WILLIAM F STONE, Ph.B., M.D., Instructor in and Demonstrator of Anatomy EWIl\TG TAYLOR, M.D., Instructor in Histology BENJAMIN T TILTON, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Surgery GEORGE GRAY WARD, M.D., Instructor in=Surgery, Department of Gynrecology 1IORTIMER WARREN, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Pathology CHi\RLES E. S. WEBSTER, Jr., M.D., Instructor in Clinical Therapen tics. RICHARD WElL, M.D., Assistant in Experimental Pathology JOSEPH S. WHEELWRIGHT, A.B.,M.D., Assistant in Physiology HORArrIO B. WILLIAMS, M.D., Assistant in Physiology 1- Clinical Instructors. ARTHUR S. ARMSTRONG, A.B., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery CHARLES C. BARROWS, A.M., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Gynrecology LEROY BROUN, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Gynrecology J I-IERBERT CLAIBORNE, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Ophthalmology FRANCIS C. EDGERTON, B.S., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Departmel1t of Diseases of the Genito- Urinary System. P HENRY FITZHUGH, }\tI.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Orthopredic St1~gery ALBERT C. GEYSER, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Radiography and Radiotherapy ISIDORE L. HILL, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics. AUGUST I-IOCH, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Department of Psychopathology THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. FRANCIS R. HOLBROOK, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery ARCHIBALD E. ISAACS, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery GEORGE H. KIRBY, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Department of Psychopathology GEORGE B. McAULIFFE, A.B., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Otology LESLIE J MEACIIAM, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Department of Diseases of the Nervous System. JA1\1ES E. NEWCOMB, A.B., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology JOHN J NUTT, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Orthopedic Surgery ROBERT G REESE, Ph.G., M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Ophthalmology HANS J SCHWARTZ, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Surgery, Department of Dernlatology GUSTAVE SEELIGMANN, M.D., Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics. WILLIAM SHANNON, A.B., M.D , Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Department of Diseases of Children. WILLIAM D. TYRRELL, ~1.D , Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Department of Pediatrics. Clinical Assistants. HARRY MORTIMER ARCHER, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery FRANKLIN T BURKE, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology EARLE CONNER, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Otology ROBERT M. DALEY, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Department of Diseases of the Nervous System. SAMUEL M. EVANS, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Department of Diseases of Children. EDWARD HAND, ~l.D., Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Department of Diseases of Children. GEORGE W KUNZ, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Otology ALEXANDER S. LEVERTY, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Department of Diseases of the Nervous System. CHARLES MACK, A.B., M.D., Clinical Assistant in"'Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology WALTER C. MONTGOMERY, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery Department of Laryngology and Rhinology I'HE MEDICAL COI-JLEGE. FRANK W ROBERTSON, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Medicine, Departlnent of Diseases of the Nervous System. NATHAN S. ROBERTS, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Otology PERRY SCHOON~fAKER, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology I'OYOHIKO C. T AKAMI, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery Department of Diseases of the Genito- Urinary System. VICTOR CORSE TI-IOR_NE, Ph.B., M.D., Clinical Assistant in Surgery, Department of Diseases of the Genito- Urinary System. Dispensary Staff. DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE. FREDERICI{ L. KEAYS, M.D., Chief of Staff. MOXTGOMERY 1-I. SICARD, M.D., Assistant Physician. WILI.JIA~1 ARMSTRONG, M.D., Assistant Physician. LEONARD G WEBER, M.D., Assistant Physician. WALTER L. NILES, M.D., Assistant Physician. A. CACCINI, M.D., Assistant Physician. CHARLES E. S. WEBSTER, M.D., Assistant Physician. B. 11:. SEARING, M.D., Assistant Physician. CLARK S. GOULD, l\1.D., Assistant Physician. R. A. COOKE, 1\f.D., Assistant Physician. JOHN H. CUDMORE, M.D., Assistant Physician. ROBER1' LEROY HUTTON, M.D., Assistant Physician. GUSTAV MERCKEL, M.D., Assistant Physician. DEPARTMENT OF SURGERY J PRESCOTT GRANT, M.D., Chief of Staff. A. S. ARMSTRONG, M.D., Surgeon. F R. HOLBROOK, M.D., Surgeon. J Di ROCCO, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. C. BRODER, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. DEPARTMENT OF GYNAECOLOGY GEORGE D. HAMLEN, M.D., Chief of Staff. GEORGE G. WARD, M.D., Surgeon. G C. HALL, M.D., Surgeon. A. A. ROSENBI"OOM, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. S. D. ABRAMS, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. DEPARTMENT OF GENITO-URINARY DISEASES. FRANCIS C. EDGER'fON, M.D., Chief, of Staff. VICTOR CORSE THORNE, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. V H. PENTLARGE, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. T C. TAKAMI, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. D. H. MAcKENZIE, !\1.D., Assistant Surgeon. DEPARTMENT OF NEUROLOGY J RAMSAY HUNT, M.D., Chief of Staff. ROBER'f M. DALEY, M.D., Assistant Physician. ALEXANDER S. LEVERTY, M.D., Assistant Physician. CHARLES I. LAMBER1', M.D., Assistant Physician. LESLIE J MEACHr,\M, l\!.D., Assistant Physician. RICHARD KRUNA, M.D., Assistant Physician. FRANK W ROBERTSON, M.D., Assistant Physician. SWEPSON J BROOKS, M.D., Assistant Physician. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AUGUST ROCH, M.D., Chief of Staff. G. H. KIRBY, M.D., Assistant Physician. DEPARTMENT OF PEDIATRICS. WILLIAM SHANNON, M.D., Physician. WILLIAM D. TYRRELL, M.D., Physician. BENJA~IIN H. SEARING, l\1.D., Assistant Physician. J WALLACE BEVEREDGE, M.D., Assistant Physician. JOHN RADW A Y LECOMTE, ltf.D., Assistant Physician. DEPARTMENT OF DERMATOLOGY JAMES C. JOHNSTON, M.D., Chief of Staff. HAi\S J SCHWARTZ, M.D., Surgeon. EDWARD LOVEJOY, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. LOUIS R. MOUNT, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. ANDREW J GILMORE, M.D .• Assistant Surgeon. DAVID FLYNN, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. DEPARTMENT OF OTOLOGY GEORGE B. McAULIFI?E, M.D., Chief of Staff. NATHAN S. ROBERTS, M.D., Assistant Surgeon C. ~I. HICKEY, ~f.D., Assistant Surgeon. THOMAS A. MULCAHY, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. DEPARTMENT OF LARYNGOLOGY JAMES E. NEWCOMB, M.D., Chief of Staff. FRANKLIN T BURKE, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. CHARLES MACK, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. Wl\LTER C. MONTGOMERY, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. PERRY SCHOONMAKER, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. EDW ARD T CONNELL, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. DEPARTMENT OF ORTHOPAEDICS. P HENRY FI1'ZHUGH, M.D., Surgeon. JOlIN J NUTT, M.D., Surgeon. DE . -\S MURPHY, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. PERCY W ROBERTS, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. WATERS F BURROUGHS, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. DEPARTMENT OF OPHTHAMOLOGY ROBERT G REESE, ~1.D., Surgeon. ] lIERBER'f CLAIBORNE, M.D., Surgeon. G. W VANDERGRIFT, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. EDWARD B. COBURN, M.D., Assistant Surgeon. DEPARTMENT OF RADIOGRAPHY AND RADIOTHERAPY ALBERT C. GEYSER, lVI.D. DEPARTMENT OF DRUGS AND SUPPLIES. GUSTAVE T RUCKERT, Ph.D., Apothecary JOHN B. HEUSER, Ph.G., Assistant Apothecary J THORN WILLSON, Managing Clerk of the College, 477 First Avenue. WALTER R. SHEPHERD, Bookkeeper GENERAL STATEMENT. The Medical Department of Cornell University was established in 1898. This undertaking, which had been contemplated by the Trustees for several years, was made possible by the gift to the University of a commodious and fully equipped building designed for medical instruction, and by the bestowal of a sufficient "Endowment Fund" for the generous maintenance of a large and vigorous school for higher education in medicine. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. The Main College Building conlprises a Medical School and Dispensary, with principal entrance on First Avenue, opposite Bellevue Hospital, Wl1ich occupies t1le entire block between Twenty-seventh and Twenty-eighth Streets, on First A venue, extending back 100 feet, thus affording an available space of nearly 20,000 feet on each floor The building is designed in a severe style of Renaissance architecture, and is constructed of Indiana limestone and red brick. The Loomis Laboratory (founded 1886) serves the purpose of undergraduate instruction, in connection with the laboratories in the College building. It has also been reorganized as a research laboratory, and special departments have been established in bacteriology, physiological chemistry, experimental medicine, and pharmacology Facilities are thus furnished to graduates in medicine who may desire to pursue further study or original research in the various departments of laboratory investigation. The Animal Hospital on Twenty-sixth Street, adjoining the Loomis Laboratory opposite Bellevue Hospital, is very complete, and follows in equipment as closely as possible the plans of hospitals for human beings. The rooms are large, light and well ventilated, and consist of a well-furnished operating-roonl, wards with large kennels, bathroom, kitchen, isolation and examination rooms, etc. The hospital is devoted to teaching operative surgery on living animals. The animals used for the purpose being those with actual surgical conditions requiring relief by operation. Instruction is not limited to undergraduates, but may also be had by graduates ifl medicine. The Metropolitan Street Railroad cars on Twenty-eighth and Twenty-ninth Streets and First Avenue connect with all the other lines of the company, by a system of transfers at Fourteenth, Twentythird, Thirty-fourth, and Fifty-ninth Streets, and so put all the hospitals in the city within easy access of the College. A convenient station of the l\Ianhattan Elevated Railroad is also at Twenty-eighth Street and Third Avenue. A station of the Subway is at Twentyeighth Street and Fourth A venue. CLINICAL FACILITIES. The College Dispensary. One-half of the college building is allotted to the Dispensary, in which ample provision has been made for the accommodation of the various clinical departments, of which there are eleven, viz. General Surgery, General Medicine, including the diseases of the Heart and Lungs, Gynrecology, Diseases of THE AIE[)1CAJ_ C()LLEGE. Cl1ildren, of the Nervous System, of the Genito-Urinary System, of the Skin, Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat, Orthopredic Surgery, Radiography and Psychopathology Each Department has been furnished with all the instruments and apparatus necessary for the examination and treatment of patients. A number of small amphitheatres are placed in the Dispensary, so that the clinical instruction provided by the curriculum can be carried on without interfering with the treatment of patients. The attendance in the Dispensary averages 500 patients daily, and is steadily increasing, so that the clinical material is abundant and accessible. Members of the Faculty of Cornell Medical College hold appointments in the hospitals and dispensaries of the city, and are thus enahled to utilize for teaching purposes a great quantity and variety of clinical rnaterial. The most important and best of these hospitals are the Bellevue, New York, Presbyterian, German, St. Vincent, Gou verneur, Hudson Street, Willard Parker and Reception Hospitals and the New York Eye and Ear Infirmary Others are utilized from tin1C to tillle as necessity or opportunit)r arises. The major part of the bedside and clinical instruction, is, however, conducted in Bellevue Hospital, which is directly opposite the College. This hospital has 900 beds, and receives 24,000 patients annually It contains an amphitheatre capable of seating 300 students. and also a num~er of small, operating theatres, where section demonstrations in surgery and gynrecology are made before the class. Connected with the hospital is a hydropathic establishment where students are shown the practical applications of baths, douches, massage, etc. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE. For adrnissio,rt to the first year class at Ithaca, communications should be addressed to the Registrar, Ithaca, NY., at New York City, to the Secretary, 28th St. and First Ave .• New York City. See below. For adnzission to advanced standing trom other colleges alld universities, communications should be d'irected to the Secretary of Facu.lty, Stimson Hall, Ithaca, NY, or to the Secretary ot the F acultJl, 28th St. a.nd First Ave., New York City. The Faculty of the Cornell University Medical College after mature deliberation have concluded that the usual "big11 school" education so commonly accepted as sufficient preparation for the study of medi- THE !l1EDICAL G'OLLEGE. cine is inadequate. They are of the opinion that candidates for adnlission to this profession s110uld possess the liberal culture and general education implied by a college degree in Arts or Science. Furthermore, the great advances of recent years in all the natural sciences have led to correspondingly great advances in the practice of medicine and surgery As a result the present four-year course in medicine has become so seriously overcrowded, that, if the teaching of medicine and surgery is to keep pace with the advance in knowledge, the curriculum lTIUst be at once revised and extenqed. Too large a proportion of time is given up to fundamental and non-professional instruction in chemistry, physics, biology and other kindred subjects upon which the knowledge of disease is founded, and too small a proportion to the specialized information which is imperative in the education of a properly equipped physician The period of four years is deemed sufficient at present if devoted entirely to strictly medical subjects, otherwise it is not. Without attempting to enter into a discussion involving the advantages of a strictly scientific or so-called academic course in arts, philosophy, and literature the President and Trustees of Cornell University have decided to adopt the requirements advised by the Faculty of the l\iedical College for admission to the course leading to the degree of 1'I.DTherefore, in and after 1908 candidates for adlnission to the Cornell University Medical College must be I. Graduates of approved colleges or scientific schools, or II. Seniors in good standing in Cornell University or in any other approved college or scientific school whose faculty will perlnit them to substitute the first year of a professional course for the fourth year in arts and science, and who will confer upon them the bachelor's degree upon the satisfactory completion of the first year of the course in the Cornell University Medical College; or III. Persons who, while not possessing a bachelor's degree, give evidence by examination that they have acquired an equivalent education and a training sufficient to enable them to profit by the instruction offered in the Medical College. In and after 1909 all candidates for admission to the Cornell University Medical College n1ust have at least such knowledge of physics and inorganic chemistry as may be obtained in college by a y€ar's course 1n these subjects when accompanied by laboratory work. Chemistry. The course in chemistry should include laboratory work, with voll1metricanalysis and the elements of gravilnetricanalysis, four to six hours weel{ly tl1Toughout the academic year, and lectures and class-room work in which the principles of chemistry, phys- THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. ical chemistry, and stoichiometry are emphasized. The subjectmatter which should be covered is that included in the first 260 pages of the sixth edition of Witthaus' Manual of Chemistry Though a knowledge of organic chen1istry is not expected, a thorough training in inorganic chemistry as outlined above will be exacted as an indispensable preparation to the extended study of organic chemistry required for graduation. Physics. The candidate should have followed a course in physics for at least one year This course should include laboratory work in physical measurements for at least three hours weekly, class-room work four hours weekly, and lectures or demonstrations. The subject-matter ,vhich should be covered is that included in the last edition of Nichols and Franklin's Elements of Physics. In and after 1910 all candidates for admission must possess a knowledge of biology represented by a year's course in invertebrate and yertebrate zoology including the morphology Physics, inorganic chemistry and the general subject of Biology occupy so important a relationship to the study of medicine that the Faculty urge as much time as possible in the preliminary education be devoted to them. Although all "approved colleges or scientific schools" offer courses in the natural sciences, these courses are not always obligatory, and it was felt to be unfair to a few possible students to demand these subjects the first year the new requirements are in operation. The Trustees also felt that it is unfair to refuse the exceptional student of unusual abilities who has obtained independently an education equivalent to that implied by a degree from a college or scientific school, and there will therefore be examiners appointed from the faculties of the different colleges in the University to determine the qualifications of such as may apply for admission under Rule III, of these requirements. The committee in charge of the administration of this rule consists of the President of the University and the Deans of the Faculties of Arts and Sciences and of Medicine. All applications and communications are to be addressed to the Secretary of the Medical College. Inasmuch as all students of medicine in New York State are required by law to have previously had an adequate preliminar)7 education, and as this preliminary education must be certified to as sufficient by the State Educational Department, it is advisable that applicants for admission send to the Secretary of the Medical College at least a month before entering their degrees or properly attested THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. certificates of graduation from an approved college or scientific school, in order that the Secretary may obtain the requisite "medical student's certificate" from the State authorities. Admission to Advanced Standing. Students who have already attended the requisite number of courses in other accredited m.edical colleges, may be admitted to advanced standing in anyone of the years of the four years' course of the Cornell ITniversity Medical College, by presenting the requisite Cornell Regents' medical-student certificate and by passing examinations in the subjects described on pages 3 J 2- 1 3 as completed. in the yearor years previous to that which the student desires to enter The applicant must also present certificatesof having satisfactorily completed laboratory courses equivalent to those required of the Cornell medical students in the year or years previous to that to be entered. According to law, no student applying for advanced standing from a Medical" School which has not been registered by the Regents may obtain a degree on less than two years of tTIedical study in this State. Admission to Special Courses. Graduates in medicine, or students who desire to pursue a special course without graduation, are admitted to registration as special students, after approval by the head of the departnlent conducting the course, without Regents' or other preliminary examination. Such special courses do not count in any way as part of the four years' course required of candidates for the degree of doctor in medicine. Further information regarding such courses, fees, etc., may be obtained by addressing the Secretary of the Cornell University Medical College, First Avenue, 27 th to 28th Street, New York. Amendment to Medical Law, 1902. At their meeting, July I, 1901, the Regents took the following action V oted, That, beginning with the September, 1901, medical licensing examinations, a recent photograph of each candidate be required as a part of the application for admission. In accordance Vv,.ith the medical1aw, the Regents adnlit conditionally to the tests in anatomy, physiology, hygiene, and sanitation and chemistry, applicants 19 years of age certified as having studied medicine not less than two full years of at least seven tTIonths each, in two different calendar years, in a medical school registered as maintaining at the time a satisfactoI)T standard, provided that such applicants are of good moral character, have tIle requisite preliminary education, and pay the fee of $25, the final examinations in THE ~lEDICAL~ COLLEGE. surgery, obstetrics, and ::gynecology; pathology including bacteriology and diagnosis, to be passed after having finished the full period of study and having received the n1edical degree. Candidates \vho have studied medicine not less than the minimum period of two years, whether undergraduates or graduates in medicine, are admitted conditionally as aforesaid to the exatninations in anatomy, physiology, hygiene and sanitation, and chemistry; if such applicants fail to attain 75 per cent. in one or more of these topics they must be reexamined in all topics rtnd must wait at least six tnonths before rcexanlination, and candidates failing to obtain at le:lst 75 per cent in one or more of the topics at the final examinations, after haying pas~ed in the preliminary topics, n1t1st be reexaminen in :111 of the final topics and must wait at least six months befure reexanlination. rrhe Regents may, in their discretion, accept as the equivalent of the first year in a registered medical school evidence of graduation frOln a registered college course, provided that such college course shall have included not less than the minilTIUm requirements prescribed by the lpensary in the management of pregnant and parturient wonlen, the care of the newborn child, abdominal palpation, and pel vic mensuration. 6. Obstetric Histology, Pathology and Bacteriology. Laboratory instruction is gi yen during the third year by tIle Professor of Pathology upon the histology of the vulva, vagina, uterus, ligaments, Fallopian tubes, and ovaries in the pregnant and non-pregnant conditions, and upon the histology and pathology of the decidua, chorion, placenta, and umbilical cord. SUMMARY 2d Year. 3d Year. 4th Year. Lectures Recitations 30 hours. Clinics Sections. Text-Book-Edgar, Practice of Obstetrics. 30 30 15 15 hours. hours. hours. hours. 15 hours. Department of Pathology. INCLUDING HISTOLOGY, EMBRYOLOGY, BACTERIOLOGY, AND GROSS) GENERAL AND EXPERIMENTAL PATHOLOGY JAMES EWING) M.D., Professor of Pathology BERTRAM H. BUX1'ON, M.D., Professor of Experimental Pathology JEREMIAH S. FERGUSON,M.D.~Assistallt Professor of Histology OTTO H. SCI-IULTZE, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathological Anatomy WILLIAM J ELSER, M.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology SILAS P BEEBE, Ph.D., Research Assistant in Experimental Pathology MAX G. SCHLAPP, M.D., Instructor in the Histology and Pathology of the Nervous System. THE AIEDICAL COLLEGE. JAMES C. JOHNSTON. M.D., Instructor in Pathology ISRAEL S1'RAUSS, M.D., Instructor in Embryology EWING TAYLOR, M.D., Instrtlctor in Histology PHILIP A. SHAFFER, Ph.D., Instructor in Pathological Chemistry JOHN C. TORREY, Ph.D., Assistant in Experimental Pathology, and Lecturer in Hygiene. RICHARD WElL, M.D., Assistant in Experimental Pathology HENRY T LEE, M.D., Assistant in Pathology DOUGLAS SYMMERS, M.D., Assistant in Pathology THOMAS A. NEAL, M.D., Assistant in Gross Pathology FRANK M. HUNTOON, M.D., Assistant in Bacteriology ] ..1\MES B. GERE, M.D., Assistant in Histology and Pathology of the Nervous System. CI-Il\RLES R. STOCKARD, Ph.D., Instructor in Comparative Morphology LEOPOLD JACHES, M.D., Instructor in Microphotography Courses of Comparative Morphology Study. In order to acquaint the student with the general structure of systems and organs throughout the animal kingdom, and to furnish a basis for the study of human anatomy, embryology, and physiology, a course in Comparative Morphology is provided in the first half of t he first year The structure of the integument, muscular system, skeleton, alimentary canal, respiratory organs and organs of special sense, are demonstrated in protozoa, vermes, crustacea, amphioxus, fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and lower mammals. Laboratory, thirty hours. Lectures, fifteen hours. Required in the first year, Dr Stockard. Histology. The work in this subiect, with the exception of the histology of the central nervous system, is completed in the first year, The course in neurohistology is given in the early part of the second year, after the student has become familiar with the macroscopical anatomy of the brain and spinal cord. The work consists of laboratory exercises in three two-hour sessions weekly throughout the first year, and one two-hour session weekly during the first half of the second year, occupying in all about 175 hours in the first, and 30 hours in the second year for each student. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. The various courses cover the construction and use of the microscope the preparation of microscopical sections of the tissues, the examination of freshly obtained and living tissue, and the normal histology and microscopical anatomy of all of the tissues and organs of the human body Whenever desirable for the elucidation of special subjects use is made of the lower vertebrate tissues. Two recitations of one hour each are held weekly during the first year, and one recitation weekly during the first half of the second year, in all 75 hours for each student. Subjects for recitation are assigned from the text-book on histology, and are designed to completely familiarize the student with the structure of the tissues as studied in the laboratory An examination is held at the end of each year The standing of the student in this, as in other subjects, is determined equally from the work in the laboratory exercises and in the recitations. Scheme of Instruction in Histology. I Histological Technique including the structure and use of the microscope and the preparation and examination of simpler tissues. Laboratory and recitations, 8 hours weekly for the first two weeks, and at occasional intervals throughout the first year 16 to 30 hours. Drs. Ferguson and Taylor II. Histology. All of the primary tissues of the body, including the blood and lymph-vascular systems are studied, and the student is taught the necessary technique for the preparation of the tissues for examination. Laboratory and recitations, 8 hours weekly for I I weeks. 88 hours. III. Organology and Microscopic Anatomy. This course considers the minute structure of all the organs of the body and their relation to the salient features of physiology and pathology Laboratory and recitations, 8 hours weekly for 18 weeks. 144 hours. Drs. Ferguson, Taylor and Stockard. IV Histology and Microscopical Anatomy of the Central Nervous System. This course is given in the early part of the second year In addition to the histology of the central nervous system the student traces the course of the central conduction paths of the spinal cord and brain, locates the more important nuclei of the motor and sensory paths and the nuclei of origin of the cranial nerves, and determines the relation of these to the conduction paths. Special attention is paid to results of injury and to the application of histologic·al structure to the explanation of pathological phenomena and TIlE MEDICA.L COLLEGE. clinical syrrlptonls. Laboratory and recitations. Drs. Schlapp, Neer, and Taylor V Advanced Work and Research. Each student receives individual attention in the laboratory The more apt and proficient are thus enabled to advance rapidly through the work of the preliminary courses. When sufficiently advanced such students will, upon application, be assigned to ad vanced work upon the methods of research. A reading knowledge of French and German is essential. Embryology. The course in etnbryology consists in laboratory exercises and lectures, and is designed to present the manner in which adult human tissues and organs are developed. The ,vork embraces the study of karyokinesis in its various phases, fertilization of the ovum and its bearing on heredity; cleavage as represented in the eggs of the starfish and salamander; the various types of gastrulation and the formation of germ layers in the starfish, sHLltnander, and chick, and the development of organs and systems in the chick, pig, and human embryo. Full sets of sections, transverse and sagittal, of these embryos at various stages are provided, and the Ziegler models are employed for illustration. The lectures are devoted to the discussion of the theory of development, and to a comparison of its phases in different classes of vertebrates. Special attention is devoted to those stages of development at which may result monsters, twins and tumors. 1'be student is also directed in collateral reading on these topics. Laboratory exercises, 4S hours. Lectures, IS 11ours. Required in the latter half of the first year Drs. Strauss and Stockard. Bacteriology. In the course in bacteriology the student is first made familiar with the methods of disinfection, and is required to prepare the ordinary culture nledia. The work then proceeds to the methods of staining and examining bacteria, their artificial cultivation and the study of biological characters, the methods employed in the separation of species; the general relation of pathogenic bacteria to disease and concludes with the biological analysis of air, water, soil and milk. Cultures are made from the viscera of cases of the various infectious diseases, and the student is reqt1ired to cultivate and identify the important pathogenic micro-organisms. The work is supplemented when necessary by the use of pure cultures, by the exhibition of THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. anaerobic cultures,and to a limited extent by inoculation in anilnals. Laboratory work and lectures. Ninety hours. Required in the second year Drs. Elser and Huntoon. Pathology. The course of instruction in pathology in the second year comprises a prelinlinary course of lectures on the theory and classification of inflammations, which is designed to acquaint the student with tl1e main facts in this field, to prepare him for preliminary studies in medicine and surgery, and to establish a uniform system of nomenclature to be used in this and other departments. During one half the second year, also, attendance is required at one weekly demonstration in gross pathology, at which the more common visceral lesions are exhibited. This course is designed to accolnpany the preliminary recita.tions in medicine and surgery of the second year The main branches of the subject are grouped in the third year in order to secure the simultaneous study of the gross and lnicroscopical changes in diseased tissues. In the fourth year the students perform autopsies, and attend lectures in special pathology Scheme of Instruction in Pathology. I. Pathology of Inflammation. Ten lectures. Required at the 6pening of the second year Dr Ewing. II. Gross Pathology. Demonstrations. Thirty hours. Required in the latter half of the second year Dr Neal. III. General Pathology. Lectures, gross, and microscopical demonstrations, 180 hours. Required in three t'wo-hour sessions weekly throughout the third year (a) Pathology of Degenerations, Inflammation, Infectious Granulomata. Fifty hours. October and November (b) Tumors. Forty hours. December and January (c) Special Pathology Seventy hours. February, March, April. Drs. Ewing, Johnston, Lee and Symmers. IV Neuropathology. Lectures and microscopical demonstrations. Thirty-six hours. April and 11ay Drs. Schlapp, Johnston, V Gross Pathology. On the days alternating with the microscopical studies demonstrations of gross pathological specimens are held on the material collected from autopsies. With the viscera of each case is presented an epitome of the clinicaillistory, and, when necessary, frozen sections of the organs, and tl1e clinical SYIYl.ptonis are explained from the gross and microscopical changes in the tissues. 3 00 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. The student here sees the organs of many of the fatal cases which he has studided in the wards of hospitals. Gross pathological diagnosis is taught as a separate branch of this subject, not bearing directly on the clinical aspect of the case. Lectures and demonstrations. Sixty-five hours. The class is divided into three sections, each attending one two-hour session weekly throughout the tl1ird year Drs. Schultze and Neal. VI. Medico-Legal Pathology. The medico-legal relations of pathology are extensively illustrated in the material collected at the ~i()l-gUC and various hospitals, and special attention is devoted to this su bjcct in the third and especially in the fourth years. The lecture in Special Pathology in the fourth year cover certain topics in medico-legal pathology Drs. Schultze and Nea1. \~I I Autopsy Technics in General and Medico-Legal Cases. The class is diyided into six sections, each attending three sessions of two to three hours weekly for six weeks. Fifty hours_o Required in the fourth year Drs. Schultze and Neal. \ I I I Special Pathology. Lectures on special topics in Pathology arc giv(ll1 during ~farch and April. The subjects have included The ~[cchanisnl of Itl1tnunity, The Etiology of Tunlors, Cerebral Hemorrhage, The Lomparative Morphology of the Cerebral Cortex. Drs. E\ving, Schultze, Schlapp. I X. Recitations. One recitation weekly is required of each student throughout the third year. These exercises cover the work of the preceding week, and are of the nature of conferences for the fuller discussion nf the topics considered. Dr Johnston. X. Examinations. Written and practical examinations are held at the end of each year The standing of the student is determined from the theoretical and practical work, the recitations, and the examinations. Experimental Pathology. In 1903, Cornell University established a Department of Experimental Pathology In this institution are associated a number of men whose time is devoted to the study of problems in medical sCIence. Abundant space and modern facilities are provided in the Loomis Laboratory in which are laboratories equipped for experimental pathology, bacteriology, serllln pathology and therapeutics, pathological chemistry, and micro-photography Instruction has been given to a number of assistants and volunteer workers who desired to enter THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 3 01 the field of research in these subjects, and is available to properly qualified applicants. From time to time the methods pursued in this department, and the results obtained are presented to the undergraduate students in the medical course. The members of this staff are Professor Buxton and Drs. Beebe, Torrey, Shaffer, Teague, Weil, Jaches, Riggs, and assistants. Since 1904 the work of the Huntington Fund for Cancer Research has been located in the Loomis Laboratory, under the in1mediate direction of Professor Buxton and Dr S. P Beebe, assisted by Dr Shaffer, Dr Stockard and others. Advanced Courses and Research. The abundant facilities of the laboratory on the fourth floor of the new building can be offered to properly qualified students and practitioners of medicine who wish to pursue advanced courses of study on lines of research, under the direction of special instructors. SUMMARY 1St Year. 2d Year. Histology· Comparative Morphology 45 hours. Recitations 60 hours. 25 hours. Laboratory 120 hours. 60 hours. Embryology· Laboratory 45 hours. Lectures 15 hours. Pathology Lectures 10 hours. 10 hours. 10 hours. Laboratory 180 hours. Recitations 30 hours. Gross Pathology' Laboratory 15 hours. 60 hours. 30 hours. Bacteriology · Laboratory 9 0 hours. Text-Books· Histology-Ferguson, Text-Book of Histology. Pathology-Delafield and Prudden, Pathological Anatomy and Histology. Bacteriology-Muir and Ritchie, Manual of Bacteriology; Park, Bacteriology. Collateral Reading-Orth, Pathological Diagnosis; Ziegler, General Pathology; Sternberg, Manual of Bacteriology; Ewing, Pathology of the Blood; Minot, Embryology. 3d Year. 4th Year. 3 02 SPECIAL THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. DEPARTMENTS OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY. Nervous Diseases. CHARLES L. DAN A, M.D .• Professor of Clinical Medicine, Department of Diseases of the Nervous Systelll. JOSEP1-! FRAENKEL, M.D., Instructor J RAMSAY HUNT, M.D., Instructor LESLIE J MEACHAM, M.D., Instructor ROBER'1' M. DALEY, l\f.D., Assistant. ALEXANDER S. LEVERTY. 11.D., Assistant. The regular work consists of a prelilninary series of lectures by Professor Dana, in which the general outline of the work for the year is given, with demonstrations of the general anatomy, general symptomatology, and methods of examination of the nervous system. During the rest of the term clinical lectures on nervous diseases are held weekly in the amphitheatre of Bellevue Hospital or at the college. Section work is given weekly to classes in the wards of Bellevue Hospital, and four times a week in the dispensary of the college. In this dispensary, section-work instruction is given in history-taking in the examination of patients, and in electro-therapeutics. In addition a special course of lectures on practical phases of neurology is given by Dr Joseph Fraenkel. It is considered of the greatest importance that the student of nervous diseases be thoroughly grounded in the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system, therefore courses in gross and:microscopical anatomy of the nervous system are provided in the histological laboratory Special students can also take courses on the pathology of the nervous system. Special instruction in electro-therapeutics is given by one of the instructors, and special hours are given to psycho-therapy at the Dispensary Thus the course of instruction aims to provide the student before he graduates with instruction in the microscopical anatomy of the nervous system, in its physiology and pathology, and also with practical clinical instruction in the amphitheatre, at the bedside, and in the dispensary SUMMARY 3d Year. 4th Year. 5 hours. 20 hours. 20 hours. 15 hours. 5 hours. Text-Book-Dana, Diseases of the Nervous System and Pscyhiatr,. Collateral Reading-Gower, Diseases of the Brain and Spinal Cord; works on nervous diseases by Dercum, Mills. Sachs, Starr; Obersteiner, Anatomy of the Nervous System. Lectures Clinics Sections THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 30 3 Psycho-Pathology. ADOLF MEYER, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Department of Psycho-Pathology AUGUST HOCH, M.D., Clinical Instructor GEORGE H. KIRBY, M.D., Clinical Instructor The course is to cover the principal data and methods of modern psycho-pathology, the diagnosis and legal commitment of the insane and the medico-legal problenls of insanity It consists of five general lectures, eight two-hour clinics at the Manhattan State Hospital on Ward's Island, each followed in a few days by a one-hour review of the topic of the clinical demonstration, and two lectures on the practical issues, comnlitments and medicolegal principles. Three to four hours of optional section work is given at Bellevue Hospital or in the college dispensary SUMMARY 4th Year. Generallectures Clinics. Reviews Section work (optional) Reference-Book-Kraepelin, Clinical Psychiatry. 7 hours. 16 hours. 8 hours. 3-4 hours Diseases of Children. JOSEPH E. WINTERS, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine, Department of Diseases of Children. WILLIAM SHANNON, M.D., Clinical Instructor WILLIAM D- TYRRELL, M.D., Clinical Instructoi SAMUEL M. EVANS, M.D., Assistant. EDWARD HAND, M.D., Assistant. This department will embrace clinical instruction and sectiol.. teaching in all the important diseases of infancy and childhood. There will be one clinical lecture each week in the college building, and clinical lectures in the Willard Parker Hospital on scarlet feve.r and diphtheria. In connection with the dispensary of the Children's Department in the college building there is an amphitheatre for section teaching, and isolation rooms for contagious diseases, so that students have ample opportunity for the personal study of disease. Two hours each week will be devoted to section teaching in the dispensary to the students of the fourth year. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. Students will be required to examine sick children and discuss the diagnosis and treatment of patients assigned to them. Special attention is given to the hygiene and feeding of infants, the digestive disorders of infants, the dietetics of childhood and the food disorders of infancy and childhood, the anatomical and physiological pecularities of infancy and childhood, and the influence these peculiarities have'~on the manifestations of disease in children. One of the distinguishing features of this department will be the instruction of each student in the art of diagnosis by the professor in charge. There will be practical b~dside illustrations of the management, care and therapeutics of all the acute diseases of infancy and childhood. In the clinical laboratory microscopical examinations will be made of secretions and excretions, of lesions of the mouth and throat, and of sections of anatomical lesions of the important diseases of childhood. SUMMARY 3d Year Clinics 30 hours. 30 hours . Sections 10 hours. Text-Book-Henry Ashby, The Diseases of Children, London, fifth ed., 19°5, Rotch, Pediatrics. Collateral Reading-Starr, A1tterican Text-Book on the Diseases of Children, Welch and Schomberg, Acute Contagious Diseases. .. 4th Year Hygiene. Instruction in nlany of the branches of hygiene and preventive medicine is a prominent feature in some of the courses pursued in the several departments of Chemistry, Bacteriology, Pathology, and ~Iedicine. The topics thus covered include the chemical and bacterial analysis of air, water, milk; the preservation and adulteration of foods, and the general diagnosis. control, and prevention of infectious diseases. The more distinctive branches of hygiene and preventive medicine are presented in a course of lectures to third and fourth-year students. Some of the topics thus considered are (I) The hygiene of dwellings, ventilation, sanitary plumbing, lighting, water supply, disposal of sewage, school hygiene, and municipal sanitation. Dr W OODB'URY. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. (2) The chemical problems relating to the collection, storage, and distribution of water supplies. Dr RIGGS. (3) The relation of diseases of lower animals to those of man. Meat inspection. Milk inspection. Prof. MOORE. (4) Epidemiology, prophylaxis, and hygiene of transmissible diseases. Prof. EWING. Text-Books-Eghert, Hygiene a1'ld Sanitation, Bergey Text-Book of Hygiene, Notter, Theory and Practice of Hygiene. Gynaecology. WILLIAM M. POLK, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Gynrecology CHARLES C. BARROWS, M.D., Instructor GEORGE G WARD, Jr., M.D., Instructor GEORGE D- HAMLEN, M.D., Instructor LEROY BROUN, M.D., Instructor Instruction in gynrecology is given by recitations, lectures, ward and class-room demonstrations, clinics, and laboratory demonstrations. Five Lectures, upon topics of special interest and importance to the subject as a whole, will be given during the fourth year Recitations are planned to cover the entire subject, and are held one hour a week during the fourth year of the course. In order that the instruction throughout the department may be as nearly in unison as possible, a synopsis of the subject-matter of each lesson is prepared by the instructor and amended and revised by the head of the department. This is presented to the student for comparison with his text-book, to which it is an addendum. This method insures the cooperation of the head of the department in the groundwork of his subject and enables him to keep in touch with each student until his graduation. Class-room and Ward Demonstrations are given to sections of the fourth-year class twice a week tl1roughout the year This instruction includes the examination of patients by the students, who are thereby drilled in the methods of physical diagnosis as applied to the pelvis. When necessary the patients are anresthetized. The routine treatment appropriate to the various conditions found is demonstrated, the students assisting when possible. In this way, not only is familiarity acquired withe-normal conditions within the pelvis and the various departures from this state induced by disease, but opportunity is afforded to see and put in actual prac- \ THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. tice measures of relief and to watch the subsequent course and treatment of these cases. Operations are performed three days every week at which the several sections are enabled to study the detail of every operation peculiar to this department. A General Clinic is held once a week at which students selected in rotation are required to exanline the patient, make a diagnosis, and suggest treatment. They are questioned before the class upon all these topics, as they relate to the case in hand, so as to determine the correctness of their conclusions. Should operation be called for it is then performed. Laboratory Demonstrations of secretions, discharges, and specimens obtained from patients who come under observation during this course are made to sections of the third-year class as a part of the course in clinical pathology SUMMARY 3d Year. 4th Year. Lectures 6 Recitations 30 Clinics 30 hours. 30 Sections 20 Text-Hook-Penrose, Gynaecology; Findley, Diagnosis. Collateral Reading-Dudley, Gynaecology; Garrigues, WonZC'l hours. hours. hours. hours. Diseases of Diseases of the Genito-Urinary Organs. SAMUEL ALEXANDER, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery. Department of Diseases of the Genito-Urinary System. FRANCIS C. EDGERTON, M.D., Clinical Instructor The course is required of students during the third and fourth years, and is designed to give instruction in diagnosis and treatment of the surgical diseases of the male genital and urinary organs and syphilis. Lectures. One lecture a week from the opening of the term to the first of January, will be given by Professor Alexander at the college, introductory to the clinical courses, and upon syphilis. Clinic. A clinic will be given in the amphitheatre of Bellevue Hospital once each week after the first of January by Professor Alexander. At this clinic the principal operations upon the male urinary and genital organs will be performed before the class, and special attention will be given to the subject of diagnosis and post- THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. operative management of cases. Attendance upon these clinics is required by students during the third and fourth years. Section Teaching·...at the ....College Dispensary. The third-year class will be divided into sections of small size, and instruction will be given by the Chief of Clinic and the instructors in the college dispensary Special attention will be given in this course to the diagnosis and treatment of the venereal diseases and the use of special instruments. 'fhe fourth-year class will be divided into sections of small size, and instruction will be given in the wards of Bellevue Hospital by Professor Alexander ~This course will be devoted principally to the diseases of the urinary organs and to instruction in the use of special instruments and apparatus and the post-operative treatment of cases. SUMMARY 3d Year. 4th Year 18 hours. 18 hours. Clinics 10 hours. Sections 15 hours. Lectures 12 hours. Text-Books-White and Martin, Keyes. Collateral Reading-Hyde and Montgomery; Keyes and Chetwood. GEORGE T Dermatology. ELLIOTT, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Dermatology JAMES C. JOHNSTON. M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Dernlatology HANS J. SCHWARTZ, M.D., Clinical Instructor Instruction in Dernlatology will be given by the Clinical Professor and his assistants. No teaclling will be given didactically, but the cutaneous diseases'~will be demonstrated on the living subject. Abundance of material for such instruction is obtainable, and the student can thoroughly familiarize himself with the more common as well as with the rarer diseases of the skin by actual personal contact and observation. Attention is particularly paid to the diagnosis and the etiology of skin diseases, but their therapeutics also receive due consideration. SUMMARY. 4th Year. .. 25 hours. Text-Books-J Nevins Hyde, Dermatology, H. Stelwagon. Diseases of the Skin. Sections THE MEDICAL COLIJEGE. Laryngology and Rhinology. CHARLES H. KNIGHT, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Laryngology and Rhinology JAMES E. NEWCOMB, M.D., Clinical Instructor FRANKLIN T BURKE, M.D., Assistant. CHARLES MACK, M.D., Assistant. WALTER C. MONTGOMERY, M.D., Assistant. PERRY SCHOONMAKER, M.D., Assistant. Instruction in Laryngology and Rhinology is given by clinical1ectures at the college by the Professor of the department. The subjects then considered are demonstrated to the fourth-year students by the instructor and by the assistants. The class is divided into sections, and each member is expected to examine patients and perfonn manipulations. The clinics are fully illustrated by plates and models, and, as far as possible, by clinical material. SUMMARY 4th Year. Lectures 8 hours. Sections .. IS hours. Text-Book-Knight, Diseases of the Nose and Throat. Collateral Reading-Grunwald, Atlas of Diseases of the Larynx, Grunwald, Atlas of Diseases of the Mouth, Pharynx, and Nose. Ophthalmology. CHARLES STEDMAN BULL, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Ophthalmology ROBERT G REESE, M.D ... Clinical Instructor J HERBERT CLAIBORNE, M.D., Clinical Instructor Instruction in Ophthaln1010gy consists in lectures at the college building once a week, during the months of October, November, and December, and in sectional teaching two hours a week at the college dispensary throughout the year The weekly lectures at the college are didactic, and consider the subjects of the external or superficial diseases of the eye, the anomalies of the ocular muscles, and the deep lesions of the eye which are not susceptible of clinical demonstration. The sectional teaching at the college dispensary is devoted partly to clinical ophthalmology and the use of the ophthalmoscope, and partly to instruction in the errors of refraction and the rudiments of the fitting of lenses. Thus the entire field of ophthalmology is covered. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. SUMMARY 4th Year. Clinics Sections 10 20 hours. hours. Text-Book-Noyes. Collateral Reading-De Schweinitz, Swanzy, Jackson, Nettleship, Berry, May, Fuchs. Otology. FREDERICK WHITING, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Otology GEORGE B. McAULIFFE, M.D., Clinical Instructor EARLE CONNER, M.D., Assistant. GEORGE W KUNZ, M.Dq Assistant. NATHAN S. ROBERTS, M.D., Assistant. THOMAS A. MULCAHY, M.D., Assistant. During the first third of the fourth year a systematic course of weekly lectures is given. These lectures are practical in character, including a consideration of the anatomy and physiology of the~ear and the various methods of examination. Patients are shown to:the class in order to familiarize the students with the symptoms and character of the more important diseases. For clinical instruction in the dispensary, the fourth-year class is divided into sections. Each student receives practical instruction from Professor Whiting and his assistants in the examination of patients, the use of the otoscope, and the various methods of testing the hearing. The student is permitted to examine patients and, after a probationary period, to prescribe for them and thus gradually assume the duties of a clinical assistant. The students also have an opportunity of witnessing the more important operations in aural surgery, including intracranial complications at the New York Eye and Ear Infirmary SUMMARY 4th Yearr Clinics Sections. 9 hours. IS hours. Text-Book-Bacon, On the Ear Collateral Reading-Politzer, Diseases of the Ear; Macewen, Pyoge'nic Infective Diseases of the Brain and Spinal Cord, Whiting, The Modern Mastoid Operation. 3 10 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. Orthopaedic Surgery. NEWTON M. SHAFFER, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery, Department of Orthopredic Surgery P HENRY FITZHUGH, M.D., Clinical Instructor JOHN JOSEPH NUTT, M.D., Clinical Instructor PERCY WILLARD ROBERTS, M.D., Assistant. DEAS MURPHY, M.D., Assistant. WATERS F BURROUGHS, M.D., Assistant. The course of study in the Orthopredic Department includes a stated clinical lecture once a wee1(, with detailed demonstrations in sectional work twice a week during two months of the year. During the regular clinjcal course especial attention is given to the early recognition of the deforlning diseases of childhood, also to the symptomatology, pathology, and differential diagnosis of chronic and progressive deformities, including the mechanical and operative treatment. In detail, the course consists of practical illustrations of~methods of treatment, the apparatus used being thoroughly explained both in construction and in principle, attention being called to even minute points of construction and use. The operative side is fully dwelt on, the indications for operative interference as an adjunct to the mechanical work being demonstrated. Ample clinical material is provided, and models of conventional forms of apparatus are placed at the disposal of students. In the section and laboratory work the student is required to assist in the management of selected cases, to familiarize l1ilnself with the various nlethods of treatlnent, to construct the simpler forms of apparatus, to secure a practical knowledge of the details of construction of the more conlplicated instruments, and to familiarize himself with the pathological conditions existing in the deformities of childhood. SUM!.fARY 4th Year. Clinics Sections Text-Book-Bradford and Lovett. 10 10 hours. hours. Radiography and Radio-Therapy. ALBERT C. GEYSER, M.D., Instructor This department is equipped with the most tnodern implelnents, coils, static machines, and high-frequency apparatus. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. J' 31 I A large clinic furnishes abundant material for the demonstration of diagnosis, therapeutics, and the taking of radiographs. Students of tIle fourth .. year class are taught in sections and given an opportunity to become thoroughly familiar with the various electrical agents. SUMMARY 4th Year. Sections 10 hours. Medical Jurisprudence. This subject is covered in the regular course of study by several departments and by special lectures. The responslbilitjes of the physician towards the insane and their relatives and the general public, and the criminal aspects of the mentally defective are discussed by Professor Meyer. In the course on Obstetrics, Professor Edgar takes up the moral and legal side of rape, feigned and unconscious delivery, injury to the fcetus during precipitate labor, post-mortem delivery and the diagnosis of recent delivery Professor Witthaus in the teaching of Toxicology discusses both its medical and medicolegal relations, and gives considerable attention to the "expert" witness and his rights and obligations, and advises as to how he should conduct hinlself. Dr Schultze, in addition to his regular course in Gross Pathology, denlonstrates medico-legal autopsies and c;ases of homicide, suicide, accident and abortion. A lawyer considers in a separate course the matter of the right to practice medicine, its acquirement and the statutory regulations, also State and City Boards of Health and their powers together with the regulations as to contagious diseases. The contractttal relation between the physician and his patient as well as the recovery of compensation, and the liability for "damages" malpractice and privileged communications are fully discussed. EXAMINATIONS. Requirements for Advancement in Course. Students are advanced in course from one year to the next upon passing examinations in the work of that year, but examinations in major or minor subjects may, at the discretion of the Head of the Department, include all the work previously covered in the year or years preceding the examinations in question. There is, however, no unnecessary repetition of subjects taught from year to year 3 12 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. " Students who have not succeeded in passing all their examinations will be allowed to enter upon the next year's studies, provided they pass examinations in the subjects failed in at the beginning of the seSSlon . Examinations for advancement in course, graduation, an~ adnussion to advanced standing are held at the close of the year In each laboratory course extending through a part of the year only, the examination is held at the close of the course. Examinations for conditioned students and those desiring admission to advanced standing, who have not taken the spring examinations, are held during the week preceding the opening of the college. The subjects examined upon are divided into major and minor subjects, and a standing of 75 per cent. is required to pass. The Ininor subjects embrace laboratory courses ano those in which instruction is given by recitation only Subjects of Examination for Admission to the Second Year. Major Subjects-Anatomy (except surgical anatomy) Physics. Inorganic Chemistry (including laboratory work). Minor Subjects-Histology (except the nervous system). Embryology Comparative Morphology Materia Medica. Conditions allowed (at the spring examinations) I Major and I Minor, or 2 Minor subjects. N aTE I In each of those branches in which recitations are held throughout the year, there shall be a written review conducted by the instructors and supervised by the professor in charge of the department, and also a final written review conducted by the professor himself at the close of the year The written reviews conducted by the instructors shall be held as soon as possible after the return from the Christmas recess, and shall count as a single recitation, the object being to ascertain the knowledge acquired by the student. NOTE 2. All conditions must be successfully passed before entrance into the next succeeding year will be allowed. Subjects of Examination for Admission to the Third Year. Major Subjects-Anatomy Organic and Physiological Chemistry Physiology. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. Minor Subjects-Medicine. Surgery Obstetrics. Bacteriology Normal Histology (central nervous system and organs of special sense) . Pharmacology Laboratory Organic Chemistry Conditions allowed I Major and I Minor; or 2 Minor subjects. (See Notes I and 2 above.) Subjects of Examination for Admission to the Fourth Year. Major Subjects-Materia Medica. Pathology Minor Subjects-Obstetrics. Medicine. Surgery ToxicologyClinical Patho1ogy Pediatrics, f Clinical Paper Neurology, Gross Pathology Conditions allowed I Major and I Minor; or 2 Minor (See Notes I and 2 See Page 269.) r Subjects of Examination for Graduation at the End of the Fourth Year. Major Subjects-Medicine. Surgery Therapeutics. Obstetrics. Gynrecology Minor SUbjects-Hygiene. Ophthalmology Neurology Laryngology and Rhinology Orthopredics. Pediatrics. Psycho-pathology Otology Dermatology Genito.. Urinary Diseases. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. The exanunations in the major subjects are allowed two hours, and in the minor subjects one hour each. If any student"fails to pass in not more than one major, or in two minor subjects, an examination may be allowed within two weeks, and if the candidate is then successful the degree will be conferred at the later Commencement at Ithaca. If the candidate fails to pass in any subject at this secondexamination, the work of the fourth year must be repeated. Requirements for Graduation. Candidates for t11e degree of doctor of medicine Inust have studied medicine for four fun years in an accredited medical college, and the fourth year at least must have been spent in the Cornell University Medical College. 2. Candidates must present satisfactory evidence of good moral character and of being not less than twenty-one years of age. 3. Candidates must file with the Secretary of the Faculty the Cornell Regents· medical student certificate as evidence of having complied with the requirements for adtnission. 4. Candidates must have dissected at least seven parts of anatomy (see page 278). 1'hey must, further, have taken the regular course of two weeks in practical obstetrics, and a certificate covering this course must be filed at the Secretary's office before registration for the final examinations, about the n1iddle of April. 5 In addition to the yearly examinations above specified~for advancement in course, candidates must pass at the end of the fourth year examinations in medicine, surgery, therapeutics, obstetrics, and gynrecology, and the special branches which are specified on page 3 I 3· 6. Candidates rejected at the final examination will not be reexamined until after having repeated their fourth year of study Before being readmitted to the fourth year the candidate must pass a satisfactory examination in anatomy, physiology, chemistry and physics, and materia medica. 7 The degree will not be conferred upon any candidate who absents himself from the public Comtnencement without the special permission of the Faculty 8. The Faculty reserves the right to terminate the connection of any student with the institution at any time on the ground of what they may deem moral or mental unfitness for the profession, or improper conduct while connected with the College. I THE MEDICAL COLLEGE . • DIPLOMAS OF LICENTIATE OF THE ROYAL COI~LEGE OF PHYSICIANS OF LONDON AND MEMBERSHIP OF THE ROY AL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. Graduates of the Cornell University Medical College are admitted to the final examination for the diploma of Licentiate of the RoyaJ College of Physicians of London and Membership of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, upon presenting proper certificates that certain conditions applicable to the foreign universities and colleges which are recognized by the examining board have been complied with. Further information may be obtained from the Secretary of the Board (Mr F G Hallet) at the Examination Hall, Victoria Embankment, London, W C. Prizes. I. For general efficiency In commemoration of John Metcalfe Polk, an Instructor in this College, who graduated from the Medical Department of Cornell University on June 7th, 1899, and died on March 29th, 1904, an annual prize of $500 will be presented at each Commencement to the members of the Graduating Class who have completed the full course of study in Cornell University Medical College. This prize will be awarded as follows To the student having the highest standing $300 To the student having the second highest standing 125 To the student having the third highest standing 75 II. For efficiency in Neurology Two prizes, one of $50 and another of $25, are offered by Professor Dana to the students of the graduating class, to be designated by him, who m.ake the two best reports of neurological cases seen during the course. III. For efficiency in Otology Two prizes, the first of $50, the second of $25, are offered by Professor Whiting to the two students of the gradtlating class to be designated by him, who make the best records in the practical and theoretical work in otology Hospital Appointments. The students and graduates of the Cornell University Medical College are entitled to compete on equal terms with those of other col- THE MEDlCAL COLLEGE. leges for positions on the resident staff of Bellevue and the other hospitals of the city __ Some of these hospitals are The City, Harlem, Gouverneur, New York, St. Luke's, Presbyterian, St. Vincent's, St. Francis', Mount Sinai, German and Hudson Street hospitals, New York Eye and Ear Infirmary, and the hospitals in Brooklyn and Jersey City, Newark, Paterson, etc. The requirements, the times of examination, and the period of service differ The details can be learned by application, written or in person, to the superintendents or to the secretaries of the medical boards of the various hospitals. The percentage of hospital appointments obtained in each class since the opening of the College is as foHows 18 99 78 percent. 42 per cent. 19°3 1900 S8 per cent. 1904 59 per cent. 1901 61 percent. 1905 85 percent. 65 per cent. 19 02 71 per cent. 1906 1907 95 per cent. STAFF OF INSTRUCTION at Ithaca. BURT GREEN WILDER, B.S., M.D., Professor of Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology EDWARD LEAMINGTON NICHOLS, B.S., Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Physics. SIMON HENRY GAGE, B.S., Professor of Histology and Embryology, Emeritus. VERANUS ALVA MOORE, B.S., M.D., Professor of Comparative Pathology and Bacteriology LOUIS MUNROE DENNIS, Ph.B., B.S., Professor of Inorganic Chemistry WILLIAM RIDGELY ORNDORFF, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Organic Chemistry ERNEST GEORGE MERRITT, M.E., Professor of Physics. ABRAM TUCKER KERR, B.S., M.D., Professor of Anatomy -BENJAMIN FREEMAN KINGSBURY, .Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Histology and Embryology SUTHERLAND SIMPSON, D.Sc., M.D., Professor of Physiology GEORGE SYLVANUS MOLER, A.B., B.M.E., Assistant Professor of Physics. EMILE MONNIN CHAMOT, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sanitary Chemistry and Toxicology THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. JOHN SANFORD SHEARER, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. ERNEST BLAKER, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. HUGH DANIEL REED, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Systematic and Economic Zoology ARTHUR WESLEY BROWNE, M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry ANDREW HUNTER, M.A., B.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., Assistant Professor of Biochemistry SAMUEL HOWARD BURNETT, A.B., M.S., D.V.M., Assistant Professor of Comparative Pathology and Bacteriology EUGENE BAKER, B.S., M.D., Lecturer on Obstetrics and Practice of Medicine. MARTIN BUEL TINI{ER, B.S., M.D., Lecturer on Surgery THOMAS G DELBRIDGE, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry RALPH CUTHBERT SNOWDON, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry MELVIN DRESBACH, M.S., M.D., Instructor in Physiology and Pharmacology JOSEPH H. HATHAWAY, A.M., M.D., Instructor in Anatomy WESLEY MANNING BALDWIN, A.B., Instructor in Anatomy WALTER J TAYLOR, D.V.M., Instructor in Comparative Pathology and Bacteriology J PARSONS SCHAEFFER, M.E., M.D., Instructor in Anatomy WILLIAM A. HILTON, Ph.D., Instructor in Histology and Embryology HARRY WESTFALL REDFIELD, A.B., Instructor in Chemistry ALBERT HAZEN WRIGHT, A.B., A.~I., Ph.D., Instructor In Neurology and Vertebrate Zoology JOHN ALEXANDER BLACK, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry FLOYD ROBINS WRIGHT, A.B., M.D., Demonstrator of Anatomy BENONI AUSTIN PLACE, A.B., Assistant in Histology and Embryology THOMAS W B. WELSH, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry EDWIN F RATHJEN, Assistant in Chelnistry DAVID S. PRATT, Assistant in Chemistry WILLIAM H. BOYNTON, D V.M., Assistant in Comparative Bacteriology and Pathology HENRY RICHARD ~IILLER, Assistant in Neurology C. H. WATERS, A.B., Assistant in lIistology and Embryology MICHAEL ANDREW LANE, B.S., Assistant in Histology and Embryology ABRAM T KERR, B.S., Secretary of the College a(Ithaca. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. INSTRUCTION AT ITHACA. DURING THE FIRST Two YEARS OF THE COURSE. General Statement. From its very foundation Cornell University has offered special courses for students preparing for the study of Medicine; first in the Natural History Course, and later also in a special two year Medical Preparatory course. In 1898, the Medical College was established in New York City with a four years' course. At the same time the work of the first two years was duplicated at the University in Ithaca, since many of the fundamental scientific subjects of which this part of the course mainly consists were already provided for in the long established departments of Botany, Zoology, Comparative Anatomy, Physics, Chemistry, Physiology, Histology, Enlbryology, and Bacteriology The courses in these departments were modified where necessary and additional courses were added so as to make the work at Ithaca fully equivalent to the first two years in New York City , Among the facilities of the University of special value to the Medical College may be mentioned the museums of Vertebrate and Invertebrate Zoology, including Entom4J)logy and Comparative Anatolny, of Agriculture, of Botany, of Geology, and of Veterinary Medicine. The University Library with its 280,000 bound volumes, 44,000 pamphlets, and 600 Ctlrrent periodicals and transactions, is as freely open to Medical students as to the other University students. Through the generosity of the late Dean Sage, of Albany, the University has been enabled to erect a building especially designed for anatomy, histology, embryology and physiology The building is constructed of Ohio sandstone. The general form is that of an E, 157 feet long, and SO feet wide, with wings 40 feet square. In the cellar are the cold-storage, embalming and cremating rooms and store rooms and a large room forty feet square for aquaria proj ections, etc. In the basement is the ventilating and cold-stora.ge ~achinery, a large lecture rOOln, a recitation room, and an office for the departments of surgery, medicine and obstetrics, besides the lower part of the large amphitheater On the first floor are located the cloak rooms for men and women, college office, library, faculty room, private laboratory for histology, two recitation rooms, upper part of the large amphitheater and assembly room. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. The second floor is devoted to the departments of histology and physiology, each with a large general laboratory, a research laboratory, preparation rooms, office, and the private laboratories for the staff of instruction. The third floor consists of general and special dissecting rooms, study rooms, and amphitheater, besides rooms for the staff. The attic is utilized for photography, macerating the skeletons, and for storage. The air in the building is constantly changed by forced ventilation. The lighting is especially good in all the rooms. DEPARTMENTS, METHODS AND FACILITIES. Anatomy. ABRAM T KERR, B.S., M.D., Professor JOSEPH H. HATHAWAY, A.M., M.D., Instructor. WESLEY M. BALDWIN, A.B., Instructor J PARSONS SCHAEFFER, M.E., M.D., Instructor. FLOYD ROBINS WRIGHT, A.B., M.D., Demonstrator Anatomy is given in both the first and second years and is mostly concentrated into the first term. This gives a large atnount of continuous time for the subject which consists mainly of practical work in the laboratory Each student is independent of the others and those with special training or ability are encouraged to do more than the required work. Personal quizzes and demonstrations are given upon each stage of the work. In addition to this, there are frequent recitations and demonstrations to small sections of the class. The students are encouraged to make careful notes and drawings of tIle conditions which they find in their specimens. To facilitate the drawings, outline record charts are furnished. Clay also is provided for modelling bones and other parts. The department is well equipped with models and special preparations. These are for use in the demonstrations and also for the personal use of students in the laboratory There is plenty of dissecting nlaterial which is etnbalmed and kept in cold storage so as to be ready for use when needed. In the two years the student is required to make at least one complete satisfactory dissection of the human body The work is distributed as follows In the first year, thirty-two and a half hours per week are given to Anatomy A complete disarticulate skeleton is loaned to each 3 20 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. student. The vertebrae, ribs and bones of the upper extremity are studied first. Upon satisfactorily completing these the upper extremity is dissected. Upon completing the dissection of this first part, the bones of the head are studied and followed by the dissection. The lower extremity is then studied in a similar manner. As a preparation for the second term's work in Histology and Physiology an elementary course of demonstrations on the gross anatomy of the viscera is given near the end of the term. In the second year, first term, twenty-five hours a week are devoted to laboratory worl{. The thoracic and abdominal viscera and central nervous system are dissected. The work on the viscera is given in the first part of the term, and the dissection is accompanied by special recitations and demonstrations to small groups. The gross anatomy of the central nervous system comes in the latter part of the term. In the second term of the second year, five demonstrations or recitations each week on topographical and regional anatomy are given to small sections of the class. In these the work of the preceding two years is reviewed, dissections are shown and the practical bearing of AnatonlY on Medicine and Surgery is particularly emphasized. Those who satisfactorily cOlnplete the required work and others properly qualified may do advanced or research work. I Anatomy. Laboratory work with section demonstrations and recitations, 32 U actual hours weekly from October 2nd to January 27th. Credit, 13 hours. Course I is required of 1st year ~Iedical students. A The upper extremity, 4 credits. B. The head and neck, 5 ~ credits. C. The lower extremity, 3 ~ credits. Professor KERR, Instructors HATHAWAY, BALDWIN and SCHAEFFER, Demonstrator WRIGHT 2 Anatomy- Laboratory work with section demonstrations and recitations, 22 ~ actual hours weekly fronl October 2nd to January 27th. l'redit 9 hours. Course 2 is required of 2nd year Medical students. Professor KERR, Instructors HATHAWAY, BALDWIN and SCHAEFFER, Demonstrator WRIGHT 3 Topographical and Regional Anatomy. Section demonstrations 5 hours weekly February 1st to June loth. Credit, 2 hours Required of 2nd year Medical students. Instructor HATHAWAY and Denlonstrator WRIGHT "4. Thoracic and Abdominal Viscera. Section demonstrations 2 34 hours weekly from October 2nd to January 27th. Credit, I llour Required of 2nd year Medical students. Instructor HATHAWAY THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 3 21 5. Structure, Development and Physiology of the Nervous System and the Organs of Sense. Credit, 3 or 5 hours 2nd year First term. Professors KERR, KINGSBURY and SIMPSON The course consists of three parts (a) Gross Anatomy with special reference to Medicine and Surgery, Dr KERR, (b) Histology and Development, Professor KINGSBURY, (c) Physiology, Dr SIMPSON The instruction in each part consists of laboratory work, demonstrations Qr lectures and recitations. 6. Advanced and Research Work. Laboratory work, elective, eight or more actual hours per week. Professor KERR and Instructors. 7 Anatomy Recitations. Upper extremity, head ar;d neck, lower extremity October 2nd to January 27th. Hours to be arranged. Elective. Instructor BALDWIN 8. Eye, Ear, Iiose, Pharynx and other Special Organs. Demonstrations. February 1St to June loth. Hours to be arranged. Elective. Instructor HATHAWAY 9. Anatomy Recitations. Abdominal, Pelvic and Thoracic Viscera. October 2nd to January 1st. Hours to be arranged. Elective. Instructor BALDWIN 10. Anatomy Recitations. Central Nervous System. January 1St to February 1St. Hours to be arranged. Elective. Instructor BALDWIN. Histology and Embryology_ BENJAMIN FREEMAN KINGSBURY, Ph.D., M.D., Professor WILLIAM AUSTIN HILTON, Ph.D., Instructor MICHAEL ANDREW LANE, B.5., Assistant. C. H. WATERS, A.B., Assistant. BENONI AUSTIN PLACE, A.B., A.M., Assistant. The rooms for the use of the department are on the second floor of Stimson Hall. They are almbst perfectly lighted and consist of a large general laboratory, an advanced laboratory, a preparation room, office and private laboratory, and four sma111aboratories for the instructing staff. The aim of the department is to bring the student into direct contact with the truths of nature, and hence, wl1ile there are demonstration lectures to give broad and general views, there is a large alnount of laboratory work in which the facts are learned at first hand, and the methods and manipulations necessary for acquiring the facts are practiced by each student. It is recognized tllat less ground can be covered in a given time in this way, but it is believed, and experience 3 22 THE MEDICAL C()LLEGE. has confirmed tIle belief, that the intellectual independence and power to acquire knowledge direct from nature which is gained by this persollal work is of far higher value than the facts and theories that fl1ight be learned in the same time from books and lectures alone. 6. MicroscopYt~,~~ Histology and Embryology. Second half-year, Credit 8 University hours. The instruction is given in 4 three hour laboratory periods, two recitations and one or more lecture dernonstrations each week. Professor KINGSBURY, Instructor HILTON and Assistants. Microscopy. The ainl is to give a working knowledge of the theory and use of the microscope and its accessories, methods of mounting Inicroscopical specilnens, etc. I t serves as a basis for all subsequent work of the department. Histology. 1'his includes the study of the fine anatolny of man and of the domestic anilnals, and also the fundamental methods of histologic investigation and demonstration. Embryology. This deals with the elements and methods of embryology in the amphibia, in the dOlnestic animals, especially the chick and the pig, and in man. 5. Structure, Development, and Physiology of the Nervous System and the Organs of Sense. Credit, 3 or 5 hours. Second year First term, Professors KERR, KINGSBURY and SIMPSON. The course consists of three parts (a) Gross Anatomy with special reference to medicine and surgery, Dr I(ERR, (b) Histology and Development, Professor KINGSBURY, (c) Physiology, Professor SIMPSON Course 6 is required of first-year students; Course 5 of secondyear students in Medicine. For other courses in Histology and Etnbryology see under the College of Arts and Sciences) p. 221 Vertebrate Zoology and Neurology. BURT GREEN WILDER, B.S., M.D., Professor I-IUGH DANIEL REED, B.S., Ph.D., Assistant Professor ALBERT HAZEN WRIGHT, Ph.D., Instructor - - - - - - , Assistant. HENRY RICHARD ~lULLER, Assistant. 8. Morphology of the Brain (lectures only). Second term. Credit two hours. Tuesday and Thursdav at II, if preferred, other THE MEDIG"AL COLLEGE. 323 days and hours may be arranged provided they accommodate such students as may elect the course. There are considered (a) the several types of vertebrate brain, beginning with that of the acanth shark (Squalus acanthias), (b) the value of the brain in classification, (c) the development and morphology of the human brain, (d) its resemblances and peculiarities, especially as compared with those of the apes; (e) the cerebral fissures as criteria of zoologic or racial affinity, as indexes pf physical or mental power, and as boundaries of functional areas. For illustration there are numerous diagrams representing actual preparations, the lectures are given in the room containing the neurologic a division of the museum, about 1600 specimens distributed as follows ~-Hulnan adults and children, 430, en1.bryonic, fetal and at birth, 218, apes and monkeys, 292, other manlmals, 420, other -vTeriebrates, 240. Members of the class should plan to renlain during the hour following the lectures in order to examine the specimens n-lore closely Professor WILDER. Course 8 Inust be preceded by course 1 9· Comparative Anatomy of the Brain (practicunlS only). Second term. Credit, two hours. Practicums at 110urs to be arranged. Beginning with the brain of the acanth shark, so far as possible the forms exanlined parallel and supplement those discussed in cqurse 8. The actual dissections of mammalian brains are done upon those of the sheep and cat but each student is enabled to study and draw prepared specimens from many groups, including monkeys, apes and man, fetal as well as adult. The neurologic division of the museum comprises about 1600 specimens distributed as follows:-Human adults and children, 420, human embryo, fetal and at birth, 118, apes and monkeys. 292. other mammals, 4 20 , other vertebrates, 240. Professor WILD.ER and Mr MULLER. For other courses in Vertebrate Zoology, see p. 2 I 7 Physiology. SUTHERLAND SIMPSON, D.Se., M.D., Professor ANDREW HUNTER, ~f.A., B.Sc., 1vl.B., Ch.B., Assistant Professor MELVIN D~ESBACH, M.S., M.D., Instructor - - - - - - , Assistant. - - - - - - - , Assistant. , Assist~nt. THE MEDICAL COLLEGE. The work in this department is carried on by means of lectures, demonstrations, laboratory work and recitations. The laboratory course is intended to introduce the student to methods of laboratory work in physiology, to have him become acquainted with certain fundamental facts at first hand and to learn to draw conclusions from the facts. The part of Physiology so taken up in the laboratory covers the physiology of muscle, nerve, heart and circulation, blood (in part), eye and central nervous system. Special stress is laid on the points and apparatus of importance in later clinical v.rork. The recitations cover the entire field of physiology Numerous demonstrations are given in the laboratory to supplement the lecture-demonstrations and student experiments. The lectures are intended to unify tIle work E'1"1'11', 1\1.E., Instructor in Electrical Experilllcntal Engineering. l'H A I{LES I-IO?\IER 1'OWER, S. B., Instructor in Electrical Expcrin1en tal Engineering }1'I{i\NI~ ,\R'l'lfUI< BURR, 1\1.E., Instructor in Experimental En. . glneerlog. WILI..IIAM EDWARD HOGAN, M.E., Instructor in Electrical Experin1cntal Engineering. FRED I-fU1'TON KROGER, M.S., Instructor in Electrical Experinlental Engineering. Mr\LVERN F Rl\I\CIS 1'HOMAS, B.S., (M.E.) Instructor in ExIlerinlental Engineering. ROBER1' PHINNEY LAY, M. E. Instructor in Experitnental En. . glneerlng. JOHN F H. DOliGLASS, B.Sc. Instructor in Electrical Experin1ental Engineering_ AKSON l\1lTNSON HOLCOMB, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Experinlental Engineering. HENRY LI\TINGSTC)N FREEMAN, M.E., Instructor in I\tlacl1ine Design. LESLIE DAVID I-IA YES, M.E., Instructor in Machine Design. ENOCH :FRANCIS GARNER, M.E., Instructor in Machine Design. EVAN ]C>HN McILRAI1'I-I, l\f.E., Instructor in Machine Design. J< )111\J '1' SIBLEY COLLEGE. 449 CLARENCE WALTER l-IAM, M.E., Instructor in Machine Design. VICTOR RAYMOND GAGE, M.E., Instructor in BxperimentaJ Engineering. FRANK GIRARD TAPP~t\N, M.E., Instructor in Electrical Experimental Engineering. LEWIS FREDERICK BLUME, 'E.E., Instructor in Electrical Experimental Engineering. FRANK HERBERT DUNBAR, B.S., Instructor in Experimental Engineering. FRANK CARLTON I..IORING, B.S., A.~l., Instructor in Electrical Engineering. GEORGE ROBERT McDERM01'T, JR.. M.E., Instructor in Power Engineering_ WILLIAM CARGILL CAPRON, M.E., Instructor in l\1achine Design. GEORGE DYER CONLEE, l\:I.E., M.1Vl.E., Instructor in ExperiJ mental Engineering_ MILLARD CLAYTON ERNSBERGER, A.B., M.E., Instructor in Power Engineering. Assistan ts. WILLIAM DAVID CRAIG. Assistant in l\fachine Design. GRANDON DU~IARS GATES. Assistant in Ma~hine Design. JAMES EUGENE VANDERHOEF Foreman in Found!)' CLINTON BYRON BURKE. Foreman of Woodshop. WALTER LISTON HEAD- Foreman of Forge Shop. RAYNOR EGBERT SEAMON Assistant in Wood Shop. FRANK A. LYNHAM. Assistant in Machine Shop. BIRDETTE NEWTON HOWE. Assistant in Machine Shop. HOWARD STl\NLEY BUSH. Assistant in Wood Shop. LEROY HOOPER. Assistant in Wood Shop. GEORGE WASHINGTON RACE. Mechanician in Sibley College. EDGAR WARREN GREGORY Mechanician in Sibley College. MARGARET ISABELLE COLQUHOUN Clerk in Experimental Engineering. CHARLES ALFRED CULLIGAN Mechanician in Sibley College. FANNY ELMA MIX. Secretary to the Director of Sibley College. CHARLES BEDELL. Engineer • SIl3LEY COLLEGE. SPECIAL SIBLEY LECTURES, 1907-8. Dec. 5 and I2-JUDGE FRANK IRVINE, "The Administration of Law-' Dec. I9-]UDGE FRANK IRVINE, "The General Basis of the Law" Jan.9-PROFESSOR R. C. H. CArrTERALL, ,cPresent-dayConditions in Russia." • Jan. I7-DR. LYMAN ABBOTT, "What the World Requires of the Modern Engineer Feb. I3-PRO:r'ESSOR NATHANIEL SCHMIDT, "Archaeology and Engineering. Feb. 27-PROFESSOR CHARLES H. HULL, "Nominations for the Presidency " Mar 12--PROFESSOR' CECIL H. PEABODY, "OUf !(nowledge of the Properties of Steanl. J' Mar I9-PRO~'ESSOR FI{ANK FETTER, "Business and Mor.. ality " GENERAL OUTLINE OF COURSES. 'fhe Sibley College of Mechanical Engineering and Mechanic Arts receives its name from the late Hiram Sibley of Rochester, who between the years of 1870 and 1887 gave $180,000 toward its endowment and equipment. Mr Hiram W Sibley has added more than $ 130,000 for later constructions. l'be College is organized to train men in the fundamental principles that underlie all Inechanical engineering and to give such actual engin.eering work as may be possible in a technical school. A man must" supplement:a· technical course by experience in practice and contact with life before he can attain his greatest power as an engineer, but an effort is being made in Sibley College to bring the stu dent in contact with teachers fresh from practical experience so that he may become familiar with some of the methods used in modern practice for the solving of engineering problems. It is hoped thus to shorten sOlnewhut the period of adjustment for the graduate when he begins practical engineering work. The success of an engineer has come more and more to depend upon his ability to meet men of education and culture on equal terms, and since the work of the college is almost purely technical the student before entering upon it should have a thorough general education, and if possible, the training of a liberal college course . • SIB.LEY COLLEGE. The work of the first two years is common to all students in the College and includes work in pure Mathetl1atics, Physics, Chemistry and Mechanics of Engineering, which are given in other departments of the University, together with the more technical work of the College itself. During the third year, and to a greater extent during the fourth year, opportunity is offered for specialization in different lines of Mechanical Engineering as indicated below Sibley College includes the following departments I Machine Design and Construction, 2. Experimental Engineering; 3 Power Engineering- 4. Electrical Engineering;- 5. Naval Architecture; 6. Railway Mechanical Engineering_ The work of these departments in outline is as follows I Department of Machine Design and Construction. The instruction in shop work and in drawing and design is organized as one department for the purpose of securing close correlation of these sUbjects. Many of the exercises are common to the drawing room, pattern shop, foundry and machine shop so that the student has presented to l1im all the steps necessary to the production of a finished Jnachine part. Machine Construction. The object of the instruction in the department is to familiarize the student with shop methods and processes and the workabi1ity of the materials used in engineering construction. The principles of manufacturing and duplication of parts are illustrated by carefully selected exercises while the administration of the sho~s is expected to give the student a general idea of modern methods of shop operation including time-keeping and pay systems. In connection wit11 the shop courses, lectures are given explaining the extension of shop ll1ethods and processes to work of larger dimensions than can be illustrated with the college equipment. Foundry Work. In the foundry, instruction is gi\-en in Inolding, core-tnalcing, mixing of nletals, operation of cupola, etc. Such operations as sweep work, etc., are illustrated by suitable working apparatus and the methods and appliances USed in the art in large work are fully explained by the instructors in charge. The methods of producing castings in large nunlbers at low cost are illustrated by the use of molding machines of the two most important types. Forge Work. In the forge shop the student receives nlanuaI instruction in forging, telnpering, welding, etc., both in iron and steel. The methods used in n1anufacturing, such as drop hammer work, are illustrated and the application of the principles taught to large work is fully discussed_ SIBI-JEY COLLEGl:;;. Pattern Making. The course begins with a series of graded exercises in wood working designed to give the student familiarity with the tools of the trade and also to teach him to work from dimensioned drawings. These exercises are expected to give him sufficient manual skill to enable him to take up the elementary details of pattern making and the making of conlplete patterns and core-boxes. Instruction is also given in large pattern work, sweep work, etc., the aim of the whole course being not only to develop manual skill but to also give the student a good working knowledge of the art of pattern nlaking Machine Work. In the machine shop an effort is made not only to train the student 111anually and teach him correct shop practice, but also to instruct him in the principles of economical manufacturing. Careful1~l graded exercises are arranged to teach him the use of measuring instrunlents, hand tools and then machine tools. 1fanufacturing methods are fully explained and illustrated by modern tools and appliances. The administration of this shop in particular is intended to illustrate as far as possible approved methods of shop operation and give the student a general idea of time keeping, piece ,vork and premium plan, wage system, etc. The instruction is given to a great extent in connection with the construction of comn1ercial machines. Machine Design. The work in this department begins with instruction and practice in the use of drawing instruments. During the san1e time the student receives instruction in descriptive geonletry, so that by the time he has acquired proficiency in the use of instruments, he is ready to take up the elenlents, of mechanical drawing, and apply the princjples of descriptive geometry in making working drawings according to best n10dern practice in commercial drafting rOOlns. In the sophomore year the student is taught the principles of mechanism, the drawing room worl{ being closely related to the class room instruction, and consisting of the sollltion of cams, gearing, linkages, etc., and concluding with the application of the principles discussed to the kinematic design or one or more machines. In the Junior year the student having received instntction in mechanics in the preceding year is ready for instruction in the mathenlatical side of machine design, and the concluding work of this year consists in the complete design of one or more machines, the student laying out the mechanism on the drawing board and ' making all calculations for strength and stiffness required for the complete design of the machine. The work of the Senior year is a more advanced discussion of the "vork of the Junior year, the stu- SlBL,EY COI-JI.,EGE. 453 dent undertaking larger and more complex problems and receiving instruction in the principles of design as applied to manufacturing and the production of work in quantity In the 1atter part of the year the student is allowed to select his problems, and is thus able specialize along the lines of his inclination. 2. Department of Experimental Engineering. The work in this department conlprises a systematic course of instruction intended not only to give the student skill in the use of apparatus of exact measurements, but to teach him also the best methods of research. Its courses of instruction include the theory and use of machines for testing the strength and deterlnining other valuable properties of the materials of construction, of lu bricants, and of fuels, etc., the processes of belt testing, and of power measurenlent, the standard system of gas and steam engine and of steam boiler trials. The work of the electrical section of the laboratories consists of the testing of electric generators, motors, transformers, and other apparatus. Methods of installing electric wires and of standardizing electrical instruments are among the features of this work. Commercial tests of prime movers or of materials at times are made at the University or elsewhere, and this ,vork affords to students who are prepared an opportunity for practical experience and investigation. 3. Department of Power Engineering. The object of the work of this department is to train the student in the methods of solution of problems involved in design of Heat Engines and auxiliary apparatus consirlered separately and in combination in Power Plants. A preliminary course in steanl machinery is given, which includes the study of elementary thernl0dynamics, and of different t)rpes of steam engines, steam generators and accessories. More advanced courses are given which consider the problems 1nvolved in Power Plants, with special attention to econonlic factors. In the senior year a more extended discussion is given of the principles of design as applied to the steanl engine and gas engine. 1'he student makes aU calculations necessary for the clesign of the motor discussed together with complete working drawings. 4. Department of Electrical Engineering. The student at the beginning of the fourth year of the course in Mechanical Engineering may, if he chooses, substitute the special work in electrical engineering for the prescribed work of the regular course. The special work of the fourth year comprises the study of the construction, the characteristics of operation and the design of electrical machinery. I 454 5'IHl.,EY COLLEGE. This includes a study of the problems involved in the distribution of electric light and the electrical transmission of power, besides practice in every variety of measurement, computation and testing, as applied to the construction and maintenance of electric lighting and power plants, telephone and telegraph lines and cables, and to the general purposes of investigation. By the selection of certain optional courses the student nlay have special instruction in electric railways. in telephone engineering and in other electrical branches. In the electrical section of the laboratories of Sibley College a very practical course is given under the joint direction of the departments of experimental and electrical engineering_ 5 The Department of Naval Architecture. The work of the departnlent has for its object, to provide a course of instruction and opportunities for research in the design, construction, and the propelling of vessels of an classes and types. As a foundation for the work of the department. the student foIlows for the first two years the regular Sibley College course in ~1echanical Engineering. During the Junior year special work in Naval Architecture and Shipbuilding is introduced, this involves about one-third of the time of the first and second terms. In the Senior year the work is continued along the same lines to the extent of about three-fourths the time of the first and second terms. A descriptive outline of the several divisions of the course will be found on page 482 The undergrarluate course is intended to give the student a thorough working knowledge of the fundanlental principles underlying the science and a close acquaintanceship with the developments and present-day condition of the art of ship design and construction, so that on graduation he nlay be fitted to take up with business intelligence and usefulness the work as found in shops and designing offices of shipbuilding and naval dockyards of the country In the graduate course an opportunity is afforded for further advanced study, research and experiment along special lines relating, to the itrength, stability, oscillations, resistance, propulsion of vessels, screw propel1ers and other propelling agents, and at the same time broadening and strengthening the worle of the undergraduate course. The methods of work of the graduate year are to a large extent individual, varying with the subject involved, and include directed courses of reading and study, special conferences ,vith the professors, or Courses of lectures dealing with the topics under exan1ination. An important division of the work of the Junior, Senior, and Graduate year consists of model experiments, carried out under the direc- SIBLEY COLLEGE. 455 tion of the department, in the ExperimentaI1'ank, which is equipped with the latest dynamometric and other apparatus for the measurement of the resitance of planes, ship-shaped bodies, as also the efficiency of screw propellers and other propelling agents. This affords excellent opportunities for important experiment.al research work in solving the many hydro-dynamical problems encountered in designing vessels of all types. 6. The Department of Railway Mechanical Engineering. The courses of this department have special relation to the designing, manufacture, service in operation, repairing, and the trials of locomotives and other rolling stock and their equipment and with the problems connected with the otber kinds of machinery employed in railway op&ration. They are particularly adapted to the needs of the young engineer seeking to find his way into the mechanical departments of railways and into the positions, t}ltimately, of superintendents of shops and of motive power These courses are also suitable for those who desire to become locomotive or car builders, as managers eventually of so-called "contract-shops", and for those whose interests lean towards the railway supply business, as the mechanical engineer, superin tenden t of works or tra veling represen tatives of finns furnishing equipment, supplies and tools for locomotives, cars and shops. In addition to the courses offered in Sibley College, as purely professional, there will be found in the sclleme of the special courses leading to advanced degrees, opportunities for pursuing work in economics in law, and ill allied professional and scientific departments, in all that great variety characteristic of the University The Department so arranges its work, also, as to connect closely with the regular work of Sibley College. In the Junior year the Railway Club becomes available. Juniors who are ahead of their course and have the proper preparation and time, may still further specialize by elections from the senior courses in the Railway Department. In the Senior railway year, about half the student's time is devoted to railway SUbjects. The graduate courses carry the specialized instruction to far greater thoroughness, handling the various problems with the strictly engineering conlpleteness of the actual railway motive power department. Railway seniors, who have the available time, may elect some of this advanced graduate work. In general, with the above additions, the railway course is identical with the regular course in mechanical engineering for the first three years. t SIBLEY COLLEGE. Graduates of engineering schools who have had the equivalent of the senior year in the regular course, can take a special graduate year maps. The Sibley College Mechanical and Electrical Laboratories, in charge of the ciepartlYlent of experimental engineering, contain the apparatus for den10nstration and experimental research of Sibley ('ollege. In these instruction is given and in "estigation is conducted. The Mechanical Engineering Section of the laboratory is supplied with the apparatus for testing materials and for experin1ental work in the dcternlination of the pO'~ler and efficiency of heat and h y-draulic motors, and has facilities for testin~ the steam and h~rdraulic power plant employed in driving the machinery of the establishnlent, boiler tcstiJig plant and instruments, and with over twenty .5/BI.,EY COLLEGE. machines of the various standard types for testing the strength of metals, including machines of 50, 100 and 150 tons capacity; and one 60,000 and one 200,000 pound Emery machine, of extraordinary accuracy and delicacy About thirty steam engines, air, oil and gas engines, fourteen dynamometers, ten lubricant-testing machines. about fifty standard pressure gauges and an equally numerous collection of steam engine indicators, together with other apparatus and instruments of precision employed by the engineer in such researches as he is, in practice, called upon to make, are collected here. All the motors of the University, and its boilers, amounting to 1000 horse-power, are available for test trials. The steam engines are set up adjacent to the boilers; among them a 200 H.P "experimental engine," with several of smaller power, including a ISO H.P steam turbine. The laboratories have a total floor space exceeding 40,000 square feet and they are divided into several departments for instruction and investigation. The department of steam engineering possesses one triple-expansion Corliss engine, and numerous examples of simple and compound engines and pumps, one Parsons steam turbine of 200 horse-power, and one De Laval turbine of 25 horse-po'\\"er capacity, it also contains two Babcock and Wilcox water tube boilers fitted with superheating apparatus, onc IIeine water tube boiler, one Roberts water tube boiler, and several examples of shell boilers; it has also one Foster superheater; it also contains several surface condensers, heaters, traps and other accessories of a steam power plant; together with all apparatus necessary for the complete tests of steam engines and other motors, including about eighty indicators. and a large collection of gauges, thennonleters, reducing motions, etc. The department of internal combustion motors includes a very complete collection of hot air engines, gas and oil engines of various types which are sufficient to illustrate all the principal improvements in this art which ha ve been made since the earliest use of a successful gas engine; altogether, the department has fourteen working motors of this type, with all the facilities required for testing. This department has also one IS H.P suction gas producer The department of refrigeration and air compression includes two complete refrigerating plants of small size with all apparatus for testing, several air compressors of both the single and two-stage type, several fans and blowers with apparatus for testing; three locomotive air pumps and one complete train of air brake apparatus, a rock drill, and a SIBLEY COLLEGE. 459 nunlber of compressed air tools, also a meter for the measurement of compressed air. The department of lubrication and friction contains a complete assortment of apparatus for the measurenlent of friction and the testing of lubricants, including five oil testing machines; and apparatus for the measurement of viscosity, and other physical properties of oil. I t also contains a large collection of transmission and absorption dynamometers for the measurement of power The department of hydraulic machinery possesses a number of hydraulic motors, pumps, hydraulic rams, and apparatus for testing the same; it also contains a number of small weirs, nozzles, and other apparatus for measuirng the flow of water 1"he department for testing strength of materials is well equipped for this purpose, containing one Emery testing machine of 200,000 pounds capacity, and some twenty other machines ranging in capacity from 300,000 pounds to 50,000 pounds and adapted for the testing by transverse, tension, compression and torsion. The department of engineering chemistry possesses apparatus for Inaking the approximate analysis and determining the heating value of coals; for analyzing flue gases and products of combustion, for the manufacture of small samples of Portland cement, and for testing the strength and other properties of cement. The Electrical Section of the laboratories is fully equipped with modem apparatus for experimental lectures, laboratory practice, plant testing, standardizing of instruments and investigation. This apparatus bas been selected primarily to exemplify modern shop tests and to familiarize the student with the practical apparatus as well as the theory of operation of electrical devices. In addition to the usual complement of apparatus for demonstration, the lecture equipment includes an air-insulated, high-pressure transformer, with necessary regulators for subjecting insulators and insulating material to alternating pressures up to 60,000 volts. This may be supplemented by additional transformers for raising the pressure still higher A 30,000 volt inductorium provides current for wireless telegraphy... Large cathode ray tubes, supplied from a special multiple plate, power driven static machine, are used for the demonstration of alternating current phenomena. All the standard equipment, as well as many pieces of specially designed apparatus, are employed to show the classes the operation of the principal laws applied in electrical engineering. Exhibits of apparatus, such as street railway car controllers, rail sections, insulatiRg and line material, etc., are provided in profusion. This list includes a con1plete outfit for exhibiting in actual operation the multiple system of SIBLEY COLLEGE. electric car control. The laboratory apparatus comprises a full cOlnplenlent of modern alternating and direct current machinery of all kinds. 'fhe alterna ting current eq uiplnent includes single and polyphase alternators and synchronous motors, induction Inotors, transf()rmers and all apparatus auxiliary thereto. A large variety v f direct current d ynanlos and nlotors suitably mounted for testing, cover the field of direct curren t machinery A De La val steam turbine, geared to a dou ble current generator, a direct connected marine set and circuit breakers, switches, water rheostats, and other auxiliaries are in usc for plant test experiments. The plant testing is done largelv outside of the College building, and for this purpose a large variety of alnrneters, voltmeters, \vattrneters, and other instruments arc 111alntaincd in adjustment at a high standard of accuracy 1'hese instrunlents have capacity great enough for testing the largest pu,ver plants. Special facilities are provided for the standardization of all electrical apparatus. Board of Trade and Reichanstalt standards of resistance with large current carrying capacity, potentiometers and galvanometers, and reference standards of electromoti \'e forces are alTIOng the facilities provided for this purpose. A renlarkable set of generators recently installed produces a pressure of 14-,000 \'01ts, direct current by connecting in series, and most carefully insulating twenty-four 550 volt dynamos. The pressure thus available opens up a wide field of investigation. In addition to the apparatus in the laboratories, the students may observe in operation a three-phase power trans1l1ission in the local power and lighting service. Large direct-connected generators, rotaries, constant current regulators and induction motors, as well as the lighting ang railway system are convenient for inspection. The University has recently installed a modern hydro-electric plant containing large three-phase alternators direct driven by Doble impulse water wheels. The po\ver station als0 contains smaller units for direct current supply vlith all necessary auxiliary apparatus. This equipment is available for study SCHOLARSHIP AND PRIZES. Sibley Prizes in Mechanic Arts. Under the gift of the late Hon. Hiram Sibley, Dlade in 1884, the sunl of one hundred dollars \vill be annually awarded to those students in the Sibley College who shall, in the opinion of the :Faculty of that institution, show the greatest merit in Sibley College work. SiBLEY C()LLEGE. The Frank William Padgbam Scholarship, covering tuition and fees in Sibley College, will be assigned to the best competing candidate in tl1e scholarship examination in the studies required for entrance to the regular course in Mechanical Engineering, who shall have had his preparatory education in the public schools of Syracuse, N Y The holder shall pursue the regular course in Mechanical Engineering in Sibley College, and will be excused from the payment of tuition and the regular Sibley College fee. This speciai undergraduate scholarship cannot be held in connection with aNew York State Scholarship. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. For entrance to Sibley College in 1908 and 1909 the candidate will be given the option of entering on either the new or the old requirements given below The subjects that may be offered for admission are named in the following list and the figure following each subject indicates its relative weight expressed in units. The term "unit" means the equivalent of five recitations a week for one year in a study Entrance Subjects. French, Advanced (I) English (3) History,*An. (to 814 A.D.) (U-I) Spanish, Elementary (2) History,*Mod. (from 814 A.D.) Spanish, Advanced (I) (U-I) Latin Grammar and Caesar (2) History,*Am.(inc.Civ.Gov_) CU-l) Latin Compo and Cicero (I) History,* English (,%'-1) Virgil (1) Geometry, Plane (1) Greek Gram. and Xenophon (2) Algebra, Elementary A (1) Greek Compo and Homer (I) Algebra, Elementary B (70 Physics (I) Geometry, Solid (:u) Chemistry (I) Algebra, Advanced (.%') Botany (I) Trigonometry, Plane (U) Physiography (I) German, Elementary (2) Zoology [Vert., Invert.] (I) German, Advanced (1) Biologyt [Zoology, Botany] (I) French, Elementary (2) Drawing (~-I) For details as to subjects and methods of admission see pages 33 to 61. applicant may not count ~ore. than 2 X units of ~istory. tB10logy may not be counted If eIther Botany [1 unltj or Zoology [1 unit] haa been offered. ~A~ SIBLEY COLLEGE. NEW_.ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS. For admission under these new requirements the applicant must offer fifteen units from the list of entrance subjects, arranged as follows English (3), History (I), Elementary Algebra A (I) Elen1entary Algebra B (~), Plane Geometry (I), Solid Geometry (U), Advanced Algebra (~), Plane Trigononletry (.%), French (3) or German (3), *elective (4)· OLD ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS. l~or adn1ission under these old requirements the applicant :must offer, English (3), Hjstory (I), Plane Geometry (I), Elementary Algebra A and B (1~) and also one of the following groups A. Mathematics (1 U)t; and any two of the following languages German (3), French (3), Spanish (3) B. Mathematics (I }~), and German (3), and French (2) or Spanish (2), and any other unit, from the Jist above, not already offered. C. Mathematics (r~), and French (3), and German (2) or Spanish (2), and any other unit, from the list above, not already offered. D Mathematics (1.%'), and German (3), and Latin (3)E. Mathematics (1,%,), and French (3) and Latin (3). For ad'l'nissioH to the freshl1tan class and to advanced standing from other colleges and Universities, contmunication,s should be addressed to the Registrar See pages 33, 61. For admission as specials, communications should be addressed to the Director of Sibley College. See pages 61, 456. For ad1,nission to graduate work and candidacy tor advanced degrees, cO'l1tntllJlications should be addressed to the Dea1t ot the University Faculty. See page 78. ~It is strongly recommended that at least three of these four elective units be offered in language and history ~ tSolid Geometry ( Ul Advanced Algebra [ !~J Plane Trigonometry [%]. SIBLE 1 COI,LEGE. COURSES IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF MECHANICAL ENGINEER. All courses taught in Sibley College of Mechanical Engineering and Mechanic Arts are identical for the freshmen and sophomore years. In referring to courses the following abbreviations are used Power Engineering, P, Experimental Engineering, X; Electrical Engineering, E., Machine Design, D., Naval Architecture, N , Railway Mech. Engineering, R., Applied Physics, Ph., Applied Chemistry, C., Shop, S. REG ULAR COURSE. The letters and figures relate to the departnlents and courses in Sibley College as described on pp. 469 to 4 8 7. Fresltnuzn Year. No. Course. I I I I 1St Term. 2d Term Analytic Geometry Differential Calculus Integral Calculus Chemistry Physics Physics Descriptive Geometry Drawing Foundry Forge Engineering Principles l\filitary Drill I 5 D. D. 2 I s. s. 3 4 2 s. or 4 I or I o or 0 6 or 0 o or 4 o or 2 2 or 0 3 or 0 o or 2 o or 2 o or I I or T... 4 o or 3 or 3 or o or 4 or 2 or o or o or 2 or 2 or I or I or 0 3 3 6 0 0 2 3 0 0 0 I StlpluJ1nore Year. No. Course. 1St Term. 2d Term. Mechanics of Engineering C.E. 20 S or 5 5 or 5 Physical Laboratory 8 and J 4 3 or 3 3 or 3 Chemistry 6 5 or 0 o or 5 Kinematics D. 6 o or 0 2 or 2 Drawing D. 5 and 7 3 or 3 3 or ,l Materials x 5 2 or 2 o or 0 Pattern Making s. 7 0 or 4 4 or 0 In a.ddition to the above three hours per week of either Military Drill of Physical Culture must be taken. SIBLEY COLLEGE. COURSES FOR THE JUNIOR YEAR. All courses are identical with the Regular Course to the end of the Junio} year, excepting Naval Architecture, which differs in the Junior year as given below Junior J"ear Regular Course. Course. 1St Term. 2d Term Steam Machinery Electrical Machinery Electrical Laboratory Mechanical Laboratory Machine Design (a) Lectures and recitations (b) Drawing Machine Work Principles of rvlanufacturing Hydraulics J'l1zior }'ear Na'llal A rckitecture. PIO EIo E.XIO XII 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 0 DI6 DIo SIO SI t C.E24 3 2 2 2 0 2 Course. 1st Term. 2d Tenn. Steam l\Iachinery ~lechalilical Laboratory Machine Design, (a) l . .ectures and recitations (h) Drawing ~Iachine Work Principl('~~ of l\Ianufacturing Ship Design ~ a \'al Architecture PIO XII DI6 DIo SIO -SI I NIO NIl 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 4 2 COURSES FOR THE SENIOR YEAR. Senlor Year. A II Courses exceptineNaval A rcltitecture and electrical E 11gi fleering-. No. Course. 1st Term. 2d Term. p 20 Power Plant Design Elementary Economics Mechanical Laboratory Electrical Laboratory Thesis or substitute elective studies as approved by Sibley Faculty (maximum) 3 I 0 I 51 x. E.X. 20 29 3 3 or 0 ., " o or 3 8 o In addition to the ahove each student in his senior year must complete OJ'ze of the following groups of studies A-H, and a sufficient number of ele~tives to make a minimum of38 hours for the year The SIBLEY" COLLEGE. course in Naval Architecture for the Senior year, in continuation of that of the Junior year is shown in complete detail under (D) The course in Electrical Engineering for the Senior year is shown in detail under (E) A. Steam Engine Design Designing and Drawing Elective Mechanical Engineering. No Course. p p 2J 1st Term. 2d Term. 22 2 3 3 or 4 2 3 3 or 0 B. Mechani,al Engineering. No. Course. 1st Term. 2d Term. 2 D. 22 2 D. 23 3 3 General Engineering Design Designing and Dra"ring Elective 3 or 6 3 or 0 c. Electrical Engineering. No. Course. 1st Term. 2d Term. p 20 51 Power Plant Design Elementary Economics l\fechanical Laboratory Electrical Laboratory E1ectrical Engineering Ele~cal Engineering Thesis or tec hnical e lecti ves Elective (general) 3 I 0 I x. E.X. 20 3 4 2 L1I 0 28 20 4 2 E. E. 21 4 0 2 8 0 D. Naval Architecture. No. Course. Power Plant Design Elementary Economics Mechanical Laboratory E lectrica 1 rvlac hi nery Electrical Laboratory *BoiJer Desj~n *Gas PO"'er l\Iachinery Ship Design and Construction ]\4 avaJ ,\rchitecture *Experim~nts on Propellers ·Substitutes for Thesis. 1St Term. 2d Term. p 20 ~1 ,) 3 I 0 I x E. E.X. p p 20 10 3 2 3 2 2 0 TO 2 23 29 20 21 2"" 2 0 2 N N 3 3 0 4 4 I N.X. " 466 E. SIBLEY C()LLEGE. Gas Power Engineerinc. No. Course. 1St Term. 2d Term. 2 2 Gas Machinery Design Designing and Drawing Gas Manufacture Elective Pr P,. 26 27 3 2 I 3 0 P. 28 or 4 3 or 0 F. Railway Mechanical Engineering. No. Course. 20 R. R. 21 R. 22 1St Railway Machinery Designing Railway Club • Locomotive Testing (elective) Electives Electric Railways, E. 2S and C.E. 63 advised Term. 2d Term. 4 4 3 I I I (I) R. 23 0 2 0 G. Applied Physics. No. Course. 1St Term. 2 2d Tenn. 0 Alternating Currents Physics 33 Electrical Measurements Physics 34 Physics of Trans. of Intelligence Physics 41 Elective as approved by Sibley Faculty 3 I 3 0 5 2 B. Applied Chemistry. 1St Term. 2d !ferm. Courses as arranged for with Dept. of Chemistry 8 5 Senior Elective Studies in Sibley College. E uctifJe Studus in Mech. E ng-i1uerblg. No. Course. 1st Term. 2d Term. p- Pumping Machinery Power Plan Problems Motor Car Construction Engine Handling Engineering Research Physical, Chemical or Electrical Lab. Heating and Ventilating Resistance and Propulsion of Skips Experimental Tank Motor.. boat Design Refrigerating Machinery Steam Boiler Design 24 0 2 3 0 I I x. 21 x. 25 x. 23 x. 22 x. 26 N II 0 0 3 3 0 0 0 3 0 2 2 I N.X. 3 1 N. 22 0 0 I x. 30 P. 23 p 2 0 2 0 Steam Turbines 25 3 SIBLEY COLLEGE. • Elective Studies ,'11 Meek. Engineering. No. Course. R. R. 1St Term. 2d Term I Railway Machinery (one or two terms) Rolling Stock Design ..... Locomoti ve Engineering . . . . . . . . . . .... Discipline, Wages, Drafting, Test Dept. Engineering Discussion .......... Electrical Railways ................. . Electrical Engineering Wireless Telegraphy .............. Engineering Calculations Gas Manufacture ...... , ..... Gas Power Machinery ....... Experimental Engineering ProbleIllS 0 • 0 • • • • • • • • 0 • 0 • 20 21 4 to 4 I I 4 to 4 I R. 24 R. 30 R. 2~ E. E. I to 3 I I to 3 I 25 20 2 0 2 0 • • • • • • • • • 0 0 • • • • 2 0 • E.X. EoX. 0 0 ••• 0 •• 0 • 0 • 0 ••••••• P. P. 27 30 28 29 24 o 2 ~ 2 2 0 0 ••• 0 •••• o 2 x. o 2 NOTES REGARDING COURSES. Course in Mechanical Engineering. This is the regular or fundamental course, from which the other courses deviate to a greater or less extent, as shown in the various schedules. Courses in Electrical Engineering. (E). The courses for thc freshman, sophomore and junior years are identical with those in A-lechanical Engineering. In the senior year electrical laboratory work is increased, and advanced electrical engineering introduced, as scheduled in Group C, page 465. Courses in Naval Architecture. (N). The freshman and sophomore years, are identical with those of the course in ~Iechanical Engineering. In the junior year slight changes are made in order to. begin introductory courses in Naval Architecture as already scheduled. In the senior year the work is seheduled uY{der the heading Group D, page 465. Gas Power Engineering. (P). The courses for the freshman, sophomore and junior years are identical with the regular courses. The work of the senior year is of the same general character as that of the regular course, but intended for those interested in gas power work, see group E, page 466. • SIBLEY COLLEGE. Course in Railway Mechanical Engineering. (R). The freshman, sop-hon10re and junior years are identical with those of the regular course in Mechanical Engineering. For the work in the senior year, see Group F, page 466. Railway courses 1l1ay be elected by seniors in other departments or by juniors who have the proper preparation and time. The following work is ad vised in the SUffilner vacations. SUl1tlner rracatio". No. Course. Time. LOC0111otive ShOPW01-k (advised) R. 10 3 months Applied Physics. This course is identical with the regular course during the freshman, sopholnore and junior years. The course during the senior year is given in the schedule under Group G, page 466. Applied Chemist-rYe This course is identical with the regular course during the freshman, sophonlore and junior years. The work for the senior year is given under the heading Group H, page 466. Numbering of Courses of Instruction. The courses in each department are numbered in accordance with the folloVv~ing plan Numbers I to 4 inclusive denote Freshman sUbjects. " 5 to 9 " "Sophomore" " I 0 to 1 9 " " Junior " " 20 to 3 9 " "Senior " " 40 to 4 5 " ., Graduate " About three hours in the shops or drawing room count as one hour in the schedule. Unless otherwise noted the courses run continuously throughoat the year THESIS. The thesis is intended to represent the results of some special stud.y or investigation. It is il1tended to enable the student to show his capacity for the intelligent study of special or original problems. The thesis subjects must be submitted to the Thesis Committee for approval not later than November 1St, and the thesis in complete form must be handed in not later than the 15th of May Technical elective studies, if approved by the Thesis Committee, will be accepted as a substitute for Thesis. SIBLEY COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES. Department of Machine Design and Construction. Machine Construction (5). S. 2. Engineering Principles. Freshmen. Lectures. One hour for one term as assigned. Discussion during the first half of the term of the general principles that underlie the transmission of energy from natural sources. Prl:)fesser SMITH. During the second half of the term a discussion of the applications of energy. Professor KIMBALL. S. 3. Foundrv Work. Freshmen. Two hours credit. ~Iould­ ing, mixing and casting of metals. The student is required to produce castings from the complete set of patterns made in course 7. This is followed by more advanced work in moulding, core making, etc. Daily 8-1 I, 11-2, 2-5, as assigned.. l,Ir. VANDERHOEF. s. 4. Forge Work. Freshmen. Two hours credit. Forging, welding, tool dressing, telnpering, etc., together with demonstrations iA the production of "drop forgings." Daily 8-11, IT-2, 2-5 as assigned. Mr. W. L. HEAD. s. 7. Pattern Making. Sophomores. Four hours credit. A preliminary course of instruction in the use of hand and maehine tools, for wood working followed by graded instruction in pattern making, instruction of core boxes, etc. Daily 8-1 I, 11-2, 2-5, as assigned. Messrs. BURKE, SEAMAN, BUSH and HOOPER. S. 10. Machine Work. Juniors. Four hours credit. Use of measuring tools, hand and machine tools, fitting and assembling. Operation and use of jigs and other manufacturing fixtures. Operation of semi-automatic and autotnatic machines and the illustration of manufacturing methods generally as discussed in Course I I. Daily 8-1 I, 11-2, 2-5, as assigned. Messrs. WELLS, LYNHAM, HOWEand--S. I I. Principles of Manufactwing. Juniors. Lectures. Two hours credit in first term only. This course must be taken in connection with Course 10. Theory of measuring tools, shop tools and equipment; shop processes; manufacturing methods; theery of cost and time keeping systems; factory management. ~Ir. WELLS. Machine Design. CD). D. I. Drawing, Freshman. Nine hours per week for one tenn as assigned. 1~hree hours credit. The work of this course is intended to instruct the student in the making and reading of commercial SIBLEY COLLEGE. working drawings. Stress is laid on lettering, proficiency in making at least one style of simple lettering being required. The eharacter of the work is such as is followed in the best modern drafting rooms and attention is given to standard conventions, tabulations, titling. etc. Assistant Professor DARLING, Messrs. WILLIAMS, CRAIG and GATES. • • Freshmen, six hours per week for one term as assigned. 1'wo hours credit. This course consists of lectures. recitations and drawing board work, upon the presentation of lines. planes and solids; tangencies, intersections, sections, developments and isometric projection. It is intended to give the students an understanding of the theory of projection and the principles necessary to the proper delineation and interpretation of constructive drawings. Work is done in all quadrants, but the practical drafting problems introduced to illustrate the application of the subject to subsequent work in machine design, are shown in the third quadrant. Assistant Professor DARLING and Mr. Stevens. D. 5. Machine Drawing. Sophomores. Requires D. I. Three periods of three hours each, first term as assigned. Three hours credit. Machine drawing and empirical designing, an extension of the work in Course I. Proportioning of machine details as fixed by practice and empirical methods. Making and using standard data sheets: Making of assembly drawings. The general aim of the course is to giYe the beginner a drill in the proportioning of such parts as are fixed by common practice rather than by mathematical theory and to apply the work of Course I. Assistant Professor WOOD, Messrs. GARNER, McILLRAITH, and HAM. D. 6. Kinematics. Sophomores. Requires Course D. 2. This course Inust be taken with Course 7. Two recitations per week second term. Two hours credit. Theory of mechanism, instant centers, cams, gears, linkages, etc. Velocity and acceleration diagrams. Assistant Professor WOOD, Messrs. GARNER, McILLRAITH, and HAM. D. 7. Kinematic Drawing. Sophomores. Requires Courses D. 2 and D. 5 and must be taken with Course 6. Three drawing periods of three hours each. Three hours credit. Dra\ving board applica... tion of the work in Course 6. Solution of mechanisms by means of instant centers, designing of cams, gears, linkages, etc. Drawing of velocity and acceleration of diagrams. Assistant Professor WOOD, Messrs. GARNER, McILLRAITH and HAM. D. 10. Drawing and Design. Juniors. Requires Courses D. S, D. 6, D. 7, and C.E. 20, and must be taken with Cour.e D. 16. Two 2. D. Descriptive Geometry. . SIBLEY COLLEGE. periods of three hours each. Two hours credit. Drawing room problems in elementary machine design illustrating the work as given in D. 16. In this course the student for the first time undertakes the design of a complete machine, laying out the general outlines,. proportioning the details theoretically, and modifying his results by practical conside!'"ations. All computations necessary for the complete design must be carefully and systematically made. Working drawings of the most important details and a finished assembly drawing of each member are completed. Professor KIMBALL, Assistant Professor ALBERT, Messrs. FREEMAN, HAYES and CAPRON. D. 16. Machine Design. Juniors. Requires Courses D. 6, D. 7 and C. E. 20. Two lectures and one recitation first term and two lectures second tenn. Three hours credit first term and two hours second term. Must be taken with D. 10. Analysis of complete machines. Selection of mechanism for specified work and study of practical considerations :nvolved. Analysis of energy and force problems in machines. Determination of driving devices as based on work to be done. Proportioning of detail parts as dictated by stress and practical considerations. Applications of the laws of Mechanics and Kinematics to the design of machines and a discussion of empirical design and of modifications due to practical considerations. Professor KIMBALL, Assistant Professor ALBERT, Messrs. FREEMAN, HAYES ~nd CAPRON. D. 22. General Engineering Design. Seniors. Lectures. This course requires D. 10, D. 16 and P. 10, and must be taken with D. 23. Two hours credit first term, two second ternl. This course ii intended for students who do not wish to specialize in any particular branch of engineering but wish to get a general knowledge of mechanical engineering design and construction. The work of the first term consists of a discussion of the problems met wlth in the design, construction and equipment of mins, factories, etc., including foundations, walls, floors, trusses, roofs and mill and construction work in general; powering of factories, motor driving of machine tools, etc. In the second term this work is applied to the laying out of a complete power house, the work including the location of plant, track and wharf facilities; selecting and locating of boilers and engines; coal storage, coal and ash handling equipment; selection and arrangement of condensers, pumps, steam piping arrangement, etc. Assistant Professor HESS. D. 23. Drawing and Design. Seniors. ·Requires Courses D. 10 and 16 and P. 10. Three hottrs credit both terms. A drawing course which can only be taken in connection with D. 22. Design SIBLEY COLLe~E. and drawing of various classes of work illustrating the principles discussed in D. 22. Graphical analysis of stresses in trusses and other structures. In the second term, drawings are made for the complete layout of a power house as outlined under Course 22. Assistant Professor HESS. D. 39. Advanced Designing. This course is for graduates or Seniors who have had the equivalent of D. 22 and D. 23. Advanced work in design to be arranged with Professor KIMBALL or Assistant Professor HESS. Chemistry I! Mathematics I, Physics J and s. The course consists of a study of the physical properties and methods of manufacture of the various materials used in engineering constructions. It does not treat of strength of materials as given in the course on Mechanics of Engineering. C.E. 20 Cre f1it two hOl1rs first term. Two recitations per \vcek as assigned. Assistant Professor SA WDON and UPTON. X. I I Mechanical Laboratory. Juniors. Prerequisites, Mathematics I, C.E. 20, Chemistry I and 6, Physics T and 5. Thiscourse covers practical laboratory instruction in various elementary subjects as follows: Tension, c01TI1)ression transyerse and torsion tests of engIneering materials. Calibration of indicator springs, steanl gauges, thermometers and dynamometers: practice and tests of various computing machines; viscosity and friction tests of lubricants on various testing n1achines; flue gas analysis; tests of heating values of coals: steam quality tests with various forms of calorimeters: measurements of water: efficiency tests of st~anl boilers, engines and pumps, hydraulic rams, ,,"ater ""heels, centrifugal pump steam heaters and condensers. Reports are required to be neatly and fully \vritten up and must include all the data and results of the variollS tests, together with the conclusions. The preparation of the report is considered an important part of the laboratory' course. Each student has one laboratory section per week as assigned. Credit for the course, three hours each tertn, made up as follows: I hour for .~ hour laboratory period, I hour for written report, I hour . for recitation. Carpenter's Experimental Engineering is usert as a text-book. Professors CARPENTER, DIEDERICHS, Messrs. UPTON, GAGE, CONLEE and - - - - X. 20. Mechanical Laboratory. Seniors. Prerequisites, X. II, P. 10. This course covers advanced laboratory instruction"in ...the 1 Department of Experimental Engineering. (Mechanical, X, Electrical, E.X.) X. 5. Materials of Engineering. Sophomores. Prerequisites, SiBLEY COLLEGE. 473 following subjects: efficiency tests of steam boilers, Corliss com... pound and triple expansion engine, DeLaval, Parsons and Curtis steam turbines, single stage and two-stage air compressors, steam injector, centrifugal blowing machine, refrigerating machines, Ericsson hot air engine, Rider hot air engine, gas engine with city gas, gas engine with gasoline, oil engine, gas engine of marine type. The course also covers methods of transmitting power by belts and the setting of valves of steam and gas engines. The above experiments were performed in 1907-8 and may be modified slightly to meet conditions. Reports are required to be full and complete, to include data and results of the test under consideration, and all information necessary to completely understand the machine tested and the methods used. Carpenter's Experimental Engineering is used as a text book. Credit for the course, three hours each term, made up as follows' I hour for 3 hour laboratory period, 1 hour for written report, I hour for recitation. Professors CARPENTER and DIEDERICHS, Messrs. SHIPMAN, DUNBAR. THOMAS and BURR. X. 21. Power Plant Problems. Elective for Seniors. First term. Prerequisites, P. 10, X. I I and C. E. 24. Two lectures per week. The course relates to the results as determined by experiment which are due to the details of arrangement and methods of operating in steam and hydraulic po\\~er plants. The course is illustrated by lantern slides of numerous vlorks. Credit for course, two hours. Professor CARPENTER. X. 22. Special Research and Commercial Tests. Elective. Seniors and Graduates. Open to Juniors only by special arrangement. Prerequisit6~ the same as for X. 11. This C0urse consists of labora .. tory practice relating to special problems as assigned. Credit is given on the basis of one hour for a three hour laboratory period. Professors CARPENTER, DIEDERICHS, .t\ssistant Professors KARAPETOFF, SAWDON and Mr. LAY. X. 23. Operation of Engines. Elective. Seniors. The course includes practice in starting, stopping, adjusting and lubricating steam engines, gas engines and air compressors, and study of prob . . lerns connected with practical operation. One hour, second ternl, beginning after Easter recess. Professors CARPENTER, DIEDERICHS, Messrs. BURR and DUNBAR. X. 24. Experimental Engineering Problems. Elective for Seniors. Prerequisites, C. E. 20, P. 10, X. II and C. E. 24. Two lectures per week. Second term. The course relates to the methods of testing and processes involved in interpreting the results. It is illustrated 474 SIBLEY COLLEGE. by numerous applications to tests of machinery and a discussion of the various results obtained. Credit for course, two hours second tenn. Professor DIEDERICHS. X. 25. Motor Car Construction. Elective. Seniors and Graduates. This course consists of two lectures throughout the second term covering the structure and development of the motor car. The course is illustrated by lantern slides. Credit for course, one hour. Professor CARPENTER. X . 26. Heating and Ventilating. Elective. Seniors and Graduates. This course consists of a series of lectures and recitations covering the methods of design and of construction of various forms of ventilating and heating apparatus extending throughout the second tenn. Carpenter's Heating and Ventilating used as a text-book. Credit, two hours. Professor CARPENTER. x. 30. Mechanical Refrigeration. Elective. Seniors and Graduates. This course covers the design, operation and testing of refrigerating systems. Text-book supplemented by lectures and problems. Two hours second tenn. Mr. R. L. SHIPMAN. Students taking this course will have an opportunity for special research on a 2o-ton refrigerating machine recently presented by the York Manufacturing Company. N. X. 3 J. Experimental Tank. Elective. Second term, after Easter. Seniors. Requires C. E. 24. This course covers methods of measuring resistance to nloving bodies in water with special aPl?li.. cation to construction of boats and propellers. (See Navel Architecture.) Professors McDERMOTT, CARPENTER and Mr. LAY. E. X. 10. Electrical Laboratory. This course is required of all Juniors in Sibley College. Prerequisites C. E. 20 and Physics 14. The purpose of the course is two-fold: (I) to illustrate fundamental principles in electrical engineering; (2) to give the students practice in handling electrical machinery. and reading instruments. The course comprises experiments on calibrating anlmeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters; nleasurements of resistances and testing magnetic properties of iron; handling and connecting up arc-lamps, controllers, telephones, and other simple electrical devices; operating direct-current generators and motors; testing electric batteries; operating transmission lines with and without transformers. Two ho.rs credit each term; one three-hour laboratory period and one report per week. Professors CARPENTER, KARAPETOFF and Messrs. HOL~ COMB, TAPPAN and BLUME. E. X. 28. Electrical Laboratory. This course is required of Seniors in Electrical Engineering. Prerequisites, X. 10, E. 10, E.X. 10, SIBLEY COLLEGE. Physics 14 al1d C. E. 20. 475 The work d\1ring the first term includes the following simple experiments selected from the most important branches of electrical engineering; tests of ammeters, voltlneters and integrating wattmeters; arc-lan1ps and series arc-lighting; electrical relations in transmission lines; characteristics of direct-currelllt generators and mot®rs; commercial tests of transformers; load tests on alternators and induction motors; assembling switchboards, wiring controllers; telephone work, etc. During the second term more advanced experiments arfl conducted, such as performance tests of transmission lines, transformers, alternators and induction motors; commercia.l tests on magnetic qualities of steel and iron; tests of special alternating-current instrutnents; winding D. C. and A. C. armatures; separation of losses in generators and motors, electrical relations in polyphase systems; operation of rotary converters, electric railway experiments; determination of A. C. wave-form; regulation of storage batteries. Four hours credit each term; two laboratory periods, one recitation and one report per week. Professor CARPENTER, KARAPETOFF, Messrs. DOUGLASS, KROGRR, PETTIT, TOWER, HOGAN and - - E. X. 29. Electrical Laboratory. Required of all Seniors, except electrical engineers and naval architects. Prerequisites, X. 10, E.X. 10, E. E. 10, P. 10, Physics I4 and C. E. 20. 'fhe course is arranged for the needs of mechanical engineers; particular attention is paid to the operating features of electrical machinery. The experiments are selected from those given during the first ternl in course E. X. 28. Three hours credit, first or second term: one laboratory period, one recitation and one report per week. Professors CARPENTER, KARAPETOFF, Messrs. DOUGLAS, I{ROGER, PETTIT, TOWER and HOGAN. E. X. 30. Engineering Calculations. Two hours first and second terms. Open to Seniors and Graduate st'ddents only. The purpose of the course is to illustrate the general methods by which engineering problems are expressed in mathematical form, and thus establish a better understanding of the unity between the instruction in pure mathematics and the various engineering courses. It is aimed to better prepare the student for engineering research and for the study of advanced engineering literature. The fundamental physical and mathetnatical assumptions are critically reviewed, and the limitations in the results pointed out . Methods are indicated for getting approximate solutions, establishing empirical formulre, or solving problems by the use of tables, charts and mechanical devices. The course consists of problenls tal{811 from mechanical, civil and SIBLEY COLLEGE. electrical eFlgineering, the problems being arranged in the two following g-roups: (1) Such problems (\s can be expressed in the same mathematical form, for instance, through an exponential function independently of the branch of engineering to which they refer. (2) The problems of a given branch nt engineering, for instance. steam expansion, electric oscillations, etc., without reference to the mathematical form of the results. ProfE'ssor KARAPETOFF. Department of Power Engineering. (p.) P. 10. Steam Machinery. Required of students in Sibley College. Open to any who have successfully completed the following courses: Physics, 8 and 14; Chemistry 6; l\fechanics of Engineering, C. E. 20; Machine Design,s and 6. The course covers: (a) Elementary consideration of behavior of gases and vapors; theoretical heat engines; application of theory to steam engine; practical modifications; cylinder design; types of engines; valves and valve gears; governors, flywheels; balancing. (b) Principles governing transfer of heat from hot gases to water; development of heating surfaces of boilers; principles of cembustion boiler furnaces and grates; types of boilers; types of stokers; natural and forced draft; feed water heaters, economizers, superheaters. (c) Advantages of condensing; theory of condensati0n by different means; types of condensers; condenser pumps; cooling towers and similar devices. (d) Water treating apparatus, filters, separators and simila.r auxiliary apparatus. Two lectures and one recitation per week throughout the year, Mr. ERNSBERGER. and Mr. McDERMOTT. P. I I. Steam Machinery for Civil Engineers. Required for Civil Engineering students. Not open to Sibley students, but open to any other students who have successfully completed the following courses :-Ph)tsics 6 aE d 10; Chemistry I; Mechanics. of Engineering, C.E. 20. The course covers : (a) Theory of vaporization; theory of combustion; study of boilers; types of boilers; advantages and disadvantages of various types. (b) Action of vapors in cy1inders; steam engines; parts and operation; types, advantages and disadvantages, application; steam consumption and effici~cies. SIBLEY COLLEGE. 477 (c) Advantages 'of condensing; types of condensers; condensor pumps; condensor auxiliaries, as cooling towers, ponds, etc. (d) Pumps; feed pumps, city water works' pumps, etc. (e) Contractors plants; portable and traction engines, hoisting engines, locomotives and similar machinery. This course is recommended for an students wishing to obtain a general knowledge of steam machinery without great technical detail. Three lectures per week. Second term. Mr. ERNSBERGER and Mr. - - P. 20. Power Plant Design. Required of all seniors in Sibley College. To enter this course students must have satisfactorily completed course P. 10. This course consists of a study of such elements of power plants as boilers, engines, condensers, heaters, economizers, pipe s)·stems, conveying machinery, etc. The work is divided into three parts; First, description; Second, a consideration of function; Third, a consideration of combination of elements with the object of producing the maximum profit fron) operation. Three hours per week, first term. Professor A. W. SMITH and Mr. MATHEWS. Steam Engine Design. Senior-s. Req uires courses D. 10, 16, and P. 10. Three lectures or recitations per week throughout the year. Three hours credit each term. This course is intended to be accompanied by P. 22, and is devoted principally to the following: The designing of valve gears; a study of the various standard types of engines; the theoretical and practical considerations entering into the design of engine parts, including the description and design shaft and conical governors, the balancing of engines, and the determination of the weights of fly wheel rims; the layout of the equiprnent of a small power plant. Professor BARNARD, and Mr. KESSLER. P. 22. Designing and Drawing. Seniors. Required courses D. JO, 16, and P, 10, and must be accompanied by P. 2 r. Three drawing periods per week throughout the year. Three hours credit each term. Drawing board designing, paralleling the lecture course P. 21. Professor BARNARD, and Mr. KESSLER. P. 23. Steam Boiler Design. Senior elective. Requires D. 10, 16, and P. ro. Two hours credit, first term. Lectures on fuels, combustion, types of boilers, general proportions, materials, design of boi1er details, settings, stokers, etc. Professor BARNARD, and Mr. KESSLER. • P. 24. Pumping Machinery. Elective for seniors. To enter this course students Inust have satisfactorily completed course P. 10. 2 I. P. SIBLEY COL/LEGE. The course consists of, first. theory of air compressors, with a description of types and the design of plants for delivery of conlpressed air including distributing systems; second, a study of machines for pumping liquids, with a description of types, together with a consideration of the design of pumping plants to produce the best results for given local conditions. Three hours per week, second term. Professor l\. W. SMITH and Mr. MATHEWS. P. 25. Steam Turbines. Seniors. Two lectures and one computation period per week second term. Three hours credit. Prerequisite. P. 10. Classification of turbines and description of leading features of the various types. Mechanical and thermal considerations underlying the action of steam in turbines. Calculations involved in· turbine design. Discussion of building, erecting and testing. Adaptability to special conditions of service. Economic results of the use of turbines in engineering practice. P. 26. Gas Machinery Design. Seniors. Requires courses. D. 10, D. 16, and P. 10. Must be acconlpanied by courses P. 31 and P. 32. Two lectures throughout the year; two hours credit each term. Course consists of the rational and empirical design of Internal Combustion Engines and Gas Producers. Assistant Professor HIRSHFELD. P. 27. Design and Drawing. Seniors. Required courses, D. 10, D. In, and P. 10. Must be accompanied by courses P. 30 and P. 32. Three drawing periods per week throughout the year; three hours credit each term. Course covers the practical application of principles discussed in P. 30. Assistant Professor HIRSHFELD. P. 28. Gas Manufacture and Distribution. General. Senior. Elec tive and required of all men taking P. 30 and P. 31. Requires D. 10, D. 16, and P. 10. Two lectures per week during the first term; t\VO hours credit. Consideration of the tlleoretical and practical principles governing the production and handling of all important industrial gases. Assistant Professor HIRSHFELD. P. 29. Gas Power Machinery. General. Senior. Elective. Requires courses D. 10, D. 16, and P. 10. Two lectures per week during the second term; two hours credit. General theory and salient points in the design and operation of Internal Combustion Engines and Gas Producers. Description of existing commercial types. study of relative advantages, and consideration of questions of economy. l\ssistant Professor HIRSHFELD. P. 39. Advanced Designing. Elective. Seniors and Graduates. Work and credit as arranged. SIBLEY COLLEGE. 479 Department of Electrical Engineering. (E.) E. 10. Electrical Machinery. Juniors in Sibley College. Requires Physics 8 and 14 and C.E. 20. Recitations. General survey of Electrical Engineering practice, including elementary theory with numerous practical problems. Topics: history, definitions, materials, circuits,· transformers, motors, generators and applications. Two hours, first and second terms. Assistant Professor MACOMBER and Mr. LORING. E.X. 10. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. Juniors in),Sibley College. For details, see courses of the Department of Experi-" mental Engineering. Two hours, first and second terms. E. 12. Electrical Engineering for Civil Engineers. Seniors in Civil Engineering. Requires C.E. courses in Physics and Mechanics. Recitations. Elements of Electrical Engineering and application to civil enKineering practice. Three hours, first term. Assistant Professor MACOMBBR and Mr. LORING. E. 20. Electrical Engineering Practice....? Seniors in electrical engineering and a limited number in other courses when a general knowledge of the field of electrical engineering is desired. Requires E. 10. Lectures. Attention will be given to the general theory, construction and applications of electrical machinery, and to the applications of the electric current in illumination, in the transmission of intelligence, etc. The lectures will be related in a general way to the problems of Course E. 2 I but will not exactly parallel them. Professor NORRIS. E. 21. Electrical Problems. Seniors in~~ Electrica(~".Engineering. Four hours, first and second terms. Two recitations and two computing periods per week throughout the year. Problems on the operation of transmission lines, transformers, induction motors, alternators, synchronous motors and converters, and direct current generators and motors. The application of these devices to electrical practice is indicated by the arrangement of the problems. Assistant Professor FORD and Mr. DENNISON. E. 22. Design of Electrical Machinery. E1ective. Seniors in Electrical Engineering. Requires first term of senior electrical course. Lectures and computing periods. The purpose of this course is to acquaint the students with the principles according to which electrical machinery is designed. This course is laid out as follows: (I) General data: deduction of principal formulae used in designing direct and alternating current machinery and transformers; empirical electrical and mechanical data . • SIBLEY COLLEGE. • (2) Commereial requirements: cost of manufacturing; require- ments of service; guarantees. (3) Deduction of design data from tests ~on existing machines. (4) Elementary design with given principal dimensions. (5) Selection of principal dimensions for a complete line of similar machines. (6) Mechanical design and preparation of shop drawings. These elements of design will be shown in application to the principal types of electrical machinery, viz.: D. C. generators and motors, alternators. induction motors and transformers. Four hours, second term. Professor KARAPETOFF and Assistant Professor FORD. E. 23. Generation and Distribution of Electrical Energy. (Elective.) Seniors in Electrical Engineering. Requires first term of senior electrical course. Lectures, computing and laboratory periods. The class will be divided into two sections. The first section, in which the number must be limited, v.;ll be composed of those who have had some previous training in either high tension or other electrical transmission work, and who intend to enter these fields. The second section will comprise all others taking this course, The first section will have one laboratory period per week in addition to the lectures and calculation period, while the second section will be required to report on some assigned topic each week. The instruction will deal ~"ith the selection of apparatus for generating stations and the distributing systems. The design of generating units, the transforming apparatus, and the auxiliaries will not be taken up in detail, the intention being to show the proper combinations of the apparatus to correctly represent standard theory and practice. The design of the transmission line and of the distnbuting system will, however, be studied in detail, the application of the theory being brought out in lectures and established by practical problems. Four hours, second term. Assistant Professor FORD. E. 24. Telephone Engineering. (Elective). Seniors in Electrical Engineering. Requires first term of senior electrical course. Lectures and laboratory periods. 'fhe course aims to give the student a knowledge of the general principles of electrical engineering as applied to modern telegraph, telephone and other systems of intelligence transmission. It will introduce the different tenns and special phrases employed by those engaged in these branches of engineering. Particular attention will be paid to the subject of telephony. Various problems of the telephone enKineer, and the applications of the general principles of engineering to them will be SIBLEY COLLEGE. pointed out. The course, while dealing with the specific apparatus of the telephone and telegraph engineer, will illustrate general principles met in all other branches of engineering. Four hours, second term. Assistant Professor MACOMBBR. E. 25. Elements of Electric Railway Practice. (Elective). Seniors in Sibley College. Requires E. 10 or E 12. Lectures. These will cover the apparatus and construction involved in a modern railway system, including car equipment, trucks, motors, controllers, bodies, and accessories, overhead construction, third rail, conduit, and other systems; and other topics of similar character. The underlying idea will be to show the application of the general laws of electrical engineering to this particular branch. Some attention will be devoted to the relation of electric railways to the public and to finance. Two hours, first term. Professor NORRIS. (Elective). Seniors in Electrical Engineering. Lectures, computing and inspection periods. Requires first term of senior electrical course and E. 25. The lectures will deal with the fundamental theory of train movement, comprising what may be termed the characteristic curves of railway operation. Practice will be given in plotting time-speed curves, motor heating curves, railway load curves, drop in transmission lines, etc. Inspections of local equipment will be made, including the power house and sub-station of the local railway, track and overhead construction of the same, the general construction of cars, administration of car barn, etc. Two hours, second term. Professor NORRIS and Mr. LORING. E. X. 27. Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony. Elective for Seniors in Electrical Engineering. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. The purpose of tIle course is to acquaint the students with the fundamental principle involved in Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony and to study the development of the application of these principles up to the present status. The laboratory directly supplements the lectures; the experiments consist in producing and receiving electrical oscillations, and in "tuning" stations to avoid interference with other stations. Two hours, second term. Mr. KROGER. E. X. 28. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. Seniors in Electrical Engineering. Four hours, first and second terms. For details see Courses of Department of Experimental Engineering. E. X. 29. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. Seniors in Me . . chanical Engineering. Three hours, first or second term. For details see courses of Department of Experimental Engineering. E. 26. Electric Railways. SIBLEY COLLEGE. E. 40. Advanced Electrical Engineering. Graduate students. Requires the completion of an undergraduate course in engineering. Seminary work and investigation. Special books will be selected by the class for study and modern developments in engineering will be treated. Laboratory facilities for research will be provided. Two hours, first and second terms. Professor N ORRIS and Professor KARAPETOFF. Department of Naval Architecture. N. 10. (N.) Ship Design. (Requires C. E. 20, and Physics 8 and 14.). In the lecture room the subject is first dealt with as a whole and separated into its natural subdivisions, followed by a general discussion of different types of vessels and their services. The conception and derivation of the "Elenlcnts of Form," the methods of delineating and fairing the "lines." Th~ general arrangement plans are then discussed, including the dimensions and proper location of propelling Inachinery spaces, coal bunkers, cargo spaces, officers and crew and the most suitable acconlmodations for passengers of the different classes. In the drawing office the lines of a vessel are laid down by each student and the general arrangernent plans prepared, these being used throughout the junior and senior years in applying the s'ubject matter dIscussed in the lectures. Credit, two hours first tenn, four hours second term. Pofessor McDERMOTT. N. II. Naval Architecture. (Requires C. E. 20 and~Physics 8 and 14.) The lectures in the first terln deal with the hydrostatic principles underlying the design of vessels and the most modem methods, in eluding mechanical integration, of computing the geometrical quantities, centers of buoyancy, metacenters. tons per inch. moment to triln, initial stability. etc. In the second term the lectures deal with the fundalnental hydro-dynamic principles involved in the study of the resistance of vessels and of the difIerent propelling agents, chiefly that of the screw propeller. :Fronl this discussion are evolved methods of determining the resistance of all types of vessels, as a.lso tIle most suitable dimensoins of screw propellors, number and fornl of section of the blades. Cavitation is specially dealt with, and the means which may be adopted for avoidance or modification are fully explained. The mechanical space and ",·eight efficiencies, of the different types of propelling machinery, steam reciprocating and turbine, hydraulic and internal combustion tnotors, are carefully examined, leading up to the discussion of the resultant propulsive SIBLEY C:OLLEGE. and commercial efficiencies which may be expected from the enlp16yment of anyone of tIle types of tnachinery, in conlbination with anyone of the several propelling agents previously discussed. Methods of .c'approxl1uating reqtlired horse-power are passed in • 1t' reVlew, andi:the conduct and management of speed, consumption and endurance trials are fully described. In the drawing office practical problems are worked out. illustrative of the ground covered in the lectures. Credit, two hours each term. Professor McDERMOTT. N. 20. Ship~Design and Construction. (Requires N. 10 and N. I I). In the lectures a study is made of the structural elements of ships, their functions and inter-relations. The materials ttsed in shipbuilding and their preservation. The rules of the chief Registration Bureaus. This is followed by a discussion of the chief points to t,e observed in drawing up specific~itions, tenders and contracts for vessels. Cost of production is then taken up and systems of detail cost-l